| Entries |
| Document | Title | Date |
|---|
| 20080198179 | Sequential Colour Display Device - A display device produces colour images by sequentially projecting monochromatic images. Multispectral light is projected via optical means and a filter arrangement with changeable primary colour filters onto an imaging device. For each primary colour the imaging device produces a number of constant-length pulses corresponding to a desired brightness level. The pulse length is chosen to be as short as possible for a first primary colour. The pulse length for the other primary colours is adapted according to the respective share of the corresponding colour filters in the colour wheel. The time during which secondary colours are produced due to a transition between two primary colour filters is increased by increasing the aperture of the optical means, by spatially relocating the focal point of the optical means for a disc-like filter arrangement, or by accordingly adding pure colour light at the onset and the end of a transition between two colour filter segments which produces secondary colour light. Secondary colour light is used to increase the brightness of the projected image. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080198180 | Method and Apparatus of Converting Signals for Driving Display and a Display Using the Same - A method, apparatus and computer program for driving displays including an array of display elements, each element comprising sub-pixels or red, green, blue and white colours, the method comprising steps of; receiving input signals for controlling red, green and blue colours of each element of the display; processing the input signals to generate corresponding red, green, blue and white output drive signals for the red, green, blue and white sub-pixels of each element, all input colours which are outside of the output gamut being mapped to within a predetermined area of the output gamut and all input colours within the predetermined area of the output gamut being mapped to another colour within the predetermined area of the output gamut; and applying the output drive signals to respective sub-pixels for each element of the display. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080198181 | VIDEO DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS - A video display method can lower visibility of flicker in video display and maintain constant display luminance, wherein a display period and a non-display period for a video signal being displayed are provided in one frame period. The method includes frame period controlling by varying the frame period in terms of a single frame or multiple frames as a unit, and display period controlling by varying only the display period or both the display period and the non-display period in the above one frame period depending on variations in the frame period (FIG. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080198182 | Display device and electronic apparatus - With a source voltage of a transistor driving a light emitting element set to a fixed voltage, variations in an emission luminance due to variations in the threshold voltage of the transistor are corrected. The fixed voltage is set in accordance with a signal level of a drive pulse signal on-off controlling a transistor supplying power to the first transistor. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080204479 | Wide Color Gamut Displays - A display has a modulator illuminated by a illuminator comprising an array of light sources. The array includes light sources of a plurality of colors. The light sources of different colors are individually controllable. Within each color, the light sources that illuminate different areas on the modulator are individually controllable. The display may provide a high dynamic range and a wide color gamut. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080204480 | Method of Driving Displays Comprising a Conversion from the Rgb Colour Space to the Rgbw Colour Space - An apparatus ( | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080204481 | Device and Method for Controlling a Backlit Display - A device and method for controlling a display. The method includes: receiving image data, determining backlight illumination intensity in response to an allowed image degradation level parameter and to ambient light, and determining a display refresh parameter in response to a temperature parameter. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080204482 | Apparatus for automatically setting over-driving look-up table for liquid crystal display device and control method thereof - An over-driving look-up table automatic setting apparatus for a liquid crystal display device includes: an input device that specifies a critical response condition for a liquid crystal display device; a sensor that detects an amount of light from the liquid crystal display device and that generates a signal corresponding to the amount of light; a response state detecting unit that measures the response state from the signal generated by the sensor; a controller that receives the response state for gray scale differences from each of a plurality of gray scale values to determine transient pixel data producing a response state that satisfies the critical response condition and that sets an over-driving look-up table by mapping the transient pixel data to corresponding gray scale difference values for each gray scale value; and a memory that stores the over-driving look-up table. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080204483 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DRIVE CONTROL APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - In a display apparatus having a display panel | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080211833 | Drive Method For A Display Device, Drive Device, Display Device, And Electronic Device - A drive method for a display device that displays by causing charged particles to migrate by applying an electric field, including a gray level drive step of causing the particles to migrate to a gray level that is not a saturation state in which migration of the particles is saturated. The gray level drive step changes the display by causing the particles to migrate to produce a display color difference. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080211834 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT SOURCE IN DISPLAY DEVICE - A device for driving a light source in an image display device includes input terminals to receive a horizontal synchronization signal and a control signal, an oscillator to generate a reference signal having a frequency, a controller to modulate the reference signal in response to the control signal and output a modulated signal, and a phase difference detecting unit to receive the horizontal synchronization signal and the modulated signal and detect a phase difference between the horizontal synchronization signal and the modulated signal to generate an output signal indicating the phase difference. The oscillator adjusts the frequency of the reference signal in response to the output signal of the phase difference detecting unit so that the horizontal synchronization signal and the reference signal are synchronized with each other. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080211835 | Data line driver circuit for display panel and method of testing the same - A data line driver circuit for a display panel includes a digital-to-analog (D/A) converter circuit. The D/A converter circuit includes a first gradation voltage selecting circuit configured to control transistors of a first group to select one of gradation voltages of a first polarity based on a first display data; a second gradation voltage selecting circuit configured to control transistors of a second group to select one of gradation voltages of a second polarity based on a second display data; a first gradation voltage signal line configured to transfer the first polarity gradation voltage selected by the first gradation voltage selecting circuit; a second gradation voltage signal line configured to transfer the second polarity gradation voltage selected by the second gradation voltage selecting circuit; and a test switching circuit configured to operate in response to a test signal. The test switching circuit forms a short-circuit between the first and second gradation voltage signal lines in response to the test signal, to allow a leakage current to be measured between a drain and a source in each of one or more of the transistors of the first group and one or more of the transistors of the second group. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080218535 | Portable Electronic Device with Auto-Dim Timers - A portable electronic device with a touch-sensitive display is disclosed. In some embodiments, the time period after which the display is dimmed due to user inactivity is extended based on user interaction with the device subsequent to a dimming event. The dim time can be extended for a single application, multiple applications, or for the device as a whole. The user interaction with the device that extends the dim time can be a touch on any button of the device, the device's touch screen display, or even a smack on the body of the device that is detected by an acceleration sensor. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080218536 | METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes: a first driving mode that selects only one scanning wiring in one selection period; and a second driving mode that drives the image display apparatus so as to select, in one selection period, a plurality of scanning wiring at the same time and to select, in the following selection period, a plurality of scanning wiring shifted by one scanning wiring from the plurality of scanning wiring selected in the preceding selection period, and | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080218537 | Color display system - A color display device including: at least one spatial light modulation element forming a display picture by modulated light obtained by modulating illumination light, a color sequential light generation device changing in a time series the illumination light or the modulated light into multiple groups of different color lights in one frame of a display period of the display picture, a control device controlling the spatial light modulator, and a color sequential light generation device based on the input picture data. The control device controls the spatial light modulator and the color sequential light generation device to change the ratio of the display time of each color of the reflected light time-shared in the display period of the frame depending on the character and/or the set value of the input picture data. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080225061 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A pixel having a transistor which controls a current value supplied to a load, a first storage capacitor, a second storage capacitor, and first to fourth switches is included. After the threshold voltage of the transistor is held in the second storage capacitor, a potential in accordance with a video signal is input to the pixel. Voltage obtained by adding a potential in which the potential in accordance with the video signal and the first storage capacitor are capacitively divided to the threshold voltage is held in the second storage capacitor in this manner, so that variation of a current value caused by variations in the threshold voltage of the transistor is suppressed. Thus, desired current can be supplied to the load such as a light-emitting element. In addition, a display device with little deviation from luminance specified by the video signal can be provided. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080238950 | Illuminating display and weighted-bit driving methods for use with the same - A method for driving the output of a illuminating display is provided. The method includes providing a display panel having a plurality of pixels, wherein each pixel includes at least one diode color. A display controller is also provided that is configured to process video data numbers for display. The method further includes loading a bit of a video data number into a diode driver, sending an output enabling state to the diode driver such that a diode will turn on if the bit of the video data number in the diode driver is enabled while an output enabling signal is activated, maintaining the output enabling signal for a period of time, wherein the period of time is based on a bit position of the bit of the video data number loaded in the diode driver, and repeating the loading, sending, and maintaining steps until all bits of the video data number have been loaded. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080238951 | GAMMA CORRECTOR WITH A STORAGE CAPACITY FOR GAMMA CORRECTION DATA REDUCED - In a gamma corrector for handling gamma correction data used in performing gamma correction on image data represented by plural component colors for each of the component colors, a storage stores common data employed in common in predetermined gamma correction data in one-to-one correspondence to the plural component colors when generating final gamma-corrected image data. Another storage stores, for each component color, reproduction data represented by removing the common data from the final gamma-corrected image data of each component color in the predetermined gamma correction data. A data processor distributes input image data of each component color to both common and reproduction data to thereby generate the address data. A data coupler generates the common and reproduction data according to address data from the storages and employs the generated common and reproduction data to generate final gamma-corrected image data for image data of the component colors. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080238952 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR REPRODUCING COLOR WITH AN INCREASED NUMBER OF GRADATION LEVELS - A color display device has a display screen having pixels arrayed, each of which is composed of primary color sub-pixels capable of reproducing respective primary colors and at least one subsidiary color sub-pixel capable of reproducing gray. While gradation signals are generated and supplied to the primary color sub-pixels on the basis of the primary color components of an image to be displayed, the gradation signal to be supplied to the subsidiary color sub-pixel is generated on the basis of the intensity component of the image. The color display device is attained in which the number of gradation levels can be substantially increased without increasing the number of gradation levels of the primary colors. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080246779 | DRIVING APPARATUS OF DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - The driving apparatus of a display device calculates a slope using a minimum gray, a maximum gray, a gray average of frame data in a current frame, and a gray average of frame data in a previous frame, and corrects and outputs the input frame data according to the slope, using frame data of one frame. As a result, a gray range of the input image signal can be extended, thereby improving visibility. Further, in a case of a motion picture, even when a difference of a gray range of images of adjacent frames is large, an original image is not distorted due to extension of a gray range. Also, even when noise is included in the input image signal, a gray range can be extended after removing the noise. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080246780 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device is provided. The display device includes: a panel assembly including: a plurality of gate lines; a plurality of data lines; and a plurality of pixels defined by the plurality of gate lines and the plurality of data lines. The device also includes a backlight unit including: a plurality of scan lines; a plurality of column lines; and a plurality of backlight unit pixels defined by the plurality of scan lines and the plurality of the column lines. The backlight unit is configured to: calculate an average grayscale level of an image of a first frame; determine a first grayscale level according to the plurality of pixels corresponding to the panel assembly pixels; and apply a weight value corresponding to the average grayscale level to change the first grayscale level to a compensated grayscale level. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080246781 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING IMPROVED DISPLAY QUALITY BY DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT AND IMAGE PROCESSING USING OPTICAL FEEDBACK - A display system and method created by adjusting the properties of one or more displays to obtain coarse control over display behavior, by using sensors to optimize display parameters and meet a quality target. The display may construct a display map by selectively driving the display and sensing the optical image created. The system reports on its status, and is able to predict when the system will no longer meet a quality target. The system and method may optimize a display system and keep it optimized over time. Operators of the display who require a minimum level of quality for the display system can be ensured that the display meets those requirements. And, they can be warned in advance as to when system maintenance can be necessary, when quality falls below targeted goals system and method provides for sending out methods of the quality of the system. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080246782 | Color display system - A color display device including: at least one spatial light modulation element forming a display picture by modulated light obtained by modulating illumination light, a color sequential light generation device changing in a time series the illumination light or the modulated light into multiple groups of different color lights in one frame of a display period of the display picture, a control device controlling the spatial light modulator, and a color sequential light generation device based on the input picture data. The control device controls the spatial light modulator and the color sequential light generation device to change the ratio of the display time of each color of the reflected light time-shared in the display period of the frame depending on the character and/or the set value of the input picture data. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080246783 | Display system comprising a mirror device with micromirrors controlled to operate in intermediate oscillating state - A display system includes a spatial light modulator for displaying a image by the modulation state of a plurality of micromirrors, and a control device for controlling the spatial light modulator. The control device includes a data conversion device for converting the digital image data into non-binary data, and a modulation-control device for generating a modulation control signal for micromirrors depending on the non-binary data, and controlling the spatial light modulator. The modulation state of the micromirrors by the modulation control signal includes modulation by oscillation of the micromirrors. The modulation control signal controls amplitude of the oscillation to be smaller than the maximum amplitude of the micromirrors in the modulation by the oscillation of the micromirrors. The oscillation having smaller amplitude than the maximum amplitude of the micromirrors is repeated by the modulation control signal in an optional time duration or frequency. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080246784 | Display device - The present invention improves, in a display device to which normal display data and interpolation data are inputted from the outside, the moving image performance by applying overdrive processing to both of a bright frame and a dark frame. The display device includes a display panel having a plurality of sub pixels, and a driver for outputting a video voltage corresponding to the display data to the respective sub pixels. The display data inputted from the external system is constituted of normal display data and interpolation display data inserted between the normal display data. The signal generation circuit includes an overdrive circuit for applying overdrive processing to the normal display data and the interpolation display data inputted from the external system, and a gray scale conversion circuit for converting the gradation of display data applied overdrive by the overdrive circuit. Assuming two continuous frame periods as one unit and assuming the display data inputted from the external system within the two continuous frame periods as first display data and second display data, when the display data inputted from the external system is of an intermediate gray scale, gray scale based on the second display data after conversion is set lower than gray scale based on the first display data after conversion. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080246785 | Emission apparatus and drive method therefor - An emission apparatus includes an emission element, a pixel drive circuit connected to the emission element, a data line connected to the pixel drive circuit, and an emission drive apparatus that, in a selection period, lets a reference current with a predetermined current value flow to the pixel drive circuit via the data line, derives a compensation voltage which is a difference between a potential which varies according to a unique characteristic of the pixel drive circuit and a predetermined reference potential, and generates a correction gradation voltage to be applied to the pixel drive circuit based on the compensation voltage for causing the emission element to emit light at an appropriate luminance gradation. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080246786 | Display Device - A display device includes a display panel having a plurality of video lines, and a drain driver receiving n-bit display data, and connected to the plurality of video lines. The drain driver includes a gray-scale voltage generating circuit which generates M (M<2 | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080252664 | Device and Method for Driving Light-Emitting Diodes - A light-emitting diode (LED) driver is provided to drive an LED. The LED driver includes a clock supply to periodically output a modulation period. A brightness controller is provided to receive brightness data corresponding to the desired brightness of the LED. The brightness controller generates a pulse-width-modulated (PWM) duty pulse within the modulation period, a width of the PWM duty pulse being based on the brightness data. The LED driver also includes a detection controller to receive detection data indicating whether the LED is to be detected during the modulation period. When the detection data indicate that the LED is to be detected during the modulation period, the detection controller generates a detection pulse within the modulation period. A driver output is provided to output the PWM duty pulse and the detection pulse to the LED within the modulation period. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080252665 | Current driver and display device - A current driver to which image data including a plurality of grayscale values is input and which outputs an electric current according to the grayscale values of the image data, the current driver comprising: a first input section to which a first reference current is input, a current value of the first reference current being changed according to the grayscale values of the image data; a second input section to which a second reference current is input, the second reference current having a current value different from that of the first reference current; and a current divider circuit which uses the second reference current and the first reference current to output an electric current, the electric current having a value equal to or higher than that of the first reference current and equal to or lower than that of the second reference current. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080252666 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method for adjusting brightness thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes a panel unit which displays a video signal, a light emitting unit which provides the panel unit with a ray of light and causes the video signal to be visualized, a light emission control unit which controls the light emitting unit so that the ray of light is provided to each of local areas of the panel unit, and a panel control unit which compensates pixels of the video signal in each of local areas, to remove an artifact which is generated due to the ray of light provided to local areas of the panel unit. Because brightness of a screen is adjusted in each of local areas, contrast ratio is enhanced, and improved image quality is provided. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080252667 | Digital-to-analog converter and method thereof - A digital-to-analog (D/A) converter comprises a decoder apparatus and an operational amplifier. The decoder apparatus comprises first and second decoder unit. The first decoder unit selects a voltage of first voltage set as first and second voltage in response to a value of first gray level set. The second decoder unit selects first border voltage of second voltage set as the first and the second voltages and second border voltage of that as the first and the second voltages in response to the maximum and the minimum value of second gray level set respectively. The second decoder unit further selects the first and the second boarder voltage as the first and the second voltage respectively in response to an intermediate value of the second gray level set. The operational amplifier generates a pixel voltage having level between the first and the second voltage accordingly. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080252668 | Selecting a Refresh Time and/or Gray-Scale Lookup Table in a Liquid Crystal Display Device - A display device includes a display panel, a timing controller, a data driver and a scan driver. The display panel includes pixels respectively electrically connected to scan lines and data lines. The timing controller calculates the statistic numbers of pixels whose gray level variations between previous and current frames cross the gray-scale level of the gray point according to scan-line-signal refresh times and high-low gray-scale lookup tables, and thus selects one of the scan-line-signal refresh times and one of the lookup tables corresponding to the lowest statistic number. The scan driver outputs scan line signals to the pixels according to the selected scan-line-signal refresh time. The data driver generates pixel data according to the selected lookup table. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080259098 | Display Method and System for Stimulating the Blinking of the Eyes of a User by Subliminal Modification of Display Parameters - In a method for displaying visual information ( | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080259099 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - The invention provides a display device that includes: a separating section that generates a separation image signal, which specifies the gradations of a plurality of color components and the gradations of a plurality of white components, from an input image signal, which specifies the gradations of a plurality of primary color components for each of a plurality of pixels; and a displaying section that displays a single-color image corresponding to one of the color components and the white components sequentially on the basis of the generated separation image signal in each of a plurality of subfields allocated in a frame in such a manner that subfields corresponding to each of the plurality of the white components are distanced from each other or one another on a time axis. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080266329 | MULTI-COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes; a plurality of pixels which individually display one of a first color, a second color, a third color, and white, a signal processor which receives input image signals corresponding to the first to third colors, modifies color temperatures represented by the input image signals, compensates luminances of the input image signals, and converts the input image signals corresponding to the first to third colors into output image signals corresponding to the first to third colors and white as a result of the modification and compensation, and a data driver which converts the output image signals into data voltages and supplies the data voltages to the pixels. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080266330 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes pixels which represent first, second and third colors and white, a signal controller which operates a white initial luminance value of the white and first, second and third luminance compensation values of the first, second and third colors based on input image signals of the first, second and third colors, generates a white output image signal of the white based on a sum of at least one portion of the first, second and third luminance compensation values and the white initial luminance value, and generates first, second and third output image signals of the first, second and third colors based on remaining first, second and third luminance compensation values, and a data driver which converts the white output image signal and the first, second and third output image signals into data voltages and supplies the data voltages to the pixels to display an image. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080266331 | PROCESSING DEVICE AND PROCESSING METHOD FOR HIGH DYNAMIC CONTRAST OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a processing device and processing method for high dynamic contrast of a liquid crystal display. The processing device comprises a receiver, an inverter and a source driver integrated circuit connected to a center processing module. The processing method comprises: performing a histogram-statistical processing on a received low-voltage differential signal data; obtaining a backlight source luminance control parameter and a gamma reference voltage parameter of the same frame of picture according to the result of the histogram-statistical processing; controlling the luminance of the backlight source according to the backlight source luminance control parameter; and controlling the voltage of a pixel capacitor on the liquid crystal panel according to the gamma reference voltage parameter. The present invention adjusts the luminance of the backlight source and the gamma reference voltage of the liquid crystal panel respectively, whereby enhancing the dynamic contrast of pictures, improving the LCD in terms of the low contrast and flicker, and saving the power consumption of the backlight source. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080266332 | DISPLAY CORRECTION CIRCUIT OF ORGAN EL PANEL - A display correction circuit of an organic EL panel for correcting, for display purposes, a video signal supplied to an organic EL panel, the display correction circuit includes: a linear gamma circuit supplied with a video signal which has been subjected to a predetermined gamma correction, the linear gamma circuit adapted to cancel the gamma correction of the video signal to convert the signal into a video signal having a linear gamma characteristic and adapted to output the resultant signal; a correction circuit supplied with the video signal from the linear gamma circuit; and a panel gamma circuit supplied with the video signal from the correction circuit, the panel gamma circuit adapted to convert the video signal into a video signal having a gamma characteristic associated with the gamma characteristic of the organic EL panel and adapted to output the resultant signal. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080278521 | Display device and driving method thereof - Example embodiments relate to a display device and a method for driving the same. The method may include receiving an input signal from a user, determining whether the input signal is in a normal state or a degree of color deficiency, and changing a gamma coefficient of the input signal according to the user's state. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080284801 | STEREOSCOPIC 3D LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH BLACK DATA INSERTION - A display apparatus includes an liquid crystal display panel having a frame response time of less than 5 milliseconds, drive electronics configured to drive the liquid crystal display panel to black between images that are provided to the liquid crystal display panel at a rate of at least 90 images per second, and a backlight positioned to provide light to the liquid crystal display panel. The backlight includes a right eye solid state light source and a left eye solid state light source capable of being modulated between the right eye solid state light source and a left eye solid state light source at a rate of at least 90 Hertz. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080284802 | Liquid crystal drive device - The present invention provides a liquid crystal drive device comprising a first gradation voltage generating circuit having a plurality of first wirings led out from a first string resistor thereof, a second gradation voltage generating circuit having a plurality of second wirings led out from a second string resistor thereof having a resistance value higher than the first string resistor and respectively connected to voltage-follower connected op amplifiers, a plurality of DV converters to which the first wirings and the op amplifiers are respectively connected, and an output op amplifier connected to the DA converters respectively. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080291222 | Pulse Generation Circuit and Display Apparatus for Adjusting the Display Brightness of an Image - A display apparatus comprises a display panel, a gate driving circuit, and a pulse generation circuit. The display panel displays an image. The gate driving circuit drives the display panel according to a pulse signal generated by the pulse generation circuit. The pulse generation circuit comprises a histogram analysis element and a gate pulse modulator. The histogram analysis element calculates a gray level ratio of the image, and compares the gray level ratio with at least one threshold value to generate at least one control signal. The operative time of the pulse signal is determined in response to the control signal. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080291223 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, DRIVING CIRCUIT OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A driving circuit of an electro-optical device includes scanning lines, data lines, capacitor lines respectively corresponding to the scanning lines, and pixels provided at intersections of the scanning lines and the data lines. The driving circuit includes a scanning line driving circuit that selects the scanning lines in a predetermined order and a capacitor line driving circuit that selects a first power supply line when a first scanning line is selected and selects a second power supply line when a second scanning line that is spaced predetermined lines away from the first scanning line is selected until the first scanning line is selected again to thereby apply a voltage of the selected one of the power supply lines to the capacitor line, the capacitor line driving circuit applying the voltage of the second power supply line to all the capacitor lines when all the scanning lines are not selected. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080291224 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - With the use of pixel control parts for controlling display elements in response to display data using a display-use voltage source and display control parts for supplying the display data to the pixel control parts, the display data is displayed on a display part. Further, the display data is corrected by detecting states of the display elements. A voltage of the display-use voltage source is preliminarily set to a fixed higher voltage, and a gray scale of the display data is elevated in response to a degradation state of the display element. Accordingly, it is possible to perform a display while maintaining the maximum brightness even when the display element is degraded. Further, the contrast can be maintained by correcting the gray scales of the display data by performing only the digital calculation. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080297537 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZED ILLUMINATION - Disclosed is a display of a particular size that may be perceived as larger than the particular size as a result of light emitted by one or more light guides adjacent the perimeter of the display. The display may also be perceived as brighter. In particular, the display is configured to output a changing image. A light guide is disposed adjacent at least a portion of the perimeter of the display and coupled to a multicolor LED. A controller of the electronic device is configured to analyze the changing image to determine the color content. The multicolor LED is driven to emit light according to the color content of the changing image. The light guide is configured to couple light from the LED in a direction parallel to the display viewing surface, and to couple light out of the light guide in a direction away from the display viewing surface. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080297538 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SETTING A COMMON VOLTAGE - An apparatus for setting a common voltage include a screen generator, a flicker measuring part, a main controller and a read-only memory (“ROM”) programming part. The screen generator generates image data of a test screen. The flicker measuring part measures flicker on the test screen displayed on a display panel to which a common voltage corresponding to an estimated setting value is applied. The main controller calculates a measured flicker index from the measured flicker and compares the measured flicker index with a predetermined threshold value to determine a setting value corresponding to a flicker index of a plurality of calculated flicker indexes that is less than the threshold value. The ROM programming part writes the determined setting value to a ROM of a display module. Therefore, a common voltage is reestablished by the setting value, thus preventing flicker due to process variations. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080297539 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display which can selectively display an image having a high visibility or an image having a high luminance. The liquid crystal display includes a panel unit having a plurality of gate lines, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of pixels, each pixel being coupled to a gate line and a data line and having a plurality of sub-pixels, a data-drive unit providing data signals to the data lines, and a gate-drive unit providing gate signals to the gate lines in a first order or in a second order. When the gate-drive unit provides the gate signals in the first order, the sub-pixels of a respective pixel are charged with different pixel voltages, and when the gate-drive unit provides the gate signals in the second order, the sub-pixels of the respective pixel are charged with substantially the same pixel voltage. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080297540 | Electro-optical apparatus, driving method thereof, and electronic device - An electrooptical apparatus having a plurality of scanning lines, a plurality of signal lines, and electrooptical devices each being placed at an intersection of each of the scanning lines and each of the signal lines, and the electrooptical apparatus is driven according to the amount of drive current supplied to the electrooptical devices. The electrooptical apparatus includes a lighting time measuring unit for measuring a lighting time of the electrooptical devices, a lighting time storage unit for storing the lighting time obtained by the lighting time measuring unit, and a drive current amount adjusting unit for adjusting the amount of drive current based on the lighting time stored in the lighting time storage unit so as to correct the brightness of the electrooptical devices. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080303847 | Display panel driving method, display apparatus, display panel driving apparatus and electronic apparatus - In the present invention, there is provided a display panel driving method of the type wherein the total light emitting period length within a one-field period is controlled to variably control the peak luminance level of a display panel, including the step of: variably controlling, where the one-field period has N light emitting periods, N being equal to or greater than 2, the end timing of the ith light emitting period and the start timing of the i+1th light emitting period so as to satisfy the total light emitting period length within the one-field period, i being an odd number which satisfies 1≦i≦N−1 while i+1 satisfies 2≦i+1≦N. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080309681 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL - A device for driving an LCD panel comprises: a gray level voltage generation circuit, for generating gray level voltages, and determining whether the gray level voltages are generated by utilizing a first set of reference voltages or a second set of reference voltages according to a polarity inversion control signal, where the gray level voltage generation circuit determines whether a gray level voltage is generated by utilizing a maximum of the first set of reference voltages or a maximum of the second set of reference voltages, and determines whether another gray level voltage is generated by utilizing a minimum of the first set of reference voltages or a minimum of the second set of reference voltages; and a source driving circuit, for selecting a gray level voltage according to display data or inverted data of the display data to drive a source of a display cell of the LCD panel. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080309682 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF BOOSTING LAMP LUMINANCE IN A LAPTOP COMPUTING DEVICE - An information handling system is disclosed and includes a display, a lamp back lighting the display, and a lamp control system coupled to the lamp. The lamp control system is configured to boost a maximum luminance of the lamp as the lamp ages. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080309683 | DRIVING DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE DRIVING DEVICE INSTALLED THEREIN AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A driving device including a signal controller which receives input image data corresponding to a plurality of frame periods, outputs the input image data during a first sub-frame period of one frame period among the plurality of frame periods, and outputs impulsive data having gray-scales, which are lower than those of the input image data, during a second sub-frame period of the one frame period. The impulsive data in the frame periods in which still images are displayed comprise first gray-scales, and the impulsive data in the frame periods in which moving images are displayed comprise second gray-scales, the second gray-scale being different from the first gray-scales. A data driver converts the input image data to pixel voltages during the first sub-frame period, and converts the impulsive data to impulsive voltages during the second sub-frame period. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080309684 | DISPLAY DRIVING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display driving device for driving a display device having a plurality of display pixels in which a plurality of scanning electrodes and a plurality of data electrodes are provided so as to overlap and correspond to each other and each of which has an electro-optical layer to which driving voltages corresponding to a data voltage and a scanning voltage are applied when the scanning voltage is applied to the scanning electrodes and the data voltage is applied to the data electrodes is disclosed. The device includes: a temperature detecting unit that detects the temperature of the display device; a selection phase setting unit that sets a time interval of a selection phase, in which a driving voltage for selecting gray-scale levels of the display pixels is applied, to a time interval based on a detected temperature when the detected temperature detected by the temperature detecting unit is less than a predetermined temperature and sets a time interval of the selection phase to a fixed time when the detected temperature is equal to or larger than the predetermined temperature; and a voltage applying unit that applies the driving voltage to the display pixels at the time interval set by the selection phase setting unit. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080309685 | LCD PANEL DRIVING CIRCUIT - The LCD panel driving circuit includes a plurality of supply signal lines and feedback signal lines provided for respective differential driving amplifiers. Each driving amplifier has two input terminals, and generates a gradation signal in accordance with a write potential supplied to one of the two input terminals. The supply signal lines supply to the gradation signal lines the gradation signals, that are produced by the differential driving amplifiers, via first connection points. The feedback signal lines are connected to the gradation signal lines at second connection points. Each feedback signal line sends a potential at its second connection point to the other differential input terminal of the associated differential driving amplifier. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080309686 | Display Device - To reduce heating value of the drain driver in a display device applying an FBI drive method. In a display device applying the FBI drive method in which each subpixel displays one gray scale required by an external system by displaying two gray scales which are a gray scale corresponding to first display data during one frame period of continuous two frame periods and a gray scale corresponding to second display data during the other frame period of the continuous two frame periods, and the luminance according to the second display data is lower than the luminance according to the first display data when the display data inputted from the external system is in a halftone gray scale, the power supply circuit supplies high-potential first power supply voltage to the driver during the first frame period and supplies low-potential first power supply voltage having the potential lower than the high-potential first power supply voltage during the second frame period. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080316231 | Method and System for Line By Line Addressing of RMS Responding Display Matrix with Wavelets - A method for line-by-line addressing of RMS responding display matrix with wavelets, said method comprises steps of: selecting the wavelets such that energy of them is proportional to an integer power of two to form an orthogonal matrix; obtaining select waveform profile by summing elements of column in the wavelet matrix; obtaining column waveforms by dot product of data with column of the wavelet matrix; and applying the select waveforms and the corresponding column waveforms by selecting one row of the display matrix at a time. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080316232 | METHOD OF DRIVING ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of driving an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device that displays grayscales in a time-division manner and can prevent the occurrence of false contours and flickers at an interface between neighboring grayscales when displaying sequential images, such as moving images, at a high speed. The method is an interlaced scanning method in which a single frame is divided into an odd-numbered field and an even-numbered field that are sequentially driven, and includes dividing each of the odd-numbered field and the even-numbered field into x sub-frame groups; dividing each of a plurality of sub-frames corresponding to bits of driving data into y divided sub-frame portions; and disposing the y divided sub-frame portions in different ones of the x sub-frame groups. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080316233 | Computer system and method for rendering a display with a changing color frequency spectrum corresponding to a selected frequency spectrum - Embodiments provide methods and systems for selecting a frequency spectrum (e.g. a changing color frequency spectrum) to be emitted by a display device of a computer system and for rendering a display on the display device by emitting light corresponding to the selected (color) frequency spectrum. Other embodiments may also be described. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080316234 | Method of driving electro-optical device, source driver, electro-optical device, projection-type display device, and electronic instrument - A method of driving an electro-optical device that drives a source line of the electro-optical device based on K-bit (K is an integer equal to or larger than two) grayscale data includes, when data of a most significant bit of the grayscale data is first data, generating converted grayscale data by converting data of lower-order (K-L) bits (K>L, L is a positive integer) of the grayscale data so that a code word distance between the data of the lower-order (K-L) bits of the grayscale data before conversion and the data of the lower-order (K-L) bits of the grayscale data after conversion is equal to or less than (K-L); and driving the source line based on a grayscale signal corresponding to the converted data in a first polarity drive period, and driving the source line based on a grayscale signal corresponding to data obtained by converting higher-order L bits of the converted data so that a code word distance between data of the higher-order L bits of the converted data before conversion and the data of the higher-order L bits of the converted data after conversion is equal to or less than L in a second polarity drive period. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20090002400 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a brightness adjusting method thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes a panel unit which displays an image signal, a backlight unit which provides a light to the panel unit to visualize the image signal, a luminance value regulator which calculates representative values to be applied for adjusting a brightness of a plurality of partial areas of the backlight unit corresponding to the input image signal, a contrast enhancer which compensates for a brightness of the image signal compromised by the representative value through a contrast enhancement, and a pixel value compensator which compensates for pixel values of the image signal compensated using the contrast enhancement. Accordingly, the contrast ratio of the entire image can be enhanced by compensating for the brightness loss of the image signal caused from the brightness adjustment of the luminous element, and the image quality can be more finely improved. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090002401 | DYNAMIC BACKLIGHT ADAPTATION USING SELECTIVE FILTERING - Embodiments of a system that includes one or more integrated circuits are described. During operation, the system receives a sequence of video images, where a given video image in the sequence, when displayed, includes a picture portion and the non-picture portion, and where the picture portion has a histogram of brightness values. Then, the system determines the intensity setting of the light source on an image-by-image basis based on the histogram, where the light source is configured to illuminate a display that is configured to display the sequence of video images. Next, the system selectively filters changes in the intensity setting of the light source, where the selective filtering is based on a magnitude of a given change in the intensity setting from a previous video image to a current video image. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090002402 | ERROR METRIC ASSOCIATED WITH BACKLIGHT ADAPTATION - Embodiments of a system that includes one or more integrated circuits are described. During operation, the system reduces power consumption by changing an intensity setting of a light source, which illuminates a display that is configured to display a video image, and scales brightness values for the video image based on a brightness metric associated with the video image. Then, the system calculates the error metric for the video image based on the scaled brightness values and the video image. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090002403 | DYNAMIC BACKLIGHT ADAPTATION FOR VIDEO IMAGES WITH BLACK BARS - Embodiments of a system that includes one or more integrated circuits are described. During operation, the system calculates a brightness metric associated with a video image. Then, the system identifies a subset of the video image based on the brightness metric, where the subset of the video image includes spatially varying visual information in the video image. Next, the system determines the intensity setting of the light source based on a first portion of the brightness metric associated with the subset of the video image, where the light source is configured to illuminate a display that is configured to display the video image. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090002404 | SYNCHRONIZING DYNAMIC BACKLIGHT ADAPTATION - Embodiments of a system that includes one or more integrated circuits are described. During operation, the system receives a sequence of video images and a brightness setting of a light source which is configured to illuminate a display that is configured to display the video images, where the sequence of video images includes video signals. Then, the system determines an intensity setting of the light source on an image-by-image basis for the sequence of video images, where the intensity of a given video image is based on the brightness setting and brightness information contained in the video signals associated with the given video image. Next, the system synchronizes the intensity setting of the light source with a current video image to be displayed. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090002405 | DISPLAY DRIVE APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVE CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display drive apparatus driving a display pixel, includes a light-emitting element and a light-emission drive element, connected to a data line, includes a reset circuit and a gradation current supply circuit. The reset circuit initializes the display pixel applying a reset voltage to the display pixel wherein the reset voltage has a voltage value that an absolute value of a potential difference applied between a control terminal of the light-emission drive element and one end of the current path thereof being a larger value than an absolute value of a threshold voltage of the light-emission drive element, and has a polarity capable of discharging charge remaining in wiring capacitance of the data line and a capacitance component of the display pixel. The gradation current supply circuit supplies a gradation current having a signal polarity and magnitude corresponding to a gradation value of display data to the display pixel initialized. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090002406 | Data line drive circuit and method for driving data lines - A data line drive circuit includes a plurality of output circuits and a plurality of switch portions. The plurality of output circuits outputs voltages corresponding to grayscale voltages with respect to display data. The plurality of switch portions becomes an ON-state in response to a line output signal and connects the plurality of output circuits and a plurality of data lines, respectively. ON-resistance values of at least part of the plurality of switch portions vary in the ON-state. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090009537 | Display unit and display panel driver including operational amplifier to apply reference voltage to resistance ladder having impedance adjusting circuit - A display driver includes an operational amplifier which receives a gradation power source voltage and outputs a reference voltage, a resistance ladder which receives the reference voltage to generate a gradation voltage, and a resistor including a first end coupled to an output of the operational amplifier and a second end supplied with a voltage having the same potential as the reference voltage. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090009538 | DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A display driver circuit of a display device includes: a first DA converter for converting a digital data to a gray-scale potential within a first potential range; and a second DA converter for converting a digital data to a gray-scale potential within a second potential range lower than the first potential range. The first DA converter includes a first transistor of a first conductivity type outputting a gray-scale potential not less than the common potential. The second DA converter includes: a second transistor of the first conductivity type outputting a gray-scale potential not less than the common potential; and a third transistor of a second conductivity type outputting a gray-scale potential not more than the common potential. A substrate potential applied to a back gate of the second transistor is lower than a substrate potential applied to a back gate of the first transistor. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090009539 | Color gamut mapping and liquid crystal display device using the same - A color gamut mapping method, which is capable of minimizing a color difference perceived by a person, preventing brightness and contrast from deteriorating, and improving color reproducibility, and a liquid crystal display device using the same are disclosed. The color gamut mapping method includes converting image data having an original gamut into lightness, chroma and hue data, adjusting a primary hue angle of the original gamut according to a reproduction gamut and adjusting the hue data according to the adjustment amount of the primary hue angle, changing the lightness of an original gamut boundary in consideration of a reproduction gamut boundary and changing the brightness data by the change amount of the lightness of the original gamut boundary, deciding a focal point, which is a reference point of color gamut mapping, according to the size, the shape and the position of the original/reproduction gamut in lightness and chroma coordinates, deciding a mapping slope according to the decided focal point FP and a mapping area in which the lightness and chroma data are located and mapping the original gamut to the reproduction gamut according to the decided mapping slope, and converting the lightness, chroma and hue data mapped to the reproduction gamut into image data. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090009540 | Control method, display panel and electronic system utilizing the same - A control method controlling a display panel comprising a pixel unit. The pixel unit is coupled to a data line and comprises a capacitor, a transistor, and a luminiferous device. The capacitor comprises a first terminal coupled to the data line and a second terminal coupled to the transistor. The voltage of the first terminal is increased and the voltage of the second terminal is reduced during a first period. The voltage of the first and the second terminals are controlled during a second period subsequent to the first period. The luminiferous device is lit according to the voltage of the capacitor during a third period subsequent to the second period. The voltage of the data line is maintained during the third period. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090015601 | Liquid crystal display device and driving method thereof - Provided is an LCD device. The LCD device includes: an input unit, a backlight unit, a histogram analyzing unit, a data correcting unit, a liquid crystal panel driving unit, a duty ratio determining unit, and a lamp driving unit. The input unit inputs data corresponding to an image displayed on a liquid crystal panel, and the backlight unit includes a plurality of lamps. The histogram analyzing unit analyzes a histogram of data input from the input unit to generate a select signal according to a brightness state of the data. The data correcting unit corrects pixel data to be supplied to the liquid crystal panel using at least one of a plurality of gamma compensating characteristic curves. The liquid crystal panel driving unit drives the liquid crystal panel. The duty ratio determining unit generates a plurality of lamp-on signals. The lamp driving unit generates a lamp driving voltage corresponding to the lamp-on signal. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090015602 | Contrast Ratio Enhancement System Using Asymmetrically Delayed Illumination Control - The disclosed embodiments relate to a system and method that enhance contrast ratio of a display device using asymmetrically delayed illumination signal control. An exemplary embodiment comprises determining a pixel brightness level for a video frame, and delaying application of the illumination signal based on a change of the pixel brightness level. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090015603 | Display device driving circuit of which power consumption is reduced, control method thereof, and display device using the same - A display device driving circuit includes: a grayscale signal output circuit, grayscale signal lines, a grayscale voltage output circuit, grayscale voltage lines, a digital-analog conversion circuit, a first to third switches. The grayscale signal output circuit outputs complementary signals as a digital grayscale signal. The grayscale signal lines receive the complementary signals. The grayscale voltage output circuit outputs analog grayscale voltages. The grayscale voltage lines receive the analog grayscale voltages. The digital-analog conversion circuit selects and outputs one of the analog grayscale voltages in response to the complementary signals. The first switch shuts off a first connection path between the grayscale signal output circuit and the digital-analog conversion circuit. The second switch shuts off a second connection path between the grayscale voltage output circuit and the digital-analog conversion circuit. The third switch connects a third connection path between one of a pair of the grayscale signal lines to the other. The pair transfers a pair of the complementary signals. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090021534 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device has an improved white balance in white display and excellent display quality, and includes a plurality of pixels each including four sub-pixels More specifically, the display device includes a plurality of pixels each including: a sub-pixel pair of a red (R) sub-pixel and a green (G) sub-pixel; and a sub-pixel pair of a blue (B) sub-pixel and a green (G) sub-pixel, wherein in most of the pixels, a product of an aperture area per sub-pixel and a light amount per unit aperture area, in each of the red (R) sub-pixel and the blue (B) sub-pixel, is approximately two times that of the green (G) sub-pixel. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090021535 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FO DRIVING THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes a signal controller having a luminance controller receiving image data from an external graphic source and controlling the luminance of the image data such that the luminance at the gray expressed by a specific data value of the image data is established to be 80 cd/m | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090021536 | DRIVING CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY ELEMENT AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A new driving circuit is provided. The driving circuit according to the present invention comprises a first period for setting a current to be supplied to a display element, a second period for setting a gray-scale of the display element, and a third period for supplying a driving current to the display element. The present invention, in the driving circuit of the display element, is provided with a current source circuit for supplying a constant current to the display element and a control circuit for controlling the time to supply a constant current to the display element from the current source circuit. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090021537 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A signal processing device for supplying a drive voltage signal to a display panel, includes a luminance detector, a memory to store a first correction factor for correcting the luminance level of the pixel to be changed by a voltage level difference between a drive voltage signal supplied to the display element and a drive voltage signal supplied to a first adjacent display element adjacent to the display element in the forward direction of the scanning line, and a second correction factor for correcting the luminance level of the pixel to be changed by a voltage level difference between a drive voltage signal supplied to the display element and a second adjacent display element adjacent to the display element in the reverse direction of the scanning line, a correction voltage level computing unit, and an adder to add the first correction voltage level and the second correction voltage level. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090021538 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF ADJUSTING COLOR BALANCE - A method of adjusting color balance includes writing first to third adjustment video signals on first to third pixels, respectively to obtain first to third monochromatic data, updating the first to third adjustment video signals based on the first to third monochromatic data, writing the updated first to third adjustment video signals on the first to third pixels to obtain a mixed color data, updating the first to third adjustment video signals in the case where the mixed color data is within a tolerance and the power consumption exceeds a predetermined upper limit, and setting the first to third adjustment video signals updated finally as the maximum values of the video signals to be written on the first to third pixels, respectively. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090021539 | Light Emitting Device, Method of Driving a Light Emitting Device, Element Substrate, and Electronic Equipment - A display device capable of obtaining a constant luminance without being influenced by temperature change is provided as well as a method of driving the display device. A current mirror circuit composed of a first transistor and a second transistor is provided in each pixel. The first transistor and second transistor of the current mirror circuit are connected such that their drain currents are kept almost equal irrespective of the level of load resistance. By controlling the OLED drive current using the current mirror circuit, a change in OLED drive current due to fluctuation in characteristics between transistors is avoided and a constant luminance is obtained without being influenced by temperature change. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090027422 | Image brightness control and compensation device for field emission display - An image adjusting device for adjusting brightness of an image signal is disclosed. The image adjusting device comprises a converting module and a processing module. The converting module is configured to convert an input image to an image signal. The processing module is coupled to the converting module and configured to adjust the image signal to generate an output signal according to a predetermined method, and the processing module further comprises a determining module, an adjusting module and a compensating module. The determining determines the brightness of the image signal to generate a determining signal. The adjusting module generates an adjusting signal according to the determining signal and a predetermined adjusting value. The compensating module adjusts the image signal to generate the output signal according to the adjusting signal. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090027423 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display and a method for driving the same, which may compensate for the degradation of an organic light emitting diode. The organic light emitting display includes: a plurality of pixels, each including an organic light emitting diode and a pixel circuit for controlling a supply of an electric current to the organic light emitting diode; and a sensing unit for converting a voltage applied to the organic light emitting diode to a digital value during a sensing period, and for sinking a second current from the pixel corresponding to the digital value to compensate for a degradation of the organic light emitting diode during a sampling period. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090027424 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A method for equalizing deterioration in a display device having a plurality of pixels and each pixel has a self-emissive type display element includes applying an equal voltage to the display elements in a plurality of pixels causes the pixels to illuminate so that a comparatively smaller current flows in the display element with a large deterioration, while a comparatively larger current flows in the display element with a small deterioration, thereby equalizing deterioration in the display elements. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090027425 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes: a display panel which comprises sub-pixels including an R sub-pixel, a G sub-pixel, a B sub-pixel and a W sub-pixel and disposed in a matrix form, a gate line and a data line which insulatingly cross each other and transmit a driving signal to the sub-pixels; a driver connected to the gate line and the data line; and a signal controller which comprises a signal converter including a W extracting unit to convert R, G and B image signals into R, G, B and W image signals and a rendering unit to render the R, G, B and W image signals so that eight sub-pixels adjacent in an extending direction of the gate line display three pixels, and controls the driver to apply rendered image signals to the display panel. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090027426 | Digital video screen device - Device for a digital video screen comprising one or more printed circuit substrates on which are mounted one or more integrated circuits covered by a one-piece display surface. The display surface is covered by one or more luminous substances that are excited by the integrated circuits placed underneath. A video screen is formed where each subpixel is composed of a certain number of basic luminous units activated or deactivated by electrical switches on logic controls. Binary words are applied on the logic controls, and correspond to values of desired colors for each sub-pixel in such a way that the image refresh rate is independent of the loading rate, the rate of change, the resolution of the displayed image and the dimension of the video screen. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090033685 | Organic light emitting display and driving method thereof - The present invention provides an organic light emitting display and a driving method the same capable of improving image quality by reducing luminance variations depending on temperature. The organic light emitting display and a driving method of the present invention includes a temperature sensor unit sensing ambient temperature and outputting temperature compensation signals corresponding to the ambient temperature, a light sensor unit sensing ambient light and outputting light control signals corresponding the ambient light, a correction unit generating gamma correction signals corresponding to the temperature compensation signals and the light control signals, and a data driver generating data signals corresponding to the gamma correction. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090033686 | Display panel driving method, display apparatus, display panel driving apparatus and electronic apparatus - In the present invention, there is provided a display panel driving method of the type wherein the total light emitting period length within a one-field period is controlled to variably control the peak luminance level of a display panel, the driving method including a step of variably controlling, where the one-field period has N light emitting periods disposed therein, N being equal to or greater than 2, the light emitting period length of a particular one of the light emitting periods and the other light emitting period or periods to provide a difference in luminance between the particular light emitting period and the other light emitting period or periods so that the particular light emitting period is visually observed as the center of light emission. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090033687 | Electro-optical device, method of driving the same, data line driving circuit, signal processing circuit, and electronic apparatus - A signal processing unit that generates data signals for controlling gray-scale levels of electro-optical elements includes a first D/A conversion unit that generates gray-scale signals from gray-scale data for designating the gray-scale levels of the electro-optical elements; a storage unit that stores correction data indicating correction values with respect to the gray-scale signals; a second D/A conversion unit that has resolution different from that of the first D/A conversion unit, and that generates correction signals from the correction data stored in the storage unit; and a synthesizing unit that synthesizes the gray-scale signals generated by the first D/A conversion unit with the correction signals generated by the second D/A conversion unit to generate the data signals. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090040241 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIGHT-EMITTING PANEL - The method for driving a light-emitting panel provides a method for driving a light-emitting panel such that, even if there is a defect at a certain place of the light-emitting surface, the whole surface is not turned off and the function as a lighting apparatus or a backlight of or the electronic information device can be maintained by means that only one area including the defect is turned off and the other areas are turned on. The method for driving a light-emitting panel is characterized in that the light-emitting surface is divided into a plurality of areas and each of the areas emits light by time sharing. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040242 | Display apparatus, display method, display monitor, and television receiver - In one embodiment of the present invention, the image display period of the first sub frame of an N-th frame is arranged to partly overlap the image display period of the second sub frame of the N-th frame and the image display period of the second sub frame of the (N−1)-th frame. Also, in each sub frame, a period in which grayscale display voltages are written into all horizontal lines of the display screen is arranged to be identical with the image signal input period of one frame of an input image signal. In addition, the grayscale display voltages with which pixels that are horizontally or vertically neighbored are charged are arranged to have inverse polarities, and the polarity of the grayscale display voltage charging each pixel is reversed in each frame. Furthermore, a short circuit period is provided and in this period neighboring data signal lines are short-circuited each time the polarity of the grayscale display voltage output to each data signal line is reversed. With this, in a display apparatus performing sub frame display, a time lag between the input of an image signal and image display is reduced, the cost of the frame memory is reduced, and the power consumption for AC driving is reduced. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040243 | Display Device and Method for Driving Display Member - In one embodiment of the present invention, in an even-numbered signal line group, the arrangement sequence of the first and second signal lines is reversed between in a display area and in a non-display area, and the same goes for the arrangement sequence of the third and fourth signal lines. The ends of the first to sixteenth signal lines in the non-display area are connected to the first to sixteenth individual drivers, respectively. An odd-numbered individual driver and an even-numbered individual driver each output a corresponding one of drive signals of opposite polarity. Thus, the polarities of subpixels of the same color arranged in a first direction D | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040244 | DRIVING DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - In a driving device, a liquid crystal display having the driving device, and a method of driving the liquid crystal display, the driving device includes a signal controller, a voltage selector, a gray-scale voltage generator, and a data driver. The signal controller outputs a power-down signal indicating an imminent power-off. The voltage selector outputs a common voltage in response to the signal. The gray-scale voltage generator receives the common voltage to generate common gray-scale voltages having a same voltage level as that of the common voltage. The data driver generates common data voltages based on the common gray-scale voltages. The driving device controls a display panel so that the display panel displays a white image in response to the signal. Thus, an after-image after the power-off is removed, therefore improving the display quality of the display panel. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040245 | Drive circuit for display apparatus and display apparatus - A drive circuit that is an example of the present invention is a drive circuit of a display device for outputting in parallel the analog picture signals generated based on the digital picture signals inputted in serial. This circuit comprises a level shift circuit for converting the voltage level of the digital picture signals that were inputted in serial, a D/A conversion circuit for generating analog picture signals based on the digital picture signals that were subjected to level conversion with the level shift circuit, and an expansion circuit connected to the output side of the D/A conversion circuit or between the level shift circuit and the D/A conversion circuit and serving to expand and hold the inputted serial picture signals in parallel and output the picture signals in parallel. The level shift circuit is thus formed in the front stage of the picture signal register circuit. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090046112 | Liquid Crystal Panel Driving Device, Liquid Crystal Panel driving Method, Liquid Crystal Display Device - In one embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel driving device for AC-driving a liquid crystal panel with first and second polarities includes an output tone generating section for generating an output tone corresponding to an input tone. With respect to the same input tone, the output tone generating section generates a first output tone when driving the liquid crystal panel with a first polarity, and generates a second output tone when driving the liquid crystal panel with a second polarity. The first and second output tones are determined based on a characteristic of the input tone and the center of amplitude of a voltage to be outputted in response to the input tone in AC driving. This allows providing a liquid crystal panel driving device capable of easily performing Ω correction with respect to each liquid crystal panel. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090046113 | Uneven streaks evaluation device, uneven streaks evaluation method, storage medium, and color filter manufacturing method - A present uneven streaks evaluation device includes an evaluation data generation section for generating evaluation data, serving as an index for evaluating cyclic uneven streaks occurring on an evaluation target surface, in accordance with image data obtained by imaging the evaluation target surface to which light is emitted, wherein a one-dimensional projection processing section carries out a one-dimensional projection process with respect to light distribution included in the image data so that a projection direction is a direction including a vector of a direction in which uneven streaks occur, a power spectrum calculation section calculates a power spectrum in accordance with the light distribution having been subjected to the one-dimensional projection process, an integration processing section calculates an interval integral value of a preset cycle in accordance with the calculated power spectrum, and a noise component removing section removes a noise component included in the calculated interval integral value. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090051707 | Liquid Crystal Display Device Drive Method, Liquid Crystal Display Device, and Television Receiver - The method of driving a liquid crystal display in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention is a method of driving a liquid crystal display whereby a first liquid crystal panels produces a display from a first display signal and the second liquid crystal panel produces a display a second display signal derived from the first display signal, the first and second liquid crystal panels being stacked on top of each other. The luminance of the first liquid crystal panel is extended based on the luminance extension ratio obtained from the gray levels for dots contained in the first display signal and a logical maximum gray level of input image data. The luminance of the second liquid crystal panel which produces a display from the second display signal is lowered by the amount by which luminance is extended on the first liquid crystal panel. A liquid crystal display with high display quality is realized by restraining decrease in saturation which would otherwise become obtrusive when two liquid crystal panels are stacked. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090051708 | ACTIVE DISPLAY DEVICE AND MIXING TYPE PIXEL DRIVING METHOD IN ACTIVE DISPLAY DEVICE - A mixing type pixel driving method in an active display device includes generating a digital data for a selected pixel, first driving the selected pixel to be illuminated with a first illumination intensity, and second driving the selected pixel to be illuminated with a second illumination intensity in a second illumination interval. A relative ratio of the second illumination intensity to the first illumination intensity is changed according to the value of the digital data. The number of the converted bits by DAC is reduced. Therefore, the less bit DAC is adaptable for the mixing type pixel driving method and the layout area and the consumption current can be decreased. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090051709 | Image adjusting apparatus - An image adjusting apparatus is provided for adjusting the color of an image. The image adjusting apparatus includes a converting module, a processing module, an output module, a display module, a measuring module and a computing module. The converting module converts an input image into an image signal. The processing module is coupled with the converting module for adjusting the image signal and generating an output signal according to a gain value. The output module is coupled with the processing module for generating an output image according to the output signal. The display module is coupled with the output module for displaying the output image. The measuring module is coupled with the display module for measuring the output image and generating a measurement. The computing module is coupled with the measuring module and the processing module for generating the gain value according to the measurement. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090051710 | Display Method in an Active Matrix Display Device - The present invention relates to a method for displaying an image in an active matrix display device and more particularly in an active matrix OLED (Organic Light Emitting Display) display. The purpose of this invention is to increase the video dynamic range of each color component. The voltages applied to the OLED cells are based on reference voltages or currents. According to the invention, a different set of reference voltages is used for each colour component. To this end, the video frame is divided into at least three sub-frames and at least one colour component of the picture is addressed during each subframe with a set of reference voltages adapted to said color component. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090051711 | Compact Flat Panel Color Calibration System - A compact flat panel color calibration system includes a lens prism optic able to pass a narrow, perpendicular, and uniform cone angle of incoming light to a spectrally non-selective photodetector. The calibration system also includes a microprocessor operable to determine the luminance of the display based upon the information gathered by the photodetector. A software module included in the calibration system is then operable to process the luminance information in order to adjust the flat panel display. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090051712 | Projection apparatus using variable light source - A projection apparatus using a spatial light modulator (SLM), comprising the following: at least one variable light source, at least one spatial light modulator for modulating the illumination light emitted from the variable light source in accordance with the modulation state of arrayed pixel elements, a variable light source controller for controlling modulation of the variable light source, and a spatial light modulator controller for controlling modulation of each pixel element of the spatial light modulator, wherein the variable light source controller controls the variable light source so as to reduce the period in which the modulation states of the pixel element are in transition on a display image. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090051713 | Mobile terminal emitting light according to temperature and display control method thereof - A mobile terminal emitting light according to a temperature and a display control method thereof are provided. The mobile terminal includes a display part activated in response to a control signal, a temperature sensor part for measuring a temperature of the mobile terminal and outputting a voltage corresponding to the measured temperature value, and a central controller for outputting the control signal to activate the display part included in the mobile terminal when the voltage input from the temperature sensor part exceeds a predetermined reference value. Therefore, it is possible to improve the design of the mobile terminal. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090051714 | MOVING IMAGE PLAYBACK APPARATUS AND TONE CORRECTING APPARATUS - A filtering unit filters a moving image decoded by an image decoding unit to reduce noise component. A tone correcting unit corrects tone in accordance with setting of brightness set by a display control unit, utilizing tone characteristic of the moving image. The display control unit detects a signal from an operating unit, and controls brightness of a screen of the display unit. Further, the display control unit controls a switch such that an output of either the filtering unit or the tone correcting unit is input to the display unit. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090058887 | MEHTOD FOR GRADUALLY ADJUSTING SCREEN BRIGHTNESS WHEN SWITCHING OPERATING SYSTEM - A method for gradually adjusting screen brightness when switching an operating system is provided. The method is used for gradually adjusting the brightness of a screen of an electronic device by a controller thereof when the electronic device is switched from a first operating system to a second operating system. First, an operating system switching signal is received. Then, a first brightness value of the first operating system is obtained. The screen brightness is gradually adjusted from the first brightness value to a predetermined second brightness value. Afterwards, the first operating system is switched to the second operating system, and the screen brightness is further adjusted from the second brightness value back to the first brightness value. Accordingly, a user can sense the switching of the operating system more intuitively and has enough time to get used to the change of the screen brightness and the displayed frame. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090058888 | TIMING CONTROLLER, DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING GAMMA VOLTAGE - A timing controller is provided. The timing controller comprises a data analyzer, a gain processor, an operator unit and an original gamma voltage generator. The present invention utilizes the data analyzer to analyze a gray level distribution of video data, and then the gain processor selects a gain value. The operator unit converts an original gamma voltage produced by the original gamma voltage generator into an actual gamma voltage according to the gain value. Therefore, the present invention adaptively adjusts the gamma voltage according to the gray level distribution of the video data for increasing display quality. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090058889 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVER - A display panel driver including a selector circuit provided between a holding circuit and a converter circuit is disclosed. The display panel driver replaces a bit value of a higher order bit of display data with a lower order bit thereof according to a test signal input to the selector circuit. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090058890 | Display device - When one frame period of two consecutive frame periods is a frame A and a next frame period subsequent to the frame A is a frame B, a tone requested from an external system is displayed in each sub-pixel by displaying two tones during the two frame periods including the frame A and the frame B, display data of an image A displayed during a period of the frame A and display data of an image B displayed during a period of the frame B are display data generated based on the display data and a video line driving circuit supplies, as tone voltages corresponding to the display data, a first set of tone voltages to video lines during the period of the frame A and a second set of tone voltages to the video lines during the period of the frame B subsequent to the frame A. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090066731 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CORRECTING DISPLAY CHARACTERISTIC THEREOF - An image display device and a method for correcting a display characteristic thereof are provided. The image display device includes a composite color luminance determination unit which determines luminance of a composite color using luminance of a neutral color and luminance of a pure chromatic color, a display unit which displays an image signal using the luminance of the neutral color and the luminance of the pure chromatic color and the determined luminance of the composite color, a display characteristic measurement unit which measures a display characteristic parameter from the displayed image signal, and a display characteristic correction unit which corrects a display characteristic according to a result of comparing the measured display characteristic parameter and a preset target value. Accordingly, an accurate gamma correction can be performed. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090066732 | LCD PANEL DRIVING CIRCUIT - The present invention provides an LCD panel driving circuit capable of suppressing unevenness in gradation even by a centralized amplifier system. In the LCD panel driving circuit, a source driver includes source terminals. The source terminals are sectioned into three source terminal groups. Decoder groups, bus wirings and amplifier groups are respectively assigned to the three source terminal groups by ones, and the LCD panel is driven by a centralized amplifier system every section. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090079767 | Source driver, electro-optical device, and electronic instrument - A source driver supplies a grayscale voltage to a liquid crystal capacitor and a storage capacitor provided in parallel with the liquid crystal capacitor, a voltage that changes in synchronization with a polarity inversion timing being applied to one end of the storage capacitor. The source driver includes an offset value calculation section that calculates an offset value based on grayscale data corresponding to respective color components of one pixel, a grayscale data correction section that corrects the grayscale data using the offset value corresponding to the respective color components, and a source line driver section that drives a source line corresponding to the respective color components based on the grayscale data that has been corrected by the grayscale data correction section. The source line driver section drives the source line corresponding to the respective color components based on the grayscale data that has been corrected by the grayscale data correction section, and then drives the source lines corresponding to the respective color components based on the grayscale data before being corrected by the grayscale data correction section. | 03-26-2009 |
| 20090085937 | Shared Buffer Display Panel Drive Methods and Systems - Methods of driving source lines and/or circuits/systems for driving source lines are provided. Source lines of a display device are driven by comparing first data for driving a first buffer associated with a first source line of the display device and second data for driving a second buffer associated with a second source line of the display device and selectively disabling the second buffer and driving the second source line of the display device with the first buffer based on the comparison of the first and second data. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090091587 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a first display plate, a first electrode and a second electrode disposed on the first display plate, a second display plate, a third electrode disposed on the second display plate, and a liquid crystal layer disposed between the first display plate and the second display plate. The liquid crystal layer includes liquid crystal molecules oriented substantially perpendicular to the first display plate and the second display plate in a state where no voltage is applied to the first to third electrodes. When a display state is to change from a first grayscale in a first grayscale region to a second grayscale in a second grayscale region, a return voltage, which is larger than the sum of the common voltage and a threshold voltage of the liquid crystal molecules, is applied to the first electrode and the second electrode for at least a specified period before the first drive voltage and the second drive voltage, which correspond to the second grayscale, are applied to the first electrode and the second electrode. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090091588 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING METHOD AND CIRCUIT - In a liquid crystal driving method and circuit, a pixel of a display is driven from an initial pixel value associated with a previous frame to a target pixel value of a current frame by an overdrive gray value. The overdrive gray value is determined by an overdrive curve, the initial pixel value, and the target pixel value. The overdrive curve is simulated from a polynomial function. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090091589 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided an organic light-emitting element comprising at least one light-emitting layer between a pair of electrodes formed on a substrate and at least two or more light emission center materials included in the light-emitting layer, and that the at least one or more light emission center materials include a phosphorescent light-emitting material, and an excitation lifetime of the light emission center material that emits light having a shortest wavelength is shorter than an excitation lifetime of the other light emission center material, whereby a high-efficiency organic light-emitting element without decreasing a color purity of white light emission can be obtained. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090096815 | IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE AND COLOR CONVERSION PROCESSING METHOD - A color conversion processing execution portion | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090096816 | DATA DRIVER, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - A data driver includes a D/A conversion circuit that receives grayscale data and outputs a first grayscale voltage and a second grayscale voltage corresponding to the grayscale data by time division in each of first to Nth sampling periods, and first to Nth data line driver circuits that share the D/A conversion circuit. Each of the first to Nth data line driver circuits includes a grayscale generation amplifier that samples the first grayscale voltage and the second grayscale voltage output from the D/A conversion circuit in a corresponding sampling period among the first to Nth sampling periods, and generates a grayscale voltage between the first grayscale voltage and the second grayscale voltage. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090096817 | D/A CONVERSION CIRCUIT, DATA DRIVER, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - A D/A conversion circuit includes a first D/A converter and a second D/A converter that respectively output a first voltage and a second voltage. An ith two-input selector among a plurality of input selectors of the first D/A converter selects a (4i+1)th input voltage or a (4i+3)th input voltage based on input data, and outputs the selected input voltage to a selector of a selector block in the subsequent stage. An ith three-input selector among a plurality of three-input selectors of the second D/A converter selects a 4ith input voltage, a (4i+2)th input voltage, or a (4i+4)th input voltage based on the input data, and outputs the selected input voltage to a selector of a selector block in the subsequent stage. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090096818 | DATA DRIVER, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - A data driver includes a D/A conversion circuit, a switch circuit, and a data line driver circuit. The switch circuit includes a first switch element provided between a first voltage output node of the D/A conversion circuit and a first input node of a grayscale generation amplifier, a second switch element that is provided between a second voltage output node of the D/A conversion circuit and the first input node and is exclusively turned ON/OFF with respect to the first switch element, a third switch element provided between the first voltage output node and a second input node, and a fourth switch element that is provided between the second voltage output node and the second input node and is exclusively turned ON/OFF with respect to the third switch element. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090102864 | DRIVING METHOD FOR COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY - A driving method for color sequential display, for displaying a frame during a frame period, is provided. The frame period includes a plurality of sub-frame periods, and a compensation period is included between adjacent sub-frame periods. The driving method includes the following steps. During a plurality of sub-frame periods, a first color light, a second color light, and a third color light are used respectively as a light source of the color sequential display. A fourth color light is used as the light source of the color sequential display during a plurality of compensation periods. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090102865 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PIXEL - A method for driving a pixel is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of determining a first predetermined gray-level and a second predetermined gray-level which are corresponding to a target gray-level according to the target gray-level of the pixel, wherein an equivalent gray-level of sum of the first predetermined gray-level and the second predetermined gray-level is equal to the target gray-level, thereafter, generating a first driving voltage and a second driving voltage according to the first predetermined gray-level and the second predetermined gray-level for respectively driving a first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel within the pixel during a frame period. The first driving voltage is greater than the second driving voltage when the equivalent gray-level is small than a first setting gray-level; the first driving voltage is small than the second driving voltage when the equivalent gray-level is greater than the first setting gray-level. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090102866 | LIGHTING CONTROL APPARATUS USING DIGITAL SIGMA-DELTA MODULATION - There is provided a lighting control apparatus using digital sigma-delta modulation, the apparatus including: a control part supplying a brightness control signal; a sigma-delta modulation part generating a carry signal according to the brightness control signal of the control part and a predetermined threshold signal by using a sigma-delta modulation method; and a lighting driving part generating a driving current according to the carry signal of the sigma-delta modulation part and supplying the generated driving current to a lighting part. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090109246 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF FOR SAVING POWER - A display apparatus and a control method thereof, wherein output of a backlight is reduced depending on the remaining amount of a battery or a pixel of an input image, and a brightness value of an output image is increased to compensate for the reduced output of the backlight. A display apparatus according to the present invention includes a display controller for controlling brightness of an image displayed on a display panel and output of a backlight of the display panel; and a control unit for detecting the remaining amount of a battery and controlling the display controller in accordance with the remaining amount of the battery. The control unit includes an operation unit for calculating an output value of the backlight and a pixel brightness correction value of the output image. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090109247 | DISPLAY PANEL CONTROL DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE, DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD, AND CONTROL PROGRAM - To provide a display panel control device capable of preventing generation of step-like tailing and ghost when executing black insertion drive. A first correction device performs first correction on a gradation value of a video signal by considering response delay of the display panel when changing from a second gradation voltage to a first gradation voltage. A second correction device performs second correction on one of or both of the gradation value of the video signal and the gradation voltage of a monochrome image signal by considering accumulative luminance reaching delay of the video part caused due to a difference between each monochrome display luminance of each monochrome image part in different unit frame cycle periods, when the gradation value of the video signal changes from a unit frame cycle period to another unit frame cycle period. A monochrome image insertion drive control device generates the monochrome image inserted video signal including the video part and the monochrome image part to which the first correction or the second correction is performed, and controls the monochrome image insertion drive of the display panel. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090115800 | MULTI-VIEW DISPLAY DEVICE - A multi-view display device ( | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090115801 | ELECTRON EMISSION DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An electron emission display adapted to reduce or prevent non-uniformity of brightness between pixels and distortion of the white balance. The electron emission display includes a display region, a data driver, and a compensation unit. The display region has a plurality of pixels, each pixel comprising a plurality of sub-pixels. The data driver is coupled to the display region, and is configured to generate a data signal for driving the pixels to display an image. The compensation unit receives brightness data and image data, compensates the image data for a pixel, and outputs compensated image data to the data driver. To this end, the compensation unit includes a first compensation coefficient estimator and a second compensation coefficient estimator. The first compensation coefficient estimator receives brightness data of respective sub-pixels and estimates a plurality of first compensation coefficients such that the sub-pixels would emit the same brightness in response to the same data. The second compensation coefficient estimator estimates a second compensation coefficient commonly applied to the sub-pixels of the single pixel. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090115802 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A display device includes: a first detection section configured to detect the light intensity around a display area; a second detection section configured to detect the dark current when light is shielded; and a comparator configured to compare the difference output between the first and second detection section against a given reference value. The display device controls the light intensity supplied to the display area according to the comparison result of the comparator. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090115803 | OPTIMAL BACKLIGHTING DETERMINATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - To have an optimal use of a display for displaying particular, e.g. chromatically biased, image content, described is a method of calculating an optimal first and second backlight driving level, for a color display having a backlight which can be controlled to produce a first amount of light with a first spectrum in accordance with the first backlight driving level and a second amount of light with a second spectrum in accordance with the second backlight driving level, and the color display having a first and second light transmission valve plus color filter combination, arranged to create from the backlight spectra a respective first and second color primary light output, the chromaticity of at least one of the color primaries depending on the first and second backlight driving level, wherein the first and second backlight driving levels are determined so that a gamut of at least a part of a picture to be displayed is optimally covered by the gamut realizable by the display with the first and second backlight driving level. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090122086 | LIGHT CONTROL PICTURE FRAME - A light control picture frame system and method including a processor ( | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090122087 | DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a display device capable of delivering adequate video display performance even when a lighting period of a backlight is varied in accordance with the content or the like of image data. The device has circuits ( | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090122088 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A plasma display device in which a single frame of an inputted video signal is divided into a plurality of subfields to display gray levels according to a combination of the subfields. The highest gray level among the gray levels of an image of a single frame is detected by using the inputted single frame of video signal. When the highest gray level is lower than a first gray level, a first number of subfields among the plurality of subfields are set with the same weight value. When the highest gray level is lower than a second gray level that is higher than the first gray level, a second number of subfields that is smaller than the first number, among the plurality of subfields, are set with the same weight value to display the gray levels of the single frame. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090122089 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus that displays an image on the basis of image signals of sub-pixels of first, second, and third color components forming a pixel includes a first light modulating unit that modulates light of the first color component on the basis of the image signal of the sub-pixel of the first color component, a second light modulating unit that modulates light of the second color component on the basis of the image signal of the sub-pixel of the second color component, and a third light modulating unit that modulates light of the third color component on the basis of the image signal of the sub-pixel of the third color component. The first to third light modulating units are provided such that display sub-pixels corresponding to the sub-pixels that use the lights modulated by the first to third light modulating units shift in a first direction that is a horizontal direction or a vertical direction of the image. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090122090 | Data line driving circuit, electro-optic device, and electronic apparatus - To adjust brightness of an electro-optic device for each pixel. A data line driving circuit includes a DAC for generating a gray-scale current according to gray-scale data representing gray-scales of pixels, and a DAC for generating a correction current for correcting the brightness of the pixels. The data line driving circuit generates a voltage according to a current obtained by adding the correction current generated in the DAC to the gray-scale current in the DAC and applies the generated voltage to each data line. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090128583 | Image display device and method capable of adjusting brightness - Provided is an image display device capable of adjusting brightness. The image display device includes a brightness determining unit that determines the brightness of image data, applied from outside, so as to output a backlight selection signal and a contrast selection signal; a backlight control unit that is connected to the brightness determining unit and outputs a backlight driving voltage for supplying backlight with brightness corresponding to the backlight selection signal; a contrast control unit that is connected to the brightness determining unit and outputs an image output signal for outputting an image of which the contrast is adjusted to correspond to the contrast selection signal; and an image display unit that is connected to the backlight control unit and the contrast control unit and receives the backlight driving voltage and the image output signal so as to display an image in which the brightness of the backlight and the contrast of the image data are respectively adjusted. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090128584 | Apparatuses and methods for converting sub-pixel data using pipe-lined dithering modules - A sub-pixel data conversion apparatus may include: a gamma correction block that converts input sub-pixel data to first sub-pixel data; and a dithering process block that generates a first dithering mask pattern and that performs a first dithering operation on the first sub-pixel data to a second sub-pixel data based on the generated first dithering mask pattern. A sub-pixel data gamma correction method may include setting error data for gamma correction on sub-pixel data and extracting error data corresponding to input sub-pixel data, adding the extracted error data and the input sub-pixel data, and converting the input sub-pixel data to first sub-pixel data based on a result of the addition. A sub-pixel data dithering method may include: generating a first dithering mask pattern and performing a first dithering operation; and generating a second dithering mask pattern and performing a second dithering operation. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090128585 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electrophoretic display device including a display section in which an electrophoretic element containing electrophoretic particles is sandwiched between a pair of substrates, and which has pixels is provided. The electrophoretic display device includes pixel electrodes formed on one of the pair of substrates, each of the pixel electrodes being formed for a corresponding pixel, a counter electrode formed on the other of the pair of substrates, the counter electrode being common to the pixels, pixel switching elements, each of which is provided for a corresponding pixel, and memory circuits, each of which is provided for a corresponding pixel and is connected between a corresponding pixel switching element and a corresponding pixel electrode. Each of the memory circuits includes a transfer inverter having an input terminal connected to the pixel switching element and an output terminal connected to the pixel electrode, a feedback inverter having an input terminal connected to the output terminal of the transfer inverter and an output terminal connected to the pixel switching element, and a resistance element connected between the feedback inverter and a low-potential power-supply terminal, a resistance of the resistance element being higher than an on-state resistance of an n-type transistor included in the feedback inverter, and being lower than an off-state resistance of the n-type transistor. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090128586 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS COMPRISING THE SAME AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A data processing apparatus which revises n-bit image data, includes a frame memory which stores therein n−m bit image data of a previous frame; a memory interface which outputs n-bit revision data including upper n−m bits having n−m bit image data of the previous frame outputted by the frame memory and lower m bits having fixed data corresponding to a decimal value 1; a first reviser which revises a color temperature of current frame image data by using n-bit image data of a current frame and the revision data; and a second reviser which revises a gray scale of the current frame image data by using the image data outputted by the first reviser and the revision data. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090128587 | COLOR REPRODUCTION SYSTEM, COLOR REPRODUCTION DEVICE, COLOR REPRODUCTION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDED WITH COLOR REPRODUCTION PROGRAM - In a color reproduction system for displaying an image subjected to color conversion processing by a server side system on a monitor device of a user side system, the server side system comprises a first storage unit for storing a multi-spectrum image, a second storage unit for storing color reproduction characteristic information, which is information relating to a color reproduction characteristic when the image is displayed on the monitor device, a server side communication unit for receiving the color reproduction requirement information transmitted from the user side communication unit via the network, and a color conversion processing unit for obtaining, from the second storage unit, color reproduction characteristic information corresponding to the color reproduction requirement information, and performing color conversion processing on the multi-spectrum image on the basis of the obtained color reproduction characteristic information. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090128588 | Color display system - An image display apparatus is disclosed in this invention. The image display apparatus includes a light source for emitting an illumination light, at least one spatial light modulator for receiving and applying an image signal for modulating illumination light from the light source, and a control circuit for controlling the light source and/or the spatial light modulator to project a modulated light for image display having different gray scale characteristics between at least two successive frames. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090135205 | DISPLAY METHOD FOR COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY - A display method for a color sequential display is disclosed. The display method includes following steps. First, a frame is displayed by four color signals of a red signal, a green signal, a blue signal and a compensation signal. Next, a frame period is divided into eight subframe periods according to a sequence. Next, three of the said four color signals are selected and arranged in a sequence. And then, the selected three color signals are respectively displayed at the first, the second and the third subframe periods according to the sequence and respectively displayed at the fourth, the fifth and the sixth subframe periods according to the same sequence. After that, the unselected color signal of the said four color signals is displayed at the seventh and the eighth subframe periods. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135206 | Color management system with advance function module and color management process for display device - A color management system for display device includes a color management controller, a color sensor, and an advance function module configured to implement a process (a) or a process (b) applied to multiple PWM signals generated from the color management controller. Process (a) includes the steps of using a reset signal generated by and synchronized with an image signal, and a counter with special bit length and counting frequency to generate a reference signal synchronized with the image signal, and using the reference signal to synchronize the PWM signals with the image signal as output. Process (b) includes the steps of using a reset signal with special frequency and a counter with special bit length and counting frequency to generate multiple synchronized reference signals with respective different phases, and generating multiple synchronized PWM signals with respective different phases as output by the use of the reference signals. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135207 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a display panel and a driving circuit. The display panel has a pixel including red, green, blue, and white sub-pixels. The driving circuit receives a display signal and provides at least a first luminance weighting and a second luminance weighting of the red, green, blue, and white sub-pixels respectively. The display device selects one of the first luminance weighting and the second luminance weighting to drive the pixel according to the different operating modes of the display device. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135208 | Image display apparatus - An image display apparatus may include a light source, a spatial light modulation element, light quantity adjustment section, image correction section and re-adjustment section. The re-adjustment section may perform re-adjustment such that, of a light quantity adjustment target and a luminance level correction target, at least the luminance level correction target is re-adjusted to a value in an opposite direction from a correction direction by the image correction section, in a case that a final display luminance level, representing a luminance of the light modulated by the spatial modulation element, is higher than a predetermined luminance level, where the luminance level correction target represents a correction target value in the luminance level of the video signal, employed by the image correction section, and the light quantity adjustment target represents a adjustment target value in the light quantity, employed by the light quantity adjustment section. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135209 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE - A driving circuit of an electro-optical device that includes scanning lines divided into two or more groups and two or more common electrodes that correspond to the two or more groups of scanning lines. The driving circuit includes a data line driving circuit and a common signal supply circuit. The driving circuit divides one field of one of the pixels into sub-fields and applies the one of the pixels with on or off voltages during the sub-fields to achieve a desired gray-scale level. During one specific sub-field, the data line driving circuit supplies a data signal of an off voltage regardless of the gray-scale level for the pixel. After the specific sub-field ends, the common signal supply circuit switches a voltage applied to a common electrode of that corresponds to the group of scanning lines that includes the selected scanning line. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135210 | VIDEO PROCESSING APPARATUS AND VIDEO PROCESSING METHOD - There are provided a video processing apparatus and a video processing method. The video processing apparatus includes: a video processing part which performs video processing to display a video on a display module which includes a plurality of light emitting devices corresponding to basic colors; and a controller which adjusts the luminous intensity of the light emitting devices on the basis of luminance change between an arbitrary pixel and a pixel adjacent to the arbitrary pixel so that a difference between light-remaining times of the light emitting devices is not larger than a predetermined value. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135211 | IMAGE DISPLAYING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ELIMINATING MURA DEFECT - Image displaying systems comprising a pixel array, a memory, a parameter selector and a compensator. The memory stores compensation parameter sets of a plurality of specific pixels of the pixel array. According to driving signals of the pixel array, the parameter selector determines a target pixel that the system is going to drive, and then determines whether the target pixel is one of the specific pixels andrequires to be compensated for mura defect. When the target pixel is one of the specific pixels and requires to be compensated for mura defect, the parameter selector outputs a memory address for retrieving the corresponding compensation parameter set from the memory. Based on the retrieved compensation parameter set and an original gray level of the target pixel, the compensator generates a compensated gray level to replace the original gray level to drive the target pixel. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135212 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD FOR THE LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - A light emitting device, a driving method thereof, and a display device are provided. The light emitting device includes: a controller for generating a light emission signal according to an input video signal; a column driver for generating a light emission data signal corresponding to the light emission signal; and a plurality of scan lines for transmitting a plurality of scan signals, a plurality of column lines for transmitting a plurality of light emission data signals, and a plurality of light emission pixels at crossing regions of the plurality of scan lines and the plurality of column lines. The controller is configured to sum gray levels corresponding to the input video signal of a single frame, to calculate a load ratio corresponding to the sum, to calculate a conversion ratio corresponding to the load ratio, and to increase the light emission data signal according to the conversion ratio. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090141049 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR COMPENSATING OPTICAL PARAMETER USING FORWARD VOLTAGE OF LED AND METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus for compensating an optical parameter, and a display method thereof are disclosed, the display apparatus including a display, an optical source unit, a voltage detection unit which measures the forward voltage of an optical source, and a control unit which controls driving of the optical source unit using a forward voltage of the at least one optical source. Accordingly, the variation of optical parameter is accurately compensated, and the cost for fabricating a temperature sensor and the time for measuring the temperature are reduced. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141050 | IMAGE SIGNAL CONVERTING APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - The controlling unit | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141051 | METHOD OF COMPENSATING FOR LUMINANCE OF AN ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY - A method of compensating for luminance of an organic light emitting diode is provided. In an embodiment, an operational current of a dummy organic light emitting diode of a color is utilized to simulate the condition that a real pixel current attenuates with time, and a feedback current is outputted accordingly. A compensating voltage is generated according to the feedback current, and is used to regulates the data current inputted to the real pixel so as to compensate for the luminance of the real pixel of the color. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090147028 | Data and power distribution system and method for a large scale display - A system and method distributes data and power in a robust manner for a large scale LED display. Master modules of the display are capable of receiving a data stream on any one of four data ports. The master modules extract the data for its module and an associated group of slave modules from a data stream received on one port and send the received data stream to three other master modules via the other three data ports. Unregulated D.C. power is distributed from one or more power hubs to the master modules which in turn distribute regulated D.C. power to their associated slave modules. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147029 | Multi-frame overdriving circuit and method and overdriving unit of liquid crystal display - A multi-frame overdriving circuit for use in a liquid crystal display including a counting unit and a multi-frame overdriving unit is provided. The counting unit counts a number m of frame periods for which a pixel data corresponding to a pixel keeps a first gray value, wherein m is a positive integer. When the pixel data changes to a second gray value from the first gray value in a first frame period, the multi-frame overdriving unit respectively outputs y multi-frame overdriving pixel data corresponding to the pixel within successive y frame periods starting from the first frame period. The y multi-frame overdriving pixel data are related to the first gray value, the second gray value and the number m of frame periods, wherein y is a positive integer. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147030 | LCD Driver IC and Method for Operating the Same - A liquid crystal display (LCD) driver integrated circuit (IC) is provided. The LCD driver IC, according to an embodiment, can include gamma reference buffers built in respective source drivers, where an output connection resistance is provided for connecting an output of a gamma reference buffer of one source driver to an output of a gamma reference buffer of another source driver. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147031 | PROJECTION SYSTEM AND PROJECTOR - A projection system includes: a first image forming unit which releases the first image light; a second image forming unit which releases the second image light; a polarization combining system which combines the first image light and the second image light; a projection unit which projects the first image light and second image light combined; a pixel shift control unit which controls a pixel shift unit; a display timing control unit which controls display timing; and an image display control unit having a function which controls the pixel shift control unit and a function which controls the display timing control unit. The image display control unit performs the pixel shifting control when the image is a still image, and performs at least display timing control out of the pixel shifting control and the display timing control when the image is a dynamic image. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147032 | Organic light emitting display and method of driving the same - There is provided a method of driving an organic light emitting display capable of displaying an image with uniform brightness. The method includes storing a brightness characteristic corresponding to emission time of an organic light emitting diode (OLED), adding first data supplied in units of frames by pixels to generate accumulated data, extracting accumulated data of a pixel to which currently supplied first data is to be supplied and calculating maximum brightness corresponding to emission time of the extracted accumulated data, calculating maximum brightness corresponding to emission time of largest accumulated data among the accumulated data, controlling a bit value of the first data using maximum brightness of a pixel to which the first data is to be supplied and maximum brightness of the largest accumulated data to generate second data, and controlling a voltage value of a first power source supplied to the pixels in response to the maximum brightness of the largest accumulated data. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090153590 | SPOKE SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM WITH VARIABLE INTENSITY ILLUMINATOR - A spoke synchronization technique allowing for lamp-pulsing synchronizes a spoke based on sub-arrays of a spatial light modulator. The lamp pulsing occurs during the spoke synchronization; and the lamp pulse for pulsing the lamp spans substantially across the entire spoke synchronization time period. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090153591 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - A control method of a display apparatus having a display panel formed with a plurality of pixels is provided. The method includes: detecting high gray level pixels having gray scale values greater than a predetermined high gray scale value; detecting a highlight zone including the detected high gray level pixels, wherein a gray scale value difference between boundary pixels of the highlight zone and adjacent pixels is greater than a predetermined reference difference; and applying a gray scale value greater than a gray scale value of the high gray level pixels to a surrounding zone adjacent to the highlight zone. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090153592 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, METHOD OF CORRECTION DATA USING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A signal processing device includes a memory in which a color correction data is stored. The memory stores a first color correction data having the same number of bits as an input image data and a second color correction data having fewer number of bits than the input image data. The number of color correction data corresponding to a low gray-scale range increases and the number of color correction data corresponding to a high gray-scale range decreases by the same amount that the number of the color correction data corresponding to the low gray-scale range increased. Thus, a color characteristic corresponding to the low gray-scale range may be improved without changing the total number of color correction data. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090153593 | Data driving device and liquid crystal display device using the same - A gray scale voltage generator includes a voltage dividing resistor string to generate blue (B), red (R), and green (G) gamma voltage signals, the voltage dividing resistor string including a B gamma voltage signal generating section, a R/G gamma voltage generating section, and a common (COM) gamma voltage generating section to individually control a B gray scale voltage and a R/G gray scale voltage to maintain a constant color temperature. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090153594 | Apparatus and method for driving liquid crystal display panel - A liquid crystal display device is provided with a liquid crystal display panel, and a data driver IC that drives the liquid crystal display panel. The liquid crystal display panel is provided with a gate line, first and second data lines, and a pixel that includes a first sub-pixel connected to the gate line and the first data line and a second sub-pixel connected to the gate line and the second data line. The data driver IC is provided with a gamma correction circuitry and a drive circuitry. The gamma correction circuitry generates first gamma-corrected data by performing gamma correction on externally received image data in accordance with a first gamma curve, and generates second gamma-corrected data by performing gamma correction on the image data in accordance with a second gamma curve. The drive circuitry drives the first data line in response to the first gamma-corrected data and drives the second data line in response to the second gamma-corrected data. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090153595 | INFUSION PUMP WITH CONFIGURABLE SCREEN SETTINGS - A method and apparatus provides for configuring the backlight brightness level. The backlight brightness level can be configured at the drug library and/or at the medical device, thereby improving the flexibility a user has in changing backlight parameters. A method and apparatus for managing a power saving mode allows the user to configure the power saving program at the drug library and/or at the medical device. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090153596 | IMAGE DISPLAYING METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAYING DEVICE, AND CONTRAST-ADJUSTING CIRCUIT FOR USE THEREWITH - A system provides an image displaying technique that provides stable high contrast even in an area having high brightness. Based on information about an average brightness level of a digital luminance signal, black-correction processing which decreases a brightness level by offsetting the brightness level to the minus side, and increase processing which increases a contrast gain within a dynamic range, are performed for an analog luminance signal or a digital luminance signal, enabling improvement in contrast even where brightness is intense. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090160877 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING AN IMAGE DISPLAYED ON AN LCD DEVICE - A method and apparatus for image enhancement in a display illuminated by a lighting device. Enhancement is via use of a non-linear mapping function. An illumination level for the lighting device is determined and used with the mapping function to find a compensation factor for each pixel of the image. The brightness property of each pixel is adjusted by its compensation factor. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090160878 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF DISPLAY CALIBRATION - Device, system, and method for display calibration. For example, an apparatus includes: one or more color sensors, embedded within a body of a mobile device, to measure one or more color attributes of a visual element displayed by a display unit of the mobile device when a lid of the mobile device is in a closed position; and a color calibrator to calibrate one or more parameters of the display unit based on the one or more color attributes measured by the one or more color sensors. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090160879 | Data driver using a gamma selecting signal, a flat panel display with the same and a driving method therefor - A data driver using a gamma selecting signal, a flat panel display with the same and a driving method therefor are provided. A first to a fourth data lines are electrically connected to a first left sub-pixel, a first right sub-pixel, a second right sub-pixel and a second left sub-pixel, respectively. The data driver includes a first, a second, a third and a fourth gray level generating units for outputting a first set of positive gray voltage, a second set of negative gray voltage, a second set of positive gray voltage and a first set of negative gray voltage, respectively. The data driver drivers these sub-pixels according to the first set of positive gray voltage, the second set of negative gray voltage, the second set of positive gray voltage and the first set of negative gray voltage under the control of a polarity inversion signal and a gamma selecting signal. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090160880 | Organic electroluminescent display device and method of driving the same - An organic electroluminescent display device, includes: a gray level extractor that extracts gray levels of frame data signals for a frame image; an image type determiner that determines a type of the frame image using a distribution of the gray levels of the frame data signals, the type of the frame image being one of a low-gray-level type, a medium-gray-level type and a high-gray-level type; a gamma reference voltage generator that selects a set of gamma reference voltages based upon the image type; a data driver converting the frame data signals into frame data voltages using the selected set of gamma reference voltages; a timing controller that supplies the frame data signals to the data driver; and a display area including pixels having an organic light emitting diode that display the frame image. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090160881 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - An integrated circuit device includes first to Nth memory blocks that are disposed along a first direction, and first to Nth data driver blocks that are disposed along the first direction in a second direction with respect to the first to Nth memory blocks. A Jth memory block among the first to Nth memory blocks dot-sequentially reads subpixel image data and outputs the subpixel image data to a corresponding Jth data driver block among the first to Nth data driver blocks, the subpixel image data being image data corresponding to at least one subpixel. The Jth data driver block receives the subpixel image data from the Jth memory block, and outputs a data signal corresponding to the subpixel image data. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090160882 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - An integrated circuit device includes first to Nth memory blocks disposed along a first direction, a power supply circuit, and a data driver disposed in a second direction with respect to the first to Nth memory blocks. The power supply circuit includes an analog reference power supply voltage output circuit that outputs an analog reference power supply voltage. The analog reference power supply voltage output circuit is disposed between an Mth memory block and an (M+1)th memory block among the first to Nth memory blocks. An analog reference power supply line is provided in an area of the data driver along the first direction, | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090167788 | METHOD OF INCREASING COLOR GAMUT OF A COLOR DISPLAY - A method of increasing color gamut of a color display includes grouping subpixels of R, G, and B primary colors of a pixel by grouping R, G, and B light sources of the color display with a corresponding light intensity adjustment mechanism based on an overlapping degree between two response spectrums of the light sources such that response spectrums of the light intensity adjustment mechanism of the same group have a least overlapping with that of other groups; and enabling groups of R, G, and B subpixels, activating R, G, and B light source and the corresponding light intensity adjustment mechanism, and disabling the remaining groups of subpixels all by turns for creating a vivid complete picture by time division color-mixing | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090167789 | Methods and Systems for Backlight Modulation with Image Characteristic Mapping - Elements of the present invention relate to systems and methods for selecting a display source light illumination level. Aspects of some embodiments also comprise methods and systems for temporal filtering of a display source light illumination level. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090167790 | IMAGE-DRIVING METHOD AND DRIVING CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A image-driving method for a display includes receiving an image frame and registering at least a part of the image frame, wherein the image frame is divided into a prior-part frame and a post-part frame; respectively conducting a first luminance adjustment on the prior-part frame and the post-part frame so as to take the adjustment results as a first part of a first image frame and a first part of a second image frame; filling the previous received image frame after a second luminance processing into a second part of the first image frame; filling the presently received image frame after a second luminance processing into a second part of the second image frame; outputting the complete first image frame and the complete second image frame for successive displaying. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090174730 | DATA DRIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A data driving apparatus and a method thereof are disclosed. When the data driving apparatus of the present invention receives a gray level digital value provided by a timing controller (T-con), the data driving apparatus provides a correction/compensation gray level voltage thereby for producing a precise pixel voltage to drive pixels inside an LCD panel of an LCD according to a gamma lookup table and a correction transmissivity lookup table. Therefore, a final color displayed on the LCD can be accorded with the color established by the ideal gamma curve. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090174731 | Photo sensor and flat panel display using the same - A photo sensor capable of improved output used in a flat panel display (FPD). The photo sensor includes a first transistor coupled to a first power source, a first node, and a second node. A photo diode is also provided, as well as a second transistor, a third transistor, a fourth transistor, a fifth transistor, and a first capacitor. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090179923 | METHODS FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS - An electro-optic display, having at least one pixel capable of achieving any one of at least four different gray levels including two extreme optical states, is driven by displaying a first image on the display, and rewriting the display to display a second image thereon, wherein, during the rewriting of the display, any pixel which has undergone a number of transitions exceeding a predetermined value without touching an extreme optical state, is driven to at least one extreme optical state before driving that pixel to its final optical state in the second image. | 07-16-2009 |
| 20090184983 | Displaying apparatus, displaying panel driver and displaying panel driving method - A display apparatus includes a display panel; and a display panel driver configured to drive signal lines of the display panel. The display panel driver includes: a color reducing circuit configured to be possible to generate a first color reduction image data from a first input image data by executing an error diffusion process by using a first error value, and to generate a second color reduction image data from the first input image data by executing the error diffusion process by using a second error value which is different from the first error value; and a driving section configured to drive a first pixel positioned on a horizontal line of the display panel in response to the first color reduction image data, and drive a second pixel positioned on the horizontal line and adjacent to a the first pixel in a horizontal direction, in response to the second color reduction image data. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090184984 | DRIVE METHOD OF EL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A drive method of an EL display apparatus that includes a display screen in which pixels each of which includes an EL element are provided in a form of a matrix. The drive method includes: aggregating or processing by use of a histogram an image signal applied to the EL display apparatus, and controlling a current flowing in the display panel according to at least one of a result of the aggregating the image signal or a result of the processing by use of the histogram. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090184985 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING - A display driving circuit to supply a gray scale voltage corresponding to display data to a display panel, the display driving circuit including: a generation circuit to divide a reference voltage to generate a plurality of levels of the gray scale voltages; an interface circuit; a selection circuit to select the gray scale voltage corresponding to the display data from the plurality of levels of voltages; a first register to store a setting value that adjusts the amplitude of a gamma characteristic curve from outside via the interface circuit; and a second register to store a setting value that adjusts the gradient of the gamma characteristic curve from outside via the interface circuit; and a third register to store a setting value for micro adjusting the gamma characteristic curve from outside via the interface circuit; wherein the first, second and third registers are assigned different addresses. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090189921 | Display Device and Method for Driving the Same - The invention provides a driving method of a semiconductor display device in which generation of a pseudo contour can be suppressed while the operating frequency of a driver circuit is suppressed. Furthermore, the invention provides a driving method of a semiconductor display device in which generation of a pseudo contour can be suppressed while the decrease in image quality is suppressed. In a semiconductor display device including a plurality of pixels, tables each storing data for determining a subframe period for light emission among a plurality of subframe periods are provided for a plurality of arbitrary pixels among the plurality of pixels respectively. The table is stored in a memory. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090189922 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An image display apparatus includes a light-source driving circuit that drives a light source to cyclically change brightness. A control unit controls a pixel to turn on and off over a plurality of subfields in a field so that transmittance or reflectance in the pixel over the plurality of subfields in the field corresponds to a gray level specified for the pixel. The control unit also arranges the plurality of subfields such that two or more gray-level defining subfields maintain a predetermined relationship with respect to the cyclical change in brightness of the light source caused by drive of a light-source driving circuit. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090189923 | Laser Projector - Disclosed is a laser projector to display an image having a predetermined number of gradations by a combination of n division gradations, each being set with a maximum luminance, comprising: a storage section to store a luminance value of each of the gradations, and division signals being associated with each other, each of the division signals corresponding to an intensity of each of the division gradations, and the division gradations being combined with each other to represent the luminance value; a determination section to determine the division signal of each of the division gradations corresponding to the luminance value of each pixel which constitutes the image; and a signal output section to divide a display period of the each pixel into n intervals, and to sequentially output the division signal of each of the division gradations to a light source in a predetermined order, in each of the intervals. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090189924 | DISPLAY DRIVING DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THEM - A display driving device for driving a plurality of display pixels provided with a light emitting element which performs color display, is provided with a signal converter which is supplied a display data including a plurality of color components corresponding to the plurality of display pixels and corresponds to a predetermined number of two or more display pixels having the light emitting elements of different light emission colors from each other, based on a single conversion characteristic, different gamma correction curves corresponding to the color component, which corresponds to the light emission color of each of the light emitting elements in the predetermined number of display pixels, are generated, the color component of the display data is converted with the use of each of the gamma correction curves, and a gradation signal for driving the light emitting element in each of the display pixels is generated. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090195559 | Optical correction for high uniformity panel lights - A display has a spatial light modulator ( | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090195560 | Method of Driving Plasma Display Panel and Plasma Display Device - The present invention provides a method of driving a plasma display panel that displays an image with high brightness, high contrast, and high display quality by stabilizing selective initializing operation. To realize it, a plurality of subfields each having a setup period, an address period, and a sustain period are provided in one field period. Retention time for retaining voltages to be applied to a scan electrode and a sustain electrode is provided between time when voltage for weakening the final sustain discharge in the sustain period is applied to the sustain electrode and time when a ramp waveform voltage which decreases is applied to the scan electrode in the setup period in the following subfield. The retention time is controlled based on average brightness of image signals or ambient temperature. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090195561 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A driving circuit of an electro-optical device includes a scanning line driving circuit and a data line driving circuit. When a writing scanning line is selected, the data line driving circuit supplies a data signal of an on or off voltage allocated to a sub-field corresponding to the selection in terms of a gray scale of the pixel corresponding to the selected one of the writing scanning lines and one of the data lines. Among the plurality of sub-fields, the length of a time period of the shortest sub-field is set shorter than the length of a time period required to select, by the scanning line driving circuit, the plurality of writing scanning lines. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090195562 | Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - A driving method for driving a display device is provided. The driving device includes at least a pixel. The pixel has a first, a second, and a third sub-pixels respectively associated with three primary colors. The driving method includes the steps of driving the first, second and third sub-pixels respectively in accordance with a first, a second and a third driving sequences during a first, a second and a third frame periods. Moreover, the first, the second and the third driving sequences are different from each other. A display device applying said driving method is also provided herein. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090195563 | METHOD FOR DRIVING MATRIX DISPLAYS - A method is described for driving matrix displays which are made up of a plurality of lines with individual pixels, which lines are configured as rows and columns, wherein individual lines are driven selectively by rows being activated for a defined row addressing time and an operating current or a corresponding voltage being applied to the columns in correlation with the activated row corresponding to the desired brightness in the pixels. In order to improve the performance of the display, the row addressing time for each row is determined as a function of the maximum brightness of all the columns of the row. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090195564 | Driving method in liquid crystal display - A driving method in a liquid crystal display comprises the steps of: (a) receiving a first signal in a first time period; (b) comparing the first signal with a predetermined signal; (c) outputting the predetermined signal when a value of the first signal being smaller than or equal to a value of the predetermined signal; (d) transforming the predetermined signal into a driving voltage to drive a pixel; and (e) receiving a second signal and generating an overdriving voltage according to the predetermined signal and the second signal to drive the pixel in a second time period. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090195565 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE CONTROLLING METHOD, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A first gray scale area, and a second gray scale area are set for the liquid crystal display device of the invention. Both of the gray scale areas contain a plurality of gray scale values, and gray scale values in the second gray scale area are larger than those in the first gray scale area. When the image data belong to the first gray scale value, the image data is corrected such the lightness is increased. When the image data belong to the second gray scale area, the image data is not corrected, or corrected with a smaller correction amount. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090195566 | METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - There is provided a method of driving an electrophoretic display device having a display unit including a plurality of pixels in which electrophoretic elements each including electrophoretic particles are disposed between a pixel electrode and a common electrode that face each other. The method includes: forming a gray scale image in the display unit by applying a voltage between the pixel electrode and the common electrode of each of the plurality of pixels in accordance with image data that has three or more gray scale levels; having the pixel electrode and the common electrode in a high-impedance state to be electrically cut off only for a predetermined period after the forming of the gray scale image; applying a first pulse voltage that has a same polarity as the voltage applied in accordance with the image data having a highest gray scale level in the forming of the gray scale image between the pixel electrode and the common electrode of a pixel of the plurality of pixels to which the voltage is applied in accordance with the image data having the highest gray scale level after the having the pixel electrode and the common electrode in the high-impedance state; and applying a second pulse voltage that has a same polarity as the voltage applied in accordance with the image data having a lowest gray scale level in the forming of the gray scale image between the pixel electrode and the common electrode of a pixel of the plurality of pixels to which the voltage is applied in accordance with the image data having the lowest gray scale level after the having the pixel electrode and the common electrode in the high impedance state. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090195567 | COLOR CALIBRATING METHOD, COLOR CALIBRATING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A color calibrating method includes receiving a color signal wherein the color signal is associated with a set of minimum brightness voltages and a set of maximum brightness voltages, analyzing a distribution of the set of the minimum brightness voltages and a voltage distribution of the set of the maximum brightness voltages to obtain a first distribution curve and a second distribution curve, and adjusting a maximum value of the first distribution curve to a first target value and adjusting a maximum value of the second distribution curve to a second target value. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090195568 | METHODS FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS - A bistable electro-optic display having a plurality of pixels each of which is capable of displaying at least three optical states, including two extreme optical states, is driven by the method comprising a first drive scheme capable of effecting transitions between all of the gray levels which can be displayed by the pixels; and a second drive scheme which contains only transitions ending at one of the extreme optical states of the pixels. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090201317 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention reduces moving image blurring while suppressing the lowering of brightness, lowering of contrast and the increase of electricity necessary for light emission. A display device includes a first gradation voltage generation circuit which generates a first gradation voltage based on gradations of display data amounting to 1 screen displayed during 1 frame period, and a second gradation voltage generation circuit which generates a second gradation voltage based on the gradations of display data amounting of 1 screen displayed in 1 frame period, wherein the gradations of the respective pixels on the display data are displayed by performing a display based on the first gradation voltage and a display based on the second gradation voltage during 1 frame period. The first gradation voltage generation circuit and the second gradation voltage generation circuit respectively include a resistance voltage dividing circuit which is formed by connecting a plurality of resistances in series. In a region of the resistance voltage driving circuit of the first gradation voltage generation circuit where a plurality of resistances having a substantially fixed resistance value are continuously formed, a resistance of the resistance voltage dividing circuit of the second gradation voltage generation circuit is changed from a value lower than the resistance value of the resistance voltage dividing circuit of the first gradation voltage generation circuit to a value higher than the resistance value of the resistance voltage dividing circuit of the first gradation voltage generation circuit. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090201318 | MULTI-LEVEL STOCHASTIC DITHERING WITH NOISE MITIGATION VIA SEQUENTIAL TEMPLATE AVERAGING - Displays, and methods of displaying images with the displays, which have quantized display characteristics for each of the pixels are disclosed. The displays and methods relate to both spatially and temporally dithering images so that the effective resolution of the display is higher than the result of the native spatial and intensity resolutions of the display, defined by pixel size, pitch, and number of quantization levels of each of the pixels. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090201319 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE METHOD AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DEVICE - The aim is to improve the display capability of a PDP at lower gray scale levels by driving the PDP in a manner to adjust the luminance of Gray Scale 1 to an appropriate level. According to the drive method, one TV field is divided into a plurality of subfields SF | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090207191 | METHOD FOR GAMMA CORRECTION AND A DEVICE HAVING GAMMA CORRECTION CAPABILITIES - A method and device for gamma compensation. The method includes: receiving a non-gamma compensated input; selecting, in response to the input value, a selected approximating interval out of a group of low-brightness approximating intervals and out of a group of high-brightness approximating intervals; wherein at least one low-brightness approximating interval is smaller than at least one high-brightness approximating interval and wherein at least one low-brightness approximating interval is smaller than at least one other low-brightness; wherein a low-brightness approximating interval is characterized by a low-brightness approximating interval slope and by a low-brightness approximating interval offset representative of an imaginary intersection point between a output value axis and between an imaginary line that extends from the low-brightness approximating interval towards the output value axis while having the low-brightness approximating interval slope; wherein a high-brightness approximating interval is characterized by a high-brightness approximating interval slope and by a high-brightness approximating interval offset representative of a start point of the high-brightness approximating interval; multiplying a portion of the input value by a selected approximating interval slope to provide an intermediate result; adding the intermediate result to a selected approximating interval offset to provide the gamma compensated output value; and outputting a gamma compensated output value. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207192 | Data line driving circuit outputting gradation signals in different timing, display device, and data line driving method - A neutralization switch is provided for each of the RGB (red, green and blue) colors to control the charge neutralization periods of those RGB colors respectively. Each of the neutralization switches has an on-resistance value that differs among the RBG colors. A low value is set for the on-resistance value of the neutralization switch of the data line corresponding to green of which visual sensitivity is high so as to shorten the charge neutralization period, thereby extending the driving periods in which the subsequent gradation signals are to be output respectively. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207193 | Lighting period setting method, display panel driving method, backlight driving method, lighting condition setting device, semiconductor device, display panel and electronic equipment - Disclosed herein is a lighting period setting method for a display panel which permits control of the peak luminance level by controlling the total lighting period length which is the sum of all lighting periods per field period, the lighting period setting method including the steps of, calculating the average luminance level across the screen based on input image data, determining light emission mode based on the calculated average luminance level, and setting the number, arrangement and lengths of lighting periods per field period according to the setting conditions defined for the determined light emission mode so as to provide the peak luminance level which is set according to the input image data. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207194 | DRIVING METHOD - A driving method adapted to driving an optical touch panel is provided. The optical touch panel is disposed on a backlight module and has a plurality of touch sensing elements. The touch sensing elements have a light-shading sensing mode and a light-reflecting sensing mode. The driving method includes sensing an intensity of an ambient light. When the intensity of the ambient light is greater than a reference, the touch sensing elements operate in the light-shading sensing mode. Alternately, when the intensity of the ambient light is smaller than the reference, the touch sensing elements operate in the light-reflecting sensing mode. The abovementioned driving method is help for the optical touch panel to accurately sensing in various conditions of different ambient lights such that the usage of the optical touch panel is more convenient. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090213145 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING COLOR TONE OR HUE OF IMAGE - A display device includes an image data receiving unit receiving image data, a liquid crystal display unit displaying an image based on the image data received by the image data receiving unit, a light source supplying light to the liquid crystal display unit, an input unit inputting information showing a use environment at a time of viewing an image displayed on the liquid crystal display unit, a luminance value calculating unit calculating a value for adjusting a color tone or hue of the light source or the image based on the inputted information, and a color adjusting unit adjusting the color tone or hue of the light source or the image based on the calculated value. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213146 | Display device - Provided is a display device capable of improving image quality. The display device includes a display panel, a gate driver, a data driver and a gamma reference voltage generator. In the display panel, gate lines and data lines cross each other to define a plurality of liquid crystal cells. The gate driver supplies a scan signal to the gate lines sequentially. The data diver supplies a data voltage to the data lines. The gamma reference voltage generator selectively supplies a gamma reference voltage or a reference voltage of black gradation to the data driver in each horizontal period, according to a selection control signal input from the timing controller. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213147 | SINGLE VIEW DISPLAY - A single view display of reduced power consumption is provided. The display comprises a display device for displaying the single view and an optical system for concentrating light modulated by the single view into a reduced angular range. A viewer direction determining system determines the direction of a viewer relative to the display and controls the display device and the optical system so that the angular range includes the direction of the viewer. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213148 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes a plurality of pixels, and feeders that commonly supply power to the plurality of pixels. In this image display device, each of the pixels has a light-emitting portion that emits light by a current supplied to the light-emitting portion, a driver that controls light emission of the light-emitting portion, and a switching portion electrically connected to the driver. The parasitic capacitance of the switching portion is determined with respect to each one pixel or one group of pixels according to the voltage drop of said feeder. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090219305 | Ambient light script command encoding - Light script command encoding for intelligent ambient lighting to enhance video content allows many controlled operating parameters to be specified simultaneously for a plurality of ambient light units. Initialization or setting codes specify luminance, chrominance, and light character, while separable change codes specify changes in the controlled operating parameters. The change code can comprise a functional description of the desired change, including a change type and/or a rate parameter. Using change codes, an ambient light source can fully execute the change through a range of values without further command encoding, reducing required bandwidth. Setting and change codes can be entropy coded and packetized to allow separate communication via two distinct data sources, and storage in subcode or metaspaces. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219306 | LUMINANCE CORRECTION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A luminance correction system and method include: a data signal application module that applies a data signal to emit light at a maximum luminance; a luminance measurement module that measures luminance of a display region to which the data signal is applied; a comparator that compares luminance with a target value of luminance to obtain a difference value therebetween; a lookup table that adjusts luminance variations of R, G, and B pixels included in the display region by corresponding to the difference value; a data adjustment module that adjusts the data signal depending on the luminance variations of the R, G, and B pixels to transfer it to the data signal applying module; a color coordinate judgment module that judges a color coordinate of the display region; and a chroma correction module that controls chroma corresponding to the color coordinate judged by the color coordinate judgment module. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219307 | LCD DRIVER CIRCUIT - A liquid crystal driver performs inversion driving of a plurality of data lines of a liquid crystal panel. A source driver generates a driving voltage in accordance with the brightness data indicating the brightness of a pixel, and supplies the driving voltage to the corresponding data line. A common electrode driver supplies an alternating-current common voltage to a common electrode of the liquid crystal panel. A reference voltage generating circuit includes a plurality of resistors that are connected in series between a power supply terminal and a ground terminal, and generates a plurality of reference voltages that are generated at a plurality of taps disposed at connection points of adjacent resistors. The source driver generates the driving voltage by using any one voltage selected from the plurality of reference voltages. The common electrode driver generates the common voltage by using any one voltage selected from the plurality of reference voltages. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219308 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, CORRECTION CIRCUIT THEREOF AND METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes: a correction circuit that outputs corrected data based on luminance data designating luminance of display devices, and a modulation circuit that outputs a pulse width modulation signal for driving the display device to the column wiring based on the corrected data. The correction circuit includes: a luminance calculation circuit that calculates luminance including an effect of a voltage drop in the row wiring and an effect of a light emission time of the display device for each predetermined time slot; an accumulation circuit that temporally accumulates the luminance for each time slot; and a corrected data determination circuit that outputs, as the corrected data, a value determined in accordance with the time slot at a time point when an accumulated luminance value obtained by the temporal accumulation reaches a target luminance value. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219309 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A DISPLAY - A method and system for reducing power consumption in a display includes driving a display comprising a plurality of display elements characterized by a display state. In a first mode of operation, the display state of substantially all the display elements is periodically re-set so as to display a first series of image frames. Upon changing to a second mode of operation, a second mode of operations comprises re-setting the display state of only a portion of the display elements so as to display a second series of image frames at a display element resolution which is less than said display element resolution used to display said first series of image frames. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090231363 | DATA MULTIPLEXER ARCHITECTURE FOR REALIZING DOT INVERSION MODE FOR USE IN A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED DRIVING METHOD - A liquid crystal display device includes a gate driver for generating a first scan signal voltage and a second scan signal voltage, a source driver for generating a first polarity data voltage and a second polarity data voltage, and a liquid crystal display panel having a first pixel set and a second pixel set. Each first and second pixel set includes a first pixel and a second pixel. Both the first pixel of the first pixel set and the second pixel of the second pixel set display grey level based on the first polarity data voltage in response to the first scan signal voltage. Both the second pixel of the first pixel set and the first pixel of the second pixel set display grey level based on the second polarity data voltage in response to the second scan signal voltage. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090231364 | DISPLAY SYSTEM CAPABLE OF AUTO-REGULATING BRIGHTNESS AND BRIGHTNESS AUTO-REGULATING METHOD THEREOF - A display system includes a display panel, an imaging unit, an auto-focusing controller, a calculating unit, a memory unit and a regulating unit. The imaging unit is configured for capturing images. The auto-focusing controller is configured for determining parameters of the imaging unit suitable for the current ambient light condition by processing the captured images. The calculating unit is configured for calculating a brightness value of the current ambient light condition, using the determined parameters. The memory unit is configured for storing an array comprising a collection of brightness values associated with a collection of driving voltage values respectively. The regulating unit is configured for retrieving a driving voltage value in an array associated with the calculated brightness value, and adjusting the display panel using the retrieved voltage value. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090231365 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DRIVING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD - The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display driving device and driving method. The driving device comprises a liquid crystal display screen, a gate driver, a data driver and a timing controller. The timing controller is connected with the gate driver, the data driver and the timing controller, and is used for generating a grey level data signal and an internal logic synchronization signal in accordance with an input signal, and generating a gate scanning control signal, a data input control signal and a backlight source control signal in accordance with the internal logic synchronization signal and timing of data transmission channels, such that the backlight source is turned-off between the end time of the gate scanning control signal of the last line of the present frame and the start time of the gate scanning control signal of the first line of the next frame. The present invention controls the backlight source to be turned-off between two frames so as to make the liquid crystal display screen generate periodic black pictures, thereby the blur of the motion image due to the persistence of vision is effectively improved, and the picture quality is improved. Meanwhile, the power consumption of the backlight source is reduced, since the backlight source is turned-off between two frames. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090237423 | Display apparatus of adjusting gamma and brightness based on ambient light and its display adjustment method - This invention discloses a display apparatus capable of adjusting gamma and brightness based on ambient light and its display adjustment method. The display apparatus is adjusted to display an image output signal based on an image input signal and the correlated color temperature and brightness of an ambient light. The display apparatus includes a plurality of light sensing circuits, a memory unit, an image processing module, and a display module. The light sensing circuit senses the ambient light to produce a digital ambient color temperature index value. The memory unit stores a lookup table of brightness expression rates and gamma adjustment parameters corresponding to different color temperature index values. The image processing module produces a gamma adjustment parameter by a lookup table based on the color temperature index value and generates the gamma expression rate of the image input signal. The image processing module adjusts the image input signal to generate the image output signal based on the gamma adjustment parameter. The display module displays the image output signal. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090244101 | PIXEL LAYOUT FOR DISPLAYS - An improved subpixel arrangement for pixelated displays, wherein cross-shaped elements comprising a yellow subpixel surrounded by blue subpixels are distributed over the surface of the display. Further red and green subpixels can be arranged such that white light is emitted from three adjacent rows and three adjacent columns of a pixel comprising said cross-shaped element. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244102 | LCD, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND THEIR DRIVE METHOD - In one embodiment of the present invention, the liquid crystal display device of the invention performs an overshoot drive, including: an LCD having a liquid crystal panel for displaying video image; a frame memory installed outside of the LCD; and lookup table, the table with which third gray scale data most suitable for performing the overshoot drive to the LCD can be computed based on first gray scale data of a first frame and second gray scale data of a second frame, where the second frame is a frame right before the first frame and is stored in the frame memory in advance, wherein lookup table data is stored for each response speed characteristic of the LCD. Thus, without rewriting of lookup table data, the liquid crystal display device having the lookup table most suitable for performing the overshoot drive is realized while high display quality is maintained therein. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244103 | Method for driving a pixel by generating an over-drive grey level and driver thereof - A method for generating an over-drive grey level for driving a pixel includes providing a corresponding over-drive function according to an original grey level for the pixel in the previous frame, and generating the over-drive grey level according to the corresponding over-drive function and the original grey level for the pixel in the current frame. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244104 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LCD PANEL AND LCD USING THE SAME - A method for driving an LCD panel and an LCD using the same are provided. The method includes following steps. Firstly, a number of scan signals are provided sequentially, and an enabling time of the scan signals excluding the last scan signal is adjusted according to a compensation time, so as to unfix the enabling time of these scan signals. Next, the scan signals having the unfixed enabling time are sequentially provided to an LCD panel, so as to turn on a number of row pixels of the LCD panel one by one. Thereby, the entire brightness of the LCD can be uniformed by applying the method disclosed in the present invention. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244105 | METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY - The present invention relates to a driving method of an electrophoretic display. The driving method of the electrophoretic display includes displaying a first gray at a first pixel and a second pixel, where a target gray of the first pixel is the first gray and a target gray of the second pixel is a second gray, and changing the second pixel from the first gray to the second gray. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244106 | Display Device of Work Vehicle - A display device for a work vehicle, comprising:
| 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244107 | VIDEO DISPLAY DEVICE AND COLOR TEMPERATURE CORRECTION METHOD FOR THE SAME - A video display device that allows the color temperature of the signals in white color attributes having high luminance and low chroma saturation to be corrected with high precision is provided with a color temperature correction method so as to visually obtain a desirable white color on display. In some embodiments, the signal processing circuit can include an A/D converter to convert video signals into digitalized signals, a matrix circuit to convert the digitalized signals into luminance signals and at least two color difference signals, a hue conversion circuit to obtain hue signals from the color difference signals, a hue correction circuit to correct hue signals, a chroma saturation conversion circuit to obtain chroma saturation signals from color difference signals, a chroma saturation correction circuit to correct chroma saturation signals and a color temperature correction circuit to perform the color temperature correction on the respective hue and chroma saturation signals. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244108 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO DRIVE PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - Method and apparatus for driving a plasma display device to improve a gradation display during the plasma display device is driven at a relatively high frame frequency. The driving method includes separating a unit frame of an input image signal into first and second subfield groups; and deciding a gradation of each of the subfield groups to display the gradation in a first frame frequency when a minimum gradation level of the first or second subfield group is equal to or below a first reference level, and to display the gradation in a second frame frequency when the minimum gradation level exceeds the first reference level. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244109 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display (LCD) includes an LCD panel, a scan driver, a timing controller and a data driver. The LCD panel includes first and second pixel rows. The timing controller determines a correction voltage index according to an absolute difference between an average of original pixel voltages corresponding to original pixel data of all pixels of the first pixel row, and an average of original pixel voltages corresponding to original pixel data of all pixels of the second pixel row, determines a correction voltage according to the correction voltage index, determines an adjusted pixel voltage in a target pixel according to an original pixel voltage of the target pixel in the second pixel row and the correction voltage, and outputs adjusted pixel data corresponding to the adjusted pixel voltage. The data driver outputs the adjusted pixel voltage to the target pixel according to the adjusted pixel data. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244110 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus for displaying image information according to display data, including: display pixels, each having a light emitting element; and a drive circuit for making each of the light emitting elements emit a light having brightness according to the display data, wherein the drive circuit includes: a plurality of power source circuits each generating a first voltage used as a light emission drive voltage to be supplied to the display pixels to flow a drive current according to the display data to each of the light emitting elements, wherein the power source circuits generates voltages of different values, respectively, as the first voltage; and a selecting circuit for switching the plurality of power source circuits so that any one of the power source circuits is selected according to a display state set to the display pixels and for causing the selected power source circuit to generate the first voltage. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090244111 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A data processor receives sets of input image data having respective input grays and outputs sets of output image data having respective output grays. Each set of output image data corresponds to one of the plurality of sets of input image data and have more image data than each set of the input image data. A data driver supplies the pixels with data voltages corresponding to the output image data supplied from the data processor. A set of output grays corresponding to a set of input grays are selected from sets of grays, each set of grays giving an average front transmittance substantially equal to an average front transmittance of the set of input grays. The sets of output grays generate the closest average lateral gamma curve generated by the sets of grays relative to an average front gamma curve generated by the input grays. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090251493 | Pixel Circuit and Display Apparatus - It is aimed to increase efficiency and simplification of a pixel circuit having a threshold voltage correcting function. A sampling transistor Tr | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090251494 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GAMMA CORRECTION - Apparatus and method for gamma correction are disclosed. An adjustable blending unit is utilized for adjustably blending a linear gamma function with a nonlinear gamma function, thereby resulting in an adjustable gamma curve. The nonlinear gamma function is adjustable by a blending parameter such that distance of the gamma curve to linear gamma curve may be changed. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090251495 | Liquid crystal driving circuit - The liquid crystal driving circuit for converting pixel values into driving voltages on a plurality of channels includes a reference voltage generating circuit, a plurality of buffer amplifiers, an output selection circuit coupling, and a plurality of switch circuits. The reference voltage generating circuit generates a plurality of grayscale reference voltages. Each buffer amplifier corresponds to one of the grayscale voltages and is powered by a supply voltage. The output selection circuit couples to the channels to outputs of the buffer amplifiers selected according to the pixel values. The switch circuits coupes inputs of the selected buffer amplifiers to receive the corresponding grayscale reference voltages, and couples inputs of the unselected buffer amplifiers to receive the supply voltage. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090251496 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - This disclosure concerns a display device including: scanning lines; data lines; a drive transistor controlling a current through a light emitting element; a bias transistor connected between a gate of the drive transistor and a first signal line transmitting a negative bias lower than a potential of the second power supply; a Vt detection transistor setting a threshold voltage of the drive transistor; a capacitor applying a potential difference between gate-source of the drive transistor; a scanning transistor setting a potential of the data line to the second electrode; a scanning line driver; and a data line driver transmitting potential data to the pixel columns, wherein before setting the threshold voltage to the first electrode, the bias transistor connects the first signal line to the gate of the drive transistor and applies the negative bias to the gate of the drive transistor. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090256865 | METHOD FOR GENERATING DATA FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY PANEL, DATA DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR PERFORMING THE SAME AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE DATA DRIVING CIRCUIT - A method for generating data for driving a display panel is provided in which first compensation data of (N+k) bits, corresponding to grayscale data of N bits, is generated, wherein values of N and k are natural numbers. A first gamma curve is applied to the first compensation data of (N+k) bits. Second compensation data of (N+k) bits, corresponding to the grayscale data of N bits, is generated. A second gamma curve is applied to the second compensation data of (N+k) bits. The first compensation data or the second compensation data are selectively output and converted into analog data signals. The analog data signals are output to a data line. Accordingly, the first compensation data and second compensation data includes a multidomain structure which improves display quality. A data driving circuit and a display device including the data driving circuit for performing the method are also provided. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090256866 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus including: a plurality of display elements; a drive circuit for driving the plurality of display elements, the drive circuit having a correction circuit for correcting, in response to a gradation, variations of luminance characteristics of the plurality of display elements, wherein the drive circuit outputs modulation signals such that a modulation signal for a first gradation and a modulation signal for a second gradation are of similar shape, and wherein the correction circuit corrects the first gradation using a value derived from a luminance characteristic of the display element that is measured by driving the display element with the modulation signal for the second gradation. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090256867 | Method and System for Generating Accurate Images for Display by an Image Display Device - Systems, and methods, for calibrating a display device to a content source are provided. After initiating operation of the image display device, and linking it to the content source to transmit an image signal from the content source to the display device, the presence of an image coder may be detected in the image signal. In some embodiments, the image coder may be identified, and a coder level for the image coder may be determined. The display device may then be calibrated based on the coder level. The image coder may be a black level coder. Other example methods may include selecting a color gamut for use with the display device, by identifying an image signal type from the content source. Based on the image signal type, a color gamut may be selected from a store of color gamuts for the image display device to use to display images from the content source. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090262146 | SOURCE DRIVER - A source driver performs inversion drive on a plurality of data lines of a liquid crystal panel. A differential interface receives brightness data of each pixel as a differential signal from a timing controller. A D/A converter converts the brightness data to a drive voltage of each pixel on the basis of a predetermined gamma correction curve according to the polarity of the inversion driving. An output buffer supplies the drive voltage of each pixel to a data line. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262147 | Liquid crystal display apparatus - The present invention provides a liquid crystal display apparatus realizing an improved view angle characteristic of luminance and higher response speed. A sub-pixel group is provided with a plurality of sub-pixels. At the time of display driving on liquid crystal elements of each pixel, space-divisional-driving which allows each of the first and the second sub-pixels to be driven separately is performed. By the space-divisional-driving, fluctuations in the gamma characteristic in the case of seeing a display screen from an oblique direction are effectively dispersed, and the view angle characteristic of luminance improves. Area of the first sub-pixel is set to be smaller than whole area of the sub-pixel group. As a result, the drive voltage to be applied to the first sub-pixel at the time of lower gray level becomes high, and response speed improves. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262148 | CONTROLLER, HOLD-TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND SIGNAL ADJUSTING METHOD FOR HOLD-TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE - To provide a hold-type display device having a fine luminance efficiency while suppressing generation of motion blur. A controller according to the invention adjusts a signal outputted to a hold-type image display panel, which includes: a double-speed drive converting part which divides one frame of an inputted video signal to a plurality of sub-frames; a color converting part which converts a video signal of three primary colors including the plurality of sub-frames to a video signal of four or more colors including the three primary colors and a compound color; and a sub-frame converting part which converts, the video signal converted by the color converting part, to a signal having a plurality of different gradations whose average luminance value becomes equivalent to luminance of the video signal converted by the color converting part, and takes each of the plurality of gradations as each of gradations of the plurality of sub-frames. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090267963 | Liquid Crystal Display Device - A control section ( | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267964 | Indicator device with a barrier discharge lamp for backlighting - The invention relates to an indicator device with a barrier discharge lamp that allows a sequential backlighting process by means of the separate operation of electrode groups. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267965 | Data Driving Circuits for Low Color Washout Liquid Crystal Devices - A data driving circuit for a low color wash-out liquid crystal display includes a serial-to-parallel conversion module for converting to output a plurality of sequentially received pixel data in parallel, a compensation data generation module for performing a function operation for the plurality of pixel data to generate a plurality of gamma compensation data, a digital-to-analog conversion module for performing digital-to-analog conversion for the plurality of pixel data and the plurality of gamma compensation data according to a gamma look-up table, and an operational amplifier module for generating a plurality of driving voltages of major pixels and a plurality of driving voltages of sub pixels according to analog signals outputted by the digital-to-analog conversion module to drive the major pixels and the sub pixels corresponding to a row of the liquid crystal display. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267966 | PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS - A plasma display apparatus that can reduce a manufacturing cost even while embodying a screen ratio of 16:9 by adjusting the number of the third electrode formed in the rear substrate is provided. The plasma display apparatus comprises: a plasma display panel comprising an electrode; and a driver for supplying a driving signal to the electrode, the plasma display panel comprises: a front substrate; a rear substrate opposite to the front substrate; a barrier rib for partitioning a discharge cell between the front substrate and the rear substrate; first electrodes and second electrodes opposite to each other in the discharge cell; and third electrodes intersecting the first electrodes in the discharge cell, wherein the number of the third electrodes is 4095 in an active area in which an image is displayed, and the driver comprises a plurality of data drivers comprising channels connected to the third electrode, and 256 channels are formed in each of the data drivers. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267967 | COLOR TEMPERATURE CORRECTION DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A color temperature correction device corrects, in a display device that represents brightness of RGB of a video signal by a plurality of levels of gray scales, a color temperature of the video signal. The color temperature correction device includes: a recording means of storing a gray scale value conversion table for an input gray scale value of a video signal to set gray scale values for respective RGB, so that a consistent color temperature is maintained; and a gray scale value converting unit that converts the input gray scale value to set gray scale values, based on the gray scale value conversion table. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267968 | Gamma Curve Compensating Method, Gamma Curve Compensating Circuit and Display System using the same - An exemplary gamma curve compensating method is used in a displaying process of a display system for inserting a plurality of grey-scale images to adjust the displaying quality of the display system. A grey-scale luminance of each grey-scale image is one of the grey-scales. The gamma curve compensating method includes: providing a plurality of look-up tables (LUTs) according to the different grey-scales; selecting a specific grey-scale of the different grey-scales as a grey-scale luminance of one of the grey-scale images and accordingly selecting a specific LUT of the LUTs corresponding to the specific grey-scale; and performing a gamma-curve compensating based on the specific LUT to keep the gamma curve of the display system invariable in the displaying process. A gamma curve compensating circuit and a display system for performing the gamma curve compensating method are also provided in the present invention. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267969 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING MEMORY PROPERTY, DRIVING CONTROL DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD TO BE USED FOR SAME - There is provided an image display device capable of obtaining a renewed screen giving normal feelings by simple LUT (Look Up Table) adjustment even at a time of displaying with multiple gray levels. A screen of the electronic paper section making up the display device is renewed by driving for a period of time corresponding to a plurality of frames according to input gray level data of a renewed screen. The renewed screen is displayed with a coarse gray level during a first displaying period in a renewing period corresponding to a plurality of frames at an output voltage specified by a high-order bit of its gray level data and, thereafter, is displayed with a fine gray level during a second displaying period in the renewing period at an output voltage specified by a low-order bit of its gray level data. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267970 | DRIVING METHODS FOR BISTABLE DISPLAYS - The disclosure relates to driving methods for bistable displays, in particular, driving methods comprising interleaving driving waveforms. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267971 | METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE TO HIDE TRANSIENT BEHAVIOR - The major characteristics of the present invention lies in that, on one hand, conventional driving or overdriving techniques that do not add significant cost to the display device are used for scanning while, on the other hand, the direct-lit, LED-based backlight is turned off during the pixels' transient period where their grey levels gradually approach or overshoot above the target grey levels so that the residuals of the dynamic images during the transient period are not manifested. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267972 | METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE TO HIDE TRANSIENT BEHAVIOR - The major characteristics of the present invention lies in that, on one hand, conventional driving or overdriving techniques that do not add significant cost to the display device are used for scanning while, on the other hand, the direct-lit, LED-based backlight is turned off during the pixels' transient period where their grey levels gradually approach or overshoot above the target grey levels so that the residuals of the dynamic images during the transient period are not manifested. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090267973 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD FOR THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device is provided. The device includes a photo sensor adapted to: sense a brightness of ambient light; output a pulse width of an emission control signal corresponding to a sensed brightness of the ambient light; and output a gamma compensation coefficient corresponding to the sensed brightness of the ambient light and a user selected brightness. The device also includes a gamma compensation circuit adapted to adjust a magnitude of a voltage between a plurality of gradation voltages according to the output gamma compensation coefficient. The device also includes a scan driver and a data driver. The device also includes a pixel portion including a pixel adapted to: emit light according to the data signal, the scan signal, and the emission control signal; and display an image corresponding to the user selected brightness. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090273614 | GAMUT MAPPING AND SUBPIXEL RENDERING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In a first embodiment, a display system comprises a display panel with 4 or more colored subpixels. The display system receives input image data specified in a first color space and outputs image data specified in a second color space. The display system further comprises a gamut mapping module for mapping the input image data specified in the first color space to image data specified in the second color space. The gamut mapping module clamps out-of-gamut colors using at least a first clamping system and a second clamping system. The first and second clamping systems yield first and second clamped values. A weighting module produces a resulting clamped value from the first and second clamped values. A final output image value is derived from the resulting clamped value. Other embodiments of the display system include pre-reduction modules and adjustable GMA modules. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090273615 | Color conversion apparatus, imaging apparatus, storage medium storing color conversion program, and storage medium storing imaging program - A predetermined display image is displayed on a display device, and a hue of the display image corresponding to an input position obtained from a pointing device is obtained. A predetermined range having the obtained hue at a center thereof is set as a conversion target range, and at least one of saturation, brightness, and hue is changed with respect to a pixel of the display image which has a hue within the conversion target range to display a resultant image on the display device. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090273616 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICE HAVING A VARIABLE COLOR POINT - An electroluminescent device ( | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090273617 | Display apparatus and display-apparatus driving method - Disclosed herein is a driving method for driving a, display apparatus, the display apparatus including: N×M light emitting units; M scan lines; N data lines; a driving circuit provided for each of the light emitting units to serve as a circuit having a signal writing transistor, a device driving transistor, a capacitor and a first switch circuit; and a light emitting device. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090273618 | Digital-to-analog converter circuit, data driver, and display device using the digital-to-analog converter circuit - A data driver having a positive-polarity reference voltage generation circuit, a positive-polarity decoder, a first amplifier that outputs a positive-polarity gray scale voltage, a negative-polarity reference voltage generation circuit that generates a plurality of negative-polarity reference voltages, a negative-polarity decoder that outputs first to nth negative-polarity reference voltages from among the negative-polarity reference voltages, a negative-polarity amplifier that receives the selected first to nth negative-polarity reference voltages and outputs a negative-polarity gray scale voltage, and an output switch circuit that switches and controls whether to directly connect the first output terminal and the second output terminal to first and second data lines, respectively, or to cross-connect the first output terminal and the second output terminal to the second data line and the first data line, respectively, based on a control signal. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090278862 | IMAGE DISPLAY - There is disclosed an image display displaying a multicolor image by using image data expressing color components of a first color specification system. The image display is provided with a display unit displaying an image by a second color specification system which is different from the first color specification system, and displaying each of colors included in the second color specification system per pixel in correspondence to input device data, a basic color computing unit ( | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090278863 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE METHOD AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A panel drive method and a plasma display device which increase the luminance of a panel and enable further reduction of power consumption are provided with the following configuration. One field is composed of a plurality of subfields including a address period during which a address discharge is selectively induced in discharge cells and a sustain period during which sustain pulses the number of which corresponds to the luminance weight are applied to induce sustain discharges in the discharge cells where the address discharges are induced. The plasma display device has a sustain pulse generating circuit composed of a power recovering circuit for inducing the rise and fall of each sustain pulse by resonating the inter-electrode capacity of a display electrode pair with an inductor and a clamp section for clamping the voltage of the sustain pulses to a predetermined voltage. The repetition period of the sustain pulse can be set according to the average luminance level of the image signal. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090278864 | DISPLAY METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A display method of a liquid crystal display device is provided. First, a liquid crystal display device is provided. Then, the relationship between a gray level and brightness of various view angles is detected. After that, a relationship table of input gray level and output gray level of the corresponding view angles is obtained according to the relationship between gray level and brightness of the view angles. Thereafter, an angle value is inputted to the liquid crystal display device. Then, the liquid crystal display device outputs a gray level corresponding to the angle value through the relationship table of input gray level and output gray level. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090278865 | SOURCE DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A source driver having a small layout area and low power consumption includes a signal generation block generating a plurality of pulse width modulation (PWM) signals and a plurality of staircase waveform grayscale voltage signals according to a digital code generated based on an oscillation signal and a channel driver. The channel driver divides latched video data into upper bits and lower bits, generates a plurality of switching signals using one PWM signal selected from among the plurality of PWM signals in response to the lower bits, outputs one staircase waveform grayscale voltage signal selected from among the plurality of staircase waveform grayscale voltage signals in response to the upper bits, and outputs a particular grayscale voltage level included in the one staircase waveform grayscale voltage signal in response to the plurality of switching signals. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090278866 | Gamma corrected display device - A display device includes a pixel unit including a plurality of pixels, a data driver adapted to supply data signals to the pixels, and a timing controller adapted to supply data control signals and image data to the data driver, wherein the timing controller is adapted to divide the pixel unit into a plurality of regions and supply gamma values assigned to each region to the data driver. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090278867 | MULTIPRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY WITH DYNAMIC GAMUT MAPPING - The embodiments disclosed herein comprise a plurality of modules and means to provide effect dynamic gamut mapping and backlight control. In one embodiment, a display system comprises: a transmissive display, said display comprising a plurality of colored subpixels wherein one such colored subpixel is substantially wide spectrum bandpass; a transmissive display controller, said display controller providing signals to said transmissive display to set the amount of transmissivity of each said colored subpixel; a backlight, said backlight providing illumination to said transmissive display; a backlight controller, said controller providing signals to said backlight to modulate the amount of illumination provided by said backlight to said transmissive display; peak surveying module for surveying image data and extracting the image gamut hull for providing intermediate backlight data signals to said backlight controller to match said image gamut hull; and a means for normalizing display image data signals according to said intermediate backlight data signals and providing said normalized image data as intermediate display data. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090278868 | DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME - To obtain an amplifier circuit capable of realizing low power consumption and high-precision output. A controlling unit controls each switch of an offset correction circuit to select one capacitor associated with a voltage level of an input signal selected by an input signal selection unit, have an offset voltage of an operational amplifier generated according to the voltage level of the input signal stored by the selected capacitor, and correct an output of the operational amplifier by using the offset voltage held by the selected capacitor. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090284554 | Constrained Color Palette in a Color Space - A technique for enabling display of a source color space on a display color space commences by first receiving source color space information. The source color space information undergoes a conversion into a device independent color space. Once converted into the device independent color space, a LUT or other matrix assigns output colors for the input colors corresponding to the specific display device color space. The LUT or other matrix can be generated with the source material and transmitted to the source display device. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090284555 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING IMAGES USING RADIOMETRIC RESPONSE CHARACTERIZATIONS - Particular embodiments relate generally to display systems and, more particularly, to display systems and methods for blending multiple images. A display system may include a first display source configured to generate a first image comprising illuminated points on a display surface, and a measurement device configured to measure an output energy value of the first image at output wavelengths for input values provided to the first display source. A normalized response function of the first display source corresponding to the measured output energy values for each output wavelength may be generated. A first response function that includes one or more of the normalized response functions of the first display source may be generated to derive corrected image input values corresponding to a desired output energy value at one or more illuminated points. The first display source may be controlled by applying the corrected input values. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090289959 | Liquid Crystal Driver, Liquid Crystal Display Device, and Liquid Crystal Driving Method - A selector ( | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090289960 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE METHOD - A plasma display device includes a sustain pulse generating circuit having a power recovery section for raising or lowering the sustain pulse by allowing an inductor and an inter-electrode capacitor of the display electrode pair to resonate and a clamp section for clamping a voltage of the sustain pulse to a predetermined voltage. The sustain pulse generating circuit sets the sustain pulse generated in the sustain period so as to include sustain pulses in which the lengths of time for raising the sustain pulses using the power recovery section are different from each other, and sets the sustain pulse for generating the final sustain discharge in the sustain period to a sustain pulse other than a sustain pulse in which the length of time for raising the sustain pulse is the longest. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090289961 | Liquid crystal display device and driving method thereof - An LCD device adapted to improve its picture quality in spite of the brightness variation is disclosed. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090289962 | Lyquid crystal display device and driving method thereof - The method of driving a liquid crystal display device includes calculating a brightness average value of pixel data of at least one frame period supplied to a liquid crystal display panel, and storing the average to a memory unit; generating a brightness control signal having a duty ratio according to the brightness average value of the pixel data adjusted taking variation of transmissivity with an angle of view into account in a white or black driving mode of the liquid crystal display panel; and supplying the brightness control signal to a light source unit. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090289963 | Display device, method of laying out light emitting elements, and electronic device - Disclosed herein is a display device in which light emitting elements of a plurality of colors including a light emitting element emitting blue light are formed in each pixel on a substrate on which a transistor is formed for each sub-pixel, and a plurality of pixels formed with sub-pixels of the plurality of colors as a unit are arranged in a form of a matrix, wherein relative positional relation between transistors of sub-pixels of respective light emission colors including blue light and a light emitting section of a light emitting element emitting the blue light is laid out such that distances between the transistors of the sub-pixels of the respective light emission colors including the blue light and the light emitting section of the light emitting element emitting the blue light are equal to each other for the respective colors. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090289964 | Liquid crystal display method and liquid crystal display device improving motion picture display grade - A source driver outputs a data signal and a reset (black) signal alternately to a source line. Four-hundred and eighty gate lines are divided into three groups each comprising 160 lines, and connected to gate drivers. A display control section outputs a discriminant signal, a scan start signal and a clock signal to the gate drivers, where the nth gate line is selected with the data signal outputted by the source driver, and where the (n+160)th gate line is selected with the reset signal outputted. Further, n is shifted sequentially. By writing the reset signal during the latter ⅓ of one frame like this, light leakage of pixels that are changed over from white display to black display is eliminated. Also, blurs of edge portions of a motion picture are reduced. Thus, display grade for motion pictures is enhanced with a minimum improvement. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090289965 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING DEVICE - A liquid crystal driving device is provided, which can reduce the problem of contrast lowering of the liquid crystal display screen due to the decrease of the driving current of LED, by the control which is performed in order to cope with the decrease of the maximum rated current of LED as a light source of the backlight at a high temperature. The liquid crystal driving device includes a liquid crystal driving circuit, a backlight control unit, and display data expansion circuits. The liquid crystal driving circuit generates a liquid crystal driving signal to be supplied to a liquid crystal display panel in response to display data. The backlight control unit reduces driving current of the light emitting diode as a light source of the backlight module to illuminate the liquid crystal display panel, in response to the temperature rise of the liquid crystal display panel. The display data expansion circuit, in response to the temperature rise of the liquid crystal display panel, performs the data expansion of the display data, and compensates the contrast lowering of the liquid crystal display panel due to the dimming of the backlight module with the temperature rise of the liquid crystal display panel. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090289966 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVE METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus for driving light emitting elements to emit light at a timing shifted according to the order of scanning lines, is arranged to control the light emission intensity of the light emitting element in accordance with an image signal and include a drive unit for driving the light emitting elements of the respective scanning lines in a light emission pattern including a first impulse operation period light emission pattern and a second impulse operation period light emission pattern. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090295837 | CIRCUIT FOR GENERATING DRIVE VOLTAGE - The invention provides a circuit for generating a drive voltage. The circuit of the invention includes a first current generating unit coupled between a voltage source and a ground for generating a first input current. A comparing unit having a first input terminal coupled to the first current generating unit and a second input terminal coupled to an output terminal thereof. The comparing unit is used for comparing the first input current with a second input current and generating an output voltage. A second current generating unit is coupled between the output terminal and the second input terminal of the comparing unit for generating the second input current. An adjusting unit is coupled to the second input terminal of the comparing unit, the second current generating unit and the ground for adjusting the second input current. The voltage level of the output voltage is controlled by the adjusting unit. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090295838 | DA converter circuit, liquid crystal driver circuit, liquid crystal display apparatus, and method for designing DA converter circuit - A DA converter circuit configured to output a gray scale voltage to a liquid crystal display panel is disclosed, wherein the gray scale voltage is generated from reference voltages fewer than gray scales of the liquid crystal display panel and it is still to be able to prevent deterioration in display quality of the liquid crystal display panel. A DA converter circuit of at least one embodiment includes: a reference voltage generator circuit for generating reference voltages; a selector circuit for selecting one or two reference voltages from the reference voltages in according to the inputted gray scale value; and a voltage follower circuit for outputting the gray scale voltage that is the one reference voltage thus selected or a mean value of the two reference voltages thus selected. Reference voltages are generated, in at least one embodiment, as a variety of gray scale voltages. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090295839 | Display device, drive method therefor, and electronic apparatus - A display device includes: a light source section having multiple light sources to emit light in illumination colors including three primary colors of light; a display section for displaying an image in monochrome color by modulating the light emitted from the light source section; and a display control section for driving the light source section and the display section in a field sequential system. The display control section includes a determining section for determining a degree of white or a degree of complementary color of the light sources on the basis of an amount of lighting of each of the illumination colors of the light sources, a setting section for setting white components or complementary-color components of a color determined by a mixing ratio of the illumination colors, and an allocating section for allocating the set white components or the complementary-color components to the fields. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090295840 | IMAGE SIGNAL COMPENSATION APPARATUS AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided are an image signal compensation apparatus and a liquid crystal display (LCD) including the same. The image signal compensation apparatus includes a lookup table (LUT) and an image signal compensation unit. The LUT includes reference data that corresponds to each combination of first and second reference gray levels and is arranged in a matrix. The image signal compensation unit receives first and second image signals, receives reference data corresponding to the first and second image signals from the LUT, and compensates the second image signal using the reference data. The reference data includes diagonal reference data located on a diagonal line in the matrix, and at least one diagonal reference data from among the diagonal reference data has a different value from a corresponding combination of the first and second reference gray levels. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090295841 | METHOD OF BOOSTING A LOCAL DIMMING SIGNAL, BOOSTING DRIVE CIRCUIT FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE BOOSTING DRIVE CIRCUIT - There is provided a method of boosting a local dimming signal. In the method, it is determined whether or not local dimming signals, which are applied for individually driving light source blocks per frame, satisfy boosting conditions. Then, a predetermined local dimming signal corresponding to at least one of the light source blocks is boosted to a reference luminance value when the local dimming signals continuously satisfy the boosting conditions, and the boosting luminance of the predetermined local dimming signal at the reference luminance value is gradually decreased after a light adaptation time of an observer's eye. When the luminance of light source blocks that are boosted is gradually decreased before the light adaptation time or luminance of light source blocks that will be boosted is gradually increased to the light adaptation time, power consumption required to boost the light source blocks may be decreased. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090295842 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE CONTROL CIRCUIT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY SYSTEM, WHICH ADJUST BRIGHTNESS OF DISPLAY IMAGE BY USING HEIGHT DISTRIBUTION OF GRADATIONS OF INPUT IMAGE - A liquid crystal display control circuit includes a current reduction rate setting circuit analyzes original gradations of pixels in an input image signal and sets a current reduction rate; a light emitting element control circuit adjusts a drive current of the light emitting element in response to the current reduction rate; a gradation changing circuit generates a display image signal in which the original gradations are changed to the display gradations; and a liquid crystal panel control circuit sets a transmittance of the liquid crystal panel in response to the display gradations of pixels included in the image display signal. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090295843 | WIDE FLAT PANEL LCD WITH UNITARY VISUAL DISPLAY - A flat panel display, particularly a liquid crystal display has a front plate with a plate area defined by a plate perimeter, which is in turn defined by a first and second pair of parallel sides, the pairs of sides in perpendicular relationship to each other. An active display area providing a unitary visual display is located within the plate perimeter. In the invention, this active display area is divided into at least first and second display areas, a visual output of said first and second display areas being separately driven. In some embodiments, one or both of the display areas is subdivided into first and second subdisplay areas, with the visual output of the first and second subdisplay areas being separately driven. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090295844 | COLOR-SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY METHOD - A display method for driving a color-sequential display of an electronic device is provided. When the electronic device is not at low power mode, a first image is displayed first by using a second color data and a first color data of the first image sequentially to drive the display. Next, a second image is displayed by using a second color data and a third color data of the second image sequentially to drive the display. When the electronic device is at low power mode, the respective luminance of the first and the second images are obtained. Then, the respective luminance of the first image and the second image are sequentially used to drive the display. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090303259 | Video Drive Scheme for a Cholesteric Liquid Crystal Display Device - A cholesteric liquid crystal display device ( | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303260 | Image Display Device - An image display device includes a plurality of pixels, and a feeder that commonly supply power to the plurality of pixels. In this image display device, each of the pixels has a light-emitting portion that emits light by a current supplied to the light-emitting portion, a driver that controls light emission of the light-emitting portion, and a switching portion connected to the driver. The parasitic capacitance of the switching portion is determined with respect to each pixel according to the amount of the voltage drop of said feeder. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303261 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED COLOR MANAGEMENT - A method and apparatus for color matching during compositing. In one embodiment of the invention, a set of one or more un-color matched pixels are stored and associated with a first color profile. A fragment program is generated based on the first color profile and a second color profile associated with a display. During compositing of the set of un-color matched pixels, the fragment program is applied to the set of un-color matched pixels to match colors of those pixels with the display. The color matched pixels are written to the display. Other methods and apparatuses are also described. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303262 | Liquid crystal display and driving method thereof - The exemplary embodiment of the invention relates to a liquid crystal display device and a driving method thereof. The liquid crystal display device according to the exemplary embodiment of the invention comprises: a liquid crystal display panel wherein data lines and gate lines are disposed crosswisely each other; a controller modulating a first color input data and a second color input data with a first modulation width, and modulating a third color input data and a fourth color input data with a second modulation width higher than the first modulation width; a panel driving circuit supplying a first modulated color data, a second modulated data and a third modulated data to the liquid crystal display panel for a first period, and supplying the first modulated color data, the third modulated color data and a fourth modulated color data to the liquid crystal display panel for a second period; and a backlight device irradiating lights corresponding to the first, second and third modulated color data to the liquid crystal display panel for the first period, and irradiating lights corresponding to the first, third and fourth modulated color data to the liquid crystal display panel for the second period. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303263 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display control apparatus includes a synthesizing unit for synthesizing multiple pieces of image data to generate synthesized image data; an image quality adjustment unit for carrying out image quality adjustment for the synthesized image data output from the synthesizing unit; a format discrimination unit for discriminating a format of each of the multiple pieces of image data; a determination unit for determining referenced image data for the image quality adjustment from the multiple pieces of image data based on discrimination results from the format discrimination unit; and a control unit for controlling the image quality adjustment unit so as to carry out the image quality adjustment for the synthesized image data using a parameter suitable for image quality adjustment of the referenced image data for the image quality adjustment determined by the determination unit. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303264 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING DEVICE - A liquid crystal driving device includes a liquid crystal controller and specific color expansion circuits. The liquid crystal controller generates a liquid crystal drive signal to be supplied to a liquid crystal display panel in response to display data. The specific color expansion circuits generate an image output signal from a low-intensity image input signal corresponding to a specific color by intensifying a gradation using a specified factor. The specific color expansion circuits generate an image output signal from a high-intensity image input signal corresponding to a specific color by intensifying a gradation using another small factor. The image output signal is appropriately intensified by the specific color expansion circuits and is supplied as display data to the liquid crystal controller. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303265 | LCD DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device and an apparatus for controlling a liquid crystal display which can perform luminance adjustment no matter what illumination method is employed are provided. An image display screen is divided into a plurality of small regions, and a plurality of counter electrodes | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090309902 | Method for Grayscale Rendition in an Am-Oled - The present invention relates to an apparatus for displaying an input picture of a sequence of input pictures during a video frame made up of N consecutive sub-frames, with N≧2, comprising
| 12-17-2009 |
| 20090309903 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY HAVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display system including a signal processing device uses interpolation to generate an intermediate image frame using previous image frame data and present image frame data. The system converts data of the intermediate image frame into transposed image data that is to be used to drive a liquid crystal display panel and display a corresponding image. The transposed image data and the present image data are subjected to a prespecified DCC process (dynamic capacitance compensation process) to thereby generate respective first and second compensation image data. Since the first compensation image data is generated based on the transposed image data and the transposition is configured to prevent over-compensation by the DCC process, over-compensation by the dynamic capacitance compensation process can be reduced or prevented. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090315918 | Display apparatus, driving method for display apparatus and electronic apparatus - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus, including: a display panel having a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix thereon, each of the pixels including an electro-optical element, a writing transistor, a driving transistor, and a storage capacitor connected between the gate electrode and the source electrode of the driving transistor for storing an image signal written by the writing transistor, each of the pixels carrying out a mobility correction process for applying negative feedback to a potential difference between the gate and the source of the driving transistor with a correction amount determined from current flowing to the driving transistor; a temperature detection section configured to detect the temperature of the display panel; and a control section configured to control the period of the mobility correction process based on a result of the detection by the temperature detection section. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090315919 | Display device and method of driving the same - A display device and a method for driving the display device are provided. A pre-gain correction value that can emphasize a contour portion of an image is set by using luminance data detected from an input video signal. The pre-grain correction value is differently amplified in accordance with different light emitting materials that emit light of different colors red, green and blue. The contour portion is thus emphasized, and the contour can be stably emphasized regardless of different life-spans of different light emitting materials emitting lights of colors red, green and blue. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090315920 | DISPLAY CONTROL CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - In a display control circuit of this invention, a write gray scale level determining part outputs write gray scale level data for performing overshoot drive on a liquid crystal display device. Moreover, an achievable gray scale level determining part outputs achievable gray scale level data indicating a gray scale level which achieves after a lapse of one frame. Further, an error noise predicting part compares, with a predetermined threshold value, predicted values as differences between gray scale level values of plural pieces of input image data and a mean gray scale level value of these gray scale level values to control a data selecting part such that when at least one of the predicted values exceeds the threshold value, the data selecting part gives, to an image compressing part, the input image data rather than the achievable gray scale level data predicted that a decoding error becomes large. This configuration allows suppression or elimination of after-image noise. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090322794 | DISPLAY WITH IMPROVED UNIFORMITY - An image display is disclosed comprising an image display device with a light emitting surface having an array of picture elements; a light guide formed from a plurality of light transmission guides with the input to each light transmission guide being provided by a sub-array of a plurality of picture elements from the light emitting surface of the image display device and luminance correction means to assign a colour component value and a dither fraction value to each sub-array of a plurality of picture elements on the light emitting surface of the image display device. Assigning a colour component value ( | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090322795 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION FOR DISPLAYS - A system, apparatus and method to reduce power consumption for displays is described. The method may include receiving image data comprising a plurality of color components, generating a histogram for each of the plurality of color components, and adjusting each of a plurality of light sources based on the histograms. The plurality of light sources may correspond to the plurality of color components. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090322796 | Video Signal Control Apparatus and Video Signal Control Method - According to one embodiments a video signal control apparatus includes an average luminance detector and a display luminance controller. The average luminance detector detects the average luminance of a video signal with respect to each frame. The display luminance controller controls the display luminance of a first frame using the average luminance of a second frame prior to the first frame. When luminance change from the average luminance of the first frame to that of the second frame exceeds a predetermined threshold, the display luminance controller replaces the average luminance of the second frame with that of the first frame to control the display luminance of the first frame based on the average luminance of the first frame. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090322797 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device is provided with multiple light sources | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090322798 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAYS - A display includes pixels, each pixel including a first display region and a second display region. A controller controls driving of the first and second display regions of each pixel to set the gray scale levels of the first and second display regions based on an overall gray scale level to be shown by the pixel. The controller sets the gray scale level of the second display region independently of the gray scale level of the first display region. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090322799 | Liquid crystal display - A liquid crystal display (LCD) has a voltage generating circuit, a voltage regulating circuit, and a liquid crystal panel. The voltage generating circuit provides the liquid crystal panel with positive gray voltages and negative gray voltages. The voltage regulating circuit creates a compensating voltage lookup table recording compensated voltages according to the luminance, the positive gray voltage and the negative gray voltage of every gray level. The voltage regulating circuit regulates the positive gray voltage and the negative gray voltage using the compensated voltages recorded in the compensating voltage lookup table. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090322800 | METHOD AND APPARATUS IN VARIOUS EMBODIMENTS FOR HDR IMPLEMENTATION IN DISPLAY DEVICES - An HDR display is a combination of technologies including, for example, a dual modulation architecture incorporating algorithms for artifact reduction, selection of individual components, and a design process for the display and/or pipeline for preserving the visual dynamic range from capture to display of an image or images. In one embodiment, the dual modulation architecture includes a backlight with an array of RGB LEDs and a combination of a heat sink and thermally conductive vias for maintaining a desired operating temperature. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090322801 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR DISPLAYING LIGHT RADIATION - A display system providing an enhanced viewing experience is provided. The system enables having backlighting colors fast adapted to the screen content while at the same time also having a relaxed viewing experience because the luminance slowly changes over time. A method and a computer-readable medium are also provided. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20100002017 | LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL DRIVING DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND IN-VEHICLE DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present application, a liquid crystal panel drive device includes a signal processing section for determining an output gray scale in accordance with a gray scale transition from the gray scale which is forecasted to reach by a previous response to an input gray scale and can carry out overdrive with the output gray scale. At a temperature at which a rise gray scale transition may occur in absence of a response condition does not exist for single overdrive, the signal processing section determines, as an output gray scale, a gray scale lower than a maximum gray scale with respect to a particular gray scale transition out of a rise type gray scale transition. In such a way, a display quality (especially a moving image display quality) at a low temperature can be improved. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002018 | DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD, DRIVING CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - A method for driving a display device that outputs an image based on an image source. The method comprises the steps of (i) carrying out a first gradation converting process with respect to a first gradation level of an inputted video source signal; (ii) carrying out a smoothing process with respect to the inputted video source signal that has been subjected to the first gradation converting process; and (iii) carrying out a second gradation converting process with respect to a second gradation level of the inputted video source signal that has been subjected to the smoothing process. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002019 | DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER, SOURCE DRIVER AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A digital to analog converter includes a first decoder, a gamma reference voltage decoder unit and an active resistor string unit. The first decoder receives 2 | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002020 | IN-PLANE SWITCHING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device comprising a plurality of pixels ( | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002021 | Display panel driving method and display apparatus - A method of driving a display panel is provided. The display panel includes a first scan group including first to third scan lines, and a plurality of data lines which intersect the first to third scan lines, and first display cells of a first color which are connected with the first scan line, second display cells of a second color which are connected with the second scan line, third display cells of a third color which are connected with the third scan line. The method is achieved by precharging the data lines to a predetermined voltage in a first horizontal period; and by supplying a data signal to the first to third display cells through the data lines driving of the first to third display cells after the data lines are precharged in the first horizontal period. In the driving of the first to third display cells, one of the first to third display cells corresponding to one of said first to third colors, having a maximum spectral luminous efficacy, is first driven. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002022 | DISPLAY UNIT - A display unit includes: a display section including a plurality of pixels, each of the pixels including a plurality of light-emitting devices; an operation section that performs calculations for correcting drive signals to be inputted into the light-emitting devices of the pixels included in the display section in order to correct luminances and chromaticities of the pixels; and a coefficient data input section where a bit number of an element having smaller variations in coefficient in the display section, among elements of each of coefficient matrixes necessary for the correction calculations, the coefficient matrixes to be inputted into the operation section, is set to a value smaller than a bit number of an element having larger variations. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002023 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device and a driving method thereof. The organic light emitting display device includes: a display panel having scan lines, data lines and pixels; a data driver for applying correction data to the data lines; a buffer memory for storing data inputted to the pixels coupled to the scan lines; and a correction operation unit for determining a luminance degree for the pixels coupled to each of the scan lines based on the data and generating a data correction value in accordance with the luminance degree, and for providing to the data driver the correction data generated by adding/subtracting the data correction value to/from the data in accordance with positions of the pixels coupled to each of the scan lines. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002024 | Display Device - A display device includes a display panel having a plurality of pixels, a drive circuit inputting a drive voltage to the plurality of pixels, and a display control device controlling and driving the drive circuit and to which display data is input from an external apparatus, in which a temperature detecting sensor is included. The display control device has a display bit reduction circuit. In a high-temperature operation mode when a temperature equal to or more than a predetermined temperature is detected at the temperature detecting sensor, the display bit reduction circuit ignores bits other than the highest-order bit of the display data input from the external apparatus and sends only the data of the highest-order bit of the display data input from the external apparatus to the drive circuit. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002025 | 2D-DIMMING OF ILLUMINATING MEMBER FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - An illuminating member ( | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002026 | CALIBRATION OF DISPLAYS HAVING SPATIALLY-VARIABLE BACKLIGHT - A display has a screen which incorporates a light modulator. The screen may be a front projection screen or a rear-projection screen. The screen is illuminated with light from an illuminator comprising an array of individually-controllable light sources. The light sources and elements of the light modulator may be controlled to adjust the intensity and frequency of light emanating from corresponding areas on the screen. The display may be calibrated to compensate for differences in intensities of the light sources. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100007679 | Display apparatus, method of driving display apparatus, drive-use integrated circuit, driving method employed by drive-use integrated circuit, and signal processing method - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus including: a display pixel section including pixels each composed of an arrangement of red, green, and blue subpixels and an additional subpixel of a specified color; and a signal processing section configured to extend signal levels of an input image signal, extract a signal component of the specified color from extended red, green, and blue signals, determine a signal level of the specified color, perform an extension process based on the signal level of the specified color, modulate the red, green, and blue signals subjected to the extension process in accordance with a specified modulation level so as to have different brightness from that of an original image, and modulate brightness of a light source. The input image signal used to determine the modulation level and the input image signal subjected to a modulation process and displayed are of different frames. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100007680 | Gamma reference voltage generation circuit and flat panel display using the same - A gamma reference voltage generation circuit and a flat panel display using the same are provided. The gamma reference voltage generation circuit includes R, G and B gamma reference voltage generators each having a plurality of digital-to-analog converters (DACs) that generate a plurality of R, G and B gamma reference voltages. In the DACs of each of the R, G and B gamma reference voltage generators, a high potential bias voltage input terminal of an uppermost DAC used to generate a gamma reference voltage of a maximum gray level is connected to a high potential voltage source. A high potential bias voltage input terminal of each of remaining DACs except the uppermost DAC is cascade-connected to an output terminal of an upper DAC next to each of the remaining DACs. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100007681 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes: a plurality of pixel circuits, each of which is disposed at a position corresponding to each intersection position between a plurality of scanning lines and signal lines; and an initialization line which supplies an initialization potential to the plurality of pixel circuits, wherein each of the plurality of pixel circuits includes: an electro-optical element which has a gray scale in accordance with a current amount of a driving current; a storage capacitor of which a voltage across opposite ends is set in accordance with a potential of the signal line; an initializer which initializes the voltage across opposite ends of the storage capacitor by electrically connecting the initialization line to the storage capacitor; a driving transistor which controls the current amount of the driving current in accordance with the voltage of the storage capacitor; a first conductor which is electrically connected to a gate of the driving transistor and overlaps with the initialization line; and a second conductor which is interposed between the first conductor and the initialization line. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100007682 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display (“LCD”) includes; a liquid crystal panel including a plurality of display blocks, a light-emitting unit which provides light to the liquid crystal panel and includes a plurality of light-emitting blocks corresponding to the display blocks, respectively; and a timing controller which provides an optical data signal for controlling the light-emitting blocks, wherein the optical data signal includes a plurality of scan signals and a plurality of dimming signals which are alternatingly arranged, and each of the dimming signals controls a luminance of a corresponding one of the light-emitting blocks. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100013864 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COLOR SHIFT COMPENSATION IN DISPLAYS - Active matrix display module ( | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100013865 | METHOD OF DRIVING A MATRIX DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING AN ELECTRON SOURCE WITH REDUCED CAPACITIVE CONSUMPTION - A method to drive a display device with electron sources displaying grey scales divided into two families. The display device includes one or more rows and one or more columns. An intermediate potential lies between a first potential and a second potential. To display a grey level of the first family, the column voltage is pulse width modulated between the intermediate potential and the second potential right at the start of the row selection period. To display a grey level of the second family, the column voltage is pulse width modulated between the intermediate potential and the first potential from a determined instant of the row selection period. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100013866 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY UNIT - A light source device capable of adjusting luminance distribution of a display picture in consideration of lightness of surrounding environment (environment light) not depending on a content of the display picture is provided. An outside light sensor | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100013867 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device and a method of driving the same. The organic light emitting display device includes a scan driver, a data driver for supplying data signals, and pixels. Each of the pixels is configured to control whether or not a current flows from a first power to a second power both coupled to the pixels, the current corresponding to a corresponding one of the data signals. A power supply is included for supplying the first power to a power line coupled to the pixels. A sensing resistor is coupled between the power supply and the power line. A power controller is provided for controlling the power supply to adjust a voltage value of the first power for controlling an amount of current that flows through the sensing resistor to be substantially equal to an amount of current corresponding to data of a current frame. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100013868 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device and a method of driving the same. In a method of driving an organic light emitting display device including a second capacitor having a first terminal coupled to a gate electrode of a driving transistor and a first capacitor coupled between the gate electrode of the driving transistor and a first power source, the driving method includes supplying a threshold voltage of an organic light emitting diode to a second terminal of the second capacitor during a period when a first current is sunk via the driving transistor, and supplying a data signal to the second terminal of the second capacitor after a voltage corresponding to a difference between a voltage applied to the gate electrode of the driving transistor and the threshold voltage of the organic light emitting diode is charged in the second capacitor. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100013869 | Display Device - A display device includes a display panel having a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, a printed circuit board connected to the display panel, and a first drive circuit and a second drive circuit mounted on the display panel or the printed circuit board, in which each of the first drive circuit and the second drive circuit includes a gray scale voltage generating circuit generating a gray scale voltage to be applied to a first electrode of the pixel based on a gray scale reference voltage and a reference gray scale voltage circuit generating the gray scale reference voltage, and each of the gray scale voltage generating circuit of the first drive circuit and the gray scale voltage generating circuit of the second drive circuit generates the gray scale voltage based on the gray scale reference voltage generated in the reference gray scale voltage circuit of the first drive circuit. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100013870 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CORRECTION METHOD OF IMAGE SIGNAL - An image display apparatus including a plurality of pixels, a drive circuit for outputting drive signals for driving the pixels, and a correction circuit for correcting an input signal corresponding to a predetermined pixel with a correction value to output a corrected input signal to a side of the drive circuit, wherein the apparatus adopts as the correction value a value reflecting drive states of pixels located in the neighborhood of the predetermined pixel, the value being one having received an adjustment according to a nonlinear characteristic between a value of the input signal and a gray-level display of the pixel on the basis of the value of the input signal corresponding to the predetermined pixel. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100020106 | MERIT BASED GAMUT MAPPING IN A COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - What is disclosed is a system and method for merit-based gamut mapping. In one embodiment, color points are clustered in regions of interest within a color space. Each cluster is associated with a gamut mapping function and a merit function. Mapping parameters of each gamut mapping function are iteratively varied to optimize the values based on the merit function value. An optimized gamut mapping function results. Optimized gamut mapping functions of adjacent clusters are blended together by blending the value of the gamut mapping function for a point of a cluster with a value produced by the gamut mapping function of an adjacent cluster for that color point. The composite gamut mapping function contains the optimized gamut mapping functions of all clusters is then output for use in mapping points within those clusters to points within the target gamut. The composite gamut mapping function exploits local advantages of each cluster. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020107 | Calibrating pixel elements - A composite display is disclosed. In some embodiments, a composite display includes a paddle configured to sweep out an area, a plurality of pixel elements mounted on the paddle, and one or more optical sensors mounted on the paddle and configured to measure luminance values of the plurality of pixel elements. Selectively activating one or more of the plurality of pixel elements while the paddle sweeps the area causes at least a portion of an image to be rendered. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020108 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING A BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY - Provided are a backlight assembly, a display apparatus comprising the same, and a driving method of the liquid crystal display. The backlight assembly includes a pulse width modulation signal output unit receiving a dimming signal and outputting a pulse width modulation signal having a duty ratio corresponding to the dimming signal and having various periods, and a light source emitting light based on the pulse width modulation signal. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020109 | DYNAMIC GAMUT CONTROL - A method of dynamic gamut control comprises the step of controlling (LD) intensities of at least a subset (PR, PG, PB) of a set of color primaries (PR, PG, PB, PW) associated with corresponding sub-pixels (RP, GP, BP, WP) of a display device. The method further comprises the step of searching (PC) for a minimal intensity value (Ra; Ga; Ba) of one of the color primaries of the subset (PR; PG; PB) being adjusted, to obtain together with the other color primaries (WP) of the set of color primaries (PR, PG, PB, PW) an adjusted color gamut (GG | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020110 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A high speed moving image processing section of a liquid crystal display device includes: a calculation section having a plurality of LUTs in accordance with which an output for performing overshoot drive is obtained with reference to current frame data and previous frame data; and a frame memory in which a video data signal of a previous frame is stored. During each writing period in a single frame period, the calculation section carries out data conversion for performing the overshoot drive by using a video data signal, transmitted from the host device, as current frame data, and by using a video data signal, read out from the frame memory, as pervious frame data. Further, an LUT for performing the overshoot drive is switched in every writing period. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020111 | Display device and method for driving the same - Disclosed is a display device including a first storage unit having driving data for driving a display panel and a first check SUM data on the driving data stored therein, a second storage unit for retrieving the driving data and the first check SUM data from the first storage unit and storing the driving data and the check SUM data in response to the instruction of a ROM interface, and a data error detection/correction unit generating a second check SUM data with reference to the driving data stored in the second storage unit. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020112 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Provided are a display device, which can improve display quality by correcting an original image signal whose frame frequency is a first frequency or a second frequency different from the first frequency, and a method | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020113 | ELECTRONIC DISPLAY MODULE AND DISPLAYING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides an electronic display module and displaying method thereof. The electronic display module includes a light source, a filter and a light valve. The electronic display module further has a display panel with a plurality of display regions for displaying an image. The electronic display module is provided to adjust the light intensity by space and time varying luminance of the light source, so as to enable the electronic display module to present the image in dynamic display according to the space and time varying approach. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020114 | DISPLAY DRIVER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INCLUDING PRE-DECODER AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A display driver integrated circuit (IC) includes a grayscale voltage generator, a main decoder unit, a pre-decoder unit, and an output buffer unit. The grayscale voltage generator is configured to receive at least one gamma reference voltage and generate a plurality of grayscale voltages. The main decoder unit is configured to receive the grayscale voltages and data, decode the data, and selectively output a grayscale voltage based on the decoded result. The pre-decoder unit is configured to decode part of the data and output a precharge voltage. The output buffer unit is configured to sequentially receive an output of the pre-decoder unit and an output of the main-decoder unit, and output grayscale data used for driving a display device. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020115 | IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM, AND IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - An image display control device for controlling display of an image to a display device having a plurality of unit display elements in which three unit display elements corresponding to signals of three primary colors, respectively, are arranged in a delta form, includes an image data input unit which inputs image data, and an image drawing unit which draws an image on the basis of the input image data such that two of the three unit display elements are in a pair and constitute one pixel of the image and the remaining one unit display element constitutes one pixel of the image. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020116 | Display Device - In a display device which displays a black image by periodically inserting a black image, after the display of the black image, a first period in which a video signal different from a video signal for the black image is outputted to video signal lines is made different from a succeeding period in length. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020117 | COLOR ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM FOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND PRINTED MATERIAL - A color adjustment system for a display device includes a computer device, and a display device for displaying an image. The display device selectably displays a plurality of color temperature color presets. The computer device makes a white point adjustment to the display device, based on a color temperature color preset selected from among the plurality of color temperature color presets by a selecting operation from the computer device. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100026724 | Display Apparatus - A display apparatus comprises: a display unit in which each pixel is formed from a self-luminous element, and a controller that reduces a luminance of a pixel which has not changed for a predetermined period of time or more. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026725 | Display Drive Systems - This invention generally relates to methods, apparatus and computer program code for improved OLED (organic light emitting diode) display drive systems, in particular to compensate for burn-in. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026726 | IMAGE PROJECTION SYSTEM BY MEANS OF DIRECT CURRENT TYPE HIGH VOLTAGE DISCHARGE - The image projection system is capable of freely adjusting a tone to suit user preferences. The system has a synchronization signal generating device that generates a synchronization signal composed of a plurality of on-off patterns in synchronism with rotation of a color filter and outputs each of predetermined power levels corresponding one-to-one with the on-off patterns to the high-pressure discharge lamp at fixed timing. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026727 | OPTICAL LOSS STRUCTURE INTEGRATED IN AN ILLUMINATION APPARATUS - Various embodiments of a display device described herein include an optical propagation region, at least one optical loss structure, an optical isolation layer, and a plurality of display elements. The propagation region includes a light guide in which light is guided via total internal reflection and turning features configured to redirect the light out of the propagation region. The loss structure would disrupt the total internal reflection of at least some of the light guided within the propagation region if disposed directly adjacent thereto. The optical isolation layer includes a non-gaseous material between the propagation region and the loss structure, and is configured to increase an amount of light that is totally internal reflected in the propagation region. The plurality of display elements are positioned to receive the light redirected out of the propagation region. The loss structure is positioned between the plurality of display elements and the propagation region. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026728 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND SIGNAL CONVERTING DEVICE - A display device includes a multi-primary-color display panel with subpixels arranged in a matrix pattern of columns and rows; and a signal converter arranged to convert a video signal, having values that represent the colors of pixels with a matrix pattern, into a multi-primary-color signal for use in the multi-primary-color display panel. The signal converter associates a value of the video signal representing the color of at least one of pixels on a p | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026729 | Active-matrix display apparatus driving method of the same and electronic instruments - Disclosed herein is an active-matrix display apparatus, wherein if any particular one of N light emitting sub-devices pertaining to any specific one of pixel circuits is defective, the particular light emitting sub-device is electrically disconnected from the specific pixel circuit and the magnitude of a driving current supplied to the (N−1) remaining light emitting sub-devices pertaining to the specific pixel circuit is adjusted so that the (N−1) remaining light emitting sub-devices receive a driving current from a device driving transistor with a magnitude suppressed to a value equal to ((N−1)/N) times the magnitude of a driving current which is supplied to a normal pixel circuit not including a defective light emitting sub-device. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026730 | Display device and driver - A driver of a display device has an output buffer, a frame control circuit outputting a frame switch signal with respect to each frame, and an offset compensation control circuit outputting an offset compensation control signal to the output buffer in response to the frame switch signal. One frame includes a display period and a non-display period. In normal processing, the frame control circuit receives a first vertical synchronizing in one frame and outputs the frame switch signal from the receipt of the first vertical synchronizing signal to before the non-display period within the same frame. In special processing, the frame control circuit further receives a second vertical synchronizing signal in the non-display period in one frame, and further outputs the frame switch signal for a time from the receipt of the second vertical synchronizing signal to before the non-display period in the next frame. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026731 | Image processing circuit and image display apparatus - An image processing circuit includes: a detecting unit detecting pixel regions where luminance levels of image signals exceed a given luminance threshold; and a correcting unit applying basic gamma correction to image signals in regions other than the pixel regions detected, and applying luminance increasing gamma correction to image signals in the pixel regions detected. The luminance increasing gamma correction allows the luminance levels to be increased. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026732 | APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING IMAGE SIGNAL, PROGRAM, AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE SIGNAL - Provided are an apparatus and method for processing an image signal. The apparatus includes a first correction value derivation unit deriving a first correction value for correcting an input image signal for each pixel of a line in a horizontal direction based on the input image signal, a second correction derivation unit deriving a second correction value for correcting the input image signal for each pixel of a line in a vertical direction based on the input image signal, a third correction value derivation unit deriving a third correction value for correcting the input image signal for each pixel forming a display screen which displays an image, based on the first correction value and the second correction value, and a signal correction unit correcting the input image signal based on the third correction value. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026733 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A plasma display device includes a plasma display panel having a plurality of discharge cells each having a data electrode, a data electrode driving circuit for driving the data electrodes, and an image signal processing circuit for performing a signal processing on an image signal and supplying the processed image signal to the data electrode driving circuit. The image signal processing circuit performs a first signal processing on an image signal to be displayed in a central region of an image region of the plasma display panel, and performs a second signal processing on an image signal to be displayed in a peripheral region of the image region. The second signal processing outputs the image signal which needs less power consumption of the data electrode driving circuit than the first signal processing. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026734 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR DISPLAYING LIGHT RADIATION - A system suitable for backlighting is provided. The system comprises a monitor unit configured to monitor an information signal, and to generate a first signal based at least partly on the information comprised in the information signal, a control unit configured to control the reaction time of at least one illumination area capable of emitting properties of light and comprised in the system, based on the first signal, wherein the first signal may comprise scene change information. The system provides for a more peaceful backlighting effect while still being able to stress actions, such as scene changes, happening in the presented information signal. A method and computer-readable medium are also provided. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026735 | LUMINANCE SUPPRESSION POWER CONSERVATION - Described herein are systems and methods that reduce power consumption for an electronics device including a display. The systems and methods alter video information in a display area and reduce power for a display device when a graphics item is enlarged and the enlargement threatens to increase perceived luminance for the graphics item or increase aggregate luminance for the display area. Altering the video information reduces the luminance of video information in at least the graphics item when enlarged. This may offset perceived luminance gained by human visual processing when an item increases in size. If the graphics item is smaller than the display area after enlargement, then other video information in the display area may also be altered to conserve power. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100026736 | LUMINANCE SUPPRESSION POWER CONSERVATION - Described herein are systems and methods that reduce power consumption for an electronics device including a display. The systems and methods alter video information in a display area and reduce power for a display device when a graphics item is enlarged and the enlargement threatens to increase perceived luminance for the graphics item or increase aggregate luminance for the display area. Altering the video information reduces the luminance of video information in at least the graphics item when enlarged. This may offset perceived luminance gained by human visual processing when an item increases in size. If the graphics item is smaller than the display area after enlargement, then other video information in the display area may also be altered to conserve power. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100033506 | METHOD OF DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - A driving method of plasma display panels is disclosed. This method can suppress a dark belt occurring in displaying a video of a lower part of grayscale. One field includes plural sub-fields, and each one of the sub-fields has an addressing period during which a scan pulse is applied to the scan electrodes and a data pulse is applied to the data electrodes, and a sustaining period during which a sustain pulse is applied to the scan electrodes and the sustain electrodes. A time interval between a scan pulse applied lastly during the addressing period and a sustain pulse applied firstly during the sustaining period is defined as a last pulse-interval. The last pulse-interval of at least one sub-field of a lower part of grayscale, which lower part is darker than a predetermined level of the grayscale, is set longer than the last pulse-intervals of the other sub-fields. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033507 | Driving Method and Driving Apparatus for Displaying Apparatus - A driving method for driving a display apparatus is provided. The driving method includes: configuring a plurality of driving voltages corresponding to a plurality of gray scales, where the gray scales include a first gray scale and a second gray scale smaller than the first gray scale, and a first driving voltage corresponding to the first gray scale is lower than a second driving voltage corresponding to the second gray scale; and controlling the display apparatus to display a gray scale merely up to the second gray scale. In this way, the driving method hence reduces the response time of the display apparatus, which may be an LCD display panel. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033508 | LASER EMISSION DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A laser emission device which can emit a high-luminance and high-monochromaticity light with a high efficiency, a low power consumption, and a long lifetime, and a image display device using the laser emission device are provided. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033509 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes an error diffusion circuit for limiting the gradation level of an image signal to that displayable on the image display device, and diffusing error data produced by the limitation to neighboring pixels. The error diffusion circuit includes an error replacement unit for replacing the error data with fixed-value data in a predetermined period of the image signal. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033510 | Image pickup apparatus and method of driving the same - A display apparatus includes: a display area formed by disposing pixel circuits in a matrix; a signal line drive circuit for generating drive signals for signal lines in accordance with image data, and outputting the drive signals for the signal lines to signal lines of the display area, respectively; and a scanning line drive circuit for outputting write signals to scanning lines for write of the display area, respectively; wherein when there is no change in the image data, the scanning line drive circuit stops the write signals from being outputted. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033511 | Display panel module and electronic apparatus - Disclosed herein is a self-light-emission-type display panel module wherein a second driving voltage is set at the magnitude of a voltage which drives a device driving transistor employed in each pixel areas to operate in a saturated region during a time span between a start of a period for compensating the device driving transistor and a point of time immediately lagging behind a start of a light emission period and drives the device driving transistor employed in each of the pixel areas each receiving a signal electric potential having a level at least equal to a gradation level determined in advance in a linear region, and a third driving voltage is set at the magnitude of a voltage which drives the device driving transistor employed in each the pixel areas for all gradation levels to operate in a saturated region during the light emission period. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033512 | CONTENT TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND CONTENT DISPLAY SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a content transmission apparatus according to one embodiment of the invention includes a communication module configured to carry out wireless communication with a partner apparatus, a detection module configured to detect a motion of the content transmission apparatus, and a transmission control module configured to control the communication module to transmit content to the partner apparatus and to transmit correction information corresponding to the motion of the content transmission apparatus detected by the detection module during transmission of the content to the partner apparatus. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033513 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed are a display device and a method of driving the same capable of improving display quality and reducing the manufacturing cost. A display device includes a display panel displaying images corresponding to image signals, a light-emission block supplying backlight to the display panel, and a backlight driver outputting a light data signal for determining luminance of backlight. One of a plurality of linear gamma curves is selected from a lookup table in accordance with average image luminance during prescribed frames, and the duty ratio of the light data signal is determined on the basis of the selected linear gamma curve. Each of the linear gamma curves represents the relationship between the average image luminance and the duty ratio of the light data signal. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033514 | DRIVER IC AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device includes: a display unit for displaying an image corresponding to data signals, scan signals, a first power, and a second power; a gamma correction unit for generating a gray level voltage corresponding to each gray level in accordance with a reference voltage; a voltage generator for generating the reference voltage; a data driver for generating the data signals by utilizing an image signal and the gray level voltages, and for transmitting the data signals to the display unit; a scan driver for generating the scan signals and transmitting the scan signals to the display unit; and a power supply unit for generating the first power and second power and for transmitting the powers to the display unit, wherein the reference voltage is a first reference voltage corresponding to an input power from the outside or a second reference voltage corresponding to the first power. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033515 | IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to an image signal processing device, an image signal processing method, and a program which allow for a natural display equivalent to that of a CRT display apparatus such that an image obtained when an image signal is displayed on a display apparatus of a display type other than that of a CRT display apparatus, for example, on an FPD display apparatus can look like an image displayed on a CRT display apparatus. An ABL processing unit | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033516 | METHOD OF ADJUSTING THE LIGHT OUTPUT OF A PROJECTOR SYSTEM, AND SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTING THE LIGHT OUTPUT OF A PROJECTOR SYSTEM - The invention describes a method of adjusting the light output of a projector system comprising a light source ( | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100033517 | BI-STABLE DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A bi-stable display having a plurality of bi-stable light emitting diodes (LEDs) and a driver are provided. The bi-stable LEDs have bi-stable memory characteristics and emit light according to a plurality of specified voltages, wherein the driver is used to apply the specified voltages to the bi-stable LEDs. The driver further has a brightness controller. The brightness controller is used to control the brightness of the bi-stable display by controlling a plurality of durations in which the specified voltages are applied to the bi-stable LEDs for a plurality of frames. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100039450 | Circuit for Controlling Color Sequential Liquid Crystal Display and Method for Controlling the Same - The present invention provides a circuit for controlling a color sequential liquid crystal display (LCD) and a method for controlling the same. The control circuit comprises a light-source driving circuit, a data driving circuit, and a scan driving circuit. The light-source driving circuit produces a driving signal for controlling the color sequential LCD to produce backlight with different colors. The data driving circuit produces a data signal and includes a plurality of data pulses. The scan driving signal produces a scan signal and includes a plurality of scan pulses corresponding to the plurality of data pulses, respectively. By controlling the pluralities of data pulses and scan pulses and the backlight, the color sequential LCD will display an image. The voltage levels of the pluralities of data pulses and scan pulses change according to different images. Thereby, power consumed by the control circuit can be reduced. In addition, color-mixing problems will be reduced according to the present invention. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039451 | Liquid crystal display and driving method thereof - The present disclosure is related to the liquid crystal display device and the driving method for selectively controlling the average picture level. The liquid crystal display device of the present disclosure comprises: a brightness extractor separating a brightness and a color difference information from an input image; an user interface receiving a limit APL; an APL restrictor calculating an average APL of the input image based on the brightness from the brightness extractor, modulating the brightness of the input image such that the average APL is restricted lower than the limit APL when the average APL of input image is higher than the limit APL, and converting the modulated brightness and the color difference information into a RGB data; and a driving circuit representing the RGB data from the APL restrictor on a liquid crystal display panel. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039452 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE - A light source device includes a light source part, a power supply part and a light source control part. The light source part includes a plurality of light sources that generates a plurality of color lights. The power supply part applies electric power to the light source part. The light source control part controls the electric power by sensing the light intensity of a portion of the color lights. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039453 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DRIVING LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - A display system and its driving method is provided. The system includes: a driver for operating a panel having a plurality of pixels arranged by a plurality of first lines and at least one second line, the driver including: a driver output unit for providing to the panel a single driver output for activating the plurality of first lines, the single driver output being demultiplexed on the panel to activate each first line. The system includes: a driver for operating a panel having a plurality of pixels arranged by a plurality of data lines and at least one scan line, the driver including: a shift register unit including a plurality of shift registers; a latch and shift register unit including a plurality of latch and shift circuits for the plurality of shift registers, each storing an image signal from the corresponding shift register or shifting the image signal to a next latch and shift circuit; and a decoder unit including at least one decoder coupled to one of the latch and shift circuits, for decoding the image signal latched in the one of the latch and shift circuit to provide a driver output. The system includes: a driver for operating a panel having a plurality of pixels, the driver including: a plurality of multiplexers for a plurality of offset gamma curve sections, each offset gamma curve section having a first range less than a second range of a main gamma curve, at least one of offset gamma curve sections being offset by a predetermined voltage from a corresponding section of the main gamma curve; a plurality of decoders for the plurality of multiplexers; and an output buffer for providing a driver output based on the output from the decoder and the predetermined voltage. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039454 | DISPLAY DEVICE - In an image display device, each pixel includes a drive transistor for driving a light emitting element, a capacitive element which is connected between a signal line and a control electrode of the drive transistor, and a reset switching element. The reset switching elements of all pixels are turned off within a light emission period, and a PWM signal is supplied to a signal line from a drive circuit. A cycle of the PWM signal in a low brightness display mode is shorter than a cycle of the PWM signal in a standard brightness display mode. Due to such a constitution, the constitution of a drive circuit can be simplified, and it is possible to control light emission brightnesses of respective pixels of red, green and blue over a wide range from high brightness to low brightness while taking a balance among the light emission brightnesses. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039455 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display and a method of driving the same are disclosed. The liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel for displaying an image, an external light sensing unit for sensing an illuminance of external light around the liquid crystal display panel, a backlight unit whose an output luminance is controlled by an adjustment dimming signal, and a gamma curve adjusting circuit for modulating digital video data or varying resistances of variable resistors constituting a gamma resistor string based on the illuminance of external light or according to a relative maximum white luminance based on the adjustment dimming signal, so as to uniformly keep a relative brightness of the input image a user perceives irrespective of changes in the illuminance of external light. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100045707 | COLOR SEQUENTIAL METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGES - A color sequential method for displaying images is suitable for applying in a display with pixels. Each of frames is formed by displaying a first sub-frame, a second sub-frame and a third sub-frame within a displaying time by the pixels. By calculating differences in gray levels between neighboring pixels, variations are gained. Then, a first just noticeable difference is provided, and the pixels having the variations larger than the first just noticeable difference are detected. Next, times of displaying the first, the second and the third sub-frames in the pixels are raised within the displaying time. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100045708 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS DRIVING CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS SOURCE DRIVER, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS CONTROLLER - In one embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display apparatus driving circuit selectively supplies positive polarity gray scale voltages or negative polarity gray scale voltages to video signal lines as video signals. The circuit includes a gray scale voltage generation circuit for generating a gray scale voltage for display; and first and second gray scale voltage adjustment sections included in the circuit, for increasing positive and negative polarity gray scale voltages while maintaining a voltage difference between the positive and negative polarity gray scale voltages and respectively adjust a center potentials of the positive and negative polarity gray scale voltages. This makes it possible to provide the liquid crystal display apparatus driving circuit which can make the center values of the positive and negative polarity gray scale voltages proximate to values which makes it possible to further reduce the flicker phenomenon without changing the gray scale property. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100045709 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AS WELL AS PROGRAM - A display apparatus includes: a plurality of pixel circuits arrayed in a matrix fashion; a light emitting circuit provided to each pixel circuit and emitting light correspondingly to a drive current; and a detection circuit provided to a predetermined pixel circuit and outputting a signal according to a temperature that varies with luminance of the light emitting circuit. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100045710 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal panel, a backlight unit, and a backlight control circuit. The liquid crystal panel displays an image. The backlight unit supplies light to the liquid crystal panel and includes a plurality of backlight blocks arranged in a matrix. The backlight control circuit controls the backlight unit. When the backlight control circuit turns on at least one of the backlight blocks, it turns off any remaining backlight blocks arranged in a same row of the backlight unit. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100053222 | Methods and Systems for Display Source Light Management with Rate Change Control - Elements of the present invention relate to systems and methods for modifying or adjusting a display source light illumination level based on power consumption goals. In some embodiments, a rate control parameter may be used to limit the rate at which the illumination level is varied. In some embodiments, image content analysis may be used to determine the value of the rate control parameter. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053223 | GRADATION CONTROL METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a gradation control method, for a display device, in which one frame is divided into a plurality of subframes and lighting times for pixels corresponding to the subframes are controlled based on the sum of respective light-emitting times in the subframes, so that gradations of the pixels are rendered; the frame is divided into n (positive integer) subframes (e.g., SF | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053224 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The characteristics of a filter are controlled based on index information relating to the power consumption of an address driver that drives address electrodes for selecting light emission or no light emission of display cells based on display data, and filtering is performed on the display data in the arrangement sequence of display cells for a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the address electrodes extend on a display screen, thereby controlling the characteristics of the filter so as to suppress high-frequency components in the display data when the power consumption of the address driver is large to reduce the number of changes in the potentials of the address electrodes, enabling reduction of the power consumption of the address driver while suppressing image quality deterioration. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053225 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING METHOD - In one embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal controller includes a memory for storing a plurality of gray scale conversion tables each having a different gray scale changing degree; a selecting section for selecting, from the plurality of gray scale conversion tables, a gray scale conversion table to be referred to; and a conversion section for converting input gray scale data with reference to the gray scale conversion table selected. A selection condition in the selecting section is set such that: (i) as a vertical frequency of a liquid crystal display becomes higher and a liquid crystal temperature becomes lower, the gray scale conversion table of a higher gray scale changing degree is selected; and (ii) in regard to at least one of the gray scale conversion tables, as the vertical frequency becomes higher, a liquid crystal temperature range in which the at least one gray scale conversion table is to be selected becomes wider. As a result, gray scale conversion that is more suitable for an overshoot drive is implemented. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053226 | Image display apparatus and method for driving the same - The present invention sets power supply drive signals DS[ | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053227 | Image recognition method, image recognition apparatus and image input/output apparatus - An image recognition method includes: a first step of acquiring n-th received light data at light receiving elements arranged in a matrix form on a light receiving surface; a second step of acquiring (n+1)-th received light data at the light receiving elements; a third step of calculating differential data resulting from subtraction of the n-th received light data acquired from the (n+1)-th received light data acquired; and a fourth step of carrying out image recognition based on the differential data. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053228 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes; a display panel which displays an image in response to a gate voltage and a data voltage, a panel driver which receives a control signal, and which supplies the gate voltage and the data voltage to the display panel according to the control signal, a backlight which supplies a light to the display panel, an inverter which receives a backlight dimming signal, and which controls a brightness of a light emitted from the backlight according to the backlight dimming signal, and a timing controller which receives a synchronization signal, determines a frame frequency of the display panel according to the synchronization signal, outputs the control signal, and modulates the synchronization signal based on a ratio of a predetermined backlight dimming frequency to the frame frequency, and which outputs the backlight dimming signal according to the modulated synchronization signal. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053229 | RIM SYSTEM FOR A DISPLAY - This invention relates to a rim system for a display such as a TV or a computer display. Controllable light sources are used for emitting light beam of at least one wavelength into a light guide comprising an inner and an outer side and a front and a back side, the light guide being adapted for guiding incoming light emitted by the light sources. The light guide | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053230 | DISPLAY DEVICE USING MOVEMENT OF PARTICLES - A method is provided for driving a display device comprising an array of rows and columns of display pixels, each pixel comprising particles which are moved to control the display state of the pixel. A display addressing mode is provided for writing an output image on a display, which has a line-by-line partial writing operation (to a temporary storage electrode) and a parallel writing operation to finish off the writing of the display. This enables a reduction in addressing time, as the distance of movement of the particles is reduced during the line-by-line phase, so that the line time can be reduced. The writing is then completed with a parallel phase for all the display, and the overall writing time is reduced. A further mode is provided to enable even more rapid writing of lines, and this can be used to modify images even more rapidly, but only with simple line-based modifications. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053231 | DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING VARIOUS SHAPE - Disclosed relates to a display device including: a display unit displaying an image and formed such that interior angles that outer frames thereof make have values smaller or larger than 90°, and a driving unit driving the display unit by supplying image and character information to the display unit. Moreover, the display device is applicable to a game device including: a main body; a monitor included in the main body and displaying a game screen; and a display unit included in the main body and displaying an image, in which outer frames thereof selectively make a circular shape, a semicircular shape, or a shape mixed with a straight line and a curved line. The display device has an advantageous effect in that the display unit is designed with various shapes such as a semicircle and the like, thus polishing the appearance and providing a variety of designs. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053232 | Image Optimization Method for Liquid Crystal Display Device - The present invention provides an image optimization method for performing data update on pixel units in the pixel matrix of the liquid crystal displays. The pixel matrix includes at least a first row and a second row, wherein the first row and the second row respectively include a plurality of pixel units. In one frame period, the image optimization method performs data update respectively on pixel units of the first row and the second row according to a first sequence. In another frame period, the image optimization method performs data update respectively on pixel units of the first row and the second row according to a second sequence. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100053233 | METHOD OF DRIVING PIXEL CIRCUIT, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - There is provided a method of driving a pixel circuit that includes a light emitting element; a driving transistor that is connected to the light emitting element in series; a storage capacitor that is interposed between a path, which is formed between the light emitting element and the driving transistor, and a gate of the driving transistor; a selection switch that is interposed between the gate of the driving transistor and a signal line; and a first control switch that is interposed between the gate of the driving transistor and the signal line and is connected to the selection switch in series. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100060667 | ANGULARLY DEPENDENT DISPLAY OPTIMIZED FOR MULTIPLE VIEWING ANGLES - Methods and apparatus for providing optimized gamma settings for each of a plurality of viewing angles and/or device orientations. In certain types of display devices, off-axis viewing leads to contrast degradation and/or color aberrations in a perceived image, as luminance values depend on the angle at which the output is viewed. By remapping grayscale and/or color values to new output voltages, an image can be presented at an optimized luminance level when viewed from any specific angle. In some embodiments, the display device comprises an inclination sensor adapted to sense device rotation about at least one axis. Display parameter optimization logic reads data from the inclination sensor and automatically adjusts the display to an optimized gamma setting. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100060668 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS OF DISPLAY ELEMENT - A method and device for controlling the backlight brightness of a display element are provided. The display method utilizes horizontal scan frequency and vertical scan frequency of an image to obtain a display mode of the image by referring to a scan-frequency list. When the display mode of the image is a first mode, set the backlight module of the display element to a first brightness, which makes the display element display the image with the first brightness. When the display mode of the image is a second mode, set the backlight module of the display element to a second brightness, which makes the display element display the image with the second brightness, wherein the display element displays the image more brightly with the second brightness than with the first brightness. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100060669 | BRIGHTNESS-ADJUSTING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAY SCREENS - A brightness-adjusting device and method for a display screen are described. Depending upon the brightness of ambient light, the display screen is either brightened or darkened and powered by either a solar cell or battery. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100060670 | Method and Apparatus of Color Adjustment for a Display Device - A color adjustment method for a display device includes receiving a composite video signal including a first chrominance signal and a first luminance signal, generating a hue signal and a saturation signal according to at least the first chrominance signal, generating an intensity gain parameter according to the hue signal and the saturation signal, generating a saturation gain parameter according to the hue signal, generating a hue deviation parameter according to the hue signal, adjusting the first luminance signal according to the intensity gain parameter for generating a second luminance signal, and adjusting the first chrominance signal according to the hue deviation parameter and a mixed parameter generated according to the saturation gain parameter, for generating a second chrominance signal. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100060671 | LOCAL-DIMMING METHOD, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS PERFORMING THE LOCAL-DIMMING METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A light source module of a display device comprises light-emitting blocks each of which comprises multiple sets of light sources, with different sets emitting different colors (e.g. red, green and blue). Each set is independently controllable according to one or more driving parameters. A local-dimming method comprises: (a) in each color-dimming period, driving each light-emitting block by the first color-dimming process; (b) in each compensating period, driving each light-emitting block by a full-color process which is independent of the image; (c) in each compensating period, sensing emitted light and determining the one or more driving parameters' reference driving values operable to generate a reference color; (d) in at least one of the color-dimming and compensating periods, driving each light-emitting block using the one or more driving -parameters' values which depend on the reference driving values; and (e) between a color-dimming period and an adjacent compensating period, gradually switching the light-source module between the first color-dimming process and the full-color process. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100060672 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY SYSTEM AND METHOD - A display system ( | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100060673 | DISPLAY DEVICE USING MOVEMENT OF PARTICLES - A method of driving a display device uses a first display addressing mode, in which the display is addressed sequentially in rows, and wherein a first image is displayed with a first contrast ratio between the lightest and darkest pixels, and with a brightest pixel output state, a darkest pixel output state and a plurality of intermediate grey level output states. In a second mode, the display is addressed sequentially in rows, and a second image is displayed with a second contrast ratio between the lightest and darkest pixels which is greater than the first contrast ratio. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100060674 | LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT DRIVING CIRCUIT - A light-emitting element driving circuit ( | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100066765 | Display System and Power Control Method Thereof - A display system is provided The display system includes a power source unit for supplying power; a signal input unit for receiving a video signal from the outside; a video processor for converting a format of the video signals received from the signal input unit into a displayable format; a display unit electrically connected with the power source unit and displaying an image corresponding to a signal from the video signal processor; a light-emitting unit electrically connected with the power source unit and including at least two light sources; and a controller for judging an operating mode on the basis of a signal input from the signal input unit and controlling power supplied to the display unit and the light-emitting unit depending on the judged operating mode. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100066766 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GAMMA CORRECTION OF DISPLAY SIGNALS - A method and apparatus for generating gamma corrected analogue voltages uses a first ladder resistor arrangement ( | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100066767 | LCOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME - A liquid crystal on silicon integrated circuit (LCOS IC) and electronic device using the same is provided. The electronic device comprises an LCOS IC, a processor and a cooler. The LCOS IC comprising a temperature sensor embedded in the LCOS IC for sensing a temperature and outputting a temperature sensing signal according to the temperature. The processor is coupled to the LCOS IC for receiving the temperature sensing signal and outputting a cooler control signal according to the temperature sensing signal. The cooler is coupled to the processor for receiving the cooler control signal and adjusting the cooler accordingly. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100066768 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A plasma display device is provided. The plasma display device includes a plasma display panel (PDP) having an upper substrate, a lower substrate, a plurality of scan electrodes and a plurality of sustain electrodes formed on the upper substrate, and a plurality of address electrodes formed on the lower substrate; and a driver applying driving signals to the plurality of electrodes, wherein a reset discharge occurs in a part of discharge cells. The plasma display device can contribute to the reduction of dark-area luminance and the improvement of dark-room contrast ratio. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100066769 | Display device, controller driver and driving method for display panel - A display device includes a display panel, an environmental sensor, a correction circuit and a driving circuit. The correction circuit is configured to generate a corrected gray-scale data on the basis of input gray-scale data. The driving circuit is configured to drive the display panel in response to the corrected gray-scale data. The correction circuit generates the corrected gray-scale data by executing a correction using a polynomial in which the input gray-scale data are used as variables. Coefficients of the polynomial are changed in response to an output signal of the environmental sensor. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100073405 | UNIPOLAR GRAY SCALE DRIVE SCHEME FOR CHOLESTERIC LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS - A unipolar gray scale drive scheme for passive matrix displays, more specifically, cholesteric liquid crystal displays, capable of creating any number of desired levels of gray scale. The drive scheme is single stage and can use either an amplitude modulation or a pulse width modulation column voltage signal in combination with a selecting row voltage signal to drive a pixel receiving the two intersecting signals to a desired level of gray scale. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100079502 | Processing Pixel Values Of A Color Image - In a method for processing pixel values of an image in a first representation to a second representation having a yellow-blue axis, a red-green axis, and a luminance axis, the pixel values are converted from the first representation to the second representation by converting the pixel values to a more opponent color encoding using a logical operator to compute a yellowness-blueness value of each of the pixel values and using scaled multiplications to compute a redness-greenness value of each of the pixel values in the second representation. In addition, the converted pixel values are outputted. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100079503 | Color Correction Based on Light Intensity in Imaging Systems - In accordance with a particular embodiment of the present disclosure, color correction based on light intensity in imaging systems may be accomplished by applying a color correction data structure to color component values. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100079504 | Backlight Control System and Method - A backlight control system and method are disclosed. An overdrive device modifies a backlight duty signal according to a current-frame backlight duty signal and a previous-frame backlight duty signal. In one embodiment, the overdrive device is implemented with a lookup table that outputs the modified backlight duty signal. The backlight driven by the modified backlight duty signal then emits light to a display panel, thereby increasing a response time of the backlight. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100079505 | Source line driver circuit and display apparatus including the same - A source line driver circuit and a display apparatus including the same are provided. The source line driver circuit includes a logic block configured to receive serialized image data, to change the number of bits of the image data, and to output image data having the changed number of bits, and a source channel driver unit configured to receive the image data having the changed number of bits and to provide at least one analog voltage corresponding to the received image data to source lines. Accordingly, the number of necessary switches may be reduced, and therefore, the required area and/or current consumption may also be reduced. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100079506 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus has an electron source on which a plurality of electron-emitting devices are arranged, an irradiated member which is arranged so as to be opposed to the electron source to form luminescent spots on different locations, respectively, in response to respective electron-emitting devices due to irradiation of electrons emitted from the electron-emitting devices, a deflector for deflecting trajectory of the electron emitted from the electron-emitting devices, and a correction circuit for correcting the light quantity of the luminescent spot. The correction circuit corrects a visual unevenness in luminance by making a correction in response to the interval between two luminescent spots and the interval between other luminescent spots adjacent to the two luminescent spots so as to improve a quality of an image. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100085386 | DRIVING CRICUIT AND GRAY INSERTION METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A driving circuit and a gray insertion method of a liquid crystal display (LCD) are provided. The gray insertion method includes analyzing whether a current frame belongs to a dynamic frame or a static frame. When the current frame belongs to a dynamic frame, charging time of a gray insertion image is extended. When the current frame belongs to a static frame, the charging time of a gray insertion image is shortened. As a result, motion blur on the LCD can be reduced and image quality can be increased. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085387 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND TIMING CONTROLLER FOR CALIBRATING GRAYSCALE DATA AND METHOD FOR DRIVING PANEL THEREOF - A display apparatus for calibrating a grayscale data including a timing controller, and a method for driving a panel are provided. A display apparatus includes a timing controller which calibrates the grayscale data of the current frame using the grayscale data of the previous and the current frame and a driving unit which drives a panel using the calibrated grayscale data of the current frame. By generating calibrated grayscale data which are variable according to the change of grayscale, response times of liquid crystal may be improved. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085388 | ACTIVE MATRIX DISPLAY DEVICE - An active matrix display device, wherein each pixel includes a plurality of selectable divided pixels, wherein each divided pixel has a 1-bit static data storage element and emits light based on supplied data; and the plurality of divided pixels each produces a weighted amount of light so that the selected divided pixels will cause a predetermined amount of light to be produced. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085389 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display section including a plurality of display pixels which are arrayed in a matrix, a driving device configured to drive the plurality of display pixels, a timing controller which controls the driving device, and a first numerical value setting device which is connected to the timing controller, and configured to store set values of a gray-level pattern which is displayed on a pixel group which is composed of the plurality of display pixels, and the timing controller including a generating device configured to generate a gray-level signal which is supplied to the driving device, based on the set values of the gray-level pattern which are obtained from the first numerical value setting device. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085390 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A device that carries a panel comprising a back panel with wirings and electron emitting devices provided in intersection portions of the wirings and a face plate with formed therein cells comprising a fluorescent material that emits light, and in which gradation control is performed by varying an application time of a drive voltage that is applied to the electron emitting devices, wherein a line selection time is longer than 1 μs and the fluorescent material comprises a substance represented by a general formula Me | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085391 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LED OPERATION IN PORTABLE APPARATUS - An LED driving apparatus and a method thereof in a portable terminal controls an input time difference between a signal controlling LED driving and a signal controlling LED brightness input to an LED driver. The input time differences are controlled in order to prevent an abnormal LED operation generated due to the input time difference between the signal controlling the LED driving and the signal controlling the LED brightness in a portable terminal. The LED driving apparatus includes a controller. When detecting the signal controlling the LED brightness prior to the signal controlling the LED driving, the controller controls an input time of the signal controlling the LED driving provided to the LED driver. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100091039 | COLOR CORRECTION OF ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS - A method for adjusting the characteristics of a display. The method for adjusting the characteristics of the display may include constructing color models as a function of a parameter such as temperature. Furthermore, the color model may be used to determine adjustment values to be applied to a display. The adjustment values may be organized in a table as a function of temperature and color values. The adjustment values may be determined from measurements. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091040 | Mitigation of Temporal PWM Artifacts - A system and method for reducing pulse width modulation contouring artifacts. Each input intensity value is translated to at least one non-binary bit pattern for display. Many of the input intensity values are translated to at least two alternate non-binary bit patterns. The alternate codes are used to smooth the transition between intensity codes as major bits are turned on. The smoothing occurs by the gradual transition from codes that do not use the major bit to codes that do use the major bit. Typically the alternate codes are selected based on the location of the pixel in a spatial pattern ( | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091041 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - In an image display device, a transistor formed in each pixel circuit is an N-channel transistor. Each pixel circuit further comprises an enable switch disposed in a current path supplying electric current to a light-emitting element and a supplementary capacitor for controlling changes in voltage of a terminal of a holding capacitor at one end opposite another terminal connected with writing switch. The light-emitting element is connected between the source of a driver transistor for supplying a current to the light-emitting element and a low-voltage side power line, an enable switch is connected between the drain of the driver transistor and a high-voltage side power line, and supplementary capacitor is connected between the drain of driver transistor and a predetermined power line. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091042 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present invention, a frame interpolation process circuit performs an interpolation process on a video signal in units of frames. A time-division gradation process circuit performs gradation level conversion for distributing brightness for one frame cycle to two sub-frame cycles, i.e., first and second sub-frame cycles. A gradation level change detection circuit detects whether a gradation level of each pixel has changed between consecutive sub-frames. For any pixel having its gradation level changed, an overshoot process circuit outputs, instead of an output signal of the time-division gradation process circuit, a video signal obtained by subjecting an output signal of the frame interpolation process circuit to gradation level conversion for emphasizing a temporal change of the signal. A predetermined-times higher speed process circuit may be added to this circuit configuration, or may be substituted for the frame interpolation process circuit. This makes it possible to improve moving image display performance, while making up for a lack of response speed of display elements. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091043 | METHOD AND MODULE FOR REGULATING COLOR DISTRIBUTION - The invention relates to a method and module for regulating color distribution. In this method, a reference point in a first gamut and a second reference point in a second gamut are found, and then the first gamut is converted to the second gamut based on the first and second reference point. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091044 | METHOD AND MODULE FOR REGULATING LUMINANCE - The invention relates to a method and a module for regulating luminance. In this method, a gray-level input signal is received and a power operation is performed on the gray-level input signal by a gamma parameter to obtain a first regulation scale. Then, the gray-level input signal is regulated according to the first regulation scale to obtain a gray-level output signal. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091045 | MULTIPLE MODULATOR DISPLAYS AND RELATED METHODS - A dual modulator display has a first array of pixels that illuminates a second array of pixels with a pattern of light. The second array of pixels modulates the pattern of light to yield an image. A method for determining control values for pixels of the first array of pixels begins with an initial set of control values and refines the control values. The control values may be refined one at a time. Images may be displayed in real time. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091046 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE - A scanning line driving circuit includes: each stage shifts and outputs in sequence a start pulse; and logic circuits provided corresponding to the scanning lines and operating to determine the logical product of a signal outputted from the shift register of the stage corresponding to the scanning line and an enable signal supplied differently every group, the enable signal corresponding to the group becomes, in a horizontal scanning period in which the image data writing is carried out for the scanning lines belonging to the group, an active level in a horizontal effective scanning period and an inactive level in a horizontal return line period; and in a horizontal scanning period in which the image data writing is not carried out for the scanning lines belonging to the group, an inactive level in the horizontal effective scanning period and an active level in the horizontal return line period. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091047 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A light emitting device includes a plurality of light emission scan lines for transmitting light emission scan signals, a plurality of light emission data lines for transmitting light emission data voltages, a plurality of light emitting pixels for emitting electrons according to differences between an on voltage and the light emission data voltages, and first and second deflection electrodes. The light emission scan lines extend in a first direction, the light emission data lines extend in a second direction that crosses the light emission scan lines. The light emitting pixels are at areas defined by the light emission scan lines and the light emission data lines. The first and second deflection electrodes are parallel with each other in the first direction between the light emitting pixels. An absolute value of a first voltage applied to the first deflection electrode and an absolute value of a second voltage applied to the second deflection electrode are set according to a deflection direction of the electrons. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091048 | FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION OF PULSE-WIDTH MODULATED BACKLIGHTS - An apparatus for controlling backlighting of an electronic display, such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel. The apparatus may synchronize a power cycle of one or more light-emitting diode (LED) strings to a frame rate of the LCD panel. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091049 | Display apparatuses and methods of driving the same - A pixel of a display apparatus includes at least a first transistor and at least a second transistor. A cell of transparent fluid including particles charged to have different polarities from each other is arranged between a pixel electrode and a common electrode. The first and second transistors are connected to the pixel electrode. The pixel is drivable according to pulse amplitude modulation (PAM) and pulse width modulation (PWM) such that a frame of an image is displayable using a single field. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100097404 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - There is provided a display control method capable of reducing unnecessary processing and unnecessary power consumption caused by is. The display control method uses an update judgment unit ( | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097405 | COLOR GAMUT MAPPING METHOD FOR MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT, A TELEVISION AND A COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS - A color gamut mapping method for multimedia equipment is disclosed. This method performs color gamut mapping on a video signal received by the multimedia equipment and gives an output, wherein the video signal is in a first color color gamut while display light of the multimedia equipment is in a second color gamut. The color gamut mapping method for multimedia equipment comprises the steps of: converting the received video signal into a luminance signal and a chrominance signal, and calculating a two-dimensional plane according to the luminance signal and the chrominance signal, wherein the two-dimensional plane intersects the first color gamut to obtain a first region and intersects the second color gamut to obtain a second region; calculating location of a to-be-mapped point corresponding to the video signal in the first region according to the luminance signal and the chrominance signal of the video signal, and calculating a mapping point in the second region by making calculations on the to-be-mapped point to output a mapping point signal. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097406 | Color generation using multiple illuminant types - A system for generating a colored light comprises a set of illuminant types and a processor. The set of illuminant types is associated with a chromaticity gamut, and the set of illuminant types comprises at least five illuminant types that are each associated an illuminant type hue angle. The processor is configured to determine, based at least in part on a mapping, an output level set for a received color coordinate. The mapping comprises associating each color coordinate with an output level set that uses a set of hue-adjacent illuminant types. Hue-adjacent illuminant types comprise a group of illuminant types that are determined to be adjacent in a circular ordered list of illuminant types that is circularly ordered according to the illuminant type hue angle. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097407 | Color generation change using multiple illuminant types - A system for generating a colored light comprises a set of illuminant types and a processor. The set of illuminant types is associated with a chromaticity gamut, and the set of illuminant types comprises at least five illuminant types that are each associated with an illuminant type hue angle. The processor is configured to determine, based at least in part on a mapping, a sequence of one or more output level sets that are associated with changing a first generated colored light associated with a first color coordinate to a second generated colored light associated with a second color coordinate. The mapping comprises associating each color coordinate with an output level set that uses a set of hue-adjacent illuminant types. Hue-adjacent illuminant types comprise a group of illuminant types that are determined to be adjacent in a circular ordered list of illuminant types which is circularly ordered according to the illuminant type hue angle. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097408 | AMBIENT LIGHTING SYSTEM FOR A DISPLAY DEVICE - This invention relates to an ambient lighting system for a display device including an image display region. Controllable light sources that are substantial point-like and disposed in an array are provided, each being adapted to emit a light beam of at least one wavelength onto an region visually appearing to the viewer peripherally surrounding the display. An image analyzer determines the color information from video data of the displayed image, the color information being used as a control parameter for controlling the emission color of the emitted light beams. Due to the substantial point-like property of the light sources along with their arrangement within the array the emitted light beams onto the region forms a pixelated image so as to provide at least a partial extension of the image display region. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097409 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device is provided with a display section; a drive section driving the display section; and a light shutter control section controlling a light shutter. The display section is configured to display first and second images on the display section during a specific period. The drive section is configured to allow perceiving an image only from a direction in a specific viewing angle range at least during the specific period. The light shutter control section controls the light shutter so that the light shutter is placed into a transmitting state allowing transmitting light during a period during which the first image is displayed in the specific period and placed into a shielding state shielding light during a remaining period in the specific period. The first and second images are generated so that an image generated by adding brightnesses of respective pixels of the first and second images has no correlation to the first image. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097410 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display device having a scanning line, a data line, a power supply line, and a pixel. The pixel having a first transistor supplied with a selecting pulse of a scanning signal, a holding capacitor having a first electrode and a second electrode that holds an image signal from the data line and the first thin film transistor. The pixel also having a second transistor controlled by the image signal, a gate of the second transistor being electrically connected to the second electrode, and a luminescent element provided between a pixel electrode and an opposite electrode opposed to the pixel electrode driven by current that flows between the pixel electrode and the opposite electrode. A potential of the gate electrode of the second transistor being able to be shifted by supplying to the first electrode of the holding capacitor with a predetermined signal after the selecting pulse becomes non-selective. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097411 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device and a method for manufacturing the display device are provided. The display device includes an organic layer on an auxiliary wiring is removed with high precision by one operation and, thereby, the yield and the productivity are improved. A lower electrode is formed by patterning in each pixel on a substrate. An auxiliary wiring including a light absorption layer is formed between individual pixels. An organic layer is formed on the substrate while covering the lower electrodes. Laser irradiation is conducted from the organic layer side, the laser light is converted to heat in the light absorption layer exposed at a portion under the organic layer, and the organic layer portion above the light absorption layer is removed selectively. An upper electrode is formed on the organic layer and is connected to the light absorption layer portion of the auxiliary wiring. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100103198 | METHOD OF CORRECTING EMISSIVE DISPLAY BURN-IN - A method and apparatus are provided for correcting burn-in in a flat screen display. The method includes the steps of determining a maximum cumulative luminance of each pixel ( | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103199 | DRIVING APPARATUS - A driving apparatus used for a display is disclosed. The driving apparatus includes a voltage divider, a first and a second digital to analog converter, and a first voltage amplifier. The voltage divider divides a first voltage to generate a positive polarity gamma voltage and a negative polarity gamma voltage. The first digital to analog converter converts a first gray level signal to a first analog gray level signal. The second digital to analog converter converts a second gray level signal to a second analog gray level signal. The first voltage amplifier receives one of the first or the second analog gray level signal. Wherein, the voltage divider, the first and the second digital to analog converters receive a first voltage as an operating voltage, and the first voltage amplifier receives a second voltage as an operating voltage. Moreover, the second voltage is larger than the first voltage. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103200 | COLOR MAPPING METHOD - A color mapping method maps an input image signal (IS) into an output image signal (OS) for a display (DD) with display pixels (Pi) having sub-pixels (RP, GP, BP, YP) with primary colors (RW, GW, BW, YW) defining a display color gamut (WG). A look-up table ( | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103201 | DRIVE CONTROL CIRCUIT AND DRIVE CONTROL METHOD COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - One object of an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a drive control circuit for a display device which is capable of displaying high-quality color images suited for external environment, display contents or the like by fully utilizing high representational capability of a display panel of multi-primary color configuration. A liquid-crystal color-display device includes a conversion circuit for adjusting a level of primary-color signals which represent the color images to be displayed. The conversion circuit receives four primary-color signals R | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103202 | Method of Driving a Light Source, Light Source Apparatus for Performance the Method and Display Apparatus Having the Light Source Apparatus - A light source apparatus includes a light source, a duty determining part, a luminance shifting determining part and a duty compensation part. The light source includes a plurality of light-emitting blocks. The duty determining part determines a duty of light-emitting blocks by using a block representative value obtained from a plurality of image blocks that are divided in accordance with a plurality of light-emitting blocks. The luminance shifting determining part compares block representative values of a previous frame with block representative values of a current frame to determine whether a luminance shifting is generated at an adjacent light-emitting block. The duty compensation part compensates a duty of the adjacent light-emitting blocks when the luminance shifting is generated at the adjacent light-emitting blocks. Thus, the duty of the adjacent light-emitting blocks determined as a block representative value is compensated so that an occurrence of flicker may be decreased. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103203 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display capable of minimizing power consumption. The organic light emitting display includes a plurality of pixels positioned at intersections of data lines and scan lines includes the pixels including driving transistors positioned in an effective display region to control an amount of current that flows from a first power source to a second power source, a data driver for supplying data signals to the data lines, a scan driver supplying scan signals to the scan lines, a first power source generator generating the first power source, a second power source generator generating the second power source, and a voltage controller controlling the second power source generator so that voltage of the second power source is changed in response to a first voltage applied to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) included in a specific pixel when a data signal corresponding to specific brightness is supplied from the data driver to the specific pixel. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103204 | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR VEHICLE - A display device for a vehicle includes a liquid crystal panel ( | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103205 | DRIVING METHOD AND ELECTRO-OPTICAL APPARATUS - A driving method includes: dividing a unit period into a plurality of sub-frame periods corresponding to the primary colors; writing a primary color component in each sub-frame period by a first scan executed on the plurality of pixels; irradiating, in each sub-frame period, the plurality of pixels with the corresponding primary color of light by the irradiation unit at a timing that is after the first scan and before the first scan of a subsequent sub-frame period; and waiting a wait period that is from when the first scan of one primary color component among the at least three colors ends until when the irradiation unit starts irradiating the one primary color of light, the wait period for the one primary color being different from wait periods for the other colors. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103206 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND LIQUID-CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - This invention relates to an image processing method for improving the quality of an image to be displayed on a display device and to a liquid-crystal display device using the same, and aims at providing an image processing method for providing wide viewing angle and excellent tonal-intensity viewing angle characteristic and a liquid-crystal display device using the same. Combined together are a higher-luminance pixel to be driven higher in luminance than the luminance data of an image to be displayed and a lower-luminance pixel to be driven lower in luminance than the luminance data, to determine a luminance on the higher-luminance pixel and luminance on the lower-luminance pixel as well as an area ratio of the higher-luminance and lower-luminance pixels in a manner obtaining a luminance nearly equal to a desired luminance based on the luminance data. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100110109 | Method, Device and System for Transmitting Image Data Over Serial Signals - Some demonstrative embodiments of the invention include methods, devices and/or systems to transfer data over serial signals, for example, a method of transferring over serial signals data representing an image to be reproduced, the method including generating a set of one or more data signals including image data received at an image data rate, and generating a transmission clock signal having a clock cycle during which the set of image data signals includes image data of more than one pixel of the image to be reproduced. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110110 | DRIVING CIRCUIT - The present invention provides a driving circuit. The driving circuit comprises: a plurality of signal output terminals, a data signal generating module, a gray level reference voltage generating module, a digital-to-analog converter (DAC), a first multiplex output module, an output buffer, a second multiplex output module, and a switch module. The driving circuit of the present invention can reduce the amount of required output buffers, so as to reduce area of the driving circuit efficiently and lower the production cost. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110111 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A light source device includes; a light source module including a plurality of light-emitting blocks, a local dimming driving part, which drives the plurality of light-emitting blocks on the basis of a dimming level of a over light-emitting block, by controlling a dimming level of the over light-emitting block and dimming levels of peripheral light-emitting blocks disposed adjacent to the over light-emitting block to drive the plurality of light-emitting blocks. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110112 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - The backlight apparatus allows brightness control with minimum image quality deterioration. This apparatus ( | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110113 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - When a resistance load inverter is used to control lighting/non-lighting of a pixel, in accordance with characteristic variations of a transistor forming the resistance load inverter, variations occur in light emission of each pixel. As an inverter in a pixel, an N channel transistor and a P channel transistor are used to apply a CMOS inverter. Even when characteristics of the transistor forming the CMOS inverter vary and inverter transfer characteristics vary, there is little effect on controlling lighting/non-lighting of the pixel, therefore, light emission variations of each pixel can be eliminated. Further, a signal potential of a scan line is used as one power source of a potential of the inverter, therefore, an aperture ratio of the pixel can be increased. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100118056 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD - In a plasma display device and a method for driving a plasma display panel, fluctuation of emission luminance of a discharge cell is reduced and display quality of an image is improved. The plasma display device is provided with a plasma display panel having a plurality of scanning electrodes and sustaining electrodes which configure a display electrode pair. The plasma display device is also provided with a sustaining pulse generating circuit, which has a plurality of subfields having an initializing period, a writing period and a sustaining period in one field period, and generates three kinds of sustaining pulses, i.e., a first sustaining pulse to be reference, a second sustaining pulse whose start-up is sharper than that of the first sustaining pulse and that of a third sustaining pulse, and the third sustaining pulse whose trailing edge is sharper than that of the first sustaining pulse and that of the second sustaining pulse, by periodically switching the pulses. In a sustaining period of at least one subfield in one field period, the third sustaining pulse is applied to one electrode of the electrode pair, then just after the application, the second sustaining pulse is applied to the other electrode of the display electrode pair. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118057 | CHROMATICITY CONTROL FOR SOLID-STATE ILLUMINATION SOURCES - Chromaticity of light output by a light-emitting diode, such as a light-emitting diode (LED), is adjusted while maintaining a brightness of the illumination source substantially constant by adjusting a drive schema for the illumination source. A driver for LEDs or other light-emitting diodes provides for varying a drive schema to adjust chromaticity of driven LEDs. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118058 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - In one embodiment of the present invention, an active-matrix type display unit, and a drive method thereof are disclosed. Gate-bus lines are provided at both top and bottom sides of each row. Two sub-pixels are formed at a region surrounded by two adjacent source-bus lines and two adjacent gate-bus lines. At the odd-numbered rows, for the left-side sub-pixel of those two sub-pixels, a scanning signal is supplied from the top-side gate-bus line, while a video signal is supplied from the left-side source-bus line. For the right-side sub-pixel, on the contrary, a scanning signal is supplied from the bottom-side gate-bus line, while a video signal is supplied from the right-side source-bus line. At the even-numbered rows, the gate-bus line from which a scanning signal is supplied is reversed to the case of the odd-numbered rows. The gate-bus lines are sequentially selected one by one, and all the video signal polarities are made the same during each horizontal scanning period. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118059 | CURRENT-DRIVEN DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present invention, to allow a circuit that compensates for variations in a threshold voltage of a drive element to operate properly and prevent luminances of other pixel circuits from fluctuating due to a compensation operation, a pixel circuit is disclosed. A driving TFT, a switching TFT, and an organic EL element are provided between a power supply wiring line and a common cathode, and a capacitor and a switching TFT are provided between a gate terminal of the driving TFT and a data line. A switching TFT is provided between a connection point B between the capacitor and the switching TFT and a reference supply wiring line, a switching TFT is provided between the gate terminal and a drain terminal of the driving TFT, and a switching TFT is provided between the gate terminal of the driving TFT and the connection point B. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118060 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIGHT THEREOF - A portable electronic apparatus and a method for controlling a light source thereof are provided. The portable electronic apparatus comprises a main control module, a light control module, and a light source module which is configured to generate light. The method comprises the following steps: storing a plurality of light control parameters into the main control module; outputting one of the light control parameters to the light control module by the main control module in response to an input signal; and generating and transmitting a light control signal to the light source module through the light control module in response to the outputted light control parameters. As a result, the brightness of the light generated by the light source module is controlled. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118061 | LIQUID-CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE CONTROL CIRCUIT - In a case where each of pixels of a liquid-crystal display panel is divided into two subpixels, the drive levels of the subpixels with respect to the gradation of an input video signal can be selected from among a plurality of drive levels while an increase in the circuit scale is suppressed. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118062 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided a display device including a display unit having pixels, each of which includes a luminescence element for individually emitting light depending on a current amount and a pixel circuit for controlling a current applied to the luminescence element according to a picture signal, scan lines which supply a selection signal for selecting the pixels to emit light to the pixels in a predetermined scanning cycle, and data lines which supply the picture signal to the pixels, the pixels, the scan lines, and the data lines arranged in a matrix pattern, the display device including: a luminescence amount detector for inputting a picture signal with a linear characteristic to detect a luminescence amount from the picture signal; a luminescence time calculator for calculating a luminescence time for the luminescence element based on the luminescence amount detected by the luminescence amount detector; a luminescence time recorder for recording the calculated luminescence time; a luminance acquirer for acquiring luminance information of the luminescence element by use of the luminescence time recorded in the luminescence time recorder; a coefficient calculator for calculating a coefficient by which the picture signal is multiplied, based on the luminance information acquired by the luminance acquirer; and a coefficient multiplier for multiplying the picture signal by the coefficient calculated by the coefficient calculator. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118063 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes: a display panel, which displays an image corresponding to a primary image signal, which includes a first image signal, a second image signal and a third image signal; a light-emitting unit, which supplies light to the display panel; and a timing controller, which receives an input including the primary image signal, and outputs a converted image signal. The timing controller converts each of the first image signal, the second image signal and the third image signal on a basis of whichever one of the first image signal, the second image signal and the third image signal is selected, and outputs the converted image signal. The light-emitting unit determines a luminance of the light supplied to the display panel according to a reference grayscale of a reference image signal, the reference image signal being selected among the first image signal, the second image signal and the third image signal. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118064 | Driving Liquid Crystal Materials Using Low Voltages - In one embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal cell having a liquid crystal material, and drive circuitry coupled to the liquid crystal cell to provide a low voltage signal to drive the liquid crystal cell. The low voltage signal may be a pulse width modulated signal, in one embodiment. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100123738 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - One embodiment of the present invention discloses a display device capable of correcting gamma characteristics in a simplified and expeditious manner upon renewal of a display portion, and also to provide a method for driving the same. When a liquid crystal display device is powered on, first, a source driver is supplied with tentative gradation reference voltages generated by a voltage dividing circuit having a plurality of resistances connected in a series, and the source driver generates a tentative gradation voltage group based on the tentative gradation reference voltages supplied therewith. Then, when a power supply circuit starts up, gradation voltage data supplied from a display control circuit is subjected to D/A conversion by a D/A converter, so that normal gradation reference voltages are generated. Once the normal gradation reference voltages are generated, they are supplied to the source driver in place of the tentative gradation reference voltages. Thereafter, the source driver generates normal gradation voltages based on the normal gradation reference voltages in place of the tentative gradation voltages. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100123739 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method thereof are provided. The display device includes an image signal processor that is supplied with original image signals for various frames and generates interpolation signals used to display images corresponding to interpolation frames, and a display panel that displays images corresponding to the respective various frames and images corresponding to the respective interpolation frames, wherein the images displayed in the respective frames are images corresponding to a first gamma curve corrected based on an original gamma curve, the images displayed in the respective interpolation frames are images corresponding to a second gamma curve corrected based on the original gamma curve, and the first gamma curve is different from the second gamma curve. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100123740 | DISPLAY ADJUSTING CIRCUIT FOR ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE PANEL, DISPLAY ADJUSTING CIRCUIT, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a display adjusting circuit for performing adjustment for display on a video signal to be supplied to an organic electroluminescence panel, the display adjusting circuit of the organic electroluminescence panel, comprising a linear gamma circuit where a video signal on which a predetermined gamma adjustment has been performed is supplied to be converted into a video signal with a linear gamma characteristic by cancelling the gamma adjustment of the supplied video signal and to be output, an adjusting circuit to which the video signal output from the linear gamma circuit is supplied, and a panel gamma circuit where the video signal output from the adjusting circuit is supplied to be converted into a video signal with a gamma characteristic corresponding to a gamma characteristic of the organic electroluminescence panel and to be output, the adjusting circuit including a detecting unit for detecting a driving state or a driving history of the organic electroluminescence panel from the supplied video signal, an adjusting unit for performing adjustment on the video signal supplied to the organic electroluminescence panel by a detecting output of the detecting unit. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100123741 | METHOD OF DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A method of driving a light source in a normal mode and an increased luminance mode, based on a gradation data of an image signal, by using driving blocks each having a plurality of light-emitting blocks, includes applying, during the increased luminance mode, both a first driving voltage which drives a first driving block of the driving blocks during the normal mode, and a second driving voltage which drives a second driving block of the driving blocks during the normal mode, to the first driving block to increase a luminance of the first driving block when the first driving block is driven by a luminance greater than a luminance corresponding to the gradation data of the image signal. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100123742 | METHOD OF MODIFYING PIXEL DATA, CONTROL UNIT FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE CONTROL UNIT - In a method of compensating pixel data applied to a display panel which receives light from a backlight assembly including a light guide plate and a plurality of light-emitting blocks adjacent a side surface of the light guide plate, block representative values of image blocks are obtained. The block representative values of image blocks respectively correspond to the light-emitting blocks from pixel data of input image. Duty cycles of the light-emitting blocks are determined using the block representative values. Pixel brightness values are calculated using the duty cycles of the light-emitting blocks and brightness profile data in accordance with light-emitting regions of the light guide plate from which the light is emitted when a representative light-emitting block of the light-emitting blocks is driven. The pixel data may then be compensated based on the pixel brightness values. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100123743 | METHOD OF DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A light source apparatus includes a light source module, a local dimming control part and a light source driving part. The light source module includes a plurality of light-emitting blocks. Each of the light-emitting blocks includes a first color light source, a second color light source and a third color light source, respectively. The local dimming control part drives the light-emitting blocks by blocks. The local dimming control part sets a reference duty signal for first, second and third color driving signals in accordance with a driving mode of the light source module. The light source driving part generates the first color driving signal, the second color driving signal and the third color driving signal by using the reference duty ratio set in accordance with the driving mode and a driving current having a same peak current level in accordance with the driving mode. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100128064 | Display Color Control - A Red, Green, Blue Light Emitting Device (RGB LED) backlight color control system includes an RGB LED backlight comprising a red LED, a green LED, and a blue LED. A driving current regulator is coupled to each of the red LED, the green LED, and the blue LED. A backlight power control is coupled to each of the driving current regulators and operable to receive adjustment data and use the adjustment data to adjust the driving current supplied by at least one of the driving current regulators to at least one of the red LED, the green LED, and the blue LED. By adjusting the driving current supplied to the red LED, green LED, and/or the blue LED, color pallet points on a color triangle (associated with a display that uses the RGB LED backlight) are shifted to achieve the color desired by the user, avoiding the loss of color pallet points in the color triangle that occurs with conventional re-mapping techniques. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128065 | DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAY UTILIZING THE SAME - A display including a scan driver, a data driver, a first pixel, and a second pixel is disclosed. The scan driver provides a first scan signal and a second scan signal. The data driver provides a data signal. The first pixel receives the first scan signal and displays a first color. The second pixel receives the second scan signal and displays a second color. The frequency of the first scan signal and the frequency of the second scan signal relate to the first color and the second color. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128066 | IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS - It is provided at a reasonable cost an image display method and image display apparatus having a small-sized display drive control circuits even in the case of many intensity levels. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128067 | AUTOMATIC GAMMA CORRECTION OF INPUT SOURCE CONTENT - Gamma information extracted from an input source is utilized to correct display gammas. Adjustment of display parameters is performed automatically based on the gamma information and obtained display characterization information. One instance utilizes gamma information such as, for example, gain, offset, and gamma, to automatically determine a corresponding brightness and/or contrast adjustment level of a display. In this manner, the output gamma can be adjusted to substantially match the input gamma. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128068 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATING THE BRIGHTNESS OF THE CARBON NANOTUBE DISPLAY - A drive circuit of a carbon nanotube display (CNDP) used to drive at least a pixel of a CNDP is provided, having an output stage and a calibration device. The output stage is coupled to the pixel and controlled by a pixel signal to switch the pixel between a high voltage and a low voltage. The calibration device is coupled between the output stage and the pixel and controlled by a bias to calibrate the equivalent resistance of the calibration device and further calibrate the brightness of the pixel. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128069 | Method of assembling displays on substrates - Various embodiments of methods and systems for designing and constructing displays from multiple light-modulating elements are disclosed. Display elements having different light-modulating and self-assembling characteristics may be used during display assembly and operation. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128070 | LIGHTING DEVICE FOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A lighting device for a display device includes a light source and a chassis arranged to cover the light source. The light source includes a high voltage area to be subjected to relatively high voltage, and a low voltage area to be subjected to relatively low voltage. The chassis includes a distance providing mechanism arranged to provide a vertical distance between the chassis and the light source, so that the vertical distance is relatively large at the high voltage area of the light source and relatively small at the low voltage area of the light source. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100134520 | Displays including semiconductor nanocrystals and methods of making same - A display comprises a substrate and a light-emitting device disposed on the substrate, wherein the substrate comprises a semiconducting material and a circuit for controlling the light-emitted from the light-emitting device. A light-emitting device includes a light-emitting material comprising semiconductor nanocrystals and an electrode in electrical connection with the light-emitting material on a side thereof remote from the substrate. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134521 | DEVICE COMPRISING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134522 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY COMPRISING A SCANNING BACKLIGHT - A scanning backlight ( | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134523 | SEQUENTIAL COLOUR MATRIX DISPLAY AND ADDRESSING METHOD - A matrix display with a progressive color display, of active matrix-type, includes pixels arranged according to N rows and m columns. The N rows of the display are distributed into n groups, and each pixel column includes n column conductors, allowing for a write-selection of pixels of n rows in parallel, one row per group. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134524 | DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present invention, a display device is disclosed that can realize a wide color reproduction region and high color purity while maintaining a configuration of a display element having a high resolution and a high numerical aperture. The display device includes: an illumination device including a first light source that emits light of a first color and a second light source that emits light of a complementary color with respect to the first color; a gate driver that successively selects each of the scanning lines at a cycle of 0.5 frame; a data driver that writes a data signal into pixels of the first color and into at least one of pixels of a second color and a third color at a first half of one frame time period and writes a data signal into the pixels of the second color and the third color at a latter half thereof; and a switch circuit that switches on the first light source and switches off the second light source at the first half of one frame time period and switches on the second light source and switches off the first light source at the latter half of the time period. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134525 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - One embodiment of the present invention discloses a transmissive display device including a display panel, a backlight including a plurality of fluorescent tubes, an inverter section that supplies a driving voltage to the backlight, and an inverter control section that controls whether to drive or stop the inverter section and stops the inverter section when at least one of the fluorescent tubes is not lighting. The display device includes a mode determination section that determines whether a driving mode of the display device is a normal mode or a maintenance mode. Upon receiving, from the mode determination section, a signal indicating that the drive mode is the maintenance mode, after having stopped the inverter section due to a fact that at least one of the plurality of fluorescent tubes is not lighting, the inverter control section drives the inverter section again. Such a configuration makes it possible to, in a display device in which a backlight including a plurality of fluorescent tubes is used, make maintenance work more efficient by identifying a failed fluorescent tube while the backlight is not lighting. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134526 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present invention, a transmissive liquid crystal display device includes a display panel, a backlight, and an inverter section. The liquid crystal display device further includes: a comparison process section for judging whether or not a voltage supplied to the inverter section is not less than a predetermined voltage required for normally driving the inverter section; a lighting state detection section for detecting lighting state of the backlight; and a backlight failure detection section for (i) judging whether or not the backlight has failed in accordance with each of processed results, and outputting a signal in accordance with a judged result. The backlight failure detection section outputs a backlight failure signal, in a case where (i) the voltage is not less than the predetermined voltage and (ii) the backlight is not lighting normally. Whereas, the backlight failure detection section does not output the backlight failure signal, in a case where the voltage is less than the predetermined voltage. According to the configuration of the display device including a backlight, a cause of improper lighting of the backlight can be identified. This allows maintenance work to be carried out efficiently. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134527 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to a display control apparatus and method, and a program which make it possible to prevent deterioration in image quality due to insufficient luminance of light from a backlight. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134528 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY, DRIVING APPARATUS, DIGITAL-ANALOG CONVERTER AND OUTPUT VOLTAGE A - The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display, a driving device thereof, a digital to analog converter, and an output voltage amplifying circuit. The present invention provides a liquid crystal display driving device including a reference gray voltage generator for generating a plurality of reference gray voltages, and a data driver for generating a plurality of gray voltages based on the plurality of reference gray voltages and applying a data signal that is generated by selecting a gray voltage corresponding to m-bit video signals applied from the outside from among the plurality of gray voltages to the pixel The data driver includes: a voltage generator for selecting a first gray voltage and a second gray voltage corresponding to bit values of (m−k) bits from among the video signal from among the plurality of gray voltages, and outputting the first and second gray voltages; an output voltage generator for outputting 2k voltages determined as one of the first and second gray voltages corresponding to bit values of k bits from among the video signal; and an output voltage amplifier for generating the data signal by combining the 2k voltages, and applying the data signal to a plurality of pixels. According to the present invention, a liquid crystal display having a small cost and area can be realized. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134529 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MATCHING COLORS ON DISPLAYS WITH DIFFERENT MODULATION TRANSFER FUNCTIONS - A system and method for adjusting modulation transfer function includes a color correction module configured to adjust source picture content based upon a reference display to output color corrected picture content. A modulation frequency function (MTF) simulation module is configured to receive the color corrected picture content and simulate the reference display using the color corrected picture content for a display with MTF characteristics different than the reference display. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134530 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An LCD device improving picture-quality and a driving method thereof are disclosed. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134531 | INPUT DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An input device includes light-emitting units, which are arranged around a display, and configured to emit an inspection light, light-receiving units, which are arranged around the display, and configured to receive the inspection light, and a control unit configured to determine whether an input is valid or not based on an intensity of light received by the light-receiving units, and transit to an energy-saving mode when the input is not valid. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134532 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS WITH VARYING LUMINANCE AND A DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A method for driving a light source and maintaining its target white color coordinates despite of varied and decreased light source luminance includes detecting an amount of colored light generated from a plurality of colored light sources, comparing detected colored light to reference data and verifying that colored light source has the correct preset duty cycle colored light. If the colored light source is driven by the preset duty cycle, the method includes modifying the reference data based on the detected light from the colored light source and adjusting the amount of colored light by controlling a driving signal to the colored light sources based on the modified reference data. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134533 | Unit and method of controlling frame rate and liquid crystal display device using the same - A frame rate control method capable of enhancing picture-quality is disclosed. The frame rate control method generates red, green, and blue frame rate control signals by frame-rate-modulating red, green, and blue frame rate control patterns on the basis of lower-bit red, green, and blue data. The lower-bit red, green, and blue data are extracted from red, green, and blue data. The red, green and blue frame rate control patterns are obtained through a process of shifting basic frame rate control patterns by different sub-pixel numbers in one direction. The basic frame rate control patterns are established for a plurality of frames. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134534 | DISPLAY UNIT, AND DISPLAYING METHOD FOR THE BINOCULAR REPRESENTATION OF A MULTICOLOR IMAGE - A display unit for binocular representation of a multicolor image including a control unit triggering an imaging element such that the imaging element generates in a temporal successive manner the image to be displayed for a first beam path and a second beam path as a first image and second image, respectively. The images are generated in a pre-distorted manner, opposite of the chromatic aberration of the respective beam path, such that the chromatic aberration generated in the respective beam path is compensated when the first and second image is displayed. The display unit includes a switching module which operates in temporal synchrony with the first and second image being generated, such that a user can see the first image only via the first beam path and the second image only via the second beam path. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134535 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVE METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A display device is provided which includes: a still image detection unit ( | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134536 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATING IMAGE THEREOF - An exemplary liquid crystal display (LCD) device includes a liquid crystal pane and a gamma correction module. The liquid crystal panel includes a plurality of pixels including normal pixels and abnormal pixels. For a same gray scale, the normal pixels are driven by a first gray scale signal and the abnormal pixels are driven by a second gray scale signal, in order that the brightness of an image displayed by the normal pixels and the brightness of the image displayed by the abnormal pixels are substantially identical. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134537 | DESIGN SUPPORT METHOD - The display apparatus includes a dot matrix type display device including a display material; a driver circuit that passively drives a plurality of pixels in the display device; and a control circuit that controls the driver circuit. The control circuit applies a voltage pulse to initialize a plurality of pixels to be rewritten and applies a voltage pulse to change a tone state of the plurality of pixels and display the tone. The voltage pulse to be applied for the tone display includes an all-selected voltage pulse to be applied to a plurality of pixels the tone state of which are changed, and a half-selected voltage pulse and a non-selected voltage pulse to be applied to a plurality of pixels the tone state of which are not changed, and a ratio of the all-selected voltage to the half-selected voltage is larger than 2 | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100134538 | DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - This application is directed to driving methods for electrophoretic displays. The driving methods comprise grey level waveforms which greatly enhance the pictorial quality of images displayed. The driving method comprises: (a) applying waveform to drive each pixel from its initial color state to the full first color then to a color state of a desired level; or (b) applying waveform to drive each pixel from its initial color state to the full second color then to a color state of a desired level. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100141687 | METHOD OF ARRANGING GAMMA BUFFERS AND FLAT PANEL DISPLAY APPLYING THE METHOD - Provided are a method of arranging gamma buffers capable of decreasing a Kelvin of a source driver included in a flat panel display and minimizing a temperature deviation between source drivers, and the flat panel display applying the method. The method of arranging a plurality of gamma buffers which are arranged in one or more source drivers to output corresponding gamma voltages, includes a step of calculating power consumptions of the gamma buffers, wherein the method further comprises one or more steps of: changing tab points of the gamma buffers by using the calculated power consumptions of the gamma buffers; and changing positions of the gamma buffers by using the calculated power consumptions of the gamma buffers. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100141688 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH MULTIPLE LAMPS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus includes a first lamp, a second lamp and a power supply unit for supplying electric power to the first or second lamp. In the image display apparatus, while a lamp to which electric power is to be supplied from the power supply unit is switched between the first lamp and the second lamp, the light generated by the first lamp or the second lamp is inhibited from being emitted outside. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100141689 | ELECTRONIC SKIN READER - A portable electronic device includes a portable electronic device housing having a surface and a primary, light-emissive display. A display skin covers a portion of the surface of the portable electronic device housing. The display skin provides a secondary, light-reflective display. The display skin includes an optically active layer comprising electrooptical material. A first electrode layer is disposed on a first side of the optically active layer proximal the surface of the portable electronic device housing. A second electrode layer disposed on a second side of the optically active layer distal of the surface of the portable electronic device housing. Electronic circuitry selectively activates the optically active layer such that images including portions of a document are selectively displayed by the display skin. The display skin is capable of maintaining a display of a selectively displayed portion of the document while the primary display is in an unpowered state. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100141690 | LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT DRIVING CIRCUIT - A light-emitting element driving circuit comprising: an index data storage unit configured to store n-bit index data for each of a plurality of light-emitting elements included in a display device, the n-bit index data specifying a storage location of gradation data indicating brightness of a light-emitting element in the plurality of light-emitting elements: a gradation data storage unit configured to store the gradation data with m bits larger than n bits, corresponding to the index data; and a driving circuit configured to drive the light-emitting element on the basis of the gradation data corresponding to the index data so that the light-emitting element emits light at brightness according to the gradation data. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100141691 | Display apparatus - A display apparatus, that can prevent thermal destruction and burning with a simple structure, has been disclosed. In the apparatus it is judged that there is possibility of a pattern, whose area with high brightness is small, being displayed frequently, when a state in which the total light emission pulse number remains large occurs with high frequency, and if such a state is detected, the total light emission pulse number (sustain frequency) is reduced to prevent the thermal destruction and burning. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100141692 | MULTICOLOR VISUAL FEEDBACK FOR NON-VOLATILE STORAGE - An improved storage device is disclosed having an interface, a controller in communication with this interface, a memory in communication with the controller, wireless communications system, volume control and audio output, battery, and a light-emitting-diode assembly or other multi-colored display in communication with the controller. The light-emitting-diode assembly has a first and a second light-emitting-diode element, the first and second light-emitting-diode elements emitting a first and a second color of light, respectively. The first light-emitting-diode element and said second light-emitting-diode element each independently controlled by the controller via pulse-width-modulation, to produce a third color which appears to be in between the first and second colors in wavelength, this third color indicative of the percent completion of an I/O task, the usage of the memory, volume level, wireless strength, or battery strength. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100149220 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE CIRCUIT AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The total number of the scan electrodes is divided into a first scan electrode group and a second scan electrode group. The first scan electrode group drive section for driving the first scan electrode group produces a selection potential and a non-selection potential in the scan period, and supplies scan pulses based on the two potentials in the first half of the scan period. The complex switch section supplies the selection potential produced using the first scan electrode group drive section to the second scan electrode group drive section for driving the second scan electrode group in the latter half of the scan period. The second scan electrode group drive section supplies scan pulses based on the input selection potential. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100149221 | DRIVE CURRENT OF LIGHT SOURCE BY COLOR SEQUENTIAL METHOD - The present invention relates to a drive circuit of light source by color sequential method for generating a full-color image based on sequential switching between red, green and blue illuminations. The drive circuit of light source by color sequential method includes a color-sequential control circuit and a plurality of radiating areas coupled to multiple light units. The color-sequential control circuit is connected to those radiating areas to control the operation thereof by the color sequential method. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100149222 | BLUE LASER PUMPED GREEN LIGHT SOURCE FOR DISPLAYS - The invention relates to light sources and displays incorporating blue laser pumped light sources that provide green light. According to a first aspect of the invention, a green light source includes a semiconductor diode laser emitting light in an optical path having a dominant wavelength within the blue spectral region, a substrate positioned in the optical path of the semiconductor diode laser, and a material coupled to the substrate. The material is selected to absorb light emitted by the semiconductor diode laser and, in response, to emit light having a dominant wavelength within the green spectral region. According to a second aspect of the invention, an apparatus includes a lighting module for a display, the lighting module includes an array of red laser light sources, an array of blue laser light sources, and an array of green light sources according to the first aspect of the invention. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100149223 | SELECTIVE DIMMING OF OLED DISPLAYS - A method enables power savings in an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display by dimming selected areas of the OLED display pixel by pixel. The selected areas may include, for example, particular displayed objects such as an active window, particular colors, etc. Dimming selected areas of the OLED display results in overall power savings when operating the OLED display. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100149224 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image processing apparatus has a light source luminance calculating unit which calculates the luminances of the light sources of the plurality of colors of a back light based on an input image, a light source maximum value detecting unit which detects a light source maximum value that is the largest value in the light source luminances of the plurality of colors, a light source luminance correcting unit which corrects the light source luminances to obtain corrected light source luminances so as to reduce the difference among the light source luminances of the plurality of colors if the light source maximum value is smaller than a threshold value, a gradation conversion function calculating unit which calculates a gradation conversion function applied to the input image corresponding to each of the plurality of colors, by using the corrected light source luminance, and a control unit which converts the input image by using the gradation conversion function and outputs the input image to a liquid crystal panel and generates the luminance control signal by using the corrected light source luminance and outputs the luminance control signal to the back light. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100149225 | ILLUMINATOR AND DISPLAY HAVING SAME - A display apparatus can perform a high quality moving picture display and provides improved color purity, and includes an illumination device that prevents and minimizes light unevenness in the form of a lamp image. The display apparatus includes an illumination device in which a first scattering layer, a first light-condensing layer, a second scattering layer, and a second light-condensing layer are arranged so as to cover a light-radiating surface of a light source unit including a first light source that emits light of a first color and a second light source that emits light of a second color complementary to the first color, a gate driver arranged to sequentially select each one of scanning lines at a cycle of 0.5 frames, a source driver that, at a first half of one frame time period, writes a data signal into each in a group of pixels of the first color, and at a latter half thereof, writes a data signal into each in groups of pixels of other two colors, and a switch circuit that, at the first half of one frame time period, switches on the first light source while switching off the second light source, and at the latter half of the time period, switches on the second light source while switching off the first light source. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100149226 | ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPAY DEVICE - An organic electroluminescent display device includes a display panel that includes sub-pixels which include organic light emitting diodes, respectively, to display a frame image made by image data by every frame; a data drive IC that outputs data voltages to the sub-pixels, respectively, by every frame, wherein the data voltages correspond to the image data, respectively; a current detecting portion that detects a first panel current, and generates a first comparison value corresponding to the first panel current; a current estimating portion that estimates a second panel current from the image data of the frame and generates a second comparison value corresponding to the second panel current; and a brightness control portion that compares the first and second comparison values and adjusts a brightness of a frame image after the frame according to the comparison result. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100156943 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A MATRIX VIEWING DEVICE WITH AN ELECTRON SOURCE - A method for driving a matrix viewing device displaying grey levels comprising a source of electrons at the crossing of line and column electrodes, consisting of applying a line selection voltage (Vls) on the line electrode and a voltage corresponding to the grey level on the column electrode. The grey levels are distributed into two families (F | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156944 | Circuitry and method for reducing power consumption in gamma correction circuitry - Gamma curve correction circuitry includes first ( | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156945 | ACTIVE MATRIX SUBSTRATE, DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - In an active matrix substrate, a plurality of pixels are arranged to correspond to a display region of a liquid crystal panel that has a shape other than a rectangular shape. Further, scan lines that are arranged along rows with the smaller number of the pixels than the other rows among a plurality of scan lines and data lines that are arranged along columns with the smaller number of the pixels than the other columns among a plurality of data lines intersect each other at a position other than the display region. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156946 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus and method for driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) device is disclosed. The apparatus for driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) device includes a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel for receiving a video signal and a clock signal, and displaying them, a backlight for emitting light on the LCD panel, a timing controller for controlling the LCD panel and the backlight, a signal generator which has the same frequency as that of a horizontal synchronous signal by modulating the clock signal, and generates a signal synchronized with the horizontal synchronous signal, and an inverter which receives a signal from the signal generator, allows a driving frequency of the light source to be the same as that of the horizontal synchronous signal, and allows the received signal to be synchronized with the horizontal synchronous signal. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156947 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed herein are an apparatus and method for driving a liquid crystal display device. The apparatus includes a liquid crystal panel in which the same colors of three-color sub-pixels are arranged in the directions of a plurality of gate lines, a data driver for driving a plurality of data lines, a first gate driver for sequentially driving ( | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156948 | TIMING CONTROLLER AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A timing controller for a display device includes a receiver, a first line memory, a serialization part, and first and second compensation parts. The receiver receives image data corresponding to unit pixels, and transmits the image data to the first line memory in a first order. The first line memory receives and stores the image data. The serialization part reads the image data in the first order from the first line memory and serially transmits the image data in a second order different from the first order. The first compensation part receives the image data in the second order and generates first compensation data of the image data, the first compensation data corresponding to a first gamma curve. The second compensation part receives the image data in the second order and generates second compensation data of the image data, the second compensation data corresponding to a second gamma curve. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156949 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes a timing controller and a liquid crystal panel. The timing controller sequentially receives first through third primitive image signals and sequentially outputs first through third corrected image signals. The liquid crystal panel displays an image based on the first through third corrected image signals. The timing controller generates a first converted image signal having a first gray level based on the first primitive image signal and stores the first converted image signal. The second primitive image signal has a second gray level and the timing controller generates a second converted image signal having a third gray level higher than the second gray level when the second gray level is lower than the first gray level. The timing controller generates the third corrected image signal using the second converted image signal and the third primitive image signal. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156950 | COLOR FILTER SUBSTRATE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - In a color filter substrate and a display apparatus having the color filter substrate, the color filter substrate includes a color filter part having at least two adjacent color filters having different colors that are repeatedly arranged in turn. An edge of the color filter part overlaps a light blocking layer pattern in a plan view, wherein no difference in a blocking amount occurs between red, green, and blue lights blocked by the light blocking layer pattern. As a result, deterioration in a display quality of the display apparatus, which is caused by the light blocking layer pattern blocking a light having a certain color, may be prevented. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156951 | METHOD FOR COMPENSATING DATA, DATA COMPENSATING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE DATA COMPENSATING APPARATUS - A method for compensating data for a data compensating apparatus in a display apparatus includes converting image data of an n-th frame (where “n” is a natural number) into pre-compensation data of the n-th frame having a gray scale less than or equal to a gray scale of the image data of the n-th frame based on pre-compensation data of an (n− | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156952 | LIGHTING DEVICE FOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A lighting device for a display device includes a light source and a light source control device arranged to control the light source. The light source control device is arranged to generate a pulse signal as a light source control signal Vcon to control the light source. The light source control signal Vcon includes pulses, which individually have different shapes. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156953 | THIN HOLLOW BACKLIGHTS WITH BENEFICIAL DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS - A backlight unit ( | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156954 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a plurality of pixel blocks, each pixel block of the plurality of pixel blocks including a first pixel electrode connected to a first switching element and a second pixel electrode connected to a second switching element; gate lines which extend along a first direction and include a first gate line connected to the first switching element and a second gate line connected to the second switching element; and data lines which extend along a second direction intersecting the first direction. A gate voltage is applied to the first gate line before the second gate line, and the first pixel electrode of each of the pixel blocks displays a same color. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156955 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A low-resolution image is displayed at high resolution and power consumption is reduced. Resolution is made higher by super-resolution processing. Then, display is performed with the luminance of a backlight controlled by local dimming after the super-resolution processing. By controlling the luminance of the backlight, power consumption can be reduced. Further, by performing the local dimming after the super-resolution processing, accurate display can be performed. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156956 | GRAYSCALE CHARACTERISTIC FOR NON-CRT DISPLAYS - A method for generating a target display characteristic for a non-CRT display device includes establishing a sequence of luminance-factor values corresponding to original-scene neutrals. The luminance-factor values are converted to corresponding Rec. 709 signal values. The luminance-factor values are then mapped according to a desired system tone reproduction characteristic to corresponding luminous intensity values to be reproduced by the non-CRT television display device. The target display characteristic is generated by relating the corresponding Rec. 709 signal values to corresponding luminous intensity values. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156957 | ORGANIC COMPOUND, ANTHRACENE DERIVATIVE, AND LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENTS, LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICES, ELECTRONIC DEVICES, AND LIGHTING DEVICES USING THE ANTHRACENE DERIVATIVE - To provide a novel anthracene derivative which exhibit blue to blue green light emission, provide a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light, provide a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light with a long lifetime, and provide a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light with high emission efficiency, an anthracene derivative represented by General Formula (G1) is provided. In addition, a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light can be obtained by using the anthracene derivatives represented by General Formula (G1). Further, a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light with high emission efficiency and/or high reliability can be obtained by using the anthracene derivatives represented by General Formula (G1). | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156958 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MULTIPLE PRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY - Methods and systems for multiple primary color display are provided. Methods and systems of the present invention improve the spectrum efficiency of a color display system, and provide enhanced brightness and color gamut. In an embodiment, methods and systems of the present invention improve the brightness of a color display system employing a high pressure lamp by efficiently incorporating lights components of the lamp output that are outside the red, green, and blue spectrum in creating the color image. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156959 | Lighting apparatus and method, display apparatus and method, and program - A lighting apparatus includes: a first light source having a predetermined chromaticity in a chromaticity diagram and an emission luminance which varies according to a current; a second light source configured in such a way that a line connecting the chromaticity of the first light source and that of the second light source passes a part of a black body curve, and having an emission luminance which varies according to a current; a light guide plate that outputs lights from the first and second light sources in a predetermined direction; and a light source drive section that fixes a current of one of the first and second light sources and variably controls a current of the other one of the first and second light source according to a target value of a chromaticity of a combined light of the lights output from the light guide plate. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156960 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GAMMA CORRECTION AND FLAT-PANEL DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A method and apparatus for gamma correction and a flat panel display using the same. Weighted values corresponding to red, green and blue of an image signal are respectively evaluated to determine the dominant color in the image signal, and a Gamma correction based on the dominant color is then performed, thereby obtaining displaying quality similar with that obtained by independently performing red, green, or blue Gamma correction. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156961 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A method of driving a liquid crystal display device includes multiplying a frame frequency of an inputted current frame to generate a multiplied odd-numbered frame and a multiplied even-numbered frame; determining whether said current frame is a still image frame or a dynamic image frame; detecting an edge area at which a motion blur occurs from the multiplied odd-numbered frame and the multiplied even-numbered frame; converting gray level values of pixels positioned at the detected edge area at the multiplied odd-numbered frame and the multiplied even-numbered frame; and continuously outputting the multiplied odd-numbered still image frame and the multiplied even-numbered still image frame or continuously outputting the multiplied odd-numbered dynamic image frame and the multiplied even-numbered dynamic image frame having the converted gray level values in accordance with the determined result. A liquid crystal display device is also disclosed. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100156962 | METHOD FOR MAINTAINING THE WHITE COLOUR POINT IN A FIELD-SEQUENTIAL LCD OVER TIME - A field sequential liquid crystal display maintains its white colour point through compensation values to at least one colour light emitting diode that illuminates the display. The compensation values may be impedances to control the current or pulsing of the current source according to a pulse width modulation technique. A degradation curve may be used to calculate extrapolate the theoretical forward voltage of the light emitting diode. Additional complexity arises from the need for calculating uptime for multiple light emitting diodes of different colours. Brightness levels may also be factored in. Additional processing of a display element may be provided when a grey scale image is being generated. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100164996 | Driving Control Apparatus of Display Apparatus, Display Method, Display Apparatus, Display Monitor, and Television Receiver - In one embodiment of the present invention, to time-divide one frame of an input image signal into a first-half sub frame and a second-half sub frame, the grayscale of the signal in the second-half sub frame is set at a grayscale for dark display and the grayscale of the display signal of the first-half sub frame is adjusted, when the input image signal indicates low brightness. When an image with high brightness is displayed, the grayscale of the display signal of the first-half sub frame is set at a second predetermined value smaller than the maximum value and the grayscale of the display signal of the second-half sub frame is adjusted. Thereafter, in accordance with a combination of the input image signals of the (N−1)-th frame and the N-th frame, overshoot is performed with respect to the display signal of the first-half sub frame, in such a way as to restrain the decrease in the moving image quality on account of an insufficient response of a display module. In doing so, a grayscale within a range from the second predetermined value to the maximum value is used according to the need. As a result, overshoot driving is feasible in the first sub frame, and hence it is possible to restrain the decrease in the moving image quality due to an insufficient response of an image display panel, in all types of combinations of image signals in the current frame and the previous frame. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100164997 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A plasma display device and a driving method thereof are provided. The plasma display device has a panel having a plurality of discharge cells including a display electrode pair that is formed of a scan electrode and a sustain electrode, and a temperature detecting circuit for detecting the ambient temperature of the panel and outputting the detected temperature. In the driving method, an unusual charge erasing period when a rectangular waveform voltage is applied to the scan electrode is disposed between the initializing period and address period of at least one of a plurality of subfields, and the number of subfields having the unusual charge erasing period is controlled based on the detected temperature detected by the temperature detecting circuit. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100164998 | DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE CAPABLE OF ENHANCING IMAGE BRIGHTNESS AND REDUCING IMAGE DISTORTION - A driving method for a display device provides a first input pixel data corresponding to a pixel, and generates a second input pixel data by multiplying the first input pixel data by a predetermined rate. Next, an output pixel data corresponding to the second input pixel data is obtained from a predetermined gamma curve. When receiving the first input pixel data, the output pixel data is used for driving a display panel, and the second input pixel data is used for driving a backlight module of the display panel, | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100164999 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a display module for displaying information, a light module for emitting light to the display module, and a display control system. The display control system includes a storage module for storing display control parameters, and a system controller for setting the display module by using the display control parameters when an operation time of the light module equals to a predetermined time point, to compensate for a brightness deterioration of the light module. A related display control method is also provided. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165000 | VISUALIZING OBJECTS OF A VIDEO SIGNAL - The present invention enhances the viewing experience of a TV-set by providing an ambient light device for visualizing for example the motion of a car outside the monitor of the TV. When the car drives out of the area of the monitor, illuminated pixels outside the monitor, provides the viewer with a visualization that that car actually moves out of the monitor. A car moving into the monitor may also be visualized by illuminated pixels. The visualized motion of the car outside the monitor is determined on basis of object motion data derived from the object s motion within the monitor. A control device | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165001 | WHITE LIGHT BACKLIGHTS AND THE LIKE WITH EFFICIENT UTILIZATION OF COLORED LED SOURCES - A backlight includes n | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165002 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - There is provided a liquid crystal display. A liquid crystal display panel displays an image. An external light sensor senses a color temperature of external light around the liquid crystal display panel. The output luminance of a backlight is controlled in response to an adjustment dimming signal which is varied according to an input image. A gamma curve adjustment circuit restores an original color of the display image irrespective of a change in the viewing environments by modulating input digital video data based on the color temperature of the external light or a relative maximum white luminance for the adjustment dimming signal. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165003 | Image Display Apparatus And Projection Display Apparatus - An image display apparatus includes a light source controller; an element controller; and an image analyzing unit. The light source controller controls the amount of the light to be emitted from the light source, based on the target light amount and a time constant. The image analyzing unit calculates saturation based on the signal values of the video input signals of the plurality of colors, and sets the time constant according to the saturation. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165004 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus including: a display panel having a plurality of picture elements configured to execute display by driving a liquid crystal layer; a backlight configured to illuminate a display surface of the display panel from a backside; a photodetector arranged on the plurality of picture elements and configured to receive a light entered from the side of the display surface of the display panel; and a detection block configured to execute image recognition in the proximity of the display surface from a difference between a photodetection amount in the photodetector in a state where an illuminating light from the backlight is radiated from the display surface and a photodetection amount in the photodetector in a state where the illuminating light is blocked before the display surface. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165005 | HIGHLIGHT COLOR DISPLAY ARCHITECTURE USING ENHANCED DARK STATE - The present invention is directed to a highlight color display. One of the key features of the invention is the dark color of the display fluid filled in the microcups, which allows the dark state to appear black. There is no alignment required between the pixel electrodes and the microcups. In practice, a standard active matrix array may be used to drive the display device. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165006 | DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING CURRENT LIMIT FUNCTION - A display device and methods thereof. A display device may include a current limit control signal generator to output a current limit control signal according to an input display data, a RGB common gamma adjuster to adjust a value of a RGB common gamma setting signal input via a current limit control signal, a gamma divider to divide a RGB common gamma setting signal having a value adjusted by a RGB common gamma adjuster, and/or a gray amplifier to output a gray signal to drive a display screen by amplifying a signal divided by a gamma divider. A display device may have an automatic current limit function applicable to substantially all kinds of display screen, substantially without additional circuits for data calculation. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165007 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND SOURCE LINE DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device for generating gamma voltages for driving source lines and a source line driving method thereof are disclosed. The display device includes a plurality of gamma generation units configured to generate gamma voltages corresponding to respective colors, a selection unit configured to select gamma voltages corresponding to any one color from among the gamma voltages generated by the plurality of gamma generation units and to output the gamma voltages to a common line, a decoding unit configured to decode the gamma voltages output to the common line, and an output unit configured to buffer the signals decoded by the decoding unit and to output source line driving signals. Thus, it is possible to reduce the number of lines for transferring the gamma voltages. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165008 | DRIVER CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR CALIBRATING BRIGHTNESS OF DISPLAY - A driver circuit for driving at least a pixel of a displayer, including an output stage, a calibration device and a surge suppression device. The output stage is coupled to the pixel and controlled by a pixel signal to switch an output voltage on the pixel between a high level and a low level. The calibration device is coupled between the output stage and the pixel and comprises an input end controlled by a bias voltage to calibrate an equivalent resistance of the calibration device for further calibrating a brightness level of the pixel. The surge suppression device is coupled between the input end of the calibration device and the pixel signal, and is used to suppress surges in the bias voltage which occur due to switching of the output voltage. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165009 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVE METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A display device is provided that includes an amount of light emission computation portion that computes an amount of light emission based on a video signal that has a linear characteristic, an amount of light emission parameter computation portion that, based on the computed amount of light emission, computes an amount of light emission parameter that corresponds to the amount of light emission for each of one of one pixel and a group of pixels that includes a plurality of the pixels, an amount of light emission parameter accumulation portion that accumulates the amount of light emission parameters in association with the one of the one pixel and the group of pixels, a peak detection portion that detects a peak value among the accumulated amount of light emission parameters that correspond to all of the one of the one pixel and the group of pixels, a coefficient computation portion that, based on the detected peak value, computes a coefficient that adjusts a luminance, and a coefficient multiplying portion that multiplies the video signal by the computed coefficient and outputs the multiplied video signal. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165010 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A driving method and apparatus for a liquid crystal display uses a comparison between the previous frame and the current frame to expand the contrast ratio and reduce the manufacturing cost. A limited amount of data from the current image may be used: either using a limited area of the image or merely the amount of green in the overall image or the limited area. In the apparatus, an image signal modulator expands the contrast of the input data when the previous image is analogous to the current image to thereby generate output data. A timing controller re-arranges the output data to apply the output data to a data driver. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165011 | DISPLAY DRIVER AND DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD - In a display driver, one scanning period is divided into a period P and a subsequent period D. In the period P, a pre-charge voltage equal to an original data voltage is applied in a time-sharing manner to data lines in one block, and in the period D after the period P, the original data voltage is applied again. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165012 | SPONTANEOUS LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100171768 | MOVING PARTICLE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device and a method for driving the display device is disclosed. The display device comprises drive circuitry ( | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100171769 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus according to an aspect of the invention includes a first scanning line disposed in a first direction, a second scanning line disposed to accompany the first scanning line, and a first signal line crossing the first and second scanning lines. The display apparatus also includes a first pixel electrode connected to the first signal line via a first switching element having a terminal that is connected to the first scanning line so that the first pixel electrode is applied with a gray scale signal under control of the first switching element, and a second pixel electrode connected to the first pixel electrode via a second switching element having a terminal that is connected to the second scanning line so that the second pixel electrode is applied with a gray scale signal through the first pixel electrode under control of the first switching element and the second switching element. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100171770 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PICTURE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a display device including a display unit having luminescence elements that individually becomes luminous depending on a current amount. The luminescence elements are arranged in a matrix pattern. The display device includes an adjustment signal generator for generating an adjustment signal for adjusting an effective duty regulating a luminous time per unit time. The luminescence elements are luminous for the luminous time. The display device also includes a luminous time setter for setting the effective duty equal to or lower than an upper limit value provided for the effective duty to be set, according to picture information of an input picture signal, so that a total luminescence amount per unit time is limited, at which amount the luminescence elements of the display unit are luminous. The display device further include an upper limit value setter for changing the upper limit value of the luminous time setter, depending on the adjustment signal output from the adjustment signal generator based on an operation. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100171771 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENTS FOR PROJECTION OF IMAGES - A light source sequentially emits lights generated by at least three light emitting elements each emitting a different primary color to generate an image. Each light emitting element has a duty cycle in a lighting period, which may be an image frame period. A sequence scheme is provided for alternatingly driving different ones of the light emitting elements. The light emitting elements are driven in accordance with the sequence scheme at least two times in the lighting period, while maintaining the duty cycle for each light emitting element. In the sequence scheme, at least one light emitting element having the highest temperature sensitivity of all light emitting elements is driven more times than another one. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100171772 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device and a driving method thereof are provided. The LCD device includes a display panel including pixel units, a data driving circuit, and a gate driving circuit. The gate driving circuit provides a first gate off voltage to one pixel unit of the pixel units when the data driving circuit provides a data voltage having a positive polarity to the pixel unit, the gate driving circuit provides a second gate off voltage to one pixel unit of the pixel units when the data driving circuit provides a data voltage having a negative polarity to the pixel unit. The second gate off voltage is less than the first gate off voltage. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100171773 | CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT AND ACTUATION METHOD FOR SEMI-CONDUCTOR LIGHT SOURCES - A circuit arrangement for driving semiconductor light sources is provided. The circuit arrangement may include video electronics, which are configured to generate a timing signal and an image value table; a driver circuit, which comprises a digital and an analogue part, and a semiconductor light source module, which can contain one or a plurality of semiconductor light sources; and a switch being arranged between the driver circuit and the semiconductor light source module, which switch is driven by the driver circuit and can switch the desired value for the power supply for the semiconductor light source module away from an analogue/digital converter to logic 0. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100171774 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is disclosed having a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, in which a current driven light-emitting element is provided for each pixel, and current supplied to each light-emitting element is controlled based on input image data for each pixel for achieving display, the display device, includes a correction circuit for performing calculations based on the input image data and correction data, and correcting non-uniform luminance caused by variations in display characteristics for each pixel to produce correction data; a panel current detection circuit for detecting a panel current, which is the total current to be supplied to each pixel; and a modification circuit for modifying the correction data in response to a voltage drop due to the panel current to reduce errors in the correction data. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100171775 | TRANSFLECTIVE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - An IPS-mode transflective LCD device includes an array of pixels each including a reflective region and a transmissive region juxtaposed. The reflective region operates in a normally-white mode, and the transmissive region operates in a normally-black mode. A common data signal is supplied to the reflective region and transmissive region, whereas the common electrode signal in the transmissive region is an inverted signal of the common electrode signal in the reflective region, to thereby obtain similar gray-scale levels. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100177123 | EDGE REPRODUCTION IN OPTICAL SCANNING DISPLAYS - When producing an image in an optical scanning device, such as an optical scanning device employing pulse width modulation, for example, edges are reproduced by illuminating, within a pixel through which an edge passes, an off-centered location towards the lighter illumination side of the edge. Such a technique reproduces an edge with reduced jagging and with accurate color as compared to conventional displays. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177124 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The display device includes a display panel displaying images, a light source generating and supplying light to the display panel, and a unitary indivisible frame supporting the display panel and including the light source disposed therein. The frame includes a bottom surface, a plurality of sidewalls which each extend from the bottom surface, a plurality of seating portions which extend from the plurality of sidewalls and on which the display panel is seated, and support protrusions protruding inclined from the seating portions and facing a lateral surface of the display panel. The bottom surface, the plurality of sidewalls, the plurality of seating portions and the support protrusions are disposed continuous with each other in the unitary indivisible frame. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177125 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT PIXEL WITH EFFICIENCY COMPENSATION BY THRESHOLD VOLTAGE OVERCOMPENSATION - In each pixel, a current-driven type light emitting element OLED, and a driving element T | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177126 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVE METHOD - A display device is provided that includes a pixel that has a light emitting element that emits light in accordance with an amount of an electric current and a pixel circuits that controls, in accordance with a video signal, an electric current that is applied to the light emitting element, a scanning line that supplies to the pixel, in a specified scan cycle, a selection signal that selects the pixel that will emit light, a data line that supplies a video signal to the pixel, and a display portion in which drive transistors to which the video signal is supplied are arranged in the form of a matrix. The display device also includes a gamma conversion portion that converts the video signal such that it has a gamma characteristic, and a transistor control portion that controls current-voltage characteristics of the transistors such that the gamma characteristic of the signal that is converted by the gamma conversion portion becomes a linear characteristic when it is multiplied by the current-voltage characteristics of the transistors. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177127 | LED DRIVING CIRCUIT, SEMICONDUCTOR ELEMENT AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An LED driving circuit driving an LED array includes: n constant-current driving elements having a vertical structure, each of which is connected to each of LED strings in series and drives the LED string with a constant current; n constant-current control circuits controlling on voltages of the constant-current driving elements so that currents flowing to the LED strings become constant currents; a lowest-voltage detecting circuit to which terminal voltages of the constant-current driving elements on an LED string side are inputted, the lowest-voltage detecting circuit selecting a lowest voltage from among the terminal voltages and outputting a command signal based on difference between the lowest voltage and a predetermined set voltage; and a power-supply control circuit controlling a voltage applied to the LED array to a voltage lower than an initial set voltage based on the command signal. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177128 | LIQUID-CRYSTAL-DRIVING IMAGE PROCESSING CIRCUIT, LIQUID-CRYSTAL-DRIVING IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - In a liquid-crystal-driving image processing circuit that encodes and decodes image data to reduce the frame memory size, the present invention has the object of providing a liquid-crystal-driving image processing circuit capable of correcting image data accurately and applying appropriately corrected voltages to the liquid crystal without being affected by encoding or decoding errors, even when moving images are input. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100182345 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - Each picture element includes first and second sub-picture elements, each of which includes a liquid crystal capacitor and at least one storage capacitor. After a display voltage representing a certain grayscale level has been applied to the respective sub-picture element electrodes of the first and second sub-picture elements, a voltage difference ΔVα is produced between voltages to be applied to the respective liquid crystal capacitors of the first and second sub-picture elements by way of their associated storage capacitor(s). By setting the voltage difference ΔVα value of the blue and/or cyan picture element(s) to be smaller than that of the other color picture elements, shift toward the yellow range at an oblique viewing angle can be minimized. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182346 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182347 | DUAL-LAMP DRIVING CIRCUIT - A dual-lamp driving circuit includes a first frequency switch control circuit, a second frequency switch control circuit, a pulse-width modulation (PWM) control circuit, a first power stage circuit, a second power stage circuit, a conversion circuit, and a feedback circuit. The first frequency switch control circuit receives a first enable signal, and outputs a first frequency switch signal according to the first enable signal. The second frequency switch control circuit receives a second enable signal, and outputs a second frequency switch signal according to the second enable signal. The PWM control circuit outputs various PWM control signals according to the first frequency switch signal and the second frequency switch signal. The feedback circuit feeds back a first current signal from the first lamp to the frequency switch control circuit, and a second current signal from the second lamp to the frequency switch control circuit. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182348 | Signal voltage generation circuit, display panel driving device, and display apparatus - A voltage selection unit selects, based on a grayscale value represented by e.g. 10-bit grayscale data D<9:0>, two voltages Vb | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182349 | Display apparatus and driver - A display apparatus includes a display section; latching sections configured to receive and hold display data to be displayed on the display section; input switches respectively connected with outputs of the latching sections, D/A converters respectively connected with the input switch groups; amplifiers configured to amplify and output the output gradation voltages from the D/A converters, respectively; output switches provided between outputs of the amplifiers and an output node, respectively; data line switches provided onto data lines, respectively; and a control section configured to sequentially supply input switching control signals to the input switches, sequentially supply output switching control signals to the output switches, and sequentially supplies data line switching control signals to the data line switches in synchronization with a Y | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182350 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPATAUS - In general, when a user views an image displayed on a display apparatus, visual environments, such as ambient brightness, a distance from the user to the display apparatus and so on, may disadvantageously cause the image displayed on the display apparatus to become difficult to view. Moreover, it is complicated and troublesome for the user to enter information of ambient light amount and others when setting a picture quality. An image display apparatus holds both question constituent information related to visual environments and choice information serving as answers to questions constituted by the question constituent information, and further holds a plurality of picture quality control rules suitable for visual environments assumed in accordance with the choice information serving as the answers. When sensing a power-up, the image display apparatus outputs the questions; acquires result information that is choices serving as answers from the user to those questions and that is used to acquire the picture quality control rules; and controls the picture quality in accordance with the picture quality control rules acquired in accordance with the result information. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182351 | LUMINANCE ENHANCEMENT STRUCTURE WITH VARYING PITCHES - The present invention is directed to luminance enhancement structure for reflective display devices. The luminance enhancement structure comprises columns and grooves, wherein said grooves have a triangular cross-section and the pitches of the structure vary. The structure not only can enhance the brightness of a display device, but also can reduce the Moiré effect of the display device. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100188433 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to a display control apparatus and method, and a program that are capable of appropriately controlling the luminance of light to be emitted by backlights with simple processing. On the basis of an input image signal, a peripheral-representative-value computation unit ( | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188434 | Method of Driving a Light Source, Apparatus for Performing the Method and Display Apparatus Having the Apparatus - A light source apparatus includes a light source module, a luminance determiner, an illuminance sensor and a light source driver. The light source module provides a display panel with light. The luminance determiner obtains luminance data of first image data including at least white image data that is converted from image data of a red color, a green color and a blue color. The illuminance sensor obtains sensing data based upon an external illuminance. The light source driver drives the light source module based upon the luminance data and the sensing data. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188435 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A method of driving a light source includes: determining a location of pixel data of a display relative to a plurality of light-emitting blocks of a light source, obtaining a plurality of luminance values of the light-emitting blocks corresponding to the location by using a lookup table (LUT) storing the luminance values of the light-emitting blocks, generating a plurality of histograms corresponding to the light-emitting blocks, determining a plurality of target luminance values of the light-emitting blocks using the histograms, and driving the light-emitting blocks using the determined target luminance values. The luminance values of the light-emitting blocks are based on the location of the pixel data within an image block of the display corresponding to each light-emitting block. Each of the histograms indicates a frequency of each of the luminance values of a respective one of the light-emitting blocks. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188436 | Illumination apparatus and method of driving the same - An illumination apparatus which can easily display desired color light by individually controlling light emission of at least two organic light emitting devices while reducing the operational voltage. The illumination apparatus includes: a light emitting unit includes scanning lines, data lines crossing the corresponding scanning lines, and light emitting areas connected between the scanning lines and the data lines, where the light emitting areas include a first light emitting area including at least two first organic light emitting devices emitting a first color and a second light emitting area including at least two second light emitting devices emitting a second color different from the first color; and a driving unit non-simultaneously driving the first light emitting area and the second light emitting area to emit light during a frame. The method of driving the illumination apparatus includes individually emitting light from the first and second light emitting areas by respectively applying data signals to the first and second light emitting areas via the data lines connected thereto during a frame. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188437 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device prevents luminance unevenness that occurs in the case of inversion driving being performed, and performs high quality image display, while selectively scanning two lines of picture elements constituting a single pixel using a single gate wiring, as in the case of multi-primary color image display. The display device includes a display element including a pixel constituted by a plurality of picture elements disposed in two lines in a longitudinal direction and two or more columns in a lateral direction, a gate wiring common to the plurality of picture elements, and a source wiring that is arranged perpendicular or substantially perpendicular to the gate wiring and to perform image display using inversion driving in which an image display signal is provided to the picture elements connected to the gate wiring which is sequentially selected, at a different polarity than a polarity of an immediately previous frame, and an array of the picture elements in the pixel is determined so as to compensate for a change in luminance following the change in the effective value relative to the image display signal of the picture elements belonging to one line. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188438 | Backlight and Liquid Crystal Display Device - A backlight and a liquid crystal display device are disclosed. The backlight comprises a plurality of light sources generating light, a selective signal output terminal through which selective signals for driving the light source are output, a multiplexer for multiplexing the selective signals to output driving signals for driving the respective light sources, and a current source for controlling a supply of power of the light sources using the driving signals. The liquid crystal display device comprises the backlight, a liquid crystal panel, and a system. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188439 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes: a transmissive liquid crystal display device having a display region made up of pixels arrayed in a matrix fashion. The liquid crystal display device includes a planar light source unit formed of planar light source units corresponding to respective display region units on an assumption that the display region is divided into the display region units and configured in such a manner that each planar light source unit irradiates a corresponding display region unit with light, and a drive circuit driving the liquid crystal display device and the planar light source device. The liquid crystal display device is scanned line-sequentially and the pixels making up each display region unit are scanned line-sequentially. A planar light source unit corresponding to a display region unit is held in a luminous state over a predetermined period since a line-sequential scan on the display region unit has been completed. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188440 | Backlight Control Apparatus and Associated Method - A backlight control apparatus is provided. The apparatus controls a backlight module of a liquid crystal display for displaying three-dimensional stereo images. The apparatus includes an image update progress detector and a backlight control signal generator. The image update progress detector detects an update progress of an image signal to generate an update progress signal. The backlight control signal generator generates a plurality of backlight control signals according to the update progress signal to respectively control backlight turn on/off time points of a plurality of backlight areas of the backlight module. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188441 | DRIVING APPARATUS FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A driving apparatus for a display device includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, and each pixel includes first and second sub-pixels. The driving apparatus includes a memory for storing digital data, a controller for calling the digital data to output the digital data together with a clock signal and at least one selection signal, and a gray voltage generator formed of an integrated circuit to receive the digital data from the controller and to generate gray reference voltage sets. The gray voltage generator includes first and second registers for storing the digital data, a selector including a plurality of multiplexers for receiving the outputs of the first and second registers, and a converter including a plurality of digital-analog converters connected to the multiplexers. As described above, the gray voltage generator is provided in the form of a chip so that it is possible to reduce the area occupied on a printed circuit board (PCB) and to reduce the cost of the gray voltage generator. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188442 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD FOR ENHANCING GRAYSCALE DISPLAY CAPABLE OF LOW LUMINANCE PORTION WITHOUT INCREASING DRIVING TIME - A driving method for a plasma display apparatus having address electrodes, scan electrodes and common electrodes and displaying one field of image by using subfields is provided. The driving method includes one specific subfield is arranged to be turned ON early in the one field and always turned ON at luminance level higher than input luminance level “0”, and the specific subfield has a least luminance weight and does not have resetting. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100194785 | Front Lighting for Rollable or Wrappable Display Devices - A display device includes a housing, a screen connected to the housing and being configured to display data in grey-scale on a first portion of the screen, and at least one light source connected to the housing. The light source is configured to project color content on a second portion of the screen. The screen may be flexible and/or rollable on a roller included in the housing. The screen may be electrophoretic and/or reflective. The display device may also include optics or a light guide-to-guide light from the light source to the screen. Further, optics may be provided to detect light reflected from the screen and direct more light to portions of the screen having reduced illumination. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100194786 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus including: a display panel configured to display a display image based on an image signal; an illumination unit configured to output an illumination light for illuminating the display panel; and a controller configured to correct, when a illumination request for illuminating the display panel is received, at least one of brightness and chromaticity of the illumination light based on light-on time and light-off time of the illumination unit previous to a time point at which the illumination request is received. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100194787 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DISPLAY APPARATUS - White noise images and white noise-like pattern images are discerned by making use of the fact that the address current is increased when such an image is entered and detecting the address current by an address current detection circuit. When the detected address current exceeds a given value α and persists for a given period of time, a CPU controls a contrast control circuit to lower the contrast of the video signal, thus reducing the power consumption of an address driver circuit. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100194788 | Driving method for vacuum fluorescent display, and vacuum fluorescent display - Luminance life can be enhanced in a vacuum fluorescent display that is driven according to a dynamic drive scheme and that uses a phosphor having remarkable luminance saturation. A drive method for a vacuum fluorescent display, having causing a phosphor layer formed on an anode to display under low-energy electron excitation by the dynamic driving, wherein the phosphor included in the phosphor layer is a phosphor in which the luminance increases when a pulse width is reduced under conditions in which the Du is kept the same in the dynamic driving, and in which, after a voltage is applied to the anode and the luminance of the phosphor is saturated, the time at which the luminance value decreases to 10% of the saturation luminance value following stoppage of the voltage application is 200 μsec or more; and wherein the pulse width and pulse repetition period in the dynamic driving are made variable in the direction of maintaining the initial luminance of the phosphor as driving time elapses. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100194789 | PARTIAL IMAGE UPDATE FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - The present invention is directed to methods for partial image updates. Such methods provide the display controller the ability to update selected areas of an image that require updating and leave other areas unchanged. The methods also allow for multiple waveforms to be used for specific regions, giving the display the capability of updating each region with its own waveform. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100201716 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display device according to the present invention includes a display which is provided on a front surface of the display device and is a display surface on which images are displayed, an illuminance sensor which is provided on a rear surface of the display device and is a first measuring unit measuring illuminance on the rear surface, and a control unit which is a first control unit controlling brightness of the images displayed on the display. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100201717 | Display device and driving method thereof - A driving method for a display device includes the steps of: performing writing processing to apply a video signal to a first node over a data line via a writing transistor with a predetermined driving voltage applied from a power supply to one of source/drain regions of a driving transistor, wherein the trailing edge of a scanning signal to be applied to a gate electrode of the writing transistor at the writing processing step is inclined; and the luminance characteristic of display elements connected onto each of a scan lines is controlled by controlling the crest value of the scanning signal, which is applied to first to M-th scan lines, for each of the scan lines. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100201718 | LIGHT EMITTING LAMP, BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A light emitting lamp, a backlight assembly and a display device including the same are provided. The light emitting lamp includes a lamp tube longitudinally extended along an extension line, and a plurality of set electrodes disposed on a periphery of the lamp tube and along the extension line. The periphery of the lamp tube is divided into a first region and a second region by a plane including the extension line, and each of the set electrodes includes a first electrode disposed on the first region and a second electrode disposed on the second region. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100201719 | METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - A low-resolution image is displayed at higher resolution and afterimages are reduced. Resolution is made higher by super-resolution processing. In this case, the super-resolution processing is performed after frame interpolation processing is performed. Further, in that case, the super-resolution processing is performed using a plurality of processing systems. Therefore, even when frame frequency is made higher, the super-resolution processing can be performed at high speed. Further, since frame rate doubling is performed by the frame interpolation processing, afterimages can be reduced. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100201720 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF USING A LIGHTING SYSTEM TO ENHANCE BRAND RECOGNITION - The present solution described herein provides systems and methods to coordinate and control the lighting of areas of a display unit in manner desired based on the type, brand and other characteristics of the product presented for display via the display unit. A lighting control system may control the characteristics of light emanating from one or more light sources to cause a reaction or visual effect from light reactive material of the product or display unit. In some cases, the lighting control system may control the characteristics of light emanating from one or more light sources based on signals from detectors, such as sensing any state or condition of the ambient environment. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100201721 | Light Emitting Device and Electronic Appliance - The present invention is to provide a light emitting device capable of obtaining a certain luminance without influence by the temperature change, and a driving method thereof. A current mirror circuit formed by using a transistor is provided for each pixel. The first transistor and the second transistor of the current mirror circuit are connected such that the drain currents thereof are maintained at proportional values regardless of the load resistance value. Thereby, a light emitting device capable of controlling the OLED driving current and the luminance of the OLED by controlling the drain current of the first transistor at a value corresponding to a video signal in a driving circuit, and supplying the drain current of the second transistor to the OLED, is provided. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100207963 | GAMMA VOLATGE GENERATING APPARATUS AND GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATOR THEREOF - A gamma voltage generator including an operation amplifier, a first reference impedance unit, a second reference impedance unit, a first variable impedance unit, a second variable impedance unit, and a select unit is provided. The operation amplifier generates an amplified output voltage. The first reference impedance unit receives a first gamma voltage, and the second reference impedance unit receives a second gamma voltage. The first variable impedance unit provides a first variable impedance, and the second variable impedance unit receives the first gamma voltage and provides a second variable impedance. The select unit selects the amplified output voltage or the first gamma voltage according to a control signal to generate an interpolated gamma output voltage. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100207964 | DISPLAYS WITH INTEGRATED BACKLIGHTING - The specification and drawings present a new apparatus and method for designing and using display devices with integrated backlight layer structure utilizing separate color diffractive out-coupling (e.g., diffraction out-coupling). A lower substrate of the display can be used to integrate the backlight component (or the backlight layer structure), thus enabling a thin module with the integrated backlighting. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100207966 | DRIVING METHOD FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A driving method for a liquid crystal display apparatus, a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between a pixel electrode and a counter electrode, and that controls a transmitted light in the liquid crystal layer by dividing a single frame period into multiple subfield periods and applying an on/off binary data signal between the pixel electrode and the counter electrode in each subfield period. When a counter electrode potential applied to the counter electrode is used as a reference and a voltage higher than the reference is taken as a positive-polarity voltage and a voltage lower than the reference is taken as a negative-polarity voltage, the data signal is converted to the positive-polarity voltage and negative-polarity voltage alternately and cyclically every a cyclical period having subfield period or every several subfield periods. Further, the length of half the cyclical period is no less than 1.6 ms. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100207967 | HYBRID DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER, SOURCE DRIVER, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A hybrid digital to analog converter (DAC) includes a first digital to analog converting unit (DACU) and a second DAC unit. The first DAC unit provides an analog voltage corresponding to Q-bit upper data of P-bit gray data, in response to a plurality of gamma voltages, where P is a natural number equal to or greater than 10 and Q is a natural number less than 10. The second DAC unit provides an analog current having a magnitude according to each bit level of R-bit lower data of the P-bit gray data, based on a rated current generated from a reference voltage, where R is a natural number corresponding to P-Q. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100214324 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is provided that comprises a liquid crystal display panel ( | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214325 | IMAGE DISPLAY - An image display (A) comprises a display unit ( | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214326 | ACTIVE MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An active matrix liquid crystal display device and driving method thereof is provided, in which two different gamma voltage signals can be generated for two pixels of a sub-pixel without extra source lines or gate lines. In a sub-pixel having a first pixel and a second pixel, the switching on/off of the first pixel is controlled by one gate line and that of the second pixel is controlled by one gate line and one source line. The first pixel has a first thin film transistor (TFT) and an electrostatic capacitor. The second pixel has second and third TFTs serially connected. Gate electrodes of the two serially-connected TFTs are connected to the gate line and the source line, respectively. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214327 | ADAPTIVE FEEDBACK CONTROL METHOD OF FSC DISPLAY - An adaptive feedback control method of a field sequential color display includes converting gray-scale values of a three primary color field of an input image into gray-scale values of a new three primary color field and a dominated color field (D-field); performing sampling; performing a pixel by pixel sum operation for each separated color through color gamut conversion to obtain a color difference sum; performing a feedback control at a bit precision to obtain a minimum color difference sum; and then performing a liquid crystal/backlight synchronization step of synchronizing a liquid crystal signal and a backlight gray-scale value of the input image; or dividing the input image into a plurality of blocks; performing feedback control operations; obtaining a minimum sum in each block to serve as an optical backlight value, thereby reducing a CBU phenomenon, and minimizing or controlling the generated CBUs to reduce the operation loads. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214328 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display device includes a motion detector that detects a magnitude of motion between frames from image data containing an image to be displayed, a frame number adjuster that adjusts the number of frames per unit time based on a detection result from the motion detector, a sub-frame number adjuster that adjusts the number of sub-frames included in one frame based on the detection result, and a controller that controls the frame number adjuster and the sub-frame number adjuster such that: when the detected magnitude is large, the number of frames is made larger and the number of sub-frames is made smaller in comparison with the case where the detected magnitude is small; and when the detected magnitude is small, the number of frames is made smaller and the number of sub-frames is made larger in comparison with the case where the detected magnitude is large. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100220114 | Display Device, Electro-Optical Element Driving Method and Electronic Equipment - The present invention permits a capacitance value of an electro-optical element such as organic EL element to be arbitrarily set without changing the light extraction efficiency of a pixel. That is, the present invention permits a capacitance value Coled of an organic EL element ( | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220115 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL, AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A plasma display device has a plasma display panel (PDP) and a driver unit driving the PDP. One field for displaying one screen of the PDP is made up of a plurality of subfields having a reset period and an address period. At least one of the plurality of subfields is a subfield for low luminance with number of times of sustain discharge being set to 0 (zero) and a voltage between a scan electrode and a sustain electrode during the address period being set smaller than a firing voltage between the scan electrode and the sustain electrode. The driver unit applies between the scan electrodes and the sustain electrodes a voltage smaller than the firing voltage between the scan electrodes and the sustain electrodes in a reset period of a subfield subsequent to the subfield for low luminance. As a result, luminance when reproducing black can be lowered. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220116 | PIXEL STRUCTURE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A pixel structure includes a first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel. The first sub-pixel includes a first switching transistor and a first liquid crystal capacitor, wherein when the first switching transistor is turned on, the first liquid crystal capacitor is biased to a first gray level voltage. The second sub-pixel includes a second switching transistor, a second liquid crystal capacitor, a third switching transistor, a charge sharing capacitor and a fourth switching transistor, wherein when the second switching transistor is turned on, the second liquid crystal capacitor is biased to the first gray level voltage; when the fourth switching transistor is turned on, the charge sharing capacitor is reset to a predetermined voltage; and when the third switching transistor is turned on, the second liquid crystal capacitor and the charge sharing capacitor are charge-shared to a second gray level voltage through the third switching transistor. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220117 | Method for Driving Semiconductor Device - To provide a method for driving a semiconductor device, by which influence of variation in threshold voltage and mobility of transistors can be reduced. The semiconductor device includes an n-channel transistor, a switch for controlling electrical connection between a gate and a first terminal of the transistor, a capacitor electrically connected between the gate and a second terminal of the transistor, and a display element. The method has a first period for holding the sum of a voltage corresponding to the threshold voltage of the transistor and an image signal voltage in the capacitor; a second period for turning on the switch so that electric charge held in the capacitor in accordance with the sum of the image signal voltage and the threshold voltage is discharged through the transistor; and a third period for supplying a current to the display element through the transistor after the second period. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220118 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - An active matrix display apparatus of the present invention comprises plural gate lines and plural source lines which are arranged such that the plural gate lines respectively intersect the plural source lines and light-emitting element circuits which are provided to respectively correspond to intersections at which the plural gate lines intersect the plural source line, respectively; wherein each of the light-emitting element circuits includes a light-emitting element for emitting light according to a current supplied thereto; a drive transistor for controlling a current supplied to the light-emitting element; and a control transistor for controlling an ON/OFF operation of the drive transistor; wherein the drive transistor has a body terminal and is configured to correct luminance of the light-emitting element using a voltage applied to the body terminal. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220119 | GAMMA CONTROL CIRCUIT AND METHOD THEREOF - A gamma control circuit includes a first gray-scale voltage selection unit that selects and outputs a highest gray-scale voltage and a lowest gray-scale voltage from among a plurality of first voltages present between a first supply voltage and a second supply voltage. A second gray-scale voltage selection unit receives the highest and lowest gray-scale voltages and selects and outputs a first intermediate voltage and a second intermediate voltage between the highest and lowest gray-scale voltages. A third gray-scale voltage selection unit receives the highest and lowest gray-scale voltages and the first and second intermediate voltages and generates a plurality of reference voltages from the received voltages. A gray-scale voltage generation unit receives the highest and lowest gray-scale voltages and the plurality of reference voltages and outputs a plurality of gray-scale voltages. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220120 | LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY PANEL - A drive apparatus is provided which can calculate a suitable APL value when driving a color display panel using PLE control. Further, a drive apparatus is provided which can inhibit output capacity of a power supply circuit by controlling display brightness according to a lighting rate of a pixel. An APL calculation means | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220121 | METHODS FOR DRIVING BISTABLE ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS, AND APPARATUS FOR USE THEREIN - A bistable electro-optic display has a plurality of pixels, each of which is capable of displaying at least three gray levels. The display is driven by a method comprising: storing a look-up table containing data representing the impulses necessary to convert an initial gray level to a final gray level; storing data representing at least an initial state of each pixel of the display; receiving an input signal representing a desired final state of at least one pixel of the display; and generating an output signal representing the impulse necessary to convert the initial state of said one pixel to the desired final state thereof, as determined from said look-up table. The invention also provides a method for reducing the remnant voltage of an electro-optic display. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220122 | METHODS FOR DRIVING BISTABLE ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS, AND APPARATUS FOR USE THEREIN - A bistable electro-optic display has a plurality of pixels, each of which is capable of displaying at least three gray levels. The display is driven by a method comprising: storing a look-up table containing data representing the impulses necessary to convert an initial gray level to a final gray level; storing data representing at least an initial state of each pixel of the display; receiving an input signal representing a desired final state of at least one pixel of the display; and generating an output signal representing the impulse necessary to convert the initial state of said one pixel to the desired final state thereof, as determined from said look-up table. The invention also provides a method for reducing the remnant voltage of an electro-optic display. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100225670 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF PROVIDING ILLUMINATION THERETO - The present invention proposes a method of providing illumination for a display device including a lighting unit having a plurality of light sources ( | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225671 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention aims to improve a low gradation expression ability by reducing the brightness of the 1 | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225672 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICES - An electrophoretic display device comprises an array of rows and columns of display pixels. Each pixel comprises first and second row electrodes ( | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225673 | FOUR-CHANNEL DISPLAY POWER REDUCTION WITH DESATURATION - A method of presenting an image on a display device having color channel dependent light emission comprising receiving an image input signal including a plurality of three-component input pixel signals; selecting a reduction color component; calculating a reduction factor for each input pixel signal dependent upon a distance metric between the input pixel signal and the selected reduction color component; selecting a respective saturation adjustment factor for each color component of each pixel signal; producing an image output signal having four color components from the image input signal using the reduction factors and saturation adjustment factors to adjust the luminance and color saturation, respectively, of the image input signal; providing a four-channel display device having color channel dependent light emission; and applying the image output signal to the display device to cause it to present an image corresponding to the image output signal. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225674 | METHOD OF DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A method of driving a light source including a light-emitting block includes generating a luminance representative value based on an average grayscale value and a maximum grayscale value extracted from an image signal corresponding to the light-emitting block. The method further includes detecting a predetermined pattern of the light-emitting block, generating a compensation control signal based on the predetermined pattern, generating a compensated luminance representative value by compensating the luminance representative value based on the compensation control signal, and driving the light-emitting block based on the luminance level of the light-emitting block corresponding to the compensated luminance representative value. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225675 | DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND DRIVING CODE GENERATING CIRCUIT - A display device displays a gray scale by applying a voltage to a display element for each of a plurality of subfields. The display device includes a predetermined code storage unit that stores a predetermined code, in which indication values designating the voltage are arranged, a compression code storage unit that stores a compression code, which includes a first portion designating a number of the indication values and a second portion designating an identifier of the predetermined code, and a developing unit that generates a driving code according to a continuous code, in which indication values designating a first voltage are arranged by the number of the indication values designated by the first portion of the compression code, and a predetermined code corresponding to the identifier designated by the second portion of the compression code. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225676 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, ELECTRO OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An integrated circuit device includes: a grayscale voltage generation circuit that outputs a plurality of grayscale voltages; and a plurality of driver circuits that drive a plurality of data lines upon receiving the plurality of grayscale voltages, wherein the grayscale voltage generation circuit voltage-divides between a high voltage side power supply voltage and a ground voltage thereby generating the plurality of grayscale voltages, each of the plurality of driver circuits includes a data line driving circuit having a first capacitor and a second capacitor, wherein the data line driving circuit performs an inversion-amplification of a gain according to a capacitor ratio between the first capacitor and the second capacitor, thereby outputting data voltages in an output range whose lower limit voltage is higher than the ground voltage. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225677 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROLLER OF CHOLESTERIC LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL - A display apparatus includes a cholesteric liquid crystal display panel, a control circuit and a driving circuit. The control circuit classifies pixels into different gradation level groups. The driving circuit applies a first driving waveform to the cholesteric liquid crystal display panel to bring pixels belonging to the first and the fourth group into a state corresponding to the highest gradation level, pixels belonging to the second group into a state corresponding to the lowest gradation level, and pixels belonging to the third group into states corresponding to gradation levels to be displayed, and applies a second driving waveform to the cholesteric liquid crystal display panel to bring pixels belonging to the fourth group into states corresponding to gradation levels to be displayed. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225678 | DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT - A display driver circuit configured to be shared by three grey-scale voltage generators to be respectively used with red (R), green (G) and blue (B) colors. In particular, two of the three grey-scale voltage generators share first and second resistor strings, gamma voltage selectors, and gamma adjustment buffers provided in the other grey-scale voltage generator, thereby reducing the size and power consumption of the display driver circuit. Also, when only a single grey-scale voltage is output, it is possible to deactivate the grey-scale voltages provided by two of the grey-scale generators and further reduce power consumption. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225679 | Multi-Pixel Addressing Method for Video Display Drivers - A video display system is described which is formed by an array of pixels comprised of fast responding light elements, row select and column select switches and pixel data drivers, and a computation subsystem which generates the control signals for the select lines and the video data. The overall system reconstructs the intended image or video to be displayed through successively displaying subframes of images corresponding to orthogonal image basis function components of the original image acting on a grouping of pixels selected using multiple row and column lines. The resultant system is an architecture which enables one to implement certain video decompression techniques directly on the light elements, as opposed to implementing these techniques in digital processing, and can have a considerably reduced raw video data requirement than a system in which pixels are addressed individually, and enables higher dynamic range to be achieved with similar digital-analog-converter specifications. Embodiments with LED based displays are described herein. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225680 | IMAGE DISPLAYING APPARATUS - An image displaying apparatus includes a display with delta array. If an image is displayed on the basis of image data in an RGB format arrayed in a stripe pattern, data of color values R, G and B are input to a calculator. The calculator performs a weighted average on color values of adjacent pixels in a lateral direction to calculate each color value, and a rearranger rearranges calculated respective color values so as to conform to the delta array. Then, a driver displays an image on the basis of the color values which are rearranged so as to conform to the delta array. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100225681 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY OF MOVING IMAGE DISPLAYED ON LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes a panel having pixel electrodes arranged at intersections of a plurality of signal lines via switching elements for transmitting display data and a plurality of scanning lines for transmitting control signals, and a control circuit for controlling the panel. The liquid crystal panel is divided into first pixel regions and second pixel regions adjacent to the first pixel regions. The control circuit carries out impulse driving in which the control signals transmitted to each of the scanning lines are activated two times in one frame period for displaying an image. The control circuit writes the display data in either one of the pixel regions and writes reset data in the other pixel regions when the control signals are activated once of the two times. By writing the reset data in the pixel regions, the display data written in an immediately preceding frame are reset. In consecutive frames, the display data written in the pixel regions are always reset in one frame period. Therefore, blurring in a moving image can be alleviated. Since writing the display data and the reset data is carried out separately in the first pixel regions and in the second pixel regions, flicker is prevented from occurring in a display screen. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100231613 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE PROVIDED THEREWITH - An illumination device includes a light source section with white LEDs on a side of a light guide plate. The white LED includes a first white LED and a second white LED, and they emit light of different chromaticities. In a chromaticity diagram, a white color area is divided into two subareas by a dividing line passing through a target chromaticity; light emitted by the first white LED falls within a first subarea, and light emitted by the second white LED falls within a second subarea. By individually controlling the light emission of the first white LED and the second white LED, it is possible to emanate a desired white light from the light guide plate. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100231614 | DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS - In an embodiment, a pixel driving circuit comprises: one or more source drivers for enabling a first subpixel of a subpixel pair to receive first data and a second subpixel of the subpixel pair to receive second data; one or more source drivers for driving the first data to the first subpixel and the second data to the second subpixel, wherein the first data is different than the second data. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100231615 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an image display device for displaying an image by causing a light emitting element to emit light, the light emitting element being disposed in each of a plurality of pixel areas which are defined by dividing a display area into a grid pattern, the image display device including a pixel circuit for controlling light emission of the light emitting element disposed in each of the plurality of pixel areas, the pixel circuit being formed in an area having a portion that protrudes from the pixel area of the pixel circuit toward an adjacent pixel area and a portion where an adjacent pixel area protrudes into the pixel area. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100231616 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT USING SELF-EMITTING TYPE DISPLAY - A method for reducing power consumption in an electronic equipment using a self-emitting type display is provided. The method includes distinguishing image data to be output, correcting each distinguished image data into an image brightness, synthesizing the corrected image data into one piece of output image data, and controlling a driving power for displaying the synthesized output image data as an image. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100231617 | DATA PROCESSING DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVCE, TELEVISION RECEIVER, AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - According to a data processing device for correcting an image signal which (i) is made up of plural pieces of pixel data and (ii) is externally supplied to a liquid crystal driving panel, a correction circuit includes an interpolation section for (i) obtaining first pixel data to be corrected and second pixel data which is for use in driving one of the plurality of data signal lines at timing earlier than timing at which the one of the plurality of data signal lines is driven in response to the first pixel data and (ii) correcting the first pixel data in accordance with a relationship between the second pixel data and the first pixel data. This provides a data processing device which can carry out a correction so that, in a case where a previously applied voltage have an effect on the charging states of respective pixels connected to a certain data signal line, such an effect is cancelled. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100231618 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING PRIVACY ON A DISPLAY - The present invention relates to a processing device and a method of providing privacy for a display device comprising a display panel arranged to display a first image signal ( | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100238200 | LIGHTING CONTROL CONSOLE FOR CONTROLLING A LIGHTING SYSTEM - Various embodiments include a lighting control console for controlling a lighting system comprising wherein digital adjusting commands, which can be transferred to the lighting devices of the lighting system via data connections, are generated in the lighting control console, and wherein the lighting control console comprises at least one housing, in which the hardware components are arranged so as to be protected from external influences, and wherein the lighting control console comprises a plurality of operating elements, in particular pushbuttons, slide controls and/or rotary controls, which are arranged at the upper side of the housing and by means of which operating commands can be input, and wherein the lighting control console comprises at least one display device, at which a user interface can be displayed. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238201 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus for displaying images based on signals of an input image is provided. A backlight emits light. A liquid crystal panel modulates light emitted from the backlight. A emission intensity calculating unit calculates an emission intensity of the backlight such that a center value of a lightness range displayable on the panel defined depending on the emission intensity of the backlight substantially agrees with a center value between maximum and minimum values of lightness of each signal of the input image. A backlight controlling unit controls light emission of the backlight such that the light is emitted with the emission intensity. A signal correcting unit corrects each signal of the input image in accordance with the emission intensity. A liquid crystal controlling unit controls modulation of the liquid crystal panel based upon the corrected signals. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238202 | Display Device and Method for Driving the same - An exemplary method for driving a display device is provided. At least one set of input signals is received. Finding the original signals being the same with the input signals in the signal transforming table is executed. The pixel driving signals is outputted. If at least one of the found second and third original signals is equal to zero, and the found first original signal is equal to neither zero nor maximal gray scale, at least one of the outputted second and third sub-pixel driving signals, and the outputted fourth sub-pixel driving signal are equal to zero. Then, at least one of the pixels of the pixel array is driven by the outputted pixel driving signals. The input signals is transformed into the pixel driving signals by use of the signal transforming table, thereby saving the cost and improving the displaying quality. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238203 | DRIVING PIXELS OF A DISPLAY | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238204 | GENERATING CORRECTED GRAY SCALE DATA TO IMPROVE DISPLAY QUALITY - A method of displaying image data, which can mitigate a double-boundary problem and improve MPRT, includes the steps of: receiving a plurality of frame data of a pixel; correcting subframe data of two of the plurality frame data; and sequentially displaying each of the subframe data of the plurality frame data. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100245396 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and driving method thereof are provided. The driving method is adapted for driving a backlight module and a display panel thereon, and includes at least the following steps. Firstly, a backlight data and a display data are outputted according to a color distribution of an expected image. Afterwards, a light-emitting pattern whose color distribution corresponds to the color distribution of the expected image of the backlight module is determined according to the backlight data. Besides, a display pattern of the display panel is determined according to the display data. The expected image is displayed through the light-emitting pattern and the display pattern. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245397 | METHOD OF DRIVING A DISPLAY APPARATUS - A method for driving a display apparatus, according to one or more embodiments of the present invention, provides a luminance representative value of a unit light-emitting block that may be determined from an external image signal of a plurality of image blocks corresponding to the unit light-emitting block including a plurality of light sources. A luminance compensation value of the unit light-emitting block may be calculated by compensating the luminance representative value. Pixel data of the external image signal in a central area of the unit light-emitting block and a boundary area may be corrected based on the luminance compensation value. A driving signal may be provided to the unit light-emitting block based on the luminance compensation value. Accordingly, a phenomenon in which a boundary of the unit light-emitting block is visible is removed so that the display quality of all image may be enhanced. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245398 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed are a display apparatus and a method of driving the same. An image signal receiver sequentially outputs frames for image display. A local illumination calculation unit displays an image on a display unit based on the frames and calculates light emission amount of a light source provided for each section of a backlight unit. A frame interpolator generates sub-frames based on the frames and outputs the sub-frames and the frames. A pixel adjuster adjusts light transmittance of each pixel according to the brightness of each pixel and the amount of the light emitted from each section which is calculated by the local illumination calculation unit when the image is displayed based on the frames and the sub-frames sequentially output from a frame interpolator. Local illumination is realized without increasing the number of memory devices while a frame frequency is increased. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245399 | Display device drive circuit - Provided is a display device drive circuit capable of setting an optimum drive performance for each output amplifier without increasing the chip size. The display device drive circuit includes: at least two bias lines having different reference potentials; a selector that selects one of the bias lines based on a grayscale signal; and an output amplifier that is supplied with a reference potential of the one of the bias lines selected by the selector, generates a display signal, and supplies the display signal to a data line. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245400 | Display device and display method - There is provided a display device that includes a display portion and a drive compensation portion. The display portion line-sequentially displays, in an image display region, a first image based on a first image signal and a second image based on a second image signal, by sequentially switching the first image and the second image at a predetermined interval. The drive compensation portion performs predetermined drive compensation on the first image signal and the second image signal input to the display portion, in accordance with a position of the image display region, a luminance of the first image and a luminance of the second image. The predetermined drive compensation is performed such that an average luminance of the first image or the second image becomes substantially uniform in the image display region during a predetermined period that is shorter than the predetermined interval. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245401 | Method of Driving an Electro-Optic Display - A method of driving an electro-optic display comprising providing a current source, digitally modulating the current source and generating a modulated digital signal, and converting the modulated digital signal into an effective analog drive signal so that the display pixels receive an effective analog drive current, wherein the internal capacitance of the electro-optic display smooths the digitally modulated signal and generates the effective analog drive signal. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245402 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display device compensates for a variation of the threshold voltage of a driving transistor. A scan driver and a data driver drive a plurality of pixels. A pixel of the pixels includes an organic light emitting diode, four transistors, and two capacitors. A first transistor controls a current to the organic light emitting diode. Second and third transistors are coupled between a data line from the data driver and a gate electrode of the first transistor. A fourth transistor is coupled between a reference power supply and the gate electrode of the first transistor. The two capacitors are coupled between the organic light emitting diode and respective electrodes of the third transistor. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245403 | SOURCE DRIVER AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM UTILIZING THE SAME - A source driver providing an output image to a plurality of pixels and including a judgment unit, an image processing unit, and a digital-to-analog converter is disclosed. The judgment unit encodes a first input image to generate an encoded code and compares the encoded code with a preset code to generate a luminance controlling signal. The image processing unit processes an image signal by an algorithm and outputs the processed result when the judgment unit asserts the luminance controlling signal. The image processing unit directly outputs the image signal when the judgment unit un-asserts the luminance controlling signal. The digital-to-analog converter transforms the output of the image processing unit and outputs the transformed result to the pixels. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245404 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus includes a display control section that controls to display an image showing an operation of an equipment on a display portion provided in a vehicle and illuminate the display portion with a first brightness, and a counting section that counts a time which elapses after the equipment is activated. The display control section changes the brightness of the display portion from the first brightness to a second brightness which is lower in brightness than the first brightness in a case that an ignition switch of the vehicle is not turned on until the time counted by the counting section exceeds a predetermined period of time. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245405 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A gradation conversion unit | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245406 | AUTOSTEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY DEVICE - A multi-view autostereoscopic display device comprises: a backlight having a plurality of backlight areas arranged in a width direction of the display device; a spatial light modulator arranged over and in registration with the backlight, the spatial light modulator having an array of display forming elements arranged in rows and columns for modulating light received from the backlight; and a view forming layer arranged over and in registration with the spatial light modulator, the view forming layer having a plurality of view forming elements arranged in the width direction of the display device, each view forming element being configured to focus modulated light from adjacent groups of the display forming elements into a plurality of views for projection towards a user in different directions. The backlight is switchable to activate different ones of the backlight areas in different portions of a driving cycle of the display device so that, in the different portions of the driving cycle, modulated light from the active backlight areas is incident on each view forming element with respective different angles of incidence. In this way, the overall viewing angle or the effective three dimensional display resolution may be increased. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245407 | PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD FOR PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS - Sustain discharge is stably caused while power consumption is reduced, and image display quality is improved. A plasma display device has a plasma display panel, an electric power recovering circuit for raising or falling a sustain pulse by resonating an inductor and the inter-electrode capacity of a display electrode pair, and a sustain pulse generating circuit for alternately applying, to the display electrode pair, as many sustain pulses as the number corresponding to the luminance weight in the sustain period of a plurality of subfields that are disposed in one field and have initializing, address, and sustain periods. The sustain pulse generating circuit generates at least two kinds of sustain pulses including a first sustain pulse serving as a reference and a second sustain pulse that rises more gently than the first sustain pulse, and generates the first sustain pulse immediately after the second sustain pulse. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100245408 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A display device ( | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100253704 | PIXEL DRIVING STRUCTURE OF DISPLAYING THREE COLORS OF PARTICLE DISPLAY AND ITS DISPLAYING COLORS METHOD - A pixel driving structure of a particle display displaying three colors and a method for displaying colors thereof are provided. The pixel driving structure includes a first substrate; a first electrode layer disposed on a surface of the first substrate; a second substrate dispoed opposite to the first substrate; a second electrode layer on the second substrate; a particle solution disposed between the first electrode layer and the second electrode layer and having a first color solution, a plurality of second color positive particles, and a plurality of third color negative particles; and an alternating/direct power supply connecting with the first and second electrode layers. A method for displaying color includes steps of applying an alternating voltage to display a first color; applying a first direct voltage to display a third color; and applying a second direct voltage to display a second color. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253705 | BACKLIGHT DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - In a backlight device ( | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253706 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides an organic light emitting display device in which light emitted by an OLED whose luminance is adjusted for detection of deterioration does not stand out as compared to light emitted by other OLEDs, thereby not producing an unpleasant sensation for users. A calculation unit in a display control unit | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253707 | DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a display device capable of reducing a horizontal crosstalk. The display device includes: a plurality of light emitting elements two-dimensionally arranged in a horizontal direction and a vertical direction, and including an anode electrode, a light emitting layer, and a cathode electrode; and a voltage generating circuit applying a correction voltage corresponding to a video signal of one horizontal line to the cathode electrode. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253708 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL APPARATUS, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A electro-optical apparatus includes: a plurality of unit circuits arranged to correspond to intersections of scanning lines and data lines; a scanning line driving circuit; and a data line driving circuit. Each unit circuit includes: an electro-optical element which provides gradation corresponding to the data electric potential; a capacitor element which has a first electrode connected to a capacitor line and a second electrode connected to the data line; and a switching element. A second electrode of the capacitor element included in one of the plurality of unit circuits is connected to one wiring of the respective wirings included in the data line. The second electrode of the capacitor element included in another unit circuit is arranged in parallel with the one unit circuit along an extension direction of the data line and is connected to another wiring of the respective wirings included in the data line. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253709 | CORRECTION VALUE ACQUISITION METHOD, CORRECTION METHOD AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A first step drives a plurality of electron-emitting devices with a drive signal corresponding to a first gradation level and measures the luminance dispersion. A second step selects one or more electron-emitting devices as target devices, drives them with a drive signal corresponding to each gradation level, and measures their luminance for each gradation level. A third step drives the target devices with a drive signal having a voltage amplitude of a drive signal corresponding to each gradation level multiplied by a constant, and measures their luminance for each gradation level. Then, a correction value for each gradation level of each electron-emitting device is calculated using a luminance ratio of the luminance measured in the second step to the luminance measured in the third step, and the luminance dispersion measured in the first step. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253710 | Pixel Driver Circuits - This invention relates to pixel driver circuits for active matrix optoelectronic devices, in particular OLED (organic light emitting diodes) displays. We describe an active matrix optoelectronic device having a plurality of active matrix pixels each said pixel including a pixel circuit comprising a thin film transistor (TFT) for driving the pixel and a pixel capacitor for storing a pixel value, wherein said TFT comprises a TFT with a floating gate. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253711 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal panel | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253712 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE METHOD - Sustain discharge is stably caused while power consumption is reduced, and image display quality is improved. A plasma display device has a plasma display panel, an electric power recovering circuit for raising or falling a sustain pulse by resonating an inductor and the inter-electrode capacity of a display electrode pair, and a sustain pulse generating circuit for alternately applying, to the display electrode pair, as many sustain pulses as the number corresponding to the luminance weight in the sustain period of a plurality of subfields that are disposed in one field and have initializing, address, and sustain periods. The sustain pulse generating circuit switches and generates at least three kinds of sustain pulses including a first sustain pulse serving as a reference, a second sustain pulse that rises more gently than the first sustain pulse, and a third sustain pulse that rises more steeply than the first sustain pulse. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253713 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes: a plurality of unit circuits arranged corresponding to crossings between a plurality of scanning lines and a plurality of data lines; a plurality of wirings that constitutes each of the plurality of scanning lines; a scanning line drive circuit that sequentially selects one of the scanning lines while sequentially selecting one of the wirings included in the scanning line, at every driving period within each unit circuit; and a data line drive circuit that, at every period within the each unit period which is a writing period before the drive period is started, outputs a data potential in response to the gradation data of the unit circuit, which corresponds to the wiring selected in the driving period within the unit period, to a data line corresponding to the unit circuit out of the each data line. Each of the plurality of unit circuits includes: an electric optical element that displays gradation in response to the data potential; a capacitative element having a first electrode connected to a capacitance line and a second electrode connected to the data line; and a switching element that is disposed between the second electrode and the electric optical element and, by being electrically conducted in selecting one of the wirings by the scanning line drive circuit, allows the second electrode and the electric optical element to be electrically conducted. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253714 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ELEMENT AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE ELEMENT - The invention relates to a liquid crystal display element displaying an image using a liquid crystal layer having memory characteristics and a method of driving the element. A liquid crystal display element capable of suppressing the generation of an afterimage attributable to image sticking is provided along with a method of driving the same. The liquid crystal display element includes a display section having memory characteristics including a cholesteric liquid crystal layer and displaying an image when a voltage is applied to the cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the section being capable of keeping the image displayed without electric power, a driving condition storing section for storing a plurality of different driving conditions including a voltage and an application period of the voltage, and a control section determining a display period for which a presently displayed image has been displayed on the display section when the displayed image is rewritten into a new image, acquiring a driving condition according to the display period from the driving condition storing section, and causing the display section to display the new image based on the acquired driving condition. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100253715 | DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHODS FOR MANUFACTURING AND CONTROLLING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device corrects uneven luminance due to uneven element characteristics by simple measurement and correction with a low cost. The display device includes pixels that each include a light emitter and a driver. Data lines supply a voltage signal to the driver of each pixel. A data line driver supplies the voltage signal to each data line. A first memory stores, for each pixel, a luminance gain for adjusting a luminance corresponding to a video signal to a standard luminance. A second memory stores conversion curve information representing a representative conversion curve common to the pixels. A corrector converts, for each pixel, the luminance into a corresponding standard luminance value based on a corresponding luminance gain stored in the first memory, while a converter converts, for each pixel, the corresponding standard luminance into a corresponding voltage signal based on the conversion information stored in the second memory. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100259563 | Organic electroluminescent display device - An inexpensive organic electroluminescent display device is realized by using a data driver IC for liquid crystal that is used in a liquid crystal display device, as a driver of the organic electroluminescent display device. In an active-matrix organic electroluminescent display device that has a pixel circuit capable of controlling light emitting luminance per time in accordance with magnitude of a grey scale voltage, a control signal is supplied from a timing control IC to the data driver so that the polarity is reversed twice consecutively, or a control signal is supplied from the timing control IC to the data driver so that a mode of not reversing the polarity is selected. This control signal need not necessarily be provided in the timing control IC and may be formed in a circuit on a substrate that is not an IC. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100259564 | DISPLAY DRIVING INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DRIVING SYSTEM - Provided is a high-resolution display driving system without a new design of interfaces between a timing controller and DDIs, particularly, without an entire change of a DAC unit having a role of determining gradation representation of DDIs and offsets between channels. The high-resolution display driving system includes a timing controller and a DDI unit. The timing controller generates a differential clock signal and differential data. The DDI unit generates a plurality of converted signals corresponding to the differential data in response to an operation instructing signal, a reset/enable signal, and the differential clock signal. A scheme of data transmission from the timing controller to the DDI unit is at least one of a multi-drop scheme and an m-LVDS (mini low voltage differential signaling) scheme. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100259565 | MONOLITHIC DRIVER-TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention aims to provide a monolithic driver-type display device capable of reducing circuit scale of a sampling circuit, and keeping low power consumption by directly driving a source driver with an externally provided video signal. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100259566 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A direct-viewing type display device according to the present invention includes: at least one display panel having a display region and a frame region formed outside of the display region; and at least one Fresnel lens plate disposed on a viewer side of the at least one display panel with a predetermined interval therefrom. The Fresnel lens plate includes a Fresnel lens region at a position overlapping a region that contains a portion of the frame region of the display panel and a portion of a peripheral display region within the display region that adjoins the portion of the frame region along a first axis. A portion of display light exiting the portion of the peripheral display region is emitted from a region of the Fresnel lens region that overlaps a portion of the frame region, or a region outside the region, toward the viewer side. According to the present invention, there is provided a direct-viewing type display device in which a frame region of a display panel, or a joint in the case of tiling, is made unlikely to be seen, with a structure which is more simple and light-weighted than conventionally. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100259567 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING DYNAMIC FALSE CONTOUR IN THE IMAGE OF AN ALTERNATING CURRENT PLASMA DISPLAY - The present invention discloses a method for and a system for reducing the dynamic false contour in the image of an alternating current plasma display. The method includes the following steps: dividing each frame image into multiple subfields; accounting the number and the probability of the dynamic false contour appeared in each frame image; based on the result of the accounting, carrying out an optimized coding for the pixel data of each frame image, and if there is an error generated by the optimized coding, diffusing the error generated by the optimized coding into neighboring pixels. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100259568 | ELECTRO-OPTIC DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electro-optic device is provides, which includes: a plurality of unit circuits disposed corresponding to intersection of a plurality of scan lines and a plurality of data lines; control lines extended corresponding to the plurality of each of the scan lines; a scan line driving circuit that sequentially selects one of the scan lines for each drive period within each unit period, and selects all or a portion of the plurality of control lines; and a data line driving circuit that outputs a data potential, in response to grayscale data of the unit circuit corresponding to the scan line selected in the drive period within the unit period, to each of the data lines, for each period within the unit period which is a writing period before the drive period is started. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100259569 | DISPLAY SIGNAL CONVERSION APPARATUS - A display signal conversion apparatus converts a first signal having a first color type and color arrangement into a second signal having a second color type and color arrangement. The display signal conversion apparatus includes a color conversion unit configured to convert the first color type into the second color type, a pattern determination unit configured to determine a signal pattern of the first signal, a unit configured to determine a color arrangement of a pixel position of the second signal corresponding to a pixel position of the first signal, and a sub pixel signal generation unit configured to generate a sub pixel signal having the second color type and color arrangement based on a result of the signal pattern determination and a result of the color arrangement determination. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100259570 | OPTICAL DETECTION DEVICE, AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a photodetection device which is small in size and has excellent sensitivity. A photodetection device puts cathode terminals of photodiodes having different spectral characteristics into an open end state, and detects light intensity of a desired wavelength region according to a difference in electric charges that have been stored in those photodiodes in a given period of time. The photodiodes employ a system of storing electric charges, and hence even if a photocurrent is small, the photocurrent may be stored to obtain the electric charges required for detection, and the downsizing and high detection performance of a semiconductor device that forms the photodiodes may be achieved. Further, a wide dynamic range may be realized with an electric charge storage time being variable according to the light intensity, to intermittently drive an element required for difference detection at the time of difference detection so as to suppress electric power consumption, or to average the output so as to reduce flicker. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100265270 | Driving Device for Quickly Changing the Gray Level of the Liquid Crystal Display and Its Driving Method - A driving device for quickly changing the gray level of the liquid crystal display and its driving method are disclosed. The driving device includes a group of thin film transistors with matrix array, a plurality of gate lines and a plurality of data lines. The object of quickly changing the gray level of the liquid crystal display can be accomplished by the different arrangement of the gate lines and the data lines and the different connection of the thin film transistors with the gate lines and the data lines. The driving method for the said driving device includes: two gate lines in the liquid crystal display are simultaneously or synchronously turned on according to in the bright period or in the black period, the voltage for displaying the present frame interval data or the voltage for displaying black image is given to the thin film transistors connected with the gate lines, and scanning continues in turn. The present invention suits for the picture treatment of various liquid crystal displays, organic light emitting diode (OLED) display or plasma display panel (PDP). | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265271 | DRIVING CIRCUIT OF BACKLIGHT MODULE - A driving circuit of a backlight module is provided. The driving circuit has a dimming unit used for transmitting signals, wherein the dimming unit can adjust a current flowing through a light-emitting diode (LED) according a pulse width modulation signal and an enable signal, so as to adjust a light-emitting intensity of the LED. In the present invention, fewer devices are used to implement the dimming unit, and a transmission gate is replaced by a N-type transistor and a P-type transistor, such that a chip area and a circuit cost of the driving circuit are reduced. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265272 | METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA, DATA PROCESSING DEVICE FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE DATA PROCESSING DEVICE - A method of processing data for driving a display panel including a pixel structure including red, green, blue and white (RGBW) sub-pixels includes receiving red, green and blue (RGB) data at a first frame frequency. The method further includes generating RGBW data at a second frame frequency, greater than the first frame frequency, using the RGB data. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265273 | Operational amplifier, driver and display - An operational amplifier includes an input differential stage having one external input receiving an external input voltage and two outputs; and two output stages. A switch section is provided between inputs of the two output stages and the two outputs of the input differential stage, and is configured to alternately connect the two outputs of the input differential stage and inputs of a positive-only output stage of the two output stages; and the two outputs of the input differential stage and inputs of a negative-only output stage of the two output stages. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265274 | OFFSET COMPENSATION GAMMA BUFFER AND GRAY SCALE VOLTAGE GENERATION CIRCUIT USING THE SAME - Disclosed are an offset compensation gamma buffer and a gray scale voltage generation circuit using the same. The offset compensation gamma buffer includes: a buffer which outputs an input voltage input to a positive or negative input terminal as an output voltage; and a switching unit which selectively connects the input voltage and the output voltage of the buffer to the positive and negative input terminals in response to a control signal. The output voltage of the offset compensation gamma buffer is supplied to the input of a gray scale voltage generation circuit of a source driver for driving a liquid crystal panel. The offset of the offset compensation gamma buffer is compensated using an inversion timing of the control signal. The output voltage of the offset compensation gamma buffer is supplied as a reference voltage of the voltage divider unit for generating the gray scale voltages, and the offset of the gray scale voltages is also compensated. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265275 | BACKLIGHTING SYSTEM AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The invention relates to a backlighting system ( | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265276 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A plasma display device includes an image signal processing circuit having a sequential addressing processing circuit and an alternate addressing processing circuit. The sequential addressing processing circuit includes a sequential addressing array unit for converting an image signal into image data arranged in the order corresponding to a sequential address operation, a first data power conversion unit for converting the image data converted from the received image signal into image data which allows to have low electric power consumption, and a first addressing stop unit for stopping an address operation in specific subfields. The alternate addressing processing circuit includes an alternate addressing array unit for converting an image signal into image data arranged in the order corresponding to an alternate address operation, a second data power conversion unit, and a second addressing stop unit. The number of the specific subfields is the same between the first and second data power conversion units. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265277 | DRIVE METHOD OF EL DISPLAY APPARATUS - To provide a drive method capable of maintaining gradation display performance regardless of screen display brightness. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265278 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus wherein reduction in contrast or resolution is prevented is provided. A laser projector as an embodiment of the image display apparatus includes a memory storing a threshold value predetermined for changing a driving mode of a laser light source, a calculator for calculating an optical power level for projecting an image, a driving-mode selector selecting a mode for driving the laser light source, a driving controller for sending a signal to the laser light source in accordance with a selected driving mode, and a laser emitter. The laser projector operates at least at a bias current value Ib or more. In this case, when the optical power level is lower than or equal to a predetermined threshold value TH, the laser projector emits pulsed light. When the optical power level based on a video signal exceeds threshold value TH, the laser projector changes the driving mode of laser light emission from pulsed light emission to DC light emission, to supply a current higher than or equal to bias current value Ib to each laser light source. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265279 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus for driving a display device including a plurality of four color pixels is provided, which includes: an input unit receiving input three-color image signals; an image signal modifier converting the three-color image signals into output four-color image signals such that a maximum gray of the input three-color image signals is equal to a maximum gray of the output four-color image signals; and an output unit outputting the output four-color image signals. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100271406 | Display driver and method of testing the same - A display driver includes a gradation data register that stores gradation data having a bit width, and a gradation voltage signal generator that generates a gradation voltage signal that has voltage according to the gradation data stored in the gradation data register and outputs the generated gradation voltage signal, the display driver further including a test circuit that is provided between the gradation data register and the gradation voltage signal generator, the test circuit connecting at least a plurality of bit lines among bit lines provided between both of the circuits through a common node in a test mode, so as to perform failure detection based on a value of current that flows in the common node. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271407 | REFLECTIVE DISPLAY DEVICES WITH LUMINANCE ENHANCEMENT FILM - The present invention is directed to reflective display devices with a luminance enhancement structure on its viewing side and at least an auxiliary layer and/or edge sealing. The structure increases the overall reflectance by reducing the total internal reflection, and as a result, the brightness of a display device is increased. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271408 | PARTIAL UPDATE DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - This application is directed to driving methods for electrophoretic displays. More specifically, the methods are suitable where there is a requirement for a partial update of the images in the display, where a partial update means that less than 10% of the pixels require updating. An essential element of the method is a floating common electrode. This method for partial updating may be used with the prior art driving techniques in order to provide the optimum updating method for different applications. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271409 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, COLOR SIGNAL CORRECTION APPARATUS, AND COLOR SIGNAL CORRECTION METHOD - Upon displaying an image using the subfield driving method, a luminance discrepancy or a chromaticity discrepancy is reduced while effects of horizontal crosstalk are reduced. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100277509 | METHOD OF UPDATING THE DISPLAY OF ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY MECHANISM AND THE DEVICE THEREOF - A method for driving an electrophoretic display device for reducing the time required to update the display image. The electrophoretic display device comprises a frame buffer, a lookup table, a controller and an electrophoretic display panel. The frame buffer stores a first display frame data. The controller accesses a transition data of transforming the first display frame data to a second display frame data according to the lookup table, for outputting a control data. The electrophoretic display panel displays the second display frame data according to the control data. Therefore, the position the charged particle in a pixel to be moved to during the erasing step can be adjusted by utilizing the lookup table, consequently reducing the time required to update the pixel. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100277510 | ADAPTIVE CONTROL OF LCD DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS BASED ON VIDEO CONTENT - Determining video content type of a video displayed on a LCD and triggering adjustment in drive power of the LCD based on the video content type. The video content type indicates relative content motion of the video. A video content type detection module is one or combination of a software and a hardware and directs the LCD to be driven relative slower or faster based upon video content. The module independently or in conjunction with another module identifies an active window from a plurality of windows corresponding to a plurality of applications running on the host device and sets the drive power of the LCD based on speed of a video displayed on the active window. The module may also adapt LCD drive power based upon user input and/or remaining battery life. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100277511 | ADAPTIVE CONTROL OF DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS OF PIXELS OF A LCD BASED ON VIDEO CONTENT - Determining pixel behavior type of a pixel or a group of pixels of a LCD and triggering adjustment in drive power of the pixel or the group of pixels based on the pixel behavior type. The pixel behavior type indicates relative motion of areas on the LCD in a video. A pixel behavior determination module is one or combination of a software and a hardware and directs one or more selected pixels of the LCD to be driven relative slower or faster based upon content of video that the selected pixels display. The module independently or in conjunction with another module identifies an active window from a plurality of windows corresponding to a plurality of applications running on the host device and sets the drive power of those pixels that correspond to the active window based on speed of a video displayed on the active window. The module may also adapt LCD drive power on a pixel by pixel basis based upon user input and/or remaining battery life. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100277512 | FRAME RATE ADJUSTER AND METHOD THEREOF - A frame rate adjuster is utilized for adjusting a frame rate of a display according to the brightness of a frame. The frame adjuster comprises a frame counting circuit, a brightness-counting circuit, a brightness-determining circuit, and a frame rate selecting circuit. The frame counting circuit is utilized for determining if gray-level data of the frame are all transmitted and accordingly generating a frame trigger signal. The brightness counting circuit is utilized for generating a plurality of brightness-counting numbers according to the gray-level data of the brightness of the frame. The brightness-determining circuit is utilized for outputting a brightness-determining signal according to the frame trigger signal and the plurality of the brightness-counting numbers. The frame rate selecting circuit is utilized for selecting a reference frame rate among a plurality of reference frame rates so as to adjust the frame rate of the display. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100277513 | Organic light emitting diode display and driving method - An OLED display including a display panel having a plurality of R, G, and B pixels formed and at least one of a high-potential and low-potential driving voltage supply line disposed; a data driving circuit; a gamma reference voltage generating circuit for generating gamma reference voltages for R, G, and B by dividing voltages of high-potential gamma power sources; a current estimating circuit for generating digital estimated current values for R, G, and B; a current sensing circuit for generating digital sensing current values for R, G, and B; and a gamma power source control circuit for controlling the high-potential gamma power sources by comparing the digital estimated current values for R, G, and B with the digital sensing current values for R, G, and B so that driving currents corresponding to the respective digital estimated current values flow in the respective R, G, and B pixels. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100277514 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE MODULE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method for driving a light source module, the light source module including a plurality of light-emitting blocks, a driving mode of the light-emitting block providing light to a plurality of pixels displaying a unit image is determined by analyzing grayscale values corresponding to the pixels. A second driving signal is applied to the light-emitting block determined to be in a boosting mode, the second driving signal having a level higher than the level of a first driving signal applied to the light-emitting block determined to be in a normal mode. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100277515 | MITIGATION OF LCD FLARE - LCD flare is reduced by adjusting a backlight to a level where the LCD flare is not visible, and then introducing a simulated veiling glare. The glare is further adjusted by the backlight simulation to hide the geometry (e.g., LED array) of the backlight. The reduction is performed, for example, by processing signals for driving the backlight and a front modulator in a dual modulation display device. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100277516 | DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE - It is an object to provide a driving method of a display device capable of reducing pseudo contours while increase in the number of sub-frames is suppressed as much as possible. In a driving method of a display device where one frame is divided into a plurality of sub-frames to display a gray scale, the plurality of sub-frames has a plurality of middle-order sub-frames each of which has a middle-degree weighting and is used for an overlapping time gray scale method, at least one high-order sub-frame which has a larger weighting than that of the middle-order sub-frame and is used for a binary code time gray scale method, and at least one low-order sub-frame which has a smaller weighting than that of the middle-order sub-frame and is used for a binary code time gray scale method. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100277517 | ANIMATED DISPLAY CALIBRATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method for adjusting properties of a display includes displaying a first pluge image on the display to a user, wherein the display includes a plurality of locations, wherein the first pluge image comprises a first plurality of output values associated with the plurality of locations, thereafter displaying a second pluge image on the display to the user, wherein the second pluge image comprises a second plurality of output values associated with the plurality of locations, wherein the first plurality of output values are different from the second plurality of output values, and receiving a display adjustment input from the user, wherein the display adjustment input from the user is in response to the user viewing the first pluge image on the display and in response to the second pluge image on the display. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100277518 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of driving a liquid crystal display device includes extracting brightness components of a portion of the first data for a current frame, arranging the brightness components for the current frame into a brightness histogram, retrieving brightness histograms for at least two frames prior to the current frame to generate an average histogram, generating second data for the current frame based on the average histogram, comparing the histogram for the current frame with the average histogram to determine whether an image at the current frame is a moving image or a still image, and driving the liquid crystal display device in accordance with one of the first data and the second data based on the comparison result. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100283801 | COLOR SEQUENTIAL CONTROL METHOD AND FIELD SEQUENTIAL COLOR DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A color sequential control method adapted to a field sequential color display is provided. The field sequential color display includes a display panel and a backlight module. The backlight module provides a backlight source to the display panel, wherein the backlight source includes a red backlight, a green backlight and a blue backlight. The color sequential control method includes following steps. First, a frame period of the display panel is sequentially divided into a first, a second and a third sub-frame periods. Next, a cyan backlight and the red backlight are provided in sequence during a first backlight period of the first sub-frame period. Then, a magenta backlight and the green backlight are provided in sequence during a second backlight period of the second sub-frame period. Finally, a yellow backlight and the blue backlight are provided in sequence during a third backlight period of the third sub-frame period. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100283802 | BACKLIGHT SPLIT CONTROL APPARATUS AND BACKLIGHT SPLIT CONTROL METHOD USING THE SAME - A backlight split control apparatus and a backlight split control method using the same are provided. The backlight split control apparatus, which is a split control apparatus of the backlight divided into a plurality of sections, includes an image signal processor for calculating a section luminance control value which is a representative luminance value of the section, from an image signal; a control signal generator for calculating a backlight control value which is a control signal of the backlight, by correcting a section luminance calculation value using a difference between the section luminance control value and the section luminance calculation value acquired from a section luminance distribution value of a light source of the backlight; and an image signal regulator for adjusting the image signal using the backlight control value. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100283803 | COLOR FILTER - A color filter includes a transparent base board and a pixel portion formed on the base board. The pixel portion includes a plurality of pixels and each pixel includes eight sub-pixels in at least four different colors. Light passing through each pixel is colored to be in a color formed by mixed light emitting from the eight sub-pixels and changed by changing the luminance of light respectively passing through the sub-pixels, and light passing through the plurality of pixels cooperatively form colored images. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100283804 | Driving Methods And Waveforms For Electrophoretic Displays - This application is directed to driving methods for electrophoretic displays. The driving methods and waveforms have the advantage that they provide a clean and smooth transition from one image to another image, without flashing or other undesired visual interruptions. The methods also provide faster image transitions. In an embodiment, a method drives a display device from a first image to a second image wherein images of a first color are displayed with a background of a second color, which method comprises driving pixels of the first color directly to the second color before driving pixels of the second color directly to the first color. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100283805 | BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND COVER FOR A COMPACT DISPLAY APPARATUS - A back cover for a backlight assembly capable of achieving a more compact a display apparatus includes a cover element, a line portion, and a plurality of point light sources. The cover element includes a metallic layer, and the cross-section of the cover element has an L-shape. The line portion is formed over the cover element. The point light sources are mounted on the surface of the cover element to receive a driving voltage from the line portion. A bottom cover portion of the cover element covers an opening portion. A side cover portion of the cover element faces the side wall. The point light sources mounted on the cover element emit light on a side surface of a light guide plate. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100283806 | MULTI-COLOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS AND MATERIALS FOR MAKING THE SAME - Novel addressing schemes for controlling electronically addressable displays include a scheme for rear-addressing displays, which allows for in-plane switching of the display material. Other schemes include a rear-addressing scheme which uses a retroreflecting surface to enable greater viewing angle and contrast. Another scheme includes an electrode structure that facilitates manufacture and control of a color display. Another electrode structure facilitates addressing a display using an electrostatic stylus. Methods of using the disclosed electrode structures are also disclosed. Another scheme includes devices combining display materials with silicon transistor addressing structures. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100289827 | Single-Gamma Based Color Gamma Generation System and Method and Display System thereof - A single-gamma based color gamma generation system and method is disclosed. In one embodiment, a gamma controller generates a number of gamma curves associated with a number of colors respectively in a color space. A gamma reference voltage generator (GRVG) generates a plurality of gamma reference voltages according to one selected gamma curve associated with a selected color. An image processor receives the gamma curves and compensates the image data of non-selected color or colors. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289828 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An LCD device includes: a liquid crystal panel configured to include liquid crystal cells formed in regions defined by crossing gate lines and data lines; an image analyzer configured to analyze whether or not an image data corresponds to a specific pattern in which a black or white gray-scale data having a large difference between positive and negative data voltages is continuously opposed to the liquid crystal cells of a vertical direction; a polarity control signal modulator configured to respond to a control signal from the image analyzer and modulate a polarity control signal, so as to prevent the black gray-scale data continuously opposed to the liquid crystal cells of the vertical direction from being polarity-inverted; and a data driver configured to apply the data voltages to the data lines on the basis of the modulated polarity control signal applied from the polarity control signal modulator. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289829 | Display apparatus, light detection method and electronic apparatus - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus, including a plurality of pixel circuits disposed in a matrix at positions at which a plurality of signal lines and a plurality of scanning lines cross each other and individually including a light emitting element, a light emission driving section adapted to apply a signal value to each of the pixel circuits to cause the pixel circuit to emit light of a luminance corresponding to the signal value, and a light detection section including a light detection element which functions as a switching element by switching the light detection element between an on state and an off state and functions as a light sensor for detecting light from the light emitting element in the off state, the light detection section further including a detection signal outputting circuit formed in the light detection section for outputting light detection information from the light detection element. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289830 | Display device and display method - Disclosed herein is a display device including: a pixel circuit for generating a signal value for display by synthesizing signal values input within one horizontal period, and making display at a gradation corresponding to the signal value for display; a signal line disposed in a form of a column on a pixel array where the pixel circuit is arranged in a form of a matrix; a scanning line disposed in a form of a row on the pixel array; a signal line driving section configured to output signal values as a signal value to be supplied to each pixel circuit to the signal line within one horizontal period; and a scanning line driving section configured to sequentially introduce the signal values within one horizontal period, the signal values being generated in the signal line, into the pixel circuit in each row by driving the scanning line. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289831 | Display apparatus, method for controlling light detection operation - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus, including: pixel circuits disposed in a matrix at positions at which a plurality of signal lines and scanning lines cross each other and each including a light emitting element; a light emission driving section adapted to apply a signal value to each of the pixel circuits; a light detection section having a light sensor; a correction information production section adapted to detect the light detection information outputted to the light detection line and supply information for correction of the signal value corresponding to a result of the detection to the light emission driving section; and an initialization control section adapted to set all nodes of the detection signal outputting circuit to an equal potential within a period in which the light detection section does not carry out the light detection operation. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289832 | Display apparatus - A display apparatus includes: a pixel array including a plurality of pixel circuits disposed in a matrix and each including a light emitting element, a driving transistor for supplying current in response to a signal value applied between a gate and a source thereof to the light emitting element when a driving voltage is applied between a drain and the source thereof, and a holding capacitor connected between the gate and the source of the driving transistor for holding the input signal value, the driving transistor having a multi-gate structure wherein two or more transistors formed using an oxide semiconductor material are connected in series; and a light emission driving section. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289833 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DRIVING A BACKLIGHT IN A DISPLAY - A backlight control system for controlling a backlight of a display. The display ( | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289834 | FIELD COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM - Field color sequential (FCS) control system applied for an FCS display device is provided. The FCS control system includes an input system, a memory and an output system. The input system, including a plurality of buffers respectively corresponding to different color channels, receives different color channel components of pixels in parallel such that components of a same color channel are stored in a same buffer. The memory, including a plurality of partitions respectively corresponding to different color channels, stores components of a same color channel to a same partition in association with triggering of rising and falling edges of a clock, respectively. The output system sequentially buffers and outputs color channel components of corresponding partitions. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289835 | Color calibration of color image rendering devices - Color calibration of color image rendering devices, such as large color displays, which operate by either projection or emission of images, utilize internal color measurement instrument or external color measurement modules locatable on a wall or speaker. A dual use camera is provided for a portable or laptop computer, or a cellular phone, handset, personal digital assistant or other handheld device with a digital camera, in which one of the camera or a display is movable with respect to the other to enable the camera in a first mode to capture images of the display for enabling calibration of the display, and in a second mode for capturing image other than of the display. The displays may represent rendering devices for enabling virtual proofing in a network, or may be part of stand-alone systems and apparatuses for color calibration. Improved calibration is also provided for sensing and correcting for non-uniformities of rendering devices, such as color displays, printer, presses, or other color image rendering device. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289836 | PARALLAX REDUCTION - Parallax in an optical device is reduced by apply one or a combination of several disclosed techniques, including reduced solid angle or increased collimation of light sources, increased diffusion/scattering at an output of the device, and/or reflective structures for collimation and containment of reflected light. The techniques are advantageously applied to a backlight LCD display, and particularly to high dynamic range dual modulation displays. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100289837 | DIVISION UNIT, IMAGE ANALYSIS UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A division unit, an image analysis unit and a display apparatus using the same capable of simplifying the computation of overall average gray scale are provided. The division unit includes an adder for receiving a first to an N | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100295873 | AUTOMATIC USER VIEWING PREFERENCE - A system may allow an initial viewing adjustment curve set at a factory to be adjusted by a user, and the adjustment may pull the viewing adjustment curve in a particular direction, but may not result in a multistep, jerky viewing adjustment curve. The curve of the viewing adjustment curve may remain a curve, but, through the use of regions and smoothing, the viewing adjustment curve may retain its curve design. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100295874 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATION DEVICE FOR A FLAT PANEL DISPLAY - A gamma voltage generation device for a flat panel display includes a first voltage dividing circuit coupled between a high voltage and a low voltage, for generating a plurality of primary voltages, a plurality of primary selectors coupled to the first voltage dividing circuit, each of the plurality of primary selectors for selecting a primary voltage from the plurality of primary voltages according to an original digital value, a second voltage dividing circuit coupled to the plurality of primary voltages, for generating a plurality of secondary voltages, and a plurality of secondary selectors coupled to the second voltage dividing circuit, each of the plurality of secondary selectors for selecting a secondary voltage to be a reference grayscale voltage of a gamma curve from a predetermined number of secondary voltages of the plurality of secondary voltages according to a target digital value. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100295875 | DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE UTILIZING THE SAME - A display device including a gate driver, a data driver and a plurality of sub-pixels is disclosed. The gate driver sequentially asserts a first scan signal and a second scan signal. The data driver provides a first data signal and a second data signal. When the first scan signal is asserted, the first scan signal and the first data signal respond with a first response signal. When the second scan signal is asserted, the second scan signal and the second data signal respond with a second response signal. The pulse of the first response signal is different from the pulse of the second response signal. A first sub-pixel among the sub-pixels displays a first color according to the first response signal. A second sub-pixel among the sub-pixels displays a second color according to the second response signal, and the first color is different from the second color. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100295876 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - In a display apparatus according to one or more embodiments, a boosting circuit boosts an input voltage to a backlight driving voltage, and a backlight unit receives the backlight driving voltage to generate light. A backlight driving circuit controls the boosting circuit in response to a dimming signal and compensates a plurality of feedback voltages fedback from the backlight unit to output a panel driving voltage. A panel driving circuit receives the panel driving voltage from the backlight driving circuit to output a data voltage corresponding to an image signal and receives a gate driving voltage to generate a gate voltage. A display panel displays an image in response to the gate voltage and the data voltage. Accordingly, a number of the boosting circuits for the display apparatus may decrease, thereby reducing a manufacturing cost of the display apparatus. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100295877 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BACK-LIGHT BRIGHTNESS - The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display and method of preventing dazzling thereof, by which human eyes can be prevented from being fatigued by the intensity of radiation in a manner of detecting APL of an LCD TV and correcting brightness of a backlight. The present invention includes an APL detecting unit detecting APL of the liquid crystal display, a control unit increasing or decreasing a brightness of a backlight uniformly in inverse proportional to the APL value detected by the APL detecting unit, the control unit increasing the brightness of the backlight according to a decrement of the APL value by limiting the brightness of the backlight to a prescribed brightness for a preset reference section, and a backlight driving unit driving the backlight by controlling the brightness of the backlight under the control of the control unit. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100295878 | Document with an Integrated Display Device - A document including an integrated display device that has several triggerable display elements, each of which is designed to emit an optical signal for representing first data stored in the document whereby the display device is designed for cyclical activation of the display elements for rendering the first data in sequential image regeneration periods, and whereby the display device is designed in such a way that the emission of the optical signals of at least a subset of the display element takes place with a chronological delay, whereby it is not possible to visually perceive the chronological delay. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100295879 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes a dimming value determination circuit for determining a dimming value of a backlight based on an input image signal, an image signal compensation circuit for compensating the input image signal supplied to a liquid crystal panel in accordance with the dimming value, and a backlight drive circuit for driving and controlling the backlight in accordance with the dimming value. When the light emitting luminance of the present frame of the backlight increases relative to the light emitting luminance of the previous frame, the backlight drive circuit delays the timing for applying the dimming value of the present frame. This makes it possible to reduce power consumption of the backlight by suppressing deterioration in the image quality in spite of the sharp change in the display image luminance. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100295880 | DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - This application is directed to driving methods for electrophoretic displays. The driving methods comprise grey level waveforms which greatly enhance the pictorial quality of images displayed. The driving method comprises: (a) applying waveform to drive each pixel to the full first color then to a color state of a desired level; or (b) applying waveform to drive each pixel to the full second color then to a color state of a desired level. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100302284 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE - An electro-optical device that facilitates assembly of the electro-optical device composed of a plurality of display tiles on a wall surface, and its assembly method are provided. It includes a plurality of display tiles, and a foundation structure having a plurality of regions, wherein the foundation structure is equipped with a signal bus for transmitting an image data signal to a first display tile among the plurality of display tiles, and a first connection section that electrically connects the signal bus with the first display tile, and the first display tile is equipped with pixel elements, a signal processing section that generates signals for driving the pixel elements based on the image data signal, and a second connection section that is electrically connected to the first connection section. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302285 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel circuit of at least one embodiment of the present invention includes: a display element whose light emitting luminance is controlled by a supplied current; at least one first switching element section whose output current characteristic shows a saturation characteristic in response to an input variable serving as a grayscale signal; and at least one second switching element section whose output current characteristic shows a linear characteristic in response to an input variable serving as a grayscale signal. A first current supply line which outputs a current determined by the first switching element section and a second current supply line which outputs a current determined by the second switching element section are combined, and then succeeded by a current supply line of the display element. This makes it possible to provide a pixel circuit and a display device which can generate higher peak luminance while sufficiently securing a voltage range which causes an appropriate normal grayscale display within a predetermined driver voltage output range. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302286 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A light emitting device includes: pixel circuits, each of which includes a light emitting element and a drive transistor connected in series with each other and a holding capacitor disposed between a path connecting the light emitting element and the drive transistor and a gate of the drive transistor; and a drive circuit which supplies a drive signal to the gate of the drive transistor and changes a potential of the drive signal with the passage of time such that a time rate of change of the potential of the drive signal at the time point of stopping the supply of the drive signal becomes a time rate of change corresponding to a designated gradation of the pixel circuit. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302287 | DISPLAY DRIVING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DRIVING SYSTEM - Overdrive over multiple frames is made more efficient in a display device drive circuit that drives a display device so slow in response that target brightness is not reached even after overdrive is performed for one frame. When a display gray scale is changed from a first gray scale to a second gray scale, a display driving device varies overdrive driving voltage according to the number of frames since the point of time of the change. This makes it possible to obtain high-speed luminance response. When the number of frames for which an identical image is continuously displayed is known beforehand, the number of frames is set in a display pattern setting register and a function of detecting timing of a change of images is provided. This enables efficient overdrive. At low temperature, further, a display image is updated once for several frames according to temperature information. This enhances the visibility of the image. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302288 | DUAL ENDED DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR LCD BACKLIGHT AND THE METHOD THEREOF - A dual ended driver circuit for a LCD backlight is disclosed. The circuit comprises a master board and a slave board, which provides a first output drive signal and a second output drive signal to either end of a lamp set, respectively. The circuit only uses one control chip to synchronize and make symmetrical the first output drive signal and the second output drive signal. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100309230 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A light emitting device and a method of driving capable of reducing or preventing motion blur and flicker phenomena. The light emitting device includes: scan lines; light emitting pixels configured to provide light to a liquid crystal pixel, each of the scan lines being applied with first and second scan signals for a frame period; and a partial brightness controller is configured to generate a synchronous signal and a segment detection signal, the synchronous signal and the segment detector signal being for controlling application time points of the first and second scan signals according to a liquid crystal response speed on an operation mode basis of the crystal pixel. The first scan signal is applied at a time point at which liquid crystal arrangement of crystal pixel starts to be sustained, and the second scan signal is applied within a time period in which the liquid crystal arrangement is sustained. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309231 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING THE SETTINGS OF A REPRODUCTION COLOR DEVICE - According to this method, successive iterations are launched according to the following steps:—1) the reproduction color device is set according to settings,—2) reference input colors are calibrated putting calibrated input colors,—4) reproduction quality rating value are calculated,—5) a reproduction quality criterion is applied to decide or not to go for another iteration with different settings. This method allows the optimization of the settings according to color preferences. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309232 | CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A control method for an image display apparatus includes the steps of outputting a selection potential to a row wiring to be driven; and generating a modulation pulse based on a value of image data, and outputting the modulation pulse to a column wiring. The modulation pulse generating step generates, in a range of Imin≦I≦I | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309233 | PIXEL CIRCUIT FOR ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (OLED) PANEL, DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF DRIVING OLED PANEL USING THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a pixel circuit for an OLED panel, a display device having the pixel circuit and a method of driving the OLED panel. The pixel circuit for an OLED panel includes a switching element driven by a scan signal input through a corresponding one of scan lines sequentially selected from among a plurality of scan lines, and configured to transfer drive current based on luminance data input through a corresponding one of a plurality of data lines. An OLED emits light using the drive current transferred by the switching element. The OLED has an anode connected to a source terminal of the transistor and a cathode connected to a common electrode. Accordingly, problems such as the imbalance and deterioration of luminance attributable to the sequential driving of scan lines can be solved, and the complexity of circuits of a conventional AMOLED panel can be solved. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309234 | COLOR CORRECTION LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING SAME - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel for displaying picture images, and a color correction unit. Upon receipt of raw RGB picture data corresponding to raw RGB gamma curves, the color correction unit generates corrected RGB picture data based on values over a predetermined imaginative gamma curve established in accordance with the characteristic of the liquid crystal display panel. The color correction unit stores values over corrected RGB gamma curves corresponding to the corrected picture data, and gamma-corrects the raw RGB picture data based on values over the stored corrected RGB gamma curves, thereby displaying the picture images. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100315441 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A light emitting device and a driving method thereof, and a method for reducing motion blur and flicker phenomena of a display is provided. A light emitting device for providing light to a display that displays images is provided. The device includes: a display unit that includes scan lines, column lines, and light emission pixels, the scan lines respectively applied with first scan signals and second scan signals during one frame period; a local brightness controller that generates a dimming signal having brightness information of the light emission pixels, generates motion flag signals having motion information corresponding to the light emission pixels, and generates ratio control signals having division information of the dimming signal according to the motion flag signals; and a controller that divides the dimming signal into first divided dimming data and second divided dimming data according to the ratio control signals. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315442 | Circuit Configuration and Method for Controlling Particularly Segmented LED Background Illumination - A circuit arrangement for controlling a segmented LED backlight in particular, comprises a generator ( | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315443 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device displays an image by using overshoot driving. In at least one embodiment, the liquid crystal display device includes: a temperature sensor measuring a surface temperature of a liquid crystal panel; a gradation conversion section performing a gradation value shift process of shifting inputted gradation values to lower gradation values; and a pseudo-multi-gradating section performing a pseudo-multi-gradating process on image data on which the gradation value shift process has been performed by the gradation conversion section. The gradation conversion section decides whether or not to perform the gradation value shift process depending on the surface temperature of the liquid crystal panel measured by the temperature sensor. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315444 | SELF-LIGHT- EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE, POWER CONSUMPTION REDUCTION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A self-light-emitting display device includes: a video analyzing section configured to extract a feature portion of video data based on a video signal of the video data to be displayed on an active matrix driven type self-light-emitting display module; a luminance distribution generating section configured to generate, based on the feature portion, a luminance distribution for a region of the feature portion to be displayed on the self-light-emitting display module so that the display brightness of the video data becomes reduced as the distance becomes farther from an arbitrary reference position within the region of the feature portion; and an image combining section configured to combine the luminance distribution with the video signal of the video data to modify the brightness of the video data. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315445 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display device. The display device includes: a backlight unit that is divided into a plurality of blocks and driven for each of the divided blocks and includes a plurality of optical assemblies; a display panel positioned on the top of the backlight unit; a controller that outputs a local dimming value for each of blocks corresponding to the blocks of the backlight unit depending on an image displayed in the display panel; and a BLU driver that controls the brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit by using the local dimming value for each block, wherein the optical assembly includes a substrate; a plurality of light sources that are positioned on the substrate and emit light; and a light guide plate including a light input unit including an incident surface into which light is inputted through the side from the light source and a light emitting unit emitting the inputted light to the top, and wherein at least some portions of two adjacent optical assemblies among the plurality of optical assemblies are superimposed on each other, and the BLU driver receives the local dimming value for each block and outputs a plurality of driving signals and each of the driving signals controls the brightness of two or more blocks among the blocks of the backlight unit. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315446 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display device. The display device includes: a backlight unit that is divided into a plurality of blocks and driven for each of the divided blocks and includes a plurality of optical assemblies; a display panel positioned on the top of the backlight unit; a controller that outputs a local dimming value for each of blocks corresponding to the blocks of the backlight unit depending on an image displayed in the display panel; and a BLU driver that controls the brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit by using the local dimming value for each block, wherein the optical assembly includes a substrate; a plurality of light sources that are positioned and emit light; and a light guide plate including a light input unit including an incident surface into which light is inputted through the side from the light source and a light emitting unit emitting the inputted light to the top, and wherein at least some portions of two adjacent optical assemblies among the plurality of optical assemblies are superimposed on each other, and the BLU driver receives the local dimming value for each block and outputs a plurality of driving signals and the blocks of the backlight unit are driven in the unit of the divided groups by being divided into a plurality of scan groups. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315447 | IMAGE DISPLAYING APPARATUS AND IMAGING APPARATUS - An image displaying apparatus includes a displaying section capable of performing a luminance adjustment, an image correcting section performing a luminance correction on each of a plurality of images at a time of a dynamic display continuously displaying the plurality of images on the displaying section at a constant interval, a luminance adjusting section performing a luminance adjustment at the displaying section displaying the images to which the luminance correction is performed based on the luminance correction at the image correcting section, and a display controlling section performing a control at the luminance adjusting section within a shorter period than the constant interval when switching from the dynamic display to a static display displaying an image different from the plurality of images. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315448 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus and method for driving an LCD device is provided. The apparatus for driving an LCD device comprises an image display unit that includes liquid crystal cells formed in each region defined by a plurality of gate lines and a plurality of data lines. A data driver supplies analog video signals to the respective data lines. A gate driver supplies scan pulses to the respective gate lines. A data converter detects motion vectors from input data and generating modulated data by filtering the input data in accordance with the motion vectors to generate overshoot or undershoot in a boundary along a motion direction. A timing controller aligns the modulated data to supply the aligned data to the data driver and operates the data driver and the gate driver. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315449 | COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE FOR COLOR SHIFT IN DISPLAYS - A system for maintaining a substantially constant display white point over an extended period of operation of a color display formed by an array of multiple pixels in which each of the pixels includes multiple subpixels having different colors, and each of the subpixels includes a light emissive device. The display is generated by energizing the subpixels of successively selected pixels, and the color of each selected pixel is controlled by the relatives levels of energization of the subpixels in the selected pixel. The degradation behavior of the subpixels in each pixel is determined, and the relative levels of energization of the subpixels in each pixel are adjusted to adjust the brightness shares of the subpixels to compensate for the degradation behavior of the subpixels. The brightness shares are preferably adjusted to maintain a substantially constant display white point. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315450 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING A BACKLIGHT LEVEL FOR A DISPLAY ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The disclosure provides a system and method for adjusting a backlight level for an image being displayed on an electronic device. The system comprises: a display for displaying an image to be backlit; memory storing a numeric representation of the image on a pixel-by-pixel basis; and a backlight adjustment module to calculate a pixel-by-pixel, running average of an intensity of the image using the numeric representation and to determine a backlight level for the image using the running average, the running average being calculated according to an equation that calculates a new average using a previous average and a current pixel intensity value to avoid an overflow condition when calculating the running average. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100321412 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - The invention describes a system and method for driving a display device that includes an array of pixels respectively coupled with a plurality of scanning lines along a first direction and a plurality of data lines along a second direction, each of the data lines being adapted to transmit a driving signal that is amplified in a high-driving mode of operation. In one embodiment, the method comprises reading first digital data associated with a first pixel, reading second digital data associated with a second pixel, and based on the content of the first and second digital data determining whether one or more condition for generating a control signal to disable the high-driving mode of operation is satisfied. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100321413 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - The invention describes a system and method for driving a display device that includes an array of pixels respectively coupled with a plurality of scanning lines along a first direction and a plurality of data lines along a second direction, each of the data lines being adapted to transmit a driving signal that is amplified in a high-driving mode of operation. In one embodiment, the method comprises reading digital data associated with each of a plurality of pixels along one or more scanning line, evaluating a distribution of gray scale levels for pixels coupled along the one or more scanning line based on the content of the digital data, and determining whether the distribution of gray scale levels meets a condition for generating a control signal to disable the high-driving mode of operation. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100321414 | DISPLAY DEVICE - It is an object of the present invention to provide a display device that can improve the color reproductivity on a displayed image and improve the display quality. A liquid crystal display device ( | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100321415 | DISPLAY DRIVING UNIT AND METHOD FOR USING THE SAME - A display driving unit used in a liquid crystal display (LCD) stores two γ curves. When the LCD displays images, the display driving unit determines the luminance of the image in a first sub-period for displaying the image according to the gray level of the image and the first γ curve, and determines the luminance of the image in a second sub-period for displaying the image according to the gray level of the image and the second γ curve. The LCD displays the image in the luminance determined according to the gray level of the image and the first γ curve in the first sub-period and displays the image in the luminance determined according to the gray level of the image and the second γ curve in the second sub-period. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100321416 | Liquid crystal display device - A liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal panel provided with plural gate lines to select a pixel and plural data lines to supply pixel data and a data driver dividing a single frame into plural fields and converting frame data into field data to supply the field data to the data line is provided. When the frame data has a tone change, the data driver performs correction to data of an odd-number field of the frame in a same direction as an increase/decrease direction of the tone change of the frame data, and performs correction to data of an even-number field of the frame in an opposite direction to the increase/decrease direction of the tone change of the frame data. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100321417 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND PROJECTION DISPLAY DEVICE - The invention provides a display device, a direct-view display device, and a projection display device in which their apparent dynamic ranges are increased with less color change. The display device can include a light modulation device having a plurality of pixels for displaying an image according to an image signal, a light source for illuminating the light modulation device, and a light-source driving device for controlling the intensity of light emitted from the light source by controlling the period in which the light source is lit at a specified brightness per unit time. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100321418 | ILLUMINATING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an illuminating device which is capable of suppressing occurrence of irregular color in illuminating light. The illuminating device is provided with a light source substrate ( | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100321419 | DRIVER FOR DISPLAY PANEL - A driver for a display panel in which a plurality of light-emitting elements are arranged in a matrix, prevents false emission and/or destruction of the light-emitting elements from being caused when reset control is performed when scanning row lines included in the display panel. A cathode driver includes a plurality of groups composed of a timing circuit and transistors that correspond to a plurality of cathode lines, respectively. Each of the timing circuits controls the timing for switching on the transistors, so that the potentials of all the cathode lines excluding the cathode line that is the target to be scanned are slowly changed from the ground potential to the power supply potential after the reset period elapses. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100321420 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME - The invention provides a light emitting device which can suppress the reduction of luminance in accordance with the light emission time and light emission at a high luminance. Moreover, the invention relates to a driving method which can suppress the reduction of luminance in accordance with the light emission time and light emission at a high luminance. The light emitting device of the invention can display a plurality of colors of which brightness and chromaticity are different by visually mixing light emission of a plurality of light emitting elements of which light emission colors are different. When a visually mixed display color is formed, a white light emission is exhibited. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100328355 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is provided with a plurality of cold cathode tubes (light sources) ( | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328356 | RENDERING MULTISPECTRAL IMAGES ON REFLECTIVE DISPLAYS - Image display which accesses an image containing multispectral data and a spectral device model for a reflective display. The reflective display renders the image by modulation of an ambient illuminant and is driven by color primary signals for corresponding color primaries. A spectral power distribution of a direct irradiance of a current ambient illuminant is cyclically and repetitively estimated by using a measurement of the spectral power distribution of the direct irradiance of the current ambient illuminant. Color primary signals are determined by using the estimation of the spectral power distribution of the direct irradiance of the current ambient illuminant, the spectral device model, and the multispectral image data. The reflective display is driven by the determined color primary signals, such that the multispectral image data rendered on the reflective display simulates the appearance of the multispectral image data calorimetrically under the current ambient illuminant. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328357 | Drive Circuit, liquid crystal display device, and method for controlling output voltage - An exemplary embodiment of the present invention is a drive circuit for controlling an output voltage of display data supplied to a liquid crystal display panel includes a hold circuit that holds a gradient of the display data, a bit detection circuit that compares the gradient of the display data with a last gradient held in the hold circuit to thereby detect a comparison result, a current capability selection circuit that selects any of a plurality of current capabilities in synchronization with a bit comparison signal based on the detected comparison result, and an output circuit that converts the display data into a voltage according to the gradient thereof using the selected current capability and outputs the converted voltage. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328358 | Driver circuit - A driver circuit according to the present invention includes a grayscale circuit, an amplifier circuit, a comparison circuit, and a sampling timing adjusting circuit. The grayscale circuit generates a grayscale voltage from grayscale data. The amplifier circuit generates a video output from the grayscale voltage. The comparison circuit compares the grayscale voltage with the video output and outputs a comparison result. The sampling timing adjusting circuit adjusts a sampling timing signal for sampling the video signal based on the comparison result to generate an adjusted sampling timing signal. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328359 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PICTURE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a display device including a display unit having luminescence elements that individually becomes luminous depending on a current amount. The luminescence elements are arranged in a matrix pattern. The display device comprises a luminescence amount regulator for setting a reference duty for regulating a luminescence amount per unit time for each of the luminescence elements, according to picture information of an input picture signal, and also comprises an adjuster for adjusting, based on the reference duty, an effective duty regulating a luminous time for which the luminescence elements become luminous within a unit time, so that the effective duty is within a predetermined range, and for adjusting a gain of the picture signal, so that a luminescence amount regulated with the effective duty and with the gain of the picture signal equals to the luminescence amount regulated with the reference duty. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328360 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display apparatus includes color filters, a display signal voltage application circuit, a common voltage application circuit, and a polarity inversion circuit. Each color filter corresponds to one of sub-pixels arranged two-dimensionally in a display section. The display signal voltage application circuit applies a display signal voltage to a pixel electrode of each of the sub-pixels. The common voltage application circuit applies a common voltage to a common electrode of each of the sub-pixels. The polarity inversion circuit inverts a polarity indicating a magnitude relationship between a pixel electrode voltage and the common voltage that is applied to the common electrode. The polarity inversion circuit makes the polarity of at least one of the sub-pixels arranged in a row of the display section different from the polarity of another sub-pixel of the same color arranged in the same row of the display section. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328361 | Display Device and Display Method - According to one embodiment, a display device includes a brightness controller and a display module. The brightness controller is configured to be capable of controlling a brightness of a backlight, which is configured to light sources, in units of a predetermined area corresponding to at least one light source, and configured to control at a first brightness at least one light source constituting a first light source area corresponding to a selected area on a display area, and configured to control at a second brightness at least one light source constituting a second light source area corresponding to a non-selected area on the display area. The display module is configured to display the selected area in accordance with the control at the first brightness by the brightness controller, and configured to display the non-selected area in accordance with the control at the second brightness by the brightness controller. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328362 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS, LIGHT GUIDE PLATE, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - A backlight apparatus, a light guide plate, and a display apparatus applying the same are provided. A backlight apparatus includes a light guide plate (LGP) on which a plurality of grooves are formed to cut off movement of light, and a light emitting unit which emits the light onto the LGP. Accordingly, an edge-type backlight apparatus can support local dimming using a single LGP which is optically divided. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328363 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LUMINANCE - An information processing apparatus includes: a display device having a display screen being divided into a plurality of divisional areas, each of which being controlled to have individual luminance; a target area determining module configured to determine, as a target area, a group of divisional areas to which a drawing region where at least one of an active window and a cursor is drawn belongs; and a luminance controller configured to control luminance of the respective divisional areas of the display screen independently so that the target area has a first luminance and the other divisional areas have a second luminance that is lower than the first luminance. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328364 | METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A method of driving a light emitting device in a first light emitting period, supplying electric charge to the light emitting element of a target pixel circuit of the plurality of pixel circuits. In this case, the electric charge has been generated by supplying the gradation potential to the signal line. In a charging period after the first light emitting period, in order for a reverse bias to be applied to light emitting elements of control pixel circuits other than the target pixel circuit of the plurality of pixel circuits, the method further includes changing potentials of the potential lines corresponding to the control pixel circuits. In a second light emitting period after the charging period, the method further includes supplying electric charge generated in the charging period to the light emitting element of the target pixel circuit. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328365 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A display apparatus includes: a light emitting element, a source which supplies a current to the light emitting element from a drain; a capacitor one end of which is connected to a gate of the transistor; a gate voltage setting circuit detachably connected to the gate of the transistor, the gate voltage setting circuit setting the gate voltage of the transistor to an initial voltage; and a capacitor terminal voltage setting circuit which is connected to another end of the capacitor, and which sets the voltage of the another end of the capacitor to any of data voltage corresponding to image information and constant reference voltage which does not depend on the image information, wherein a range, in which a current flowing through the light emitting element varies depending on the data voltage, is adjusted by changing one of the initial voltage and the reference voltage. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328366 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device is provided which displays images by emitting light when a reference voltage is applied to pixels. An average picture level calculation unit of a reference voltage calculation unit in a rectangular wave driving unit of a TFT substrate calculates the value of average picture level, and a ΔV calculation unit of a reference voltage calculation unit calculates a correction amount ΔV of the reference voltage based on the average picture level value. The calculated correction amount ΔV is added to a reference voltage and is used as the voltage of a rectangular wave signal that is output to each pixel from a rectangular wave driving unit. In each pixel in which a data signal corresponding to the grayscale value is stored, an organic EL device emits light in accordance with the rectangular wave signal. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328367 | PIXEL DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR A DISPLAY DEVICE AND A DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A pixel driving circuit for a display device in which a plurality of gate lines and data lines are arranged. The pixel circuit is disposed at an intersection between the gate lines and data lines, and includes at least two light emitting elements for emitting certain colors within a certain section; an active device commonly connected to the at least two light emitting elements to drive the at least two light emitting elements; and an power source control part connected to the active device to transmit driving control signals for the at least two light emitting elements to the active device. The active device sequentially drives the at least two light emitting elements in the certain section per a certain period of time in response to the power source signals transmitted through the power source control part, and the at least two light emitting elements are sequentially emitted. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328368 | THREE DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY SYSTEM AND ITS DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A 3-D display system and relevant display control method, consisting of linear display units vertically arranged in a 2-D plane or cylindrical columns to form a 3-D display matrix, and a display control system that acquires corresponding display data through computer image processing and outputs the display data to control units. The control units issue control signals to the illuminants with corresponding addresses at corresponding time instants, to light up the corresponding illuminants and make the 3-D display matrix display a corresponding 3-D image or animation. The illuminants can be monochromatic or multicolor LEDs or other point light sources. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100328369 | MULTI-GRADATION DRIVE CIRCUIT, DRIVING METHOD, AND DISPLAY DEVICE OF CHOLESTERIC LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL - A multi-gradation drive circuit that drives a cholesteric liquid crystal panel in a plurality of drive phases in different drive cycles, includes: a current upper limit control circuit that calculates an upper limit of a supply current of a liquid crystal drive power source and outputs an upper limit control signal; and a supply current limiting circuit that limits the supply current of the liquid crystal drive power source to the upper limit value or less specified by the upper limit control signal, wherein the current upper limit control circuit switches the upper limit control signal to another in accordance with the drive cycle in each drive phase. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20110001764 | DYNAMIC CREATION OF WAVEFORM PALETTE - A system and method for driving a display region on the display are described. The method includes receiving a desired color for a pixel, determining a waveform to drive the pixel to desired color, updating frame buffer with an index to the determined waveform, updating waveform table with the determined waveform, and then driving the pixel on the display using the index and associated waveform. After the drive, the waveform is removed from the waveform table and the corresponding pixel in frame buffer is updated with an index corresponding to a null waveform. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110001765 | Semiconductor integrated circuit and liquid crystal drive circuit - Disclosed herein is a semiconductor integrated circuit including: line buffers; an alpha channel first selector; an alpha channel digital-to-analog converter; a beta channel digital-to-analog converter; a redundant digital-to-analog converter; an alpha channel second selector; a beta channel second selector; an alpha channel amplifier; and a beta channel amplifier. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110001766 | LED Drive Circuit For SCR Dimming - A LED drive circuit for SCR dimming including an external controller configured to receive AC voltage from a power network to convert the AC voltage to an AC voltage with a lacked phase by phase controlling the voltage through a thyristor, and a LED driver that includes a bridge rectifier configured to shape the AC voltage with the lacked phase output into a unidirectional pulse DC voltage, and a phase angle detecting circuit configured to shape the AC voltage signal output with lacked phase from the external controller into a saw-tooth wave pulse signal. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110007098 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A liquid crystal display (LCD) apparatus, an LCD driving apparatus, and a method for driving the LCD apparatus are provided. The LCD apparatus includes a panel; and a controlling unit which inserts gray data into at least one pixel included in a pixel group. Accordingly, the stress on a liquid crystal is reduced and thus a residual image is prevented from occurring on a screen. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007099 | INVERTER CIRCUIT, BACKLIGHT DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an inverter circuit capable of suppressing an increase in EMI level. In at least one embodiment, the inverter circuit includes: a drive circuit for outputting a pulse signal; a transformer for outputting a drive signal corresponding to the pulse signal to a fluorescent lamp, the transformer including a secondary winding having one end connected to the fluorescent lamp; a detection control circuit for detecting a detection signal corresponding to the drive signal supplied to the fluorescent lamp; a wiring line connecting another end of the secondary winding of the transformer and the detection control circuit; and a wiring line provided together with the wiring line so that magnetic fields generated are cancelled out each other. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007100 | BACKLIGHT CONTROLLER AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A backlight controller for controlling a backlight unit having a plurality of light sources arranged in a grid layout for illuminating a liquid crystal panel, the backlight controller including: a first calculator configured to calculate an average value and a standard deviation of control values for controlling the light sources, the control values being obtained from a feature quantity of an input image; a second calculator configured to calculate a ratio of the standard deviation to the average value; and a gain controller configured to control a gain to be applied to the control values based on the ratio calculated by the second calculator. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007101 | SELF LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SELF LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - A self light emitting display device is provided which includes a panel driver which changes a maximum voltage supplied to the self light emitting display panel according to the necessary maximum brightness, a storage unit which holds data related to a reverse gamma characteristic that is opposite to a gamma characteristic between an amount of light emitted from the self light emitting display panel and a voltage supplied from the panel driver to the self light emitting display panel, and a panel gamma generation unit which generates an output signal based on the reverse gamma characteristic by changing an applicable range of the reverse gamma characteristic according to the necessary maximum brightness while maintaining the same gradations as those when the self light emitting display panel emits light at a displayable maximum brightness. The panel driver drives the self light emitting display panel based on the output signal. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007102 | PIXEL DRIVE APPARATUS, LIGHT-EMITTING APPARATUS AND DRIVE CONTROL METHOD FOR LIGHT-EMITTING APPARATUS - A pixel drive apparatus to drive a pixel has a function of compensating a change in characteristics of the pixel. The pixel includes a light-emitting element and a drive control element to drive the light-emitting element. The pixel drive apparatus acquires the electrical characteristic parameter that is used to compensate variation of electrical characteristics of the light-emitting drive circuit including the drive control element based on a voltage value of the detection voltage after applying a voltage having a voltage value exceeding a threshold voltage across the drive control element to elapse of at least one relaxation time, and acquires a light-emitting characteristic parameter that is used to compensate variation of characteristics of the light-emitting element based on light-emitting luminance of the light-emitting element that is operated to emit light in accordance with luminance measurement image data corrected based on the electrical characteristic parameter. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007103 | APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT OF DISPLAY PANEL IN CAMERA SYSTEM - An apparatus controls a backlight of a display panel of a camera system. The apparatus includes a sub-pixel extracting unit, an ambient light luminance calculating unit, and a backlight controller. The sub-pixel extracting unit extracts sub-pixel luminance values from image data, where the image data is indicative of a current image frame defined by a plurality of pixels, and where each of the pixels includes a plurality of sub-pixels. The ambient light luminance calculating unit calculates an ambient light luminance value of the current image frame from the sub-pixel luminance values extracted by the sub-pixel extracting unit. The backlight controller which generates a backlight control signal based on a comparison between the calculated ambient light luminance value of the current image frame and an ambient light luminance value of a previous image frame. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007104 | LIGHTING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - There is provided a lighting device that can reduce the occurrence of both color irregularity and brightness irregularity of light to be irradiated onto an irradiation surface even if one of a plurality of light-emitting elements included in light sources fails to light properly, and a display device using this lighting device. The lighting device includes a plurality of light sources ( | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110012932 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD THEREOF - A display device is disclosed which is capable of suppressing characteristic changes due to a long period of conduction, thereby achieving high-quality video display, and also to provide a drive method therefor. In at least one embodiment, while sequentially activating n first scanning signal line groups G | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012933 | DISPLAY DEVICE WITH AUTOMATIC BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTMENT AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - A display device is provided. The display device includes a system module detecting an image signal and outputting a first frequency in response thereto, wherein the first frequency is adjusted to a second frequency when the image signal is switched. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012934 | DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH ANTI-INTERFERENCE OF RESONANCE AND METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display comprises a system module responding to a first frequency to output a second frequency, wherein a magnitude of the second frequency is not an integer multiple of that of the first frequency. The system module comprises a detection circuit detecting the first frequency of the vertical synchronous signal, and a processor producing a plurality of adjacent integers. The display apparatus further comprise an internal light source providing a back light for the display apparatus to display an image, and a light source control module responding to an intermittent pulse to output a drive pulse to the internal light source for controlling one of an operation on and an operation off of the internal light source, wherein the display apparatus prevents the drive pulse from interfering with the image by using the intermittent pulse. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012935 | DISPLAY UNIT - A display unit with which luminance is able to be improved and a wide view angle is able to be secured while increase of the power consumption is inhibited is provided. The display unit includes a first region placing priority on front face luminance in which an aperture ratio of a light emitting region is relatively small, a second region placing priority on view angle luminance in which the aperture ratio of the light emitting region is relatively large, and a drive means for driving the first region and the second region. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012936 | BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - Provided is a backlight assembly and a display apparatus having the same, the backlight assembly including: a power converter which includes a transformer and converts a level of input power; a power factor corrector which corrects a power factor of original power and outputs it to the power converter; and a light source driver which is connected to a secondary coil of the transformer and includes a first light emitting diode module, a second light emitting diode module, and a current supplying circuit which balances amperage of power supplied to the first light emitting diode module and the second light emitting diode module. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012937 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A liquid crystal display apparatus that can alter the chromaticity of a display image in a white backlight by performing a drive control of light sources. The liquid crystal display apparatus ( | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012938 | DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The driving method of the plasma display device has a plurality of combination sets for display that include a different number of combinations. The signal levels of a red image signal, a green image signal, and a blue image signal are compared with each other. For an image signal of a color that has a relatively low signal level, a combination set for display is used where the number of combinations is smaller than that in the combination set for display used for an image signal of a color that has a relatively high signal level. When the power consumption of a data electrode driving circuit is large, a combination set for display is used where the number of combinations is smaller than that in a combination set for display used for an image signal when the power consumption of the data electrode driving circuit is small. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012939 | Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - [Problem] In the case where variations of environmental temperature or variations with time occur depending on characteristics of a light-emitting element, variations are generated in luminance. In the invention, a display device for suppressing effects due to variations of a current value of a light-emitting element, which is caused by variations of environmental temperature and variations with time. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012940 | DRIVE CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A drive circuit of a display device and a method for driving the display device are disclosed. The drive circuit includes at least one data transfer line to receive analog data signals including information for an image; a first latch to sequentially sample analog data signals transferred from the at least one data transfer line and to sequentially store the sampled analog data signals; and a second latch to receive the sampled analog data signals from the first latch and to simultaneously supply the sampled analog data signals to a display. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012941 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - The disclosure describes a liquid crystal display panel including a plurality of sub-pixels, a plurality of thin film transistors, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of gate lines. Each of the sub-pixels has first and second gray scale regions which are split up and down and have different areas, first and second gray scale regions of one sub-pixel having a staggered arrangement with respect to those of an adjacent sub-pixel. Thin film transistors are connected to first and second gray scale regions so that first gray scale regions are driven when one of gate lines is driven and the second gray scale regions are driven when another gate line is driven. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012942 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING LCD DEVICE AND LIGHT GUIDE PANEL - Provided is a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device comprises a liquid crystal panel, a backlight unit, and a driving unit. The liquid crystal panel comprises a plurality of display areas defined therein. The backlight unit is disposed under the liquid crystal panel. The backlight unit comprises a plurality of light emitting areas corresponding to the respective display areas defined therein. The driving unit controls intensity of light emitted from the light emitting areas. Here, the backlight unit comprises light guide plates disposed in two or more light emitting areas. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110012943 | Liquid Crystal Display Uniformity - In one embodiment, a system to manage luminance levels on a display device comprises a display device comprising a liquid crystal module comprising a matrix of pixels, a backlight assembly, and a plurality of drivers to drive the backlight assembly. The system further comprises a processing device coupled to the display device and comprising logic to establish a set of luminance values from a plurality of test points on the display device, determine a minimum luminance value from the set of luminance values, determine, for at least a selected one of the test points, a variance from the minimum luminance value, and use the variance to regulate a luminance level of the selected one of the test points. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110018906 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT BACKLIGHT DRIVING CIRCUIT - An electroluminescent (EL) backlight driving circuit is compatible with current display control circuit, and includes a power on/off unit controlled by an ON signal of the display to output the power supply of the display as a working voltage; a boost unit for boosting the working voltage to a modulation working voltage; a resonance unit for oscillating the modulation working voltage to generate an AC working voltage for driving an electroluminescent (EL) panel to emit light and serve as the backlight source of the display; and a voltage feedback unit for comparing an output feedback voltage of the resonance unit with a brightness signal of the display and then with a feedback control voltage of the boost unit to generate a voltage regulation signal, which is fed back to the boost unit for regulating the size of the AC working voltage and accordingly controlling the brightness of the EL panel. | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110018907 | PROCESSING CIRCUIT AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM UTILIZING THE SAME - A processing circuit coupled to a controlling circuit and including a first capacitor module, a second capacitor, a detection module, a first processing module, and a second processing module is disclosed. The first and the second capacitor modules are charged. The detection module generates a detection signal according to intensity of a light to charge the first and the second capacitor modules. The first processing module asserts a first output signal according to the time of charging the first capacitor module. The second processing module asserts a second output signal according to the time of charging the second capacitor module. The controlling circuit controls a backlight according to the asserted output signal. | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110018908 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus and method for driving an LCD device is provided. The apparatus for driving an LCD device includes an image display unit that displays an image, and a driving circuit that varies the number of frames of the image displayed in the image display unit in response to motion of the image. | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110018909 | IMAGE DISPLAY WITH FUNCTION FOR TRANSMITTING LIGHT FROM SUBJECT TO BE OBSERVED - The present invention relates to an image display with a function for transmitting light from a subject to be observed, the image display including: a display element which includes a pair of transparent substrates with electrodes and a liquid crystal layer which is sandwiched between the pair of substrates with electrodes and is capable of being in a light transmitting state and a light scattering state, the display element being brought into the light transmitting state when no voltage is applied and being brought into the light scattering state when a voltage is applied; a light source which inputs light substantially parallel with a surface of the liquid crystal layer into the liquid crystal layer; and a timing control circuit which brings at least a part of a display surface of the display element into the light scattering state or the light transmitting state in conjunction with the state of light emission into the liquid crystal layer of the light source in the presence of external light. | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110018910 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A display apparatus includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix array; a plurality of gate lines applying a same gate signal to at least two rows of the pixels; a plurality of data lines crossing the gate lines; a TFT disposed at an intersection of each gate line and each data line; and a light source part sequentially providing at least two colors of light to each pixel every frame, thus enhancing a charging rate of each. | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110018911 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An image display device and an image display system which can establish visible light communication without interfering with an image displayed at a predetermined frame rate are provided. A controller | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110018912 | LIQUID CRYSTAL BACKLIGHT APPARATUS - A liquid crystal backlight apparatus being placed behind a liquid crystal display panel in a manner facing the liquid crystal display panel and illuminating the liquid crystal display panel from behind with a backlight having plural light emitting diodes as a light source, the liquid crystal backlight apparatus including a control part configured to use 0.1-0.5 watt white light emitting diodes as the plural light emitting diodes and independently control luminance of the white light emitting diodes separately | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110018913 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY UNIT, CONTROL METHOD FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY UNIT, AND GAMING DEVICE - What is provided is a liquid crystal display unit ( | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110025721 | METHOD OF CORRECTING DATA AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY USNG THE SAME - A data correcting method is disclosed to implement an optimum picture quality according to surrounding conditions. The data correcting method includes: converting the input data into XYZ color space data; converting the XYZ color space data into JCh color space data by applying a reference illuminance parameter to a CIECAM02 forward algorithm; inversely converting the JCh color space data into the XYZ color space data by the illuminance by sequentially applying a plurality of illuminance parameters different from the reference illuminance, to a CIECAM02 backward algorithm; inversely converting the inversely converted XYZ color space data into an RGB color space to produce correction data of each illuminance; and making a look-up table by mapping the produced correction data of each illuminance to the input data. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110025722 | Apparatus to Select Gamma Reference Voltage and Method of the Same - The present invention provides a method of selecting a gamma reference voltage. The method is used to switch the picture to a first grey scale. The second grey scale and its luminance of a plurality of regions of a liquid crystal display panel are determined by a sensor, and the gamma voltage corresponding to the second grey scale is stored into a bank to output. The bank signal is input to a reference voltage. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110025723 | Pixel structure and organic light emitting display using the same - A pixel that is adapted for implementing higher definition and an organic light emitting display using such a pixel are provided. The pixel includes a red sub-pixel including a red emitting layer, a green sub-pixel including a green emitting layer, a first blue sub-pixel including a first blue emitting layer, and a second blue sub-pixel including a second blue emitting layer. The red emitting layer and the green emitting layer are symmetrically arranged and the first blue emitting layer and the second blue emitting layer are symmetrically arranged. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110025724 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A backlight unit includes at least one light source emitting light in a first direction at a predetermined orientation angle and a plurality of light guide panels, each including a light incident section and a light emitting section. The light incident section has a first surface to receive the light emitted from the light source in the first direction, and the light emitting section is to emit light received from the light incident section in a second direction. At least one portion of the light emitting section of one light guide panel overlaps an upper side of a light incident section of another light guide panel and a space exists between the panels. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110025725 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A backlight unit for a display device and a control method for the same is presented. The backlight unit comprises: a plurality of light source units arranged in a matrix form; a light source controller adapted to supply a control signal for controlling a brightness of the light source units; and a plurality of light source drive units adapted to supply different driving signals to different light source units based on the control signal. The control signal is generated based on optical crosstalk between neighboring light source units. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110025726 | HOLD-TYPE IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD USING THE HOLD-TYPE IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image processing circuit generates an output video signal from an input video signal and outputs the output video signal to a display panel with a higher frame frequency than the frame frequency of the input video signal. The output video signal includes a main-frame image and a sub-frame image. The image processing circuit has a luminance control unit. When the frame frequency of the output video signal is Io, and the display luminance of the sub-frame is B (0| 02-03-2011 | |
| 20110025727 | MICROSTRUCTURES FOR LIGHT GUIDE ILLUMINATION - Various embodiments disclose an illumination apparatus. The apparatus may comprise a light guide supporting propagation of light and having at least a portion of one of its edges comprising an array of microstructures. These microstructures may be incorporated in the input window of the light guide to control the light intensity distributed within the light guide. In certain embodiments, the directional intensity of the light entering the light guide may be modified to achieve a desired distribution across the light guide. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110025728 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an apparatus includes following units. The image display unit includes a light source unit provided with light sources, each source being controlled respectively, and a liquid crystal panel displaying on a display area. The luminance calculation unit calculates a light source luminance of the light source based on a signal level of a divided area into which the display area virtually divided. The luminance distribution calculation unit calculates an entire luminance distribution of the light source unit. The transform unit transforms a signal level of the input image into a transformed image based on the entire luminance distribution. The luminance correction unit calculates a correction coefficient based on an average value or a sum of the light source luminance, and collects each of the light source luminance by the correction coefficient. The controller unit controls the liquid crystal panel and the light source unit. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110025729 | FIELD SEQUENTIAL LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, AND HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY - A display with high resolution and reduced flicker of image. The driving method of this invention, or the field sequential driving method, divides one frame of image into a plurality of subframes, i.e., divides the period of one image frame into a plurality of subframe periods; displays red, green and blue images during the corresponding subframe periods; and, when these color images are to be displayed, turns on the corresponding red, green and blue backlights successively to feed light to the display section. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110025730 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND LIGHT GUIDE PLATE - An illumination device (L) includes a plurality of light source units ( | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110025731 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS - It is an object of the present invention to provide a display device in which the color purity of red display can be improved and also to provide an electric apparatus using the same. A controller ( | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110032275 | COLOR CORRECTION OF ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS UTILIZING GAIN CONTROL - A video-rendering chip performs gain correction on received display input, based on a display temperature, to produce output values that are shown on the display. The video-rendering chip includes multipliers, a microprocessor, and a memory. The microprocessor receives a display temperature from a sensor, determines gain correction coefficients that correspond to the display temperature, and provides the correction coefficients to the multipliers. The multipliers then multiply the display input by the correction coefficients to produce the output values. The microprocessor may determine the correction coefficients utilizing a lookup table or a correction coefficient formula stored in the memory. The microprocessor may receive an updated display temperature periodically and may determine new correction coefficients that correspond to the updated display temperature. The microprocessor may receive updated display temperatures at fixed periods or at varying periods based on the previous display temperature. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032276 | ELECTROWETTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - An electrowetting display device and a driving method for a display device are provided. The electrowetting display device includes at least a pixel unit, a first driver and a second driver. The pixel unit includes at least a switch, at least a storage capacitor and at least an electrowetting pixel element. The switch is coupled between a node and a data line, and the switch has a control terminal coupled to a scan line. The storage capacitor is coupled between the node and a first common node. The electrowetting pixel element is coupled between the node and a second common node. The first driver provides a pulse signal to the control terminal of the switch via the scan line to turn on the switch. The second driver provides a gray scale signal to the electrowetting pixel element via the data line when the switch is turned on. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032277 | MONOCHROME LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR FABRICATING THE SAME - A monochrome light emitting display device and a method for fabricating the same are disclosed, in which a pixel structure of a monochrome light emitting display device is changed to improve a contrast ratio and resolution and at the same time color shift is prevented from occurring, so as to display clearer image. The monochrome light emitting display device comprises a display panel having unit pixels of first and second sub-pixels arranged in a matrix arrangement to display a monochrome image; gate and data drivers respectively driving gate lines and data lines of the display panel; and a timing controller aligning externally input RGB data to be suitable for driving of the display panel to supply the RGB data to the data driver and generating data and gate control signals to control the data and gate drivers. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032278 | SOURCE DRIVER - A source driver including a data register, a level shifter, a gamma correction unit, a digital-to-analog converter and a buffer is provided. The data register stores a digital data signal. The level shifter pulls up the level of the digital data signal. The gamma correction unit provides a gamma curve. The digital-to-analog converter transforms the level-pulled-up digital data signal into an analog data signal with reference to the gamma curve. The buffer outputs the analog data signal to drive a corresponding data line. The level shifter, the gamma correction unit, the digital-to-analog converter and the buffer are all figured to receive a first set of reference voltages or a second set of reference voltages. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032279 | DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A display driver circuit and a display device are provided. The display driver circuit may have positive and negative resistor strings that are symmetrically formed and include a plurality of resistors, and applies a gamma voltage to one of the positive and negative resistor strings in response to a polarity selection signal, thereby generating and outputting a positive grayscale voltage and a negative grayscale voltage. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032280 | DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The driving method of the plasma display device has a plurality of combination sets for display that include a different number of combinations. Respective spatial differentiations of a red image signal, a green image signal, and a blue image signal are calculated. For an image signal of a large spatial differentiation, a combination set for display is used where the number of combinations is smaller than that in the combination set for display used for an image signal of a small spatial differentiation. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032281 | CORRECTION CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A correction circuit includes a memory that stores a mobility correction value or a threshold voltage correction value for correcting luminance non-uniformity for every pixel, a memory read-out unit that reads out the mobility correction value or the threshold voltage correction value from the memory, a correlation table that produces a threshold voltage correction value or a mobility correction value from the other one of the mobility correction value and the threshold voltage correction value on the basis of a correlation between mobility and a threshold voltage, a mobility correction unit correcting an input signal for every pixel by using the mobility correction value supplied from the memory read-out unit or the correlation table, and a threshold voltage correction unit correcting the input signal that is corrected at the mobility correction unit, by using the threshold voltage correction value supplied from the memory read-out unit or the correlation table. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032282 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device is capable of improving display quality. A data line drive circuit outputs a display signal voltage to data lines in a first period. Each pixel holds the display signal voltage with reference to a voltage determined based on characteristics of the drive transistor. In a second period, a control voltage for controlling the drive transistor is output to the data lines. The drive transistor generates a drive current in accordance with the control voltage and the held signal voltage so as to allow the self-luminous element to emit light. After the second period, a third period is provided in which a voltage signal for setting a control terminal of the drive transistor to have a given correction voltage is output to the data lines. The first period follows the third period. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032283 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An LCD device and a driving method thereof are discussed. The LCD device can prevent a blended color within each block which is defined in an LCD panel. To this end, the LCD device divides an external image data into a plurality of block image data, generates first dimming signals opposite to red, green, and blue data with each block image data, and provides a second dimming signal opposite to a brightness data with each block image data. Also, the LCD device calculates a difference value between maximum and minimum grayscale values by analyzing histograms for the red, green, and compares the calculated difference value with a reference difference value. Furthermore, the LCD device allows one of the first and second dimming signals to be selected according to the dimming mode control signal. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032284 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes first transistors provided for every scanning line and second transistors having a first electrode connected to each scanning line and a second electrode to which a reference potential is inputted. A first electrode of the first transistor is connected to any one of gate lines belonging to a first group. A control electrode of the first transistor is connected to any one of gate lines belonging to a second group. A control electrode of the second transistor is connected to any one of reverse gate lines belonging to a second group. A scanning line drive circuit intermittently outputs, when the scanning line drive circuit outputs a non-selective scanning voltage to any one of the gate lines belonging to the second group, a selective reversal scanning voltage to a reverse gate line corresponding to the gate line in the reverse gate lines belonging to the second group. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032285 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Embodiments are provided herein which may be utilized to eliminate stray light emissions from an LED while ambient light is being sensed. As such, dynamic backlight control systems for use with an electronic display are presented including: an ambient light sensor for sensing ambient light intensity; a backlight for illuminating the electronic display; a switch for controlling the backlight, the switch configured to set a backlight condition to ON or OFF in response to a backlight-off frequency such that the ambient light sensor senses the ambient light intensity in the absence of the backlight; a logic module for determining a backlight level in response to the ambient light intensity; and a backlight control circuit for adjusting the backlight to the backlight level in response to the ambient light intensity. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032286 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - A display device | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110037781 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN ELECTRONIC DISPLAY - An apparatus, system, and method are disclosed for controlling an electronic display. An activity module receives a brightness restore signal and sets a brightness level of an electronic display to a default brightness level in response to the brightness restore signal. A brightness decay module dims the brightness level of the electronic display from the default brightness level to an intermediate brightness level at a first dimming rate. The intermediate brightness level is selected from one or more intermediate brightness levels. A plateau module maintains the brightness level of the electronic display at the intermediate brightness level for a predefined period of time. A minimum brightness module dims the brightness level of the electronic display from an intermediate brightness level to a minimum brightness level at a second dimming rate. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037782 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR IMAGE-DITHERING COMPENSATION - A liquid crystal display including a pixel array, multiple control lines and a driving unit is provided. The pixel array has multiple pixels. The control lines are coupled to the pixels. The driving unit drives the pixel array via the control lines. Of the pixels coupled to the same control line, the number of image-dithering compensated pixels with positive polarity is equal to the number of image-dithering compensated pixels with negative polarity when the pixel array is driven. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037783 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A backlight unit includes a plurality of light sources emitting light in a first direction with a predetermined orientation angle and a plurality of light guide panels, each including a light incident section and a light emitting section. The light incident section has a first surface to receive light emitted from one or more of the light sources in the first direction, and the light emitting section is to emit light received from the light incident section in a second direction. Also included is a reflecting member adjacent the light guide panels. The light emitting section of each light guide panel includes a portion that decreases in thickness from a first point to a second point, wherein the first point is closer to the light incident section and the second point. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037784 | CONTROL DEVICE FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR PROGRAM - A liquid crystal driving circuit controls operations of display areas in a liquid crystal display panel based on a plural pieces of divided image data which are prepared by dividing image data for a single screen in accordance with the display areas in the liquid crystal display panel. In response to an luminance signal corresponding to an LED resolution generated by an LED resolution signal generating circuit based on image data for a single screen which is not divided, the LED driving circuit controls operations of LEDs provided in a backlight unit. With the configuration of at least one embodiment, according to a liquid crystal display device including a backlight, in a case where display image data for a single screen is divided into a plural pieces of divided image data for a plurality of areas of a display screen and images to be displayed in the plurality of areas are controlled based on the plural pieces of divided image data, display quality in a border area of the plurality of areas can be improved. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037785 | CONTROL DEVICE FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICDE, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - At least one embodiment of the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display panel and a backlight unit having light sources arranged in back of the liquid crystal display panel. Image data obtained by adding a dummy image to a periphery of inputted image data is divided into blocks which correspond to positions of LEDs. A light-emitting luminance of an LED in an image display area, in which an image corresponding to the inputted image data is displayed, is determined in accordance with a maximum value among gradation values of pixels included in a block corresponding to the LED. A light-emitting luminance of an LED in an image non-display area, in which an image corresponding to the dummy image data is displayed, is determined in accordance with an average luminance level of some of small blocks which are adjacent to the block corresponding to the LED in the image non-display area, the small blocks being obtained by further dividing a block of the image display area adjacent to the block corresponding to the LED. According to the present invention, in a case where an aspect ratio of the inputted image data is different from that of the liquid crystal display panel, display quality in a border area of the image display area and the image non-display area can be improved. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037786 | Display device, method for correcting luminance degradation, and electronic apparatus - A display device includes a first reference pixel section configured to be driven to emit light at a predetermined luminance, a second reference pixel section configured to be driven to emit light when an amount of luminance degradation is to be detected, and a correcting unit configured to correct luminance degradation of effective pixels that contribute to display on the basis of a detection result of luminances of the first reference pixel section and the second reference pixel section. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037787 | Active Matrix Display Devices and Electronic Devices having the Same - An active matrix display device is provided and includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix and a backlight source disposed at the backside of the matrix which emits light to the matrix. Each pixel includes a liquid crystal (LC) element, a driving controlling switch, and a storage capacitor. The driving controlling switch controls the driving of the LC element. The storage capacitor stores image data provided to the LC element through the driving controlling switch. The display device further includes a luminance detector and a voltage supplier. The luminance detector detects luminance of the backlight source. According to the detected luminance, the voltage supplier, in a sustain period of the image data, provides a predetermined voltage to a node of the storage capacitor which is opposite to a node of the storage capacitor coupled to the LC element. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037788 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PIXEL CIRCUIT, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - A display device has a pixel circuit ( | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037789 | BACKLIGHT DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - Provided is a backlight device having improved heat dissipating performance. The backlight device ( | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037790 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A backlight apparatus that can perform local contrast control is provided. LED backlight | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110037791 | DISPLAY DEVICE BASED ON PIXELS WITH VARIABLE CHROMATIC COORDINATES - A pixel with variable chromatic coordinates comprises a plurality of color sub-pixels consisting of a light emitter and a color filter. The light emitters are identical and have an emission spectrum that is able to be modulated according to their supply voltage and/or current. The pixel control circuit supplies each color sub-pixel with a supply voltage and/or current dependent on the color of the sub-pixel for its emission spectrum to approximate the transmission spectrum of the associated color filter. Control means enable the application time of the supply voltage and/or current to be modified according to the color of the sub-pixel to obtain a predetermined mean luminance during a predetermined period. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110043541 | FAULT DETECTION IN ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAYS - Detecting faults in driving circuits within a display device is disclosed. The display device has an array of pixels formed over a substrate in a display area, each pixel having a driving circuit and an associated communication circuit, the communication circuits together forming a multi-pixel serial shift register. The multi-pixel serial shift register is used to shift desired pixel luminance values from a display controller through the multi-pixel serial shift register to corresponding driving circuits for driving the pixels with driven electrical signals to emit light corresponding to the desired pixel luminance values, and sensing electrical signals corresponding to the driven electrical signals with a sensing circuit. Further the sensed electrical signals are shifted by the multi-pixel serial shift register to the display controller and faults are detected in the driving circuits by analyzing the sensed electrical signals. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110043542 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display device which can attain higher contrast than that of the conventional display device. The display device ( | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110043543 | COLOR TUNING FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY - The present invention is directed to a color tuning composition and a method for adjusting the color temperature of an electrophoretic display. A display device comprising a color tuning layer of the present invention has several advantages. For example, the colors of the images displayed may be modified according to different needs without affecting the performance of the display device; the level of whiteness may be improved; and in some cases, the need for a UV barrier layer may also be eliminated. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110043544 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an image display device, in which light emission period control signals are applied to a plurality of pixels holding voltages based on grayscale values, to emit from light emitting elements. During a horizontal synchronizing period, an active period of each of the light emission period control signals is divided into two periods. A start of one of the divisional periods coincides with a start of the horizontal synchronizing signal. An end of the other divisional period coincides with an end of the horizontal synchronizing signal. The active periods of the light emission period control signals (G) and (B) are equal to or larger than 80% of the active period of the light emission period control signal (R). An active period of a light emission control signal is synchronized with the light emission period control signal (R). | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110043545 | LED DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DATA-TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD OF SAME - A LED display system includes a display controller includes an output/input port; a plurality of driving circuits coupled in series, wherein a first one of the driving circuits is coupled to the output/input port; and a plurality of LED sets respectively coupled to the plurality of driving circuits. A plurality of image data, outputted from the display controller, are shifted to the plurality of driving circuits, respectively, in a first direction through the first one of the driving circuits when the display controller is in a displaying mode; and a plurality of status data, respectively generated by the plurality of driving circuits, are shifted to the display controller in a second direction through the first one of the driving circuits when the display controller is in a detecting mode. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110043546 | CONVERSION CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DRIVE CIRCUIT, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A display drive circuit that performs digital driving for displaying an image of each one frame based on luminance data of a plurality of subframes is disclosed. The display drive circuit includes a conversion section that converts the luminance data having a plurality of bits indicating a luminance level of each of the plurality of subframes into data indicating the luminance level for pixels in a number greater than the number of the plurality of subframes, and a storage section that stores the data converted by the conversion section. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110043547 | VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a video display apparatus includes a liquid crystal panel configured to display a video on a display area and light sources, each configured to be controlled respectively and to light in an illumination area into which the display area is virtually divided according as arrangement of the light sources. The apparatus includes a first calculation unit configured to calculate a second emission intensity corresponding to a small-area based on a video signal in a small-area, wherein the small-area is segmented area of the display area and smaller than the illumination area. The apparatus includes a second calculation unit configured to calculate a first emission intensity to control the light source from the second emission intensities and a control unit configured to light the light sources at the first emission intensities. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110043548 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE - In an active matrix electroluminescent display device, an overall brightness level of an image to be displayed in a frame period is determined. A drive transistor of each pixel is controlled in dependence on an input drive signal for the pixel and on the overall brightness level, for example using a signal processor ( | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110043549 | HIGH CONTRAST LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY WITH ADJUSTABLE WHITE COLOR POINT - A display ( | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110043550 | Liquid Crystal Display Device With Influences of Offset Voltages Reduced - A semiconductor integrated circuit includes a first register, a second register, a gray scale voltage generator which outputs a plurality of gray scale voltages, a decoder which selects a gray scale voltage, and an amplifier including a first transistor, a second transistor, a third transistor, and a fourth transistor. A first terminal of the first transistor and a first terminal of the second transistors are connected to a first voltage line, a first terminal of the third transistor and a first terminal of the fourth transistor are connected to a second voltage line, a second terminal of the first transistor is connected to a second terminal of the third transistor, and a second terminal of the second transistor is connected to a second terminal of the fourth transistor. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110050733 | THIN FILM TRANSISTOR MANUFACTURING METHOD, THIN FILM TRANSISTOR, THIN FILM TRANSISTOR SUBSTRATE AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - To provide a method for producing a thin film transistor improved in stability, uniformity, reproducibility, heat resistance, durability or the like, a thin film transistor, a thin film transistor substrate, an image display apparatus, an image display apparatus and a semiconductor device. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050734 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Reduced Power Usage of a Display Interface - A method detects by a display driver logic, inactivity between the display driver logic and a display logic, and deactivates an auxiliary channel by the display driver logic, wherein the auxiliary channel is between the display driver logic and the display logic. The method also detects, by the display driver logic via the auxiliary channel, a required operating mode capability of a display; and determines a minimum number of connection lines needed between the display driver logic and the display logic, to operate the display in the required operating mode capability. A display driver logic includes a connection port suitable for operative connection to a display logic, wherein the display drive logic is operative to detect inactivity between the display driver logic and the display logic, and deactivate an auxiliary channel between the display driver logic and the display logic. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050735 | OPTICAL ASSEMBLY, BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention relates to an optical assembly, a backlight unit, and a display apparatus thereof. According to an embodiment of the present invention, an optical assembly includes a first layer, a plurality of light sources disposed over the first layer, a second layer that is disposed above the first layer and covering the plurality of light sources, and a pattern layer disposed above or in the second layer, wherein the pattern layer includes a plurality of patterns disposed at positions substantially corresponding to the light sources. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050736 | PIXEL AND ILLUMINATING DEVICE THEREOF - A pixel and an illuminating device thereof are provided. The pixel includes an organic light emitting diode (OLED), a transistor, a first switch, a second switch and a capacitor. One end of the OLED is electrically connected to a first voltage. A first source/drain of the transistor is electrically connected to a first potential point. The first switch is electrically connected between a second source/drain of the transistor and a second potential point, and is controlled by a first driving signal. The second switch is electrically connected between the second source/drain of the transistor and a gate of the transistor, and is controlled by a second driving signal. The capacitor is electrically connected between the gate of the transistor and a data line. The first driving signal and the second driving signal are used to alternately enable/disable the first and the second switches, so as to drive the pixel. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050737 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING CHROMATICITY OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A method for adjusting a chromaticity of a liquid crystal display (LCD) is provided. Firstly, a light-on-test is performed to a plurality of backlight modules according to a standard gamma curve of a liquid crystal panel to obtain a color space of a plurality of LCDs formed by the backlight modules and the liquid crystal panel. The color space has a plurality of chromaticity coordinate values for representing chromaticities of the LCDs. The standard gamma curve is a relation curve of brightness corresponding to different gamma voltages inputted to the liquid crystal panel. Next, the color space is divided into a predetermined chromaticity area and a plurality of adjusting chromaticity areas according to a standard chromaticity range. Finally, a plurality of gamma voltage adjusting values corresponding to the adjusting chromaticity areas is obtained according to the relative position relationship between the adjusting chromaticity areas and the predetermined chromaticity area. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050738 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD IN LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device of at least one embodiment of the present invention causes an image to be displayed on a display panel in response to an image signal including image data (first image data) for warning display and image data (second image data) for general display. The image data for warning display has a gradation value exclusively used for the image data for warning display. The liquid crystal display device of at least one embodiment includes an image data identification section which identifies a type of image data by judging whether or not the image data has the gradation value exclusively used for the image data for warning display; and a gradation calculator (gradation conversion section) which carries out a conversion of gradation value with respect to the image data so that luminance of a displayed image is reduced in a case where ambient brightness declines. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050739 | IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, an image processor includes: a luminance calculator configured to calculate a luminance of an illumination light based on an image signal, the illumination light illuminating a display screen displaying the image signal; a gradation corrector configured to correct a first gradation of the image signal to a second gradation, based on the luminance; a parameter determining module configured to determine a parameter of gradation smoothing process to be performed on an amplitude of the image signal based on the luminance; and a processing module configured to perform the gradation smoothing process on the image signal with the second gradation, by using the parameter. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050740 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device includes a scan driver for driving scan lines and light emitting control lines; a data driver for selecting any one gamma voltage of a plurality of gamma voltages corresponding to bit values of externally supplied data and generating data signals; a pixel coupled to a reference power, a first power, and a second power, and the pixel configured to compensate for a voltage drop of the first power using the reference power; and a gamma voltage controller for comparing a voltage value of the reference power with that of a comparative power having a target voltage value of the reference power to generate a comparison result and controlling voltage value of the gamma voltages in accordance with the comparison result. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050741 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device includes: a scan driver for driving one or more scan lines and emission control lines; a data driver for sequentially providing j data signals to each of a plurality of output lines in each horizontal period; a demultiplexer for transmitting the j data signals to j first data lines, the demultiplexer being coupled to the output lines; a plurality of pixels at crossing regions of the scan lines and second data lines extending in a direction crossing the scan lines; and a common circuit unit for controlling voltages of the second data lines coupled to the pixels by using a reference voltage and an initial voltage and the data signals, the common circuit unit being coupled between the first data lines and the second data lines. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050742 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT UNIT - A backlight unit, a display apparatus, and a method of controlling the backlight unit are provided. The backlight unit includes an image depth information extraction unit configured to extract image depth information from an image signal and a brightness calculator configured to calculate brightnesses corresponding to the image depth information. The backlight unitimproves three-dimensional effects on an image by controlling the brightnesses of light emitting devices according to the brightnesses calculated to correspond to image depth. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050743 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a display device, which includes: a backlight unit that is divided into a plurality of blocks, is driven for each divided block, and includes at least one optical assembly; a display panel disposed on the upper side of the backlight unit; a controller that outputs a local dimming value for each block corresponding to brightness of each block of the backlight unit according to images displayed on the display panel; and a BLU driver that controls the brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit by using the local dimming value for each block, wherein the optical assembly includes a first layer; a plurality of light sources that is formed on the first layer to emit light; a second layer that is disposed on the upper side of the first layer and is formed to cover the plurality of light sources; and a reflective layer that is disposed between the first and second layers, and the BLU driver receives the local dimming value for each block to output the plurality of driving signals, and the blocks of the backlight unit are divided into a plurality of scan groups and is driven in the divided group unit. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050744 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF PROCESSING IMAGE - An image processing apparatus which corrects pixel data corresponding to pixels configuring a display image of a display device having light emitting elements includes an information storage unit which, in units of one or a plurality of pixels of the display device, stores information corresponding to operating currents of light emitting elements included in the one or plurality of pixels, and a pixel data correction unit which corrects the pixel data based on the information corresponding to the operating currents stored in the information storage unit. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050745 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING TRANSIENT OF IMAGE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A display apparatus and an image processing method are provided. The display apparatus processes an input image to improve a transient, and adjusts a gain of a luminance of a pixel of which a slope variation of a luminance exceeds a threshold value, the pixel being among pixels of the image having the improved transient. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050746 | LEVEL SHIFT CIRCUIT, AND DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A level shift circuit includes a first circuit connected between a first power supply terminal (PST) and an output terminal (OT) of the level shift circuit to set OT to a first voltage (V | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050747 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device capable of correcting display of deteriorated pixels without causing a nonconstant tonality or improper color balance is provided. The display device includes a display section with plural pixels; signal lines; a data generation circuit; a D/A converter for sequentially converting a tone data to an analog voltage and outputting the analog voltage to the signal lines; a switch circuit for outputting a signal corresponding to the pixel state by switching the signal lines; an A/D converter for sequentially detecting the signal; and a detection circuit for estimating the state of the pixel from the signal. The D/A converter includes an output range setting means for setting an allowed output range of the analog voltage. The display device includes an output correction circuit that controls the output range setting means in accordance with the state of the pixel detected by the detection circuit. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050748 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND LUMINANCE CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus includes: a display panel; a calculation circuit that calculates a luminance control value, which is a parameter for controlling display luminance, for each frame of a video signal to be displayed on the display panel; and a luminance control circuit that controls the display luminance of the frame using the luminance control value calculated by the calculation circuit. When the video signal is a video signal in which one image is constituted by a plurality of frames, the luminance control circuit applies a same luminance control value to the plurality of frames constituting one image, or decreases the difference of the luminance control values applied to the plurality of frames constituting one image to be lower than a predetermined value. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050749 | DATA DRIVER AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY HAVING THE SAME - A data driver and an organic light emitting display having the same. The data driver has a switch unit provided between output terminals of respective output buffers that are provided in the data driver and data lines corresponding thereto. Here, the switch unit is also coupled to a source for providing a middle voltage, and allows the output terminals of the output buffers to be coupled to receive the middle voltage before data signals are output from the data driver by the operation of the switch unit, making it possible to improve the slew rate of the output buffer and to reduce power consumption, and an organic light emitting display having the same. The switch unit may includes a first switch coupled between the source for providing the middle voltage and the output terminals, and a second switch coupled between the output terminals and the respective data lines. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050750 | LCD DRIVING METHOD AND DEVICE - A LCD driving method and device for correcting LCD image sticking. The method of correcting image sticking in a LCD comprises steps of: determining whether any change occurs to a first image displayed by refreshing on a LCD in a predetermined time period; and controlling the LCD to refresh and display, after the predetermined time period, a second image that is different from the first image, if it is determined that no change occurs to the first image displayed by refreshing on the LCD in the predetermined time period, so as to correct image sticking caused by displaying the first image for a long period of time. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050751 | Organic Light Emitting Diode Display and Method of Driving the Same - Exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display and a method of driving the same. The OLED display includes a driving circuit for generating a plurality of data signals and a plurality of scan signals based on image information stored in a memory. The driving circuit receives an inactive state signal generated when the image information is a still image, generates only a plurality of scan signals and a plurality of data signals corresponding to a light emitting region in which the still image is displayed, and transfers the generated scan and data signals to a plurality of corresponding data lines and a plurality of corresponding scan lines, respectively. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050752 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - Crosstalk between adjacent discharge cells is reduced for a stable sustain discharge. A plasma display panel has scan electrodes and sustain electrodes arranged so that the positions of the corresponding scan electrode and sustain electrode are alternately interchanged in each display electrode pair, and image signal processing circuit converts an image signal into image data indicating light emission and no light emission in each discharge cell in each subfield. The image signal processing circuit generates the image data so that a combination of image data is avoided. One of two adjacent discharge cells having side-by-side scan electrodes is lit and the other of the discharge cells is unlit in one subfield of a plurality of subfields forming one field, and the one of the discharge cells is unlit and the other of the discharge cells is lit in a subfield after the one subfield in the same field. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050753 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display (LCD) apparatus and a method of driving the LCD apparatus are provided. The LCD apparatus includes a panel unit including at least one pixel having a plurality of sub-pixels and a controller which inserts gray data into at least one pixel of the plurality of sub-pixels based on a frame period and a polarity of a liquid crystal of the at least one pixel. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050754 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method thereof that can prevent distortion of luminance characteristics upon application of an ACL algorithm are disclosed. The display device includes a signal controller configured to correct luminance data according to the difference between image data of a current frame and image data of a previous frame. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050755 | ELECTRICAL DEVICE WITH SELECTIVELY REFLECTIVE DISPLAY - An electrical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application includes a display in which the reflectivity of the display is alterable to allow the display to display information to the user and to serve as a mirror for the user. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110050756 | USE OF DISPLAYS IN LOW-POWER AND LOW-COST ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - The application describes a device using a display and a method to control the display device in a low power consumption manner. The device may be geared towards disposable use and manufactured using printed electronics techniques. A simple controller system may adapt the state of the device based on type and status of power source(s), or with respect to application specific requirements within the life-cycle of the device. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110057958 | REFERENCE VOLTAGE GENERATION CIRCUIT, DATA DRIVER, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - A reference voltage generation circuit includes a gamma correction resistor circuit which outputs reference voltages generated by resistively dividing voltages of two opposite ends of a resistor circuit to resistive division nodes, and high-potential-side-voltage and low-potential side-voltage supply circuits which supply a high-potential-side voltage and a low-potential-side voltage to the two opposite ends, respectively. The high-potential-side-voltage and low-potential side-voltage supply circuits supply the high-potential-side voltage and the low-potential-side voltage to the two opposite ends, respectively, by switching the high-potential-side voltage and the low-potential-side voltage for each of color components which faun one pixel, the high-potential-side voltage and the low-potential-side voltage being provided for each of the color components. The gamma correction resistor circuit supplies the reference voltages switched for each of the color components to reference voltage signal lines to be selected as inputs of driver sections which drive data lines of an electro-optical device. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057959 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a temperature sensor, a timing controller, a data driver and a display panel. The temperature sensor senses a temperature, the timing controller includes a dynamic capacitance capture (“DCC”) block, which converts a green data, a red data and a blue data into a green compensation data, a red compensation data and a blue compensation data, respectively, based on the temperature sensed by the temperature sensor, and the data driver converts the red compensation data, the green compensation data and the blue compensation data into a data voltage and outputs the data voltage. The display panel receives the data voltage and displays an image. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057960 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A backlight apparatus and a display apparatus are provided. The backlight apparatus includes N first switch units to switch a plurality of currents flowing in respective N light emitting element arrays according to an input brightness control signal, N second switch units to switch a plurality of currents flowing in respective N capacitors according to the input brightness control signal, and a reference current generation unit to generate and output a reference current based on the input brightness control signal. An inverter unit adjusts a total current supplied to all of the light emitting element arrays in total to be equal to the reference current if the total current is different from the reference current. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057961 | Liquid Crystal Display Device and Backlight Control Method - In a liquid crystal device, an in-region gradation value detection section detects gradation levels of input video signals on every sub-region, removing gradation levels of pixels within a predetermined upper range (m %) from the brightest gradation level in the sub-region to detect the maximum in-region gradation level Pa. A boundary gradation value detecting section removes gradation levels for pixels within a predetermined upper range (n %) from the brightest gradation level for pixel groups belonging to the region boundary portion in the sub-region to detect the maximum boundary gradation level Pb. A backlight control value deciding section selects higher one of the level Pa and the level Pb as the maximum gradation level Pc in the sub-region, and decides a backlight control value K based on the ratio between the level Pc and the upper limit value Pmax of the gradation level. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057962 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Display device, with a plurality of display elements arranged in the shape of a bar, wherein each display element can represent at least one first display state (off) and one second display state (on), and a value being shown can be indicated by the second display state (on) of at least one display element assigned to the value, so that an intermediate value between the value being displayed and a succeeding or preceding value can be represented by activating the preceding or succeeding display element. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057963 | COLOR MANAGEMENT CIRCUIT AND RELATED METHOD - A color management circuit and a related color management method are provided. The color management circuit is disposed in a display device which has a panel provided with a panel conversion characteristic. The color management circuit includes: a first nonlinear conversion circuit, a color matrix conversion circuit and a second nonlinear conversion circuit. The first nonlinear conversion circuit is utilized for performing a first nonlinear conversion upon a color data to generate a first conversion data. The color matrix conversion circuit is utilized for performing a liner matrix calculation upon the first conversion data to generate a matrix calculation data. The second nonlinear conversion circuit is utilized for performing a second nonlinear conversion upon the matrix calculation data to generate a second conversion data to the panel, wherein a combined conversion characteristic of the second conversion characteristic with the panel conversion characteristic is substantially linear. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057964 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image display apparatus comprises: a display panel; and an image processing unit which divides one frame into a frame of a main image and N frame(s) of sub-image(s), and outputs a video signal that includes the frame of the main image and the frame(s) of the sub-image(s) to the display panel, wherein the image processing unit comprises: a brightness control unit which generates frames corresponding to the main image and the sub-images based on the same input image data, and relatively reduces the brightness of the frame corresponding to the sub-image with respect to the brightness of the frame corresponding to the main image; and a period setting unit which sets a length of respective horizontal scan periods so that the horizontal scan period in the frame of the main image is longer than the horizontal scan period in the frames of the sub-image. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057965 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING EDGE-TYPE BACKLIGHT UNIT AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A method of controlling a liquid crystal display (LCD) device including an LCD panel and an edge-type backlight unit is provided. The method includes: controlling turn-on and turn-off periods of an upper light source unit and a lower light source unit of the edge-type backlight unit to be synchronized with a period during which a 3D image is output on the LCD panel, wherein the upper light source unit includes a light source disposed at an upper edge of the edge-type backlight unit, and the lower light source unit includes a light source disposed at a lower edge of the edge-type backlight unit. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057966 | DISPLAY PANEL DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display panel device includes a luminescence element and a capacitor. A driving transistor includes a gate that is connected to a first electrode of the capacitor. A first switch is connected to the first electrode of the capacitor for setting a reference voltage to the first electrode of the capacitor. A data line supplies a data voltage to a second electrode of the capacitor. A second switch is connected between the data line and the second electrode of the capacitor. A wiring is connected to a first electrode of the luminescence element and the second electrode of the capacitor for interconnecting a first power line and the first electrode of the luminescence element with the second electrode of the capacitor, the second switch, and the data line. A third switch is connected in series with the driver between the first electrode of the luminescence element and the first power line. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057967 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device displays an input video signal on a display panel. The image display device includes: a computation unit which computes the reciprocal of a luminance signal and/or a chrominance signal, acquired when a white signal in the order of 100% is input to display a white screen on the display panel and an image of the white screen is captured by an imaging device; a memory unit which stores the reciprocal computed by the computation unit as correction data; and a correction unit which corrects luminance irregularity and/or color irregularity on the display panel by multiplication of the input video signal and the correction data stored in the memory unit. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110057968 | COG PANEL SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT - Provided is a COG panel system capable of minimizing a block dim effect by considering a relationship among a plurality of chips. The COG panel system includes: an FPC which supplies at least two power supply voltages having a constant voltage level; a plurality of SDIs which are commonly supplied with a bypass power supply voltage from the FPC and generate respective parts of a plurality of consecutive LCD driving signals required for an arbitrary one line of an LCD; and at least one block dim correction resistance. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110063330 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING ERRONEOUS COLOR EFFECTS IN A FIELD SEQUENTIAL LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - Methods and apparatuses for reducing an erroneous color effect in a field-sequential liquid crystal display (FSLCD) are disclosed. An apparatus for reducing the erroneous color effect may include a data response time compensation (RTC) block which uses an RTC lookup table to provide a fast transition response time from one gray level to another gray level for a liquid crystal pixel cell by using a response time compensation (RTC) scheme during a color LED backlighting sequence. The apparatus may also include a VCOM and Gamma reference control block to generate a voltage boost and provide boost control to the liquid crystal pixel cell in a FSLCD panel, wherein the voltage boost gives a fast gray level transition to remove residual color caused by a slow transition time between liquid crystal light transmittance levels for the liquid crystal pixel cell. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063331 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING BACKLIGHT - A method and system for displaying an image on a liquid crystal display (LCD). The method and system can include calculating a luminance for pixels in an image in a LCD based upon a light spread function and brightness values of light emitting diodes (LEDs). The method and system can also include changing a brightness of an LED based upon a consideration of the gray value of the pixels and the distance of the pixels from a dominant LED. The method and system can further set the brightness of the LED units to a brightness or brightness value substantially greater than or equal to a gray value of each pixel of the image. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063332 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OVER-DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A method and an apparatus for over-driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) are provided, which are suitable for compensating a gray level brightness of the LCD. The method includes the following steps. Firstly, a data buffer unit outputs a current frame data. Then, the current frame data is stored into a frame memory unit, and the frame memory unit outputs a previous frame data. Next, several look-up tables (LUTs) are searched for a driving voltage in a corresponding LUT according to the current frame data and the previous frame data. Afterward, a position scanning unit receives the current frame data to determine a current position. Finally, a multiplexer outputs the corresponding driving voltage at the current position. Thus, a display panel has the same gray level brightness in upper, middle, and lower portions thereof, thereby avoiding ghosting. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063333 | Color Sequential Display and Power Saving Method thereof - For further reducing power consumption of a color sequential display, a frame rate or a field rate is reduced according to conditions, which include whether a received frame is dynamic or static and whether a backlight mode is activated, for reducing power consumption. Besides, images maybe outputted in forms of color images or of grey levels selectively so as to reduce an amount of processed data and related data transmission. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063334 | Display Element and a Method for Driving a Display Element - Display element with at least one color-generating cell of the first type which has an emissive light source, and with at least one color-generating cell of the second type which has a reflective and/or transmissive and/or transflective light source, whereby each cell of the second type can be driven so that it makes visible one of the chromatic colors red, green, blue, magenta, cyan and yellow and the achromatic colors white and black, to compensate at least partly for the absence of the color impression created by at least one color-generating cell of the first type on account of the ambient light of the display element. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063335 | COLOR-FILTERLESS LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAYING METHOD THEREOF - The invention relates to a color-filterless liquid crystal display device and a displaying method of the display device. The backlight module of the display device is partitioned into dynamic brightness adjustment sections adapted for being controlled by the local area dimming control technique. The liquid crystal display module of the display device is partitioned into display sections for being subjected to scanning. The sub-frame image data are adjusted reversely to that done by the local area dimming control technique, before being provided to the display sections by scanning. After the transmissivity of the respective display sections is changed, the LEDs located in the dynamic brightness adjustment sections and corresponding to the sub-frames are lighted up by local area dimming control signals capable of compensating for the adjustment. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063336 | SINGLE-CELL GAP TYPE TRANSFLECTIVE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A single-cell gap type transflective liquid crystal display and a driving method thereof are provided. A multiplexer is added to each pixel of a thin-film transistor substrate of the display to respectively control voltages of a transmissive region and a reflective region of each pixel in conjunction with a modulation scan signal and different voltage data signals. Thus, a VT curve of the transmissive region and a VR curve of the reflective region can be adjusted to be identical. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063337 | Flat Panel Display Having Overdrive Function - A method of operating a display includes deriving first pixel data for overdriving pixel circuits of the display from initial gray levels to target gray levels based on values in the first and second lookup tables, rendering the second lookup table unavailable in memory in response to a change in a temperature of the display, and deriving second pixel data using the first lookup table for overdriving the pixel circuits when the second lookup table is unavailable in the memory. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063338 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF ITS OPERATION - Power consumption by an image display device is reduced. The image display device is of a type that transmits light from a back light unit ( | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063339 | DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - It is an object to reduce power consumption of a display device which can perform multi-gray scale display and to suppress deterioration of an element included in the display device. The usage of a display device includes a first initialization period in which the gray scale level of an entire pixel portion is converted into a first gray scale level and a second initialization period in which the gray scale level of an entire pixel portion is converted into a second gray scale level. In the first initialization period, scanning of a plurality of signals and weighting of a holding period of each signal are performed. Therefore, the small number of scanning of signals can realize voltage application for an appropriate time with respect to each of a plurality of gray scale storage display elements included in the display device. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063340 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A new driving method of a display device that makes it possible to reduce power consumption and to improve display quality is proposed. A first gray scale is displayed in all pixels in a first initialization period, a second gray scale is displayed in all the pixels in a second initialization period, an objective image is displayed in a writing period, and the image is held in a holding period. Alternatively, an electrical history of a gray scale storage display element for displaying a number of gray scales is erased in the first initialization period and the second initialization period. Alternatively, a potential of a common electrode is changed in the first initialization period, the second initialization period, the writing period, and the holding period. Alternatively, a potential of a capacitor wiring is changed in synchronization with the potential of the common electrode. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063341 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CORRECTION, MEASUREMENT AND DISPLAY OF IMAGES - One aspect of the invention is a system for displaying images. A display device comprises a back light unit and a first aperture and a second aperture in the back light unit. The display device also comprises a first sensor, a second sensor, and a third sensor. The first sensor is configured to measure a first brightness value of the back light unit through the first aperture. The second sensor is configured to measure a second brightness value of the back light unit through the second aperture. The third sensor is configured to measure a third brightness value from a front portion of the display device. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063342 | CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME AND METHOD OF CONNECTING THE SAME - A connector assembly includes a first connector having a recess disposed in a first side thereof, a second connector disposed in the recess and connected to the first connector, and a lever rotatably connected to the second connector. The lever is rotated toward the first connector by an external force after the second connector is connected to the first connector. The lever is connected to the first connector to fix the second connector in the recess of the first connector. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110069088 | SOURCE DRIVER AND CHARGE SHARING FUNCTION CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A source driver includes a driver unit and a data analysis unit. The driver unit drives a display panel according to a video signal. The data analysis unit, which is coupled to the driver unit, analyzes gray level distribution of the video signal, and the data analysis unit enables or disables a charge sharing function of the driver unit according to an analysis result. As a result, the charge sharing function is enabled optionally during different charge sharing periods, and thus the power consumption in the source driver and the operation temperature of the source driver could be reduced as compared with the prior art. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110069089 | POWER MANAGEMENT FOR ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE (OLED) DISPLAYS - Embodiments of power management for OLED displays are described. In various embodiments, power consumption for an OLED display can be managed by adjusting brightness of individual pixels. An input image can be obtained and processed using an algorithm that reduces brightness and maintains perceived contrast. This can involve computing a difference value associated with individual pixels of the image to account for perceived contrast and computing a reduced brightness value for the pixel using the difference value. An ultra-low power mode in which power consumption of the OLED display is adjusted semantically can be employed for a low brightness range. The algorithm and the ultra-low power mode can be combined to provide a continuous range of adjustment for the OLED display. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110069090 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device includes first and second substrates, a liquid crystal layer disposed therebetween, first and second gate lines on the first substrate, first, second and third data lines crossing the first and second gate lines to define first, second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth pixel regions, a first pixel electrode and a first common electrode in each of the first, second and third pixel regions, the first pixel electrode connected to a thin film transistor and the first common electrode spaced apart from the first pixel electrode, a second pixel electrode in each of the fourth, fifth and sixth pixel regions, the second pixel electrode connected to the thin film transistor and having a plate shape, a color filter layer including a red color filter corresponding to each of the first and fourth pixel regions, a green color filter corresponding to each of the second and fifth pixel regions, a blue color filter corresponding to each of the third and sixth pixel regions, a second common electrode on the color filter layer in each of the fourth, fifth and sixth pixel regions. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110069091 | METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT SOURCE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - In a method of driving a light source including first through k-th light-emitting blocks (k being a natural number) which provide a display panel with light, the method includes providing identical driving signals to a plurality of light-emitting blocks of the first through k-th light-emitting blocks on which a high gradation image, which has a gradation greater than a predetermined gradation, is displayed. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110069092 | LIQUID CRYSTAL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, TEMPERATURE DETECTING METHOD BY LIQUID CRYSTAL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE DRIVE METHOD - Provided is a liquid crystal temperature sensor including: a liquid crystal panel including a first substrate, a second substrate, and a liquid crystal layer; and a control section for controlling driving of the liquid crystal panel, the first substrate including (i) a plurality of signal lines intersecting with each other and (ii) switching elements correspondingly provided to intersections of the plurality of signal lines, the liquid crystal panel including a plurality of picture elements arranged in a matrix. In at least one embodiment, the control section includes a current-to-temperature information converting section for (i) detecting an amount of current flowing into at least one of the picture elements and (ii) converting the amount of current detected, into temperature information of part of the liquid crystal layer which part corresponds to the at least one of the picture elements. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110069093 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE - An electrophoretic display device includes an electrophoretic ink layer, a plurality of pixel electrodes and a plurality of TFTs (thin film transistors) formed on a lower substrate. Each pixel electrode is connected between one TFT and the electrophoretic ink layer, first path terminals of all of the TFTs are connected to a power source driver, control terminals of all of the TFTs are connected to a gate driver. A transparent electrode is formed between the upper substrate and the electrophoretic ink layer. The electrophoretic ink layer includes a plurality of tubular cavities connected between the transparent electrode and the pixel electrodes, each tubular cavity contains a plurality of charged pigment particles. When a TFT is turned on by the gate driver, the source driver applies a voltage to the pixel electrode corresponding to the TFT, then driving the charged pigment particles to move and the tubular cavity displays corresponding color. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110069094 | Illumination devices and related systems and methods - Illumination devices and related systems and methods are closed that can be used for LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) backlights, LED lamps, or other applications. The illumination devices can include a photo detector, such as a photodiode or an LED or other light detecting device, and one or more LEDs of different colors. A related method can be implemented using these illumination devices to maintain precise color produced by the blended emissions from such LEDs. One application for the illumination devices is backlighting for FSC (Field Sequential Color) LCDs (Liquid Crystal Displays). FSC LCDs temporally mix the colors in an image by sequentially loading the red, green, and blue pixel data of an image in the panel and flashing the different colors of an RGB backlight. Precise and uniform color temperature across such a display can be advantageously maintained by continually monitoring ratios of photodiode currents induced by the different colored LEDs in each illumination device as each color is flashed. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110069095 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A backlight driving circuit for a display apparatus includes a receiver, a signal modulation detector and a driver. The receiver receives a clock signal and a brightness data signal by a serial transmission and in response to an enable signal. The brightness data signal is synchronized with the clock signal and includes brightness information. The signal modulation detector detects a modulation of the brightness data signal, based on at least one of the clock signal and the enable signal, and outputs a control signal based on a detected result thereof. The driver receives the brightness data signal, in synchronization with the clock signal, selects one of the brightness data signal and a predetermined reference brightness data signal in response to the control signal, generates a driving voltage using the selected brightness data signal, and provides the driving voltage to the backlight unit to control the brightness of the backlight unit. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110069096 | Driving System For Active-Matrix Displays - A system is provided for using raw grayscale image data, representing images to be displayed in successive frames, to drive a display having pixels that include a drive transistor and an organic light emitting device. The system defines high and low ranges of raw grayscale image data, and determines whether the raw grayscale image data for each pixel falls within the high range or the low range. Raw grayscale image data that falls within the low range is converted to higher grayscale values, and the pixels are driven with currents corresponding to the higher grayscale values during time periods that are shorter than complete frame time periods. Raw grayscale image data that falls within the high range is converted to higher grayscale values, and the pixels are driven with currents corresponding to the higher grayscale values during time periods that are shorter than complete frame time periods and different from the time periods of the low range image data. When the raw grayscale image data is adjusted according to a preselected gamma curve before using that data to drive the pixels, the high and low ranges may be selected according to how well the gamma curve corrects the raw grayscale image data within the ranges. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110069097 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes an input unit having a common terminal for receiving a component signal and an analog RGB signal and a display control unit for controlling display conforming to predetermined standards when the signal inputted from the input unit is a component signal. Thus, when the inputted signal is a component signal, display control conforming to predetermined standards (desirably, the EIA standards) is performed, thereby realizing appropriate image display. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110074832 | ADC CALIBRATION FOR COLOR ON LCD WITH NO STANDARDIZED COLOR BAR FOR GEOGRAPHIC AREA IN WHICH LCD IS LOCATED - Instead of estimating a saturation value for an ADC color comb register of an LCD made in a region without a standard color bar, a standard color bar of another geographic region is used to calculate the saturation value for the register so as to optimize the color of images presented on the LCD. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110074833 | Assembly block and display system - An assembly block ( | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110074834 | BRIGHTNESS COMPENSATION APPARATUS AND APPLICATION METHOD THEREOF - For improving the brightness decay of a display due to its aging, a non-volatile memory such as Flash can be used to store a brightness accumulation value of each point of the display, and each point can be compensated for its brightness accordingly. However, the non-volatile memory suffers from incorrect write-in data or temporary power disconnection, and thus the error will exist all the time to make the display non-even. Hence, the present invention uses a multiple data backups and CRC error detection, plus new/old data comparison to protect data the non-volatile memory from incorrect brightness compensation value so as to uniform the brightness of the display. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110074835 | DISPLAY MODULE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - This invention provides a display module, an electronic device using the same, and a display method thereof. The display module used in the electronic device is used for displaying a status of an electronic element of the electronic device. The display module includes a light guiding unit, a plurality of light emitting units, and a control unit. The light guiding unit has a light incident surface and a light output surface. The light emitting units are disposed adjacent to the light incident surface. The control unit is coupled with the light emitting units and selectively uses one of a plurality of current combinations to control the light emitting units. Light emitted from the light emitting units enters into the light guiding unit from the light incident surface and passes through the light output surface to present a continuous display effect. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110074836 | DISPLAY DRIVER CAPABLE OF SELECTIVELY PROVIDING GAMMA CORRECTION AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING SAME - A display driver for driving a display panel includes a data selector configured to selectively output one of a preset digital code and a gamma correction value under control of a control signal; and a data processor configured to selectively perform a gamma correction operation on an RGB signal based on the information output by the data selector. When the information output to the data processor is the preset digital code, the data processor is directed to not perform gamma correction; when the information output to the data processor is the gamma correction value, the data processor is notified of the requirement for gamma correction based on the gamma correction value. A display apparatus is driven by the display driver. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110074837 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes: a signal generation part which outputs an image signal corresponding to a gradation level of a pixel which constitutes an image; a laser beam source which radiates a laser beam having intensity corresponding to the image signal; and a signal adjustment part which superposes a high-frequency signal to the image signal inputted to the laser beam source. The signal adjustment part superposes a high-frequency signal which has amplitude not less than a width of a kink region where an input-output characteristic of the laser beam source changes most steeply on the image signal. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110074838 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device according to the present invention includes pixel units. Each of the pixel units is made up of N consecutive pixels. One of N (N≧3) colors including R (red), G (green) and B (blue) is assigned to each of the N pixels. Each of the N pixels includes a sampling transistor Ms, drive transistor Md, holding capacitor Cs and light-emitting element (organic light-emitting diode OLED). Of the N pixels, a specific color pixel that is susceptible to a dark dot (e.g., B) or that has the highest relative luminosity factor (e.g., G) has more sets of pixel circuit elements including the drive transistor Md, holding capacitor Cs and organic light-emitting diode OLED than other color pixels and has two or more sets thereof. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110074839 | CONTROLLER CIRCUITRY FOR LIGHT EMITTING DIODES - A method according to one embodiment may include supplying power to an LED array having at least a first string of LEDs and a second string of LEDs coupled in parallel, each of the strings includes at least two LEDs. The method of this embodiment may also include comparing a first feedback signal from the first string of LEDs and a second feedback signal from the second string of LEDs. The first feedback signal is proportional to current in said first string of LEDs and said second feedback signal is proportional to current in said second string of LEDs. The method of this embodiment may also include controlling a voltage drop of at least the first string of LEDs to adjust the current of the first string of LEDs relative to the second string of LEDs, based on, at least in part, the comparing of the first and second feedback signals. Of course, many alternatives, variations, and modifications are possible without departing from this embodiment. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110080431 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device according to an aspect of the present invention includes: a display configured to have a backlight; a driver configured to drive the backlight; first and second temperature measurement modules, configured to measure temperatures of the display device, disposed in different positions in the display; a first comparison module configured to compare the temperature measured in the first temperature measurement module with a first threshold value; a second comparison module configured to compare the temperature measured in the second temperature measurement module with a second threshold value different from the first threshold value; and a controller controlling an output current value of the driver based on a comparison result in the first comparison module and the second comparison module. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110080432 | LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT DRIVE CIRCUIT - A plurality of LEDs are connected in series, and an FET that functions as a constant current source is provided for one end of the serially connected LEDs. Switches are connected in parallel with the LEDs. A switch control circuit controls on and off of the switches independently using switch control signals Xa to Xe, and changes all of the switches from an OFF state to an ON state at the same timing. A drive control circuit may control a gate voltage of the FET to be at low level according to the timing at which the switches change to the ON state. With this, it is possible to adjust luminance of the light emitting devices (LEDs) independently, and to prevent an overcurrent from flowing through the light emitting devices. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110080433 | Driver ic and organic light emitting diode display using the same - A driver IC comprises a voltage detector configured to detect an input voltage to the driver IC, a charge pump configured to generate a regulator driving voltage by amplifying the input voltage and output the regulator driving voltage, a regulator configured to receive the regulator driving voltage and output a regulator voltage, a gamma circuit configured to generate a gray scale voltage using the regulator voltage, and a voltage controller configured to generate a command signal corresponding to the input voltage. An OLED display comprises a pixel unit configured to display an image in response to a data signal, a scan signal, a light emitting control signal, first and second voltages, the driver IC, a scan driving unit, and a power supply unit configured to adjust levels of the first and second voltages in response to the input voltage, and transmit the first and second voltages to the pixel unit. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110080434 | SELF-LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE PANEL, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND PASSIVE DRIVING METHOD OF SELF-LIGHT EMITTING DEVICES - A self-light emitting device panel includes: a pixel array in which pixel trios each including a set of three light emitting devices which emit light of three primary colors respectively are arranged in matrix in a row direction and a column direction; a plurality of column lines extending in the column direction of the pixel array, arranged in a cyclic manner in different proportions according to corresponding colors in the row direction, which are connected to one ends of plural light emitting devices emitting light of corresponding colors in the column of the pixel trios arranged in the same column; and a plurality of row-scanning lines extending in the row direction of the pixel array, arranged so as to be separated between at least two colors, which are connected to the other ends of the light emitting devices emitting light of corresponding colors. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110080435 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING SAME - An image display apparatus includes: a rear plate provided with a plurality of electron-emitting devices; a face plate having a plurality of pixels in each of which there is arranged a phosphor that emits light by being irradiated with electrons emitted by the electron-emitting devices; and a drive circuit that receives an image signal and drives the electron-emitting devices. The phosphor is a phosphor represented by general formula (I): MBO | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110080436 | IMAGING APPARATUS - An imaging apparatus includes a first display unit of which brightness is adjustable, a second display unit which can illuminate a display surface, an operation member configured to be operated by a user, and a control unit configured to display a screen for adjusting brightness of the first display unit on the first display unit and to turn on or turn off an illumination of the second display unit by operating the operation member when both of the first display unit and the second display unit are in a display state. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110080437 | Display device, driving method of display device, and electronic apparatus - A display device includes: first dummy pixels including a self-emission element emitting first color light corresponding to emission colors of pixels in a display area; second dummy pixels including a self-emission element emitting the first color light and a self-emission element emitting second color light and causing both self-emission elements to emit light at the same time; a deterioration degree calculating unit calculating a deterioration degree in brightness of the self-emission element emitting the first color light on the basis of a brightness detection result of the first dummy pixels and calculating a deterioration degree in current flowing in the self-emission element emitting the first color light on the basis of brightness detection results of the first and second dummy pixels; and a correction unit correcting the brightness of effective pixels contributing to an image display on the basis of the deterioration degree in brightness and the deterioration degree in current calculated by the deterioration degree calculating unit. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110080438 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - The present invention relates to a device and a method for controlling a liquid crystal display. The device comprises a luminance weighting value processor, an overdrive value generator, and an outputting unit. The luminance weighting value processor generates a weighting value according to a luminance value of a current pixel of a current frame of a video signal and a luminance value of a previous pixel of a previous frame of the video signal. The overdrive value generator generates an overdrive value according to a current pixel value of the current pixel and a previous pixel value of the previous pixel. The outputting unit generates an output pixel value according to the weighting value, the overdrive value and the current pixel value. Using the device and the method for driving a liquid crystal display according to the present invention, noise due to overdrive process can be reduced. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110080439 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A display device ( | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110084987 | Liquid crystal display and scanning back light driving method thereof - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device and method of the driving the same is disclosed. According to an embodiment of the present invention, an LCD device includes a liquid crystal display panel; a plurality of backlight sources configured to provide light to the liquid crystal display panel; a scanning backlight controller configured to generate a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal for controlling a turn-on time and a turn-off time of the light sources and a current control signal for controlling a driving current of the backlight light sources; and a plurality of light source drivers configured to turn on and off the backlight sources in response to the PWM signal and control the driving current of the backlight sources in response to the current control signal. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110084988 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal panel, a gray scale correction circuit, a control circuit, and a data driver. The gray scale correction circuit provides a corrected red, green, blue (RGB) data set corresponding to a white image element. The control circuit receives an original RGB data set, and selectively outputs one of the original RGB data set and a corrected RGB data set according to a gray scale value of the of the original data set. The data driver provides a gray scale voltage to the liquid crystal panel according to the output RGB data set of the control circuit. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110084989 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DISPLAY INFORMATION FOR COLOR CALIBRATION OF DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus for providing display information for color calibration of a display device includes an input unit for inputting user input information; and a preprocessing unit for preprocessing the user input information input by the input unit to generate a color patch for brightness adjustment and a color patch for contrast adjustment. Further, the apparatus for providing the display information for the color calibration of the display device includes a color patch display unit for displaying and outputting the color patch for brightness adjustment and the color patch for contrast adjustment that are generated by the preprocessing unit. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110084990 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device includes: a liquid crystal panel including a pixel having red, green, blue and white sub-pixels; a mode selector selecting one from an RGB mode and an RGBW mode as a driving mode; an RGBW mode signal generating part performing a color correction on RGB input data corresponding to the pixel and converting the RGB input data into RGBW data in the RGBW mode; and an output controlling part outputting RGBW output data by performing a gamma conversion on the RGBW data in the RGBW mode and outputting the RGB input data and a W data for turning off the W sub-pixel as the RGBW output data in the RGB mode. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110084991 | BACK-LIGHT CONTROL CIRCUIT OF MULTI-LAMPS LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A multi-lamps LCD panel back-light control circuit is provided, and which includes a control unit, a full bridge switch, a resonance network circuit, a voltage transformer, and a feedback network. The control unit operates in coordinating with the full bridge switch, the resonance network circuit, the voltage transformer and the feedback network so as to use a constant operating frequency and a PWM feedback to control a current of CCFLs. The back-light control circuit is characterized in that different integrated-circuits (ICs) are respectively formed from the control unit including a PWM controller, a triangular wave/clock generator, a ½ frequency divider, and a logic circuit. The different ICs have either a plurality of respective frequency synchronous signal control terminals or a plurality of phase synchronous signal control terminals that are connected to one another so that the different ICs operate respectively either with a same operating frequency or a same phase. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110084992 | ACTIVE MATRIX DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus comprises an average luminance calculating unit that calculates average luminance of a display screen based on a video signal; and a drive voltage adjuster that adjusts a drive voltage of drive transistors each driving a light-emitting element provided in a pixel unit according to the calculated average luminance. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110090259 | LIGHT EMITTING MODULE, BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A light emitting module, a backlight unit (BLU) and a display apparatus are provided. The display apparatus includes a light emitting module including a light emitting unit including one or more light emitting elements which are electrically connected to each other; and a board on which the light emitting unit is disposed. The board includes a first terminal which is connected to a first end of the light emitting unit, and a ground portion which connects a second end of the light emitting unit to a ground. Therefore, it is possible to design a thinner BLU, thereby making a display device slimmer. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110090260 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAY HAVING DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT MECHANISM AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A flat panel display includes a four-color conversion unit, a backlight control unit, a backlight module, and a pixel array. The four-color conversion unit provides a first set of four color image signals corresponding to three color image input signals based on a preliminary conversion lookup table and provides corresponding conversion scaling factors. The backlight control unit generates a backlight adjusting factor based on the conversion scaling factors. The backlight module provides a backlight output having an intensity adjusted according to the backlight adjusting factor. The four-color conversion unit further provides a second set of four color image signals corresponding to the three color image input signals based on the backlight adjusting factor. The pixel array displays an image according to the second set of four color image signals and the backlight output. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110090261 | BACKLIGHT UNIT FOR STABLY DRIVING VARIOUS LIGHT SOURCE MODULES AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A backlight unit (BLU) capable of stably driving various light source modules, and a display apparatus using the same are provided. A display apparatus includes a display and a BLU. The BLU includes a light source module, a converter, a light source driving unit which drives the light source module using the output voltage of the converter, and a control unit which controls the output voltage of the converter based on the output voltage of the light source driving unit. Therefore, the ratio of the input voltage to the output voltage of the light source driving element may be maintained uniformly for various light source modules, so the light source modules can be stably driven. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110090262 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to device and method for driving a liquid crystal display device which can prevent defective picture display coming from variation of a color temperature from taking place for improving a picture quality and reducing power consumption. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110090263 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A backlight unit, a display apparatus including the same, and a control method thereof for providing local dimming of a display panel are provided. The display apparatus includes a display panel; a plurality of light source modules; a light guiding unit adapted so that the incident light from the plurality of light source modules is emitted to different areas of the display panel, respectively, wherein the plurality of light source modules are provided at a lateral side of the light guiding unit; a driver which drives the plurality of light source modules; and a controller to control the driver so that the incident light from the plurality of light source modules is emitted to the different areas of the display panel. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110090264 | IMPULSE-TYPE IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - An impulse-type image display apparatus includes a frame frequency conversion circuit for converting an image signal of a first frame frequency into an image signal of a second frame frequency greater than the first frame frequency, a plurality of gradation conversion circuits for converting a gradation of the image signal of the second frame frequency, and a selection circuit for periodically selecting an output image from the plurality of the gradation conversion circuits. A gradation conversion ratio of at least one gradation conversion circuits of the plurality of gradation conversion circuits is different from the gradation conversion ratios of the other gradation conversion circuits. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110090265 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - There is provided an image display device capable of suppressing the occurrence of a color shift while ensuring a sufficient color reproduction range. An in-area maximum luminance obtaining unit ( | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110096098 | LOW LUMINANCE READABILITY IMPROVEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS - A display system and method is provided to increase the ability to recognize and distinguish red, magenta, and various other colors rendered on a display device by dynamically compensating for, at least in part, changes in the human vision system when the display luminance is within the mesopic range. The dynamic compensation enables the display system to be optimized differently depending upon the visual luminance range, be it photopic, mesopic, or scotopic. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110096099 | BACKLIGHT DRIVE DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE EQUIPPED WITH SAME, AND BACKLIGHT DRIVE METHOD - A backlight drive device is provided in at least one embodiment including a plurality of backlight units for each of which a unique address is automatically set using a simplified configuration, in which backlight drive units are sequentially connected to a backlight drive control portion via a serial signal line by a daisy-chain method, and through this, the backlight drive control portion transmits an address-assigning signal sequentially to each of the units before sending luminance data. Also, in at least one embodiment, the backlight drive control portion is directly connected to the backlight drive units via an IIC bus by a bus method, and through this, the backlight drive control portion receives light-quantities and temperatures detected by the units identified by the addresses as mentioned above. This configuration allows automatic setting of unique addresses, which makes it possible to use common backlight drive units. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110096100 | SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SEE-THROUGH DISPLAY PANELS - Various embodiments of the present invention provide for systems and apparatus directed toward using a contact lens and deflection optics to process display information and non-display information. In one embodiment of the invention, a display panel assembly is provided, comprising: a transparent substrate that permits light to pass through substantially undistorted; a reflector disposed on the transparent substrate; and a display panel aimed toward the reflector and substantially away from a human visual system, wherein the reflector reflects light emitted from the display panel toward the human visual system. The reflector may comprise a narrow band reflector or a polarization reflector. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110096101 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel including data lines and gate lines, a data driving circuit configured to drive the data lines, a gate driving circuit configured to drive the gate lines, a timing controller configured to divide a unit frame period into a first sub-frame period and a second sub-frame period, a backlight unit configured to provide light to the liquid crystal display panel wherein the backlight unit includes a plurality of light sources, and a light source driving circuit configured to turn off all the plurality of light sources during the first sub-frame period and turns on all the plurality of light sources at a turn-on time within the second sub-frame period. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110096102 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus which displays an image includes: an image input unit which accepts an input of an image used for display; an image processing unit which carries out image processing including sharpness processing to uniformly sharpen an entire image area and super-resolution processing to selectively sharpen an image enlarged by interpolation of pixels, on the image accepted by the image input unit; an image display unit which displays the image processed by the image processing unit; and a sharpness setting unit which reduces the intensity of the sharpness processing in accordance with an increase in the intensity of the super-resolution processing and increases the intensity of the sharpness processing in accordance with a reduction in the intensity of the super-resolution processing. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110096103 | COLOR TEMPERATURE ADJUSTING DEVICE, METHOD FOR ADJUSTING COLOR TEMPERATURE, AND PROGRAM PRODUCT - A color temperature adjusting device includes a display unit that displays a first pointer indicating default values of chromaticity x, y and a second pointer indicating an adjustment value of the chromaticity x, y within a frame in a corresponding manner to scales of the x coordinate and the y coordinate marked on the frame, an operating unit that is used to change the x coordinate and/or the y coordinate of the second pointer, and a control unit that sends out the adjustment value indicated by the second pointer by an operation of the operating unit, to the monitor through a communication processing unit, and in a case where the monitor changes the color temperature, receives the values of the chromaticity x, y from the monitor through the communication processing unit so as to reflect and display the values of the chromaticity x, y on the display unit. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110096104 | SPATIALLY COMBINED WAVEFORMS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - The present invention is directed to a driving method for compensating the response speed change of an electrophoretic display due to temperature variation, photo-degradation or aging of the display device, without a complex structure (e.g., use of sensors). This is accomplished by combining two waveforms, one of which causes the grey level to become dimmer and the other waveform causes the grey level to become brighter, as the response speed degrades. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110096105 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPENSATING FOR TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS OF A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL FOR A 3-DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY - Methods and apparatuses are provided for compensating for a temperature of a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel. The method includes selecting a lookup table corresponding to a detected temperature of the LCD panel from among lookup tables for a 3-dimensional (3D) display of the LCD panel; and adjusting luminance to be output to the LCD panel based on the selected lookup table. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110102471 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - The present invention in one aspect relates to a source driver for driving a display panel to display an image data in an adaptive column inversion. In one embodiment, the source driver includes a data processing unit having a logic circuit adapted for determining N most-significant bits (MSBs) of image data signals of two neighboring data lines, such that when all of the N MSBs are equal to 1 or 0, the output of the logic circuit is 1, otherwise, the output of the logic circuit is 0, and a MUX coupled to the data processing unit and adapted for receiving a frame polarity control signal, FramePOL, and a pixel polarity control signal, XPOL, and selectively outputting the frame polarity control signal FramePOL when the output of the logic circuit is 1, or the pixel polarity control signal POL when the output of the logic circuit is 0, as a polarity control signal, POL. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102472 | TRANSMISSION CHANNEL FOR IMAGE DATA - A display controller having only three color channels per pixel is used to control a display system having four or more color channels. Mapping of the possible luminance values for each color channel of each pixel to the 2 | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102473 | COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A color sequential display apparatus and a driving method thereof are provided. The color sequential display apparatus includes an image processing circuit and a display panel coupling to the image processing circuit. The image processing circuit is used to receive an image signal of a color frame to generate output signals of a plurality of fields. To be more specific, the image signal of the color frame is categorized and segmented by the image processing circuit according to a color information and the fields to generate the output signals of the fields. Besides, the output signals of the fields are further transmitted by the image processing circuit according to a predetermined color sequence. On the other hand, the display panel has a plurality of display regions. Each of the display regions receives the output signal of the corresponding field to display. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102474 | DISPLAY METHOD FOR COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY - A display method for a color sequential display is provided. The method includes the following steps. During a first frame period, a first color backlight is provided, and a plurality of scan lines is sequentially enabled according to a first scanning order. During a second frame period, a second color backlight is provided, and the scan lines are sequentially enabled according to a second scanning order. The first frame period and the second frame period are two neighboring frame periods, and the first scanning order and the second scanning order are reversed to each other. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102475 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, BACKLIGHT UNIT, AND BACKLIGHT PROVIDING METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A PLURALITY OF LED STRINGS - A display apparatus, a backlight unit, a backlight providing method for controlling a plurality of light emitting diode (LED) strings are provided. The display apparatus includes a display panel, and a backlight unit (BLU) which projects backlight onto the display panel, wherein the BLU includes a plurality of light emitting diode (LED) strings, and a power supply unit which supplies minimum voltage from among the voltages needed to operate the plurality of LED strings to the plurality of LED strings. Therefore, the plurality of LED strings can have the same luminance. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102476 | DRIVER OF FIELD SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driver of a field sequential display is provided. The driver includes a first power device, a second power device, and a driving waveform generator. The first power device generates a first power when the field sequential display is in a color mode. The second power device generates a second power when the field sequential display is in a monochrome mode. The voltage and current of the second power are respectively smaller than the voltage and the current of the first power. The driving waveform generator coupled to the first power device and the second power device and generates a plurality of scan signals and a plurality of display signals according to the first power or the second power, so as to drive a display panel of the field sequential display. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102477 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A backlight unit ( | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102478 | GAMMA ADJUSTMENT CIRCUIT AND METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE EMPLOYING SAME - A display device includes a gamma adjustment circuit employing a method for adjusting red, green, blue (R, G, B) data of an image signal. The gamma adjustment circuit provides at least one look up table (LUT) to store gamma correction values, determines whether at least two kinds of color data from the R, G, B data require adjustment, searches for gamma correction values corresponding to the at least two kinds of color data from the R, G, B data requiring adjustment in the at least one LUT, and outputs the R, G, B data and the gamma correction values corresponding to the at least two kinds of color data from the R, G, B data requiring adjustment. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102479 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus comprises an identification unit configured to identify, for each pixel in the frame image, minimum pixel values for each color component from pixel values of surrounding pixels for each color component, wherein the surrounding pixels are positioned around the pixel, and identifying, as a common pixel value, a minimum value in the minimum pixel values identified for each color component; a generation unit configured to generate a preprocessed image which can be obtained by replacing a pixel value of each pixel in the frame image with the common pixel value identified for the pixel by the identification unit; a low-pass filtering unit configured to generate a first subframe image by applying a low-pass filter to the preprocessed image; a subtraction unit configured to generate, as a second subframe image, a difference image between the frame image and the first subframe image. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102480 | DRIVING METHOD FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Disclosed is a method for driving an electrophoretic display device including a first electrode, a second electrode facing the first electrode, and an electrophoretic element disposed between the first electrode and the second electrode. The method includes a display driving step of inputting a first potential to the first electrode and inputting a second potential different from the first potential to the second electrode, and a reverse potential driving step of applying a voltage to the electrophoretic element, the voltage having a polarity which is opposite to a polarity of the potential in the display driving step. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102481 | DRIVING METHOD FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Disclosed is a method for driving an electrophoretic display device including a display unit having an electrophoretic element interposed between a pair of substrates, a pixel, a pixel electrode provided for each pixel and an opposite electrode facing the pixel electrode via the electrophoretic element. A step of performing an intermediate grayscale display of the pixel includes a first display step of changing the grayscale of the pixel to a first grayscale, a discharge step of removing charges of the pixel electrode and the opposite electrode, and a second display step of changing the grayscale of the pixel to an intermediate grayscale by inputting a potential for changing the grayscale of the pixel to a second grayscale to the pixel electrode and the opposite electrode. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102482 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes, on a substrate, three sub-pixels, three sampling switches, three data lines, three image signal lines, and three lead wiring lines. The three sub-pixels correspond to red, green and blue, respectively. The three sub-pixels are included in a unit pixel. The three sampling switches correspond to the three sub-pixels, respectively. The three data lines electrically connect the three sub-pixels and the three sampling switches with each other, respectively. The three image signal lines, which are provided on a side opposite to the three sub-pixels with respect to the three sampling switches, correspond to the three sampling switches, respectively. The three lead wiring lines electrically connect the three sampling switches and the three image signal lines with each other, respectively. Among the three sampling switches, a sampling switch corresponding to green is disposed close to the three image signal lines compared to other two sampling switches. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110102483 | Headup display device and method for indicating virtual image - A headup display device controls a brightness of an image according to a present illumination in an environment of a vehicle and projects the image to a front windshield of the vehicle to indicate the image as a virtual image in an interior of the vehicle. An illumination determination unit determines a present illumination by multiplying an increasing rate by an interior illumination in the interior of the vehicle when being in a light-adapted state, in which the interior of the vehicle is lighter than the exterior of the vehicle. The illumination determination unit determines the present illumination by multiplying a decreasing rate by an exterior illumination in the exterior of the vehicle when being in a dark-adapted state, in which the interior of the vehicle is darker than the exterior of the vehicle. A brightness control unit controls the brightness to correspond to the determined present illumination. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110109652 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PREDICTION OF GAMMA CHARACTERISTICS FOR A DISPLAY - A method and system for gamma adjustment for average power level dependency displays includes applying gamma controlled functions over a range of values at a plurality of average power levels (APLs) for a display. The gamma controlled functions include coefficients for reconstruction of the gamma controlled functions. Upon a change to an APL, interpolation is performed between the coefficients to predict a new gamma controlled function for the new APL. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109653 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - In a two-phase driving operation that is performed in at least one sub-field when an average luminance level is a predetermined value or more, a first ramp waveform that drops from a first potential to a second potential is applied to a plurality of first electrodes, a second ramp waveform that drops from a third potential that is higher than the first potential to a fourth potential that is higher than the second potential is applied to a plurality of second scan electrodes in a setup period, and a scan pulse is sequentially applied to the plurality of first scan electrodes, and then a scan pulse is sequentially applied to the plurality of second electrodes in a write period. The two-phase driving operation is employed to prevent discharge failures during write discharges. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109654 | FLEXIBLE DISPLAY AND A METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A FLEXIBLE DISPLAY - The invention relates to a flexible display comprising a first flexible layer configured to comprise pixels | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109655 | BACKLIGHT AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A backlight is provided that can prevent light emitting elements and other circuit components from undergoing degradation due to temperature elevation during backlight operation. A display device utilizing the backlight is also provided. In at least one example embodiment, the backlight is a backlight that is provided on the rear side of a display unit and projects illumination used for displaying images onto the display unit, the backlight including: multiple light emitting elements arranged in a single plane; a light source driving circuit having a light source control unit that defines the value of the drive power applied to each light emitting element and a light source driver unit that applies drive power corresponding to the value defined by the light source control unit to the light emitting elements; and temperature sensors that detect the ambient temperature of the regions where the light emitting elements that attain the highest temperatures during operation are disposed, wherein the light source control unit reduces the drive power applied to the light emitting elements that attain the highest temperatures during operation when the output values of the temperature sensors exceed a predetermined threshold value. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109656 | Image display device and image display system using the same - A display system and method in which light is provided and images are generated by modulating the provided light. At least one of the timing or duty of the provided light may be controlled. By allowing for such control of the provided light an increase in system performance may be realized. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109657 | LIQUID CRYSTAL MODULE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A liquid crystal module including a polymer-dispersed liquid crystal device as a component of a transparent display, and an electronic apparatus equipped with the liquid crystal module. The liquid crystal module includes: a liquid crystal panel that performs gradation display between transparent color and white using the polymer-dispersed liquid crystal device; and a driving section that drives the liquid crystal panel. The driving section includes a gradation conversion section that relates a plurality of input gradation values between transparent color and white with a plurality of output gradation values between a minimum opacity and a maximum opacity individually. The gradation conversion section employs an S-shaped curve that defines the relation between the input gradation values and the output gradation values. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109658 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY WITH DYNAMIC BACKLIGHT CONTROL - A liquid crystal display (LCD) capable of converting input RGB data into RGBW data to provide the RGBW data to a panel. The LCD simultaneously controls the light level of a backlight and the amount of the RGBW data to prevent RGBW picture quality from being damaged in pure color data, minimizes the power consumption of the LCD, and applies the above to a CPU interface method as well as an RGB interface method. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109659 | Plasmonic Electronic Skin - A method is provided for color tuning a plasmonic device with a color tunable electronic skin. A plasmonic electronic skin is used, including a first substrate, a plasmonic structure, an electrically conductive transparent first electrode layer, an electrically conductive transparent second electrode layer, and a polymer-networked liquid crystal (PNLC) layer interposed between the first and second transparent electrode layers. In response to receiving a color tuning voltage, a full visible spectrum incident light, and a PNLC switch voltage, the plasmonic structure generates a first primary color. A primary color exhibits a single wavelength peak with a spectral full width at half magnitudes (FWHMs) in the visible spectrum of light. In response to receiving the PNLC switch voltage between the first and second electrode layers, the PNLC layer passes incident light. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109660 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display device includes: pixels at crossing regions of scan lines, light emission control lines, sensing lines, and data lines; a sensor configured to extract deterioration information from organic light emitting diodes included in the pixels during a first sensing period and to extract threshold voltage and mobility information of driving transistors included in the pixels during a second sensing period; a converter configured to generate corrected data by changing input data based on the deterioration information and the threshold voltage and mobility information; and a data driver configured to supply data signals, the data signals being based on the corrected data during a driving period and being reference data signals during the second sensing period, wherein the sensor is configured to extract the threshold voltage and mobility information of the driving transistors using second electric currents from the pixels in response to the reference data signals. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109661 | LUMINANCE CORRECTION SYSTEM AND LUMINANCE CORRECTION METHOD USING THE SAME - A luminance correction system comprises: a data applying unit coupled to a panel of the flat panel display, and configured to apply data including center gamma value information according to a selected luminance mode to the panel; an image analyzing unit configured to analyze an image displayed on the panel according to the data and output at least one analyzed result; an offset value setting unit coupled to the image analyzing unit, and configured to generate a reference offset value corresponding to a center gamma value for a reference luminance and the at least one analyzed result, and to generate an additional offset value corresponding to the second luminance mode and the at least one analyzed result when a second luminance mode is selected; and a data adjusting unit coupled to the offset value setting unit, and configured to adjust the data according to the reference offset value and supply the adjusted data to the data applying unit. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109662 | DRIVING APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A driving apparatus for a liquid crystal display, which includes a first pixel, a second pixel and a third pixel that display different colors, includes: an image signal compensation unit that compensates input image signals corresponding to the first pixel, the second pixel, and the third pixel to generate compensated input image signals; and a data driver that supplies data voltages to the first pixel, the second pixel and the third pixel based on the compensated input image signals. The image signal compensation unit shifts a value of the input image signal corresponding to the first pixel by a first value with respect to a common voltage, shifts a value of the input image signal corresponding to the second pixel by a second value with respect to the common voltage, and shifts a value of the input image signal corresponding to the third pixel by a third value with respect to the common voltage. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109663 | ILLUMINATING DEVICE AND DISPLAY UNIT - An illuminating device capable of improving display luminance while decreasing light leakage in a range with a large view angle and a display unit are provided. In a light modulation device bonded to a light guide plate, a light modulation layer containing a bulk and microparticles is provided. Both the bulk and the microparticles have optical anisotropy, and each response speed to an electric field is different from each other. Thereby, by controlling the electric field, each optical axis orientation of the bulk and the microparticles is able to correspond with each other, or is able to be different from each other. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109664 | Display device, method for driving the same, and electronic unit - A display device includes: a display section including a plurality of pixels each having a light emitting element and a pixel circuit; and a drive circuit performing display drive on the plurality of pixels through selecting each of the plurality of pixels to write a first signal voltage and a second signal voltage in this order into the selected pixel, the first and second signal voltages being provided based on a video signal. The drive circuit varies magnitude of each of the first and second signal voltages in accordance with a gray-scale value of the video signal, thereby performing gray-scale interpolation on a light emission luminance level for each of the light emitting elements. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109665 | DISPLAY DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DRIVING SYSTEM - A display driving circuit ( | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109666 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes data lines, a plurality of pixel circuits, and a control circuit which obtains data line potentials which are formed by correcting potentials which allow the respective pixel circuits to display tones. The control circuit obtains the data line potentials such that a correction amount from a first potential to the data line potential when a tone potential in a frame which is displayed is the first potential and a tone potential in a frame right before the frame is a second potential, and a correction amount from the second potential to the data line potential when the tone potential of the frame which is displayed is the second potential and the tone potential of the frame right before the frame is the first potential differ from each other. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110109667 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WHITE BALANCE OF LASER DISPLAY SYSTEM - The present invention relates to device and method for adjusting white balance in a laser display system, which enables to adjust white balance taking an optical characteristic of a laser beam into account. The device for adjusting white balance in a laser display system, having red, green, and blue laser beam sources, includes a temperature sensing unit for sensing the present temperatures of the laser beam sources, a detecting unit for measuring laser beam output intensity of the laser beam sources, a storing unit for storing reference values on allowable current ranges at different temperatures and laser beam output intensity at different temperatures, an adjusting value generating unit for comparing a measured value of the laser beam output intensity obtained from the detecting unit to the reference values obtained from the storing unit, to generate an adjusting value, a laser beam source driving unit for adjusting the laser beam output intensity of a relevant laser beam source according to a current value within the allowable current range or the adjusting value generated thus, and a control unit for searching the storing unit for the allowable current range corresponding to the present temperature sensed thus, or the reference value corresponding to the laser beam output intensity measured thus to control the adjusting value generating unit and the laser beam source driving unit. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110115826 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An area active drive processing unit ( | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110115827 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - In at least one embodiment of the present invention, display is performed with high color reproducibility by a display device that performs area active drive. An LED output value calculating unit obtains LED data representing the luminances upon light emission of LEDs provided for respective areas, based on an input image. A display luminance calculating unit calculates a luminance image including display luminances for the respective areas, based on the LED data and a luminance spread filter. An LCD data calculating unit determines temporary light transmittances of display elements of a liquid crystal panel based on an input image delayed by a frame memory and the luminance image, and obtains liquid crystal data representing light transmittances such that, when a highest value of temporary light transmittances for respective colors exceeds 1, values obtained by dividing each of the temporary light transmittances by the highest value are used as light transmittances, and when the highest value does not exceed 1, the temporary light transmittances are used as light transmittances. By this, even if there is a color with insufficient luminance, since the ratio between the colors does not change, color reproducibility increases. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110115828 | Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - A display device comprises a optical member, a plurality of light sources to illuminate the optical member, a representative determining part to determine representative values of image blocks based on image signals applied to the image blocks, wherein the image blocks are arranged in a matrix and correspond to portions of a display panel, a representative integration part to integrate the representative values of the image blocks in one of a row and a column direction of the matrix and determine integrated representative values, and a light control part to control the plurality of light sources based on the integrated representative values. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110115829 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention relates to an image display apparatus that can display high-quality images, and its controlling apparatus. A backlight section ( | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110115830 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display includes a display unit divided into a plurality of fields (regions), data and scan drivers, a power supply, and a driving voltage calculator. The display unit has a plurality of cathode electrodes corresponding to the respective fields, and is configured to display an image in response to data and scan signals. The data and scan drivers respectively supply the data and scan signals to the display unit. The power supply has a first output terminal for outputting a first power and a plurality of second output terminals for outputting a plurality of second powers to the plurality of cathode electrodes. The driving voltage calculator calculates the voltage of each of the second powers for a respective one of the cathode electrodes based on a magnitude of a respective one of the data signals. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110115831 | MULTIVISION DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREFOR - A multivision display device in which adjacent display panels are partially overlapped with each other, so that portions at which an image is inconsecutive are not produced on a screen, and a driving method for the multivision display device. The multivision display device includes a first display panel and a second display panel. The first display panel has a first light emitting area and a first non-light emitting area formed around the first light emitting area. The second display panel has a second light emitting area and a second non-light emitting area formed around the second light emitting area. In the multivision display device, the first and second non-light emitting areas are overlapped with each other so that the first and second light emitting areas are adjacent to each other about a reference line. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110115832 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes: a panel including a plurality of pixel circuits, each of the pixel circuits including a light emitting element having one end coupled to a first voltage source for supplying a first voltage and another end coupled to a second voltage source for supplying a second voltage; a controller for reducing image data for one frame and for outputting a control signal and a data signal to display an image corresponding to the reduced image data on the panel; a voltage difference setting unit for detecting a peak value of the reduced image data and for calculating a driving voltage for generating a peak driving current corresponding to the peak value; and a power supply for generating the first and second voltages and for providing the first and second voltages to the panel in accordance with the driving voltage. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110115833 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND LUMINANCE ADJUSTMENT PROGRAM - A portable terminal having a camera includes a display unit which displays an image captured by the camera, the display unit is located so that an exposure range illuminated with display light of the display unit and at least a part of an capturing range captured by the camera overlap each other, a display image generating unit which generates a display image having a luminance which is higher than the luminance of the captured image, while maintaining the form of a subject in the captured image and a display control unit which controls to display the display image in the display unit. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110122160 | COLOR CALIBRATOR OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A color calibrator of a display apparatus is disclosed. The color calibrator includes a color estimator for receiving a plurality of digital counts of initial colors of an image signal. The color estimator includes a first operator, a gray value electrical-optical converter, a mixed-color electrical-optical converter, an initial color electrical-optical converter, a plurality of linear transformers and a weighting operator. The gray value electrical-optical converter, the mixed-color electrical-optical converter and the initial color electrical-optical converter convert a gray value digital count, a mixed color digital count and an initial color digital count for generating a plurality conversion outputs according to a plurality of gray conversion curves, a plurality of mixed color conversion curves and a plurality of initial color converting curve. The weighting operator receives the conversion outputs and a plurality of weighting values to generate an analysis output signal. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122161 | DISPLAY CHARACTERIZATION WITH FILTRATION - A display and a method of characterizing a display includes a means of enabling the display to be measured by a characterization system having a measurement sensor that measures a difference between display characteristics and target values of a screen. The screen is provided with at least a first filter. The first filter is a color correction filter that decreases the difference between the display characteristics and the target values of the screen. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122162 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - The present invention includes: a driving circuit portion | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122163 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD, AND DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL METHOD - A display device of at least one embodiment of the present invention includes at least one correcting device for, in a case where a first data signal is to be written to a first pixel during a unique horizontal period, (i) carrying out a first gray scale correction with respect to display data corresponding to the first data signal to be written to the first pixel during the unique horizontal period, and (ii) supplying the display data to a display driver, the unique horizontal period being a first horizontal period for one of the driving signals supplied to respective storage capacitor bus lines which first horizontal period occurs a first number of horizontal periods after an initial horizontal period included in a given cyclic term for either or both of a binary level, the given cyclic term being a second cyclic term for the driving signals which second cyclic term occurs a second number of cyclic terms after a first cyclic term including a horizontal period during which the data signals start to be written to the pixels, the first number being different from a corresponding number for any other of the driving signals. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122164 | Display Device and Driving Method and Electronic Apparatus of the Display Device - To reduce a pseudo contour which occurs when displaying by a time gray scale method. When gradation is expressed with an n bit, bits each of which is shown by a binary of the gray scales are divided into three bit groups, and one frame is divided into two subframe groups. Then, a (0| 05-26-2011 | |
| 20110122165 | LAMP DRIVING CIRCUIT HAVING LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL, BACKLIGHT UNIT, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A lamp driving circuit is provided for controlling individual block luminances provided by corresponding locally dimmed blocks of a backlight unit of an LCD system where the backlight unit employs high voltage discharge lamps that each need to have an AC excitation signal of at least predetermined minimum high voltage level developed there across in order to generate light. The lamp driving circuit includes a plurality of isolation transformers and corresponding low voltage switch circuits. Each isolation transformer has primary windings and a secondary winding. The secondary winding is interposed between a high voltage AC power source and a corresponding one or more lamps. The equivalent circuit impedance of the secondary winding determines what voltage will develop across its respective lamps. The low voltage switch circuits are operative to alter the equivalent circuit impedances of their respective primary windings, which impedance changes are then reflected by mutual inductance coupling into the secondary windings. Thus control circuits operating at relatively low voltages can be used to control the ON/OFF states of the lamps. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122166 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device includes a display control circuit to receive data of each frame of an external image signal and a liquid crystal panel. When the data of an n+1 frame currently received is the same as that of an n frame previously received, the display control circuit outputs first gray scale voltages corresponding to the data of the n+1 frame to drive the liquid crystal panel. When the data of the n+1 frame is different from that of the n frame, the display control circuit generates data of at least one inserted frame between the data of the n and the n+1 frames, and outputs second gray scale voltages respectively corresponding to the data of the at least one inserted frame and the n+1 frame to drive the liquid crystal panel to display first an image of the least one inserted frame and then that of the n+1 frame. An absolute value of a second gray scale voltage exceeds that of a first gray scale voltage for a same gray scale. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122167 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A backlight unit and a display apparatus are provided. The display apparatus includes a power supply unit which outputs a first voltage; a light emitting unit which includes a first end connected to the power supply unit, and a second end, the first end receiving the first voltage from the power supply unit; and a compensation unit which includes a first end connected to the second end of the light emitting unit, and which compensates a deviation between the first voltage and a rated voltage of the light emitting unit. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122168 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed are a liquid crystal display and a method of the liquid crystal display. The liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal panel, a backlight unit that supplies light to the liquid crystal panel and has a plurality of light sources, and an image calibration unit that calculates a global dimming resultant value and a local dimming resultant value for an image data signal inputted to the liquid crystal panel, analyzes an average picture level for each block with respect to the image data signal, and determines a convex combination parameter based on the global dimming resultant value, the local dimming resultant value, and the average picture level to generate a calibration dimming value for the backlight unit and an image calibration value for the image data signal. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122169 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND BACKLIGHT UNIT - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes: a display panel; and a backlight unit which provides the display panel with backlight. The backlight unit includes: a converter which converts a voltage of a received power and outputs an output power, a plurality of light source modules which receives the output power from the converter, and a control unit which determines powering conditions to operate the plurality of the light source modules in a specific state for each of the plurality of light source modules, and controls the converter sequentially based on the determined powering conditions. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122170 | METHOD OF COMPENSATING FOR PIXEL DATA AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A method of compensating for pixel data includes extending a side portion and a corner portion of a real screen to set an virtual screen, setting dimming values of the virtual screen using dimming values of the real screen, calculating an amount of light of each of pixels on the real screen using the dimming values of the virtual screen mapped to a predetermined analysis area, and multiplying the amount of light of each pixel by a gain of each pixel to modulate pixel data. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122171 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF LOCAL DIMMING THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes a display panel, a backlight unit providing light to the display panel, a representative value adjusting unit that divides an input image in conformity with a plurality of blocks divided from the display panel and a light emitting surface of the backlight unit, selectively adjusts a representative value of each block based on a luminance difference between the blocks and a grayscale banding degree of each block, and generates a modified representative value of each block, a dimming value determining unit that maps the modified representative value of each block to a predetermined dimming curve and selects a dimming value of each block, and a light source driver for driving light sources of the backlight unit based on the dimming value of each block. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122172 | Display panel, manufacturing method thereof and display apparatus - A display panel includes a substrate and a light emitting element array including a plurality of light emitting elements provided on the substrate. The light emitting elements are driven by driving signals to emit light. The display panel further includes a lens array that focuses the light emitted by the light emitting elements, and a driving circuit provided on the substrate for driving the light emitting elements. The lens array includes a plurality of lens pillars formed on the light emitting elements, and a plurality of lens portions formed to cover the lens pillars and to have curved lens surfaces. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122173 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a display device having plural data line voltage generation circuits capable of supplying a display control voltage to display elements of a color designated as necessary. The display device includes plural display elements each displaying an image of one color; plural gradation voltage output units provided for each color to output a gradation voltage corresponding to each display gradation value of a gradation number; plural display control voltage supply units connected to each of two or more display elements to supply control voltages corresponding to display data of the display elements to each of the display elements based on the gradation voltages of the gradation number output by any one of the gradation voltage output units; and plural gradation voltage selection units provided to one or each display control voltage supply unit to select the gradation voltage output by any one of the gradation voltage output units. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122174 | COLOR ELECTRONIC PAPER USING RGBW COLOR PARTICLES AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A color electronic paper using RGBW color particles and a driving method thereof are provided. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122175 | LUMINANCE ENHANCEMENT OPTICAL SUBSTRATES WITH OPTICAL DEFECT MASKING STRUCTURES - An optical substrate possesses a structured surface that enhances luminance or brightness and reduces the effects of structural defects on perceived image quality. User perceivable image cosmetic defects caused by manufacturing or handling, can be masked by introducing structural irregularities in the optical substrate, which may be non-facet flat sections or in-kind to the defects. Optical defects caused by non-facet flat sections in the prism structure of the optical substrate (e.g., flat-bottom valleys with a certain valley bottom thickness above the base layer, and/or flat-top peaks, and/or openings in the optical substrates that expose flat sections of underlying base layer) can be masked by providing distributed in-kind non-facet flat sections (e.g., flat-bottom valleys, and/or flat-top peaks, and/or openings exposing sections of underlying base layer), to diffuse the prominence of the original defects with the introduced irregularities. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122176 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Transmittances of red, blue and green filters included in a display device are increased, and in a first field period, after a signal voltage (V | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110128302 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND LOCAL DIMMING CONTROL CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel, a backlight unit including a plurality of light sources, the backlight unit providing light to a back surface of the liquid crystal display panel, a backlight driving circuit that individually drives a plurality of previously determined blocks each including the light sources based on a dimming value of each of the blocks, and a local dimming control circuit that calculates a pixel gain value compensating for a luminance reduction resulting from the dimming value of each block and corrects the pixel gain value based on a grayscale saturation level of each block. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110128303 | Driving circuit for light emitting diode - A pulse modulator generates a first pulse signal having a duty ratio which is adjusted such that a detection voltage which indicates the electrical state of an LED string to be driven matches a predetermined reference voltage. A first pulse signal is applied to a primary coil of a pulse transformer. A DC/DC converter includes a switching element the ON/OFF operation of which is controlled according to a signal that originates at a secondary coil of the pulse transformer. The DC/DC converter stabilizes an input voltage Vdc, and supplies the input voltage Vdc thus stabilized to the anode of the LED string. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110128304 | LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT CIRCUIT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A light emitting element circuit according to the present invention includes: a plurality of LED chains connected in parallel to each other, each of the plurality of LED chains including LEDs that are a plurality of light emitting elements connected in series; a transistor that is a reference element connected in series to the LED chain being one of the plurality of LED chains; and transistors that are one or more subordinate elements respectively connected in series to the LED chains among the plurality of LED chains except for the LED chain, a control voltage thereof following a control voltage of the transistor, wherein the transistor takes a voltage of a predetermined node on the LED chain as the control voltage. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110128305 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display apparatus in which a plurality of light sources emit light to a pixel includes a correction unit configured to correct a luminance distribution of a display target image or a light emission distribution obtained when the plurality of light sources emit light at a certain light emission intensity so that an interval between the luminance distribution and the light emission distribution is increased; and a control unit configured to control an amount of light emitted from each of the plurality of light sources based on the luminance distribution or the light emission distribution corrected by the correction unit. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110128306 | Liquid Crystal Display Apparatus Capable of Maintaining High Color Purity - A liquid crystal display apparatus includes a white color light source and a coloring light source, a detection circuit which detects a brightness of an input image signal, an image quality processing calculation circuit, a light source control circuit, and an image control circuit. The coloring light source includes a blue light source. The image quality processing calculation circuit outputs to the light source control circuit a light source control signal for (1) increasing a light intensity of the coloring light source when an average luminance of the input image signal is detected to be higher than a predetermined luminance based on a detection result of the detection circuit, and for (2) turning-on only the white color light source without turning-on the coloring light source when the average luminance of the input image signal is detected to be lower than the predetermined luminance. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110128307 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANIPULATING COLOR IN A DISPLAY - Embodiments include methods and devices for controlling the spectral profile and color gamut of light produced by an interferometric display. Such devices include illuminating a display with selected wavelengths of light. Embodiments also include a display comprising separate sections that output different predetermined colors of light. Other embodiments include methods of making the aforementioned devices. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110128308 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - In a plasma display panel, abnormal discharge in address periods is suppressed to enhance image display quality. The scan electrode driving circuit generates a first falling down-ramp voltage i.e. down-ramp voltage L | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110128309 | MULTI-PRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A multi-primary color display device according to the present invention includes pixels, each having a plurality of sub-pixels. The plurality of sub-pixels include first, second, third and fourth sub-pixels for displaying first, second, third and fourth colors having first, second, third and fourth hues. The second and third hues are adjacent to the first hue on both sides thereof on an a*b* plane of an L*a*b* colorimetric system. When a color displayed by each pixel changes from black to an optimal color of the first hue, luminance values of the plurality of sub-pixels are set such that the luminance value of the first sub-pixel starts to be increased and also the luminance values of the second and third sub-pixels start to be increased at a rate of increase lower than the rate of increase of the first sub-pixel. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110134150 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - A correction area address storage unit in a display control circuit of at least one embodiment of the present invention stores a correction area address for display elements disposed in a display area end portion where light subjected to an optical path change by a light guide element is transmitted through, among the addresses of RAMs that temporarily store pixel values provided from a source external to a device. A data correcting unit multiplies, based on the correction area address, pixel values for the display area end portion by a correction coefficient set so as to compensate for a change in the chromaticity of a displayed image which is caused by the light guide element, thereby correcting the pixel values. By this, a single seamless image is displayed without a viewer given a feeling of unnaturalness caused by the difference in chromaticity. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134151 | METHOD FOR DIVIDING DISPLAY AREA FOR LOCAL DIMMING, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A method for dividing a display area for local dimming of LCD is disclosed. The method includes determining an initial number of pixels per data analysis area and a total number of residual pixels, calculating a first residual pixel sum of a current data analysis area using the total number of residual pixels and a second residual pixel sum of a previous data analysis area, determining whether to assign a residual pixel to the current data analysis area using the first residual pixel sum and the total number of data analysis areas, calculating a second residual sum of the current data analysis area whether to assign a residual pixel, and repeating the calculation above until the data analysis area index is a last data analysis area index. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134152 | Apparatus for simultaneously performing gamma correction and contrast enhancement in display device - A display device is provided with a display panel; a correction circuit which performs gamma correction on target image data in response to correction data specifying a gamma curve; and a driver circuit driving the display panel in response to gamma-corrected data received from the correction circuit. The correction circuit is configured to perform approximate gamma correction in accordance with a correction expression in which the target image data is defined as a variable of the correction expression and coefficients of the same are determined on the correction data, and to modify the correction data in response to target image data associated with the target pixel of the gamma correction and the pixel adjacent to the target pixel. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134153 | Display apparatus and driving method therefor - A display apparatus includes a pixel array section and a driving section configured to drive the pixel array section. The pixel array section includes a plurality of first scanning lines and a plurality of second scanning lines extending along rows, a plurality of signal lines extending along columns, a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix at positions at which the first and second scanning lines and the signal lines intersect with each other, and a plurality of power supply lines and a plurality of ground lines configured to perform feeding to the pixels. The driving section includes a first scanner, a second scanner, and a signal selector. Each of the pixels includes a light emitting element, a sampling transistor, a drive transistor, a switching transistor, and a pixel capacitance. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134154 | Liquid crystal display device, image display device, illumination device and emitter used therefor, driving method of liquid crystal display device, driving method of illumination device, and driving method of emitter - The cold cathode tube for illuminating pixels with light which is in accordance with an output signal has luminance which gradually increases at a rise and gradually decreases at a fall per one frame time. The cold cathode tube contains a fluorescent material of only one of three primary colors of light, and has a certain OFF period or dimming period per one frame time. Between a diffusing plate and a reflecting plate are provided partition walls for parting emitting areas, so that the illumination light of one cold cathode tube does not reach the display elements to be illuminated by the other cold cathode tubes. The emission of each display element is changed per one frame time between a normal ON state and a dim state. The cold cathode tube has two or more OFF periods within one frame time, and luminance of the cold cathode tube is changed per one frame period. As a result, it is possible to suppress shortening of life of emitters in an illuminating section, and to relieve lowering of luminance of the emitters, and also to obtain a desirable display quality even in a fast-moving image. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134155 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method are provided. The display device includes: a display panel which displays an image; at least one light emitting diode (LED) which emits light to the display panel; a driver which supplies an operating voltage to the LED and drives the LED; a feedback unit which detects a level of a voltage drop of the LED and outputs a detection signal corresponding to the detected level of the voltage drop; and a first controller which controls a level of the operating voltage supplied to the LED based on the operating voltage supplied to the LED and the detection signal output by the feedback unit. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134156 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - The electrophoretic display device in which an electrophoretic element is interposed between a pair of substrates includes a first electrode and a second electrode that are formed in each pixel on one substrate, and an opposing electrode that is formed on another substrate, and faces the first electrode and the second electrode through the electrophoretic element. Here, a gradation is displayed due to a difference in potential between the first electrode and the second electrode. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134157 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR POWER CONSERVATION FOR AMOLED PIXEL DRIVERS - A circuit and method to improve energy conservation of an AMOLED display. The display includes a matrix of pixels each having an organic light emitting device coupled to a drive transistor. The brightness of the light emitting device is controlled by a programming voltage applied to the gate of the drive transistor. The supply voltage to the drive transistor is adjusted to different levels based on the required brightness of the pixel. Since the drive transistor operates in saturation mode, especially when maximum brightness is desired, the supply voltage may be reduced while maintaining the same brightness level. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134158 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THIS BACK LIGHT APPARATUS - A backlight apparatus that can reduce transmission load and allows high quality local contrast control and an image display apparatus using this backlight apparatus are provided. An LED backlight ( | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134159 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYING DEVICE AND METHOD - A disclosed liquid crystal displaying device having a liquid crystal displaying unit and a backlight unit includes a signal processing unit dividing an input signal into plural blocks in conformity with a predetermined number of dividing a screen of the backlight unit, a high frequency component acquiring unit acquiring high frequency components for the blocks; a signal component analyzing unit analyzing signal components of the input signal for the blocks, a low frequency component acquiring unit acquiring low frequency components for the blocks, a backlight driving signal generating unit generating a backlight driving signal based on signals acquired by the signal component analyzing unit and the low frequency component acquiring unit, an inverter inverting the backlight driving signal, and a synthesizing unit acquiring a synthesized signal displayed by the liquid crystal displaying unit based on the input signal, the high frequency components, and the inverted driving signal. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134160 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device for special uses which improves a color resolution of a particular color and increases a color reproducibility is provided. In the image display device, an area in which a gradient is gentle is provided to a partial region of a gamma curve denoted by a relationship of an input value (gray level) and an output value (luminance relative value) so that chromaticity points on chromaticity coordinates are unevenly distributed, thereby improving a chromatic resolving power (color resolution) of a particular color. In this manner, the color reproducibility of special monitors which display images of a particular color range represented by a monitor for remote medical care and a monitor for surgical operation can be improved. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134161 | FLEXIBLE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, BACKLIGHT UNIT USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE COMPRISING THE SAME - A flexible printed circuit board (FPCB) capable of improving strength is disclosed, the FPCB comprising a base film; a copper layer on the base film, the copper layer including a circuit pattern, and a strength-reinforcing pattern in an area without the circuit pattern; and a coverlay film on the copper layer. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134162 | METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A method of driving an electrophoretic display device which includs a pair of substrates, an electrophoretic element disposed between the pair of substrates, and a display portion with a plurality of pixels arranged thereon, and has an electrode in which an image signal is input for each pixel, including a reset waveform input process in which, when a display image of the display portion is renewed from a first image to a second image, after displaying the first image and before displaying the second image, a prescribed image signal corresponding to an image different from the second image is input to the electrode. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134163 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Each pixel of a display device has a current supply circuit, a switch portion, and a light emitting element. The light emitting element, the current supply circuit, and the switch portion are connected in series between a power supply reference line and a power supply line. The switch portion is switched between ON and OFF using a digital video signal. The amount of constant current flowing in the current supply circuit is determined by a control signal inputted from the outside of the pixel. When the switch portion is ON, a constant current determined by the current supply circuit flows in the light emitting element and light is emitted. As a result, a low-cost display device can be provided in which the light emitting element can emit light at a constant luminance even when the current characteristic is changed by degradation or the like, which is fast in writing signals in pixels, which can display in gray scales accurately, and which can be reduced in size with a low cost, as well as a driving method of the display device. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134164 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A GAMMA TABLE - A method for generating a gamma table is provided. The method is applied to a display, and the display obtains n-bit corrected gray levels [y(1), . . . , y(2 | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134165 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A GAMMA TABLE - A method for generating a gamma table is provided. The method is applied to a display, and the display obtains n-bit corrected gray levels [y(1), . . . , y(2 | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134166 | DISPLAY DRIVE APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display pixel including a light-emitting element and a drive element for supplying current flowing in a current path to the light-emitting element is applied with a detection voltage based on a predetermined unit voltage. Based on a value of current flowing in the current path of the drive element, a specific value corresponding to an element characteristic of the drive element is detected. A gradation voltage corresponding to a luminance gradation of display data is generated. Based on the specific value and the unit voltage, a compensated voltage is generated. By compensating the gradation voltage based on the compensated voltage, a compensated gradation voltage is generated. And the compensated gradation voltage is supplied to the display pixel. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134167 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A display device ( | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110141148 | Image Reproduction Method Featuring Additive Color Mixing from More than Three Color Channels - The invention relates to a method for triggering an electronic image reproduction device comprising N>3 individually controlled color channels, by means of which N primary colors are defined, the colors being additively mixed from said N primary colors. One or several pre-calculated two-dimensional tables, in which the values required for controlling N color channels are stored under the addresses of a color type of the colors that are to be reproduced and are retrieved during operation, are used for real-time processing. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141149 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR CORRECTING UNEVEN LIGHT EMISSION AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A display device is provided that includes: an unevenness correction information storage unit that stores unevenness correction information used to correct uneven light emission of the display unit; and an unevenness correction unit that corrects uneven light emission of the display unit by reading out the unevenness correction information from the unevenness correction information storage unit and by performing signal processing on the video signal having a linear characteristic. The unevenness correction unit corrects the uneven light emission of the display unit by combining a first correction that is applied in a horizontal direction or a vertical direction of the display unit, and a second correction that is applied to a section of the display unit in which uneven light emission is occurring. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141150 | DISPLAY SCREENS HAVING OPTICAL FLUORESCENT MATERIALS - Fluorescent screens and display systems and devices based on such screens using at least one excitation optical beam to excite one or more fluorescent materials on a screen which emit light to form images. The fluorescent materials may include phosphor materials and non-phosphor materials such as quantum dots. A screen may include a multi-layer dichroic layer. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141151 | DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING OPTICAL SENSORS - The present invention relates to a display device that has a plurality of optical sensors provided in a display panel and that can be operated by touching a screen with a finger or pen. A liquid crystal panel with built-in sensors ( | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141152 | DRIVING SYSTEM FOR BACKLIGHT UNIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A driving system for a backlight unit includes: a system unit outputting first and second dimming signals for driving the backlight unit; and an inverter unit driving the backlight unit with a 2-block scanning method using the first and second dimming signals received directly from the system unit. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141153 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device includes: a liquid crystal panel that displays images using a plurality of pixels each including red, green and blue sub-pixels; a gate driving portion that supplies a gate signal to the liquid crystal panel; a data driving portion that supplies a data signal to the liquid crystal panel; and a timing control portion that compares difference of gray level between image signals corresponding to the red, green and blue sub-pixels with a first threshold value and compares difference of gray level between the image signals corresponding to the red, green and blue sub-pixels of neighboring pixels of the plurality of pixels in order to judge type of the image signals, and drives the data driving portion in different methods according to the type of the image signals. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141154 | LOCAL DIMMING DRIVING METHOD AND DEVICE OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed herein is a local dimming driving method and device of an LCD device, which is capable of minimizing luminance deviation at the same gray scale due to a dimming difference between blocks. The local dimming driving method of the LCD device includes analyzing input image data in units of blocks and determining a local dimming value per block, performing spatial filtering with respect to the local dimming value per block, repeating spatial filtering by a predetermined repeat count, and controlling luminance of a backlight unit on a block-by-block basis using the local dimming value per block controlled by spatial filtering. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141155 | METHOD FOR ANALYZING LIGHT PROFILE OF LIGHT SOURCE AND DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LOCAL DIMMING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE BY USING THE SAME - Disclosed is a method for analyzing a light profile of a light source for reducing capacity of a memory which is to store light profile data and device and method for driving local dimming of a liquid crystal display device by using the same. The method for analyzing a light profile of a light source includes driving a light source of one of a plurality of blocks which divide a backlight unit, setting a light analyzing region matched to one light emission region of the light source, dividing the light analyzing region into at least two symmetric regions considering a form of the light emission region and symmetry of the light emission region, and analyzing and storing a light profile of one of the at least two symmetric regions. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141156 | METHOD FOR DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method for driving an electrophoretic display device that includes a display unit having a plurality of pixels and an electrophoretic element provided between a pair of substrates is provided. The method includes displaying on the display unit a third image that includes an image component of a first image and an image component of a second image before changing the first image displayed on the display unit to the second image. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141157 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND PROJECTION DISPLAY DEVICE - An electro-optical device includes an element substrate having a temperature detection conductive film formed by doping with an impurity in the same semiconductor layer as a semiconductor layer of transistor; and a driving portion for supplying a driving signal, wherein the driving portion includes a data conversion portion for converting image data and generating, as the driving signal, a digital driving signal made of an ON-voltage in which the brightness of the pixel is saturated and an OFF-voltage in which the pixel becomes a light-off state in each of a plurality of subfields in which a field period is divided on a time axis, and the data conversion portion performs a correction corresponding to a change in resistance in the temperature detection conductive film when generating the digital driving signal. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141158 | BACK LIGHT UNIT AND METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING THE SAME - A back light unit is disclosed, of which thinness is easily provided. The back light unit comprises at least one light source substrate having one surface provided with at least one light source and the other surface provided with a connector to which a driving power source for driving the light source is input; a bottom cover receiving the light source substrate therein, wherein the bottom cover includes at least one opening, so that the connector is projected to the outside of the bottom cover, the opening passing through a rear surface of the bottom cover. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141159 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, ITS DRIVING METHOD AND APPARATUS DRIVING PROGRAM - An image display apparatus includes: a display panel in which every pixel is configured to have at least four sub-pixels provided for respectively at least four color components different from each other and each of the sub-pixels is driven to exhibit a luminance according to the color component for the sub-pixel; a processing circuit configured to receive input information provided for the display panel to serve as information on a color prescribed by a table color system determined in advance and configured to output the four or more color components based on the information; and a color measurement unit configured to measure the color of light coming from an environment surrounding the display panel. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141160 | COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE FOR LUMINANCE DEGRADATION IN ELECTRO-LUMINANCE DEVICES - A method and system for compensation for luminance degradation in electro-luminance devices is provided. The system includes a pixel circuit having a light emitting device, a storage capacitor, a plurality of transistors, and control signal lines to operate the pixel circuit. The storage capacitor is connected or disconnected to the transistor and a signal line(s) when programming and driving the pixel circuit. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141161 | ADJUSTING MECHANISM FOR A VEHICLE - An adjusting mechanism for a vehicle with an adjusting device that serves for adjusting a desired operating parameter and can assume adjusting positions between a minimum value and a maximum value, and with a display area for displaying the currently adjusted position. Each region of the display area can assume a first and at least a second display state. The two display states can be distinguished by different, respectively active light emissions that lie in the visible range. The relative surface area of a first segment of the display area that coherently assumes the first display state and the relative surface area of a second segment of the display area that coherently assumes the second display state are defined by the currently adjusted position of the adjusting mechanism. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141162 | OPTICAL ASSEMBLY, BACKLIGHT UNIT INCLUDING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE BACKLIGHT UNIT - Provided are a backlight unit and a display apparatus including the same. The backlight unit includes a bottom cover, a substrate, light sources, light guide panels, at least one reflective member, and an optical sheet. The substrate is in the bottom cover. The light sources are on the substrate to emit light at an orientation angle from a first direction. The light guide panels include a light incident part having a light incident surface to which light is incident in the first direction from the light sources, and a light emitting part that emits the incident light in a second direction crossing the first direction and has a side connected to the light incident part. The reflective member includes a reflective region overlapping the light guide panel and an extension region that does not overlap the light guide panel. The optical sheet is above the light guide panel. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141163 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANIPULATING COLOR IN A DISPLAY - A method and device for manipulating color in a display includes a display in which one or more of the pixels includes one or more display elements, such as interferometric modulators, configured to output colored light and one or more display elements configured to output white light. Other embodiments include methods of making such displays. In addition, embodiments include color displays configured to provide a greater proportion of the intensity of output light in green portions of the visible spectrum in order to increase perceived brightness of the display. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141164 | Display Device, Electronic Device and Method of Driving Display Device - The present invention provides a display device which can display characters clearly and display images smoothly. An area gray scale method is adopted and a configuration of one pixel is changed depending on a mode, by selecting one or more display regions in each pixel. When characters are needed to be displayed clearly, one pixel is configured by selecting a stripe arrangement. Thus, clear display can be conducted. When images are needed to be displayed, one pixel is configured by selecting an indented state. Thus, smooth display can be conducted. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141165 | DISPLAY PANEL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display panel device includes: a luminescence element; a capacitor including first and second capacitor electrodes; a driver having a gate connected to the first capacitor electrode for allowing a drain current to flow through the luminescence element and a source connected to the second capacitor electrode; a first switch switchably interconnecting a data line and the first capacitor electrode for supplying a signal voltage to the capacitor; a second switch switchably interconnecting the drain of the driver and a power line; and a controller. The controller is configured to: turn ON the first switch while the second switch is ON to supply the signal voltage to the capacitor and flow a current between the source of the driver and the second capacitor electrode; and, after predetermined time period, turn OFF the second switch to cause non-conduction between the power line and the drain of the driver. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110148937 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS THEREOF - An organic light emitting display apparatus having a pixel circuit, the pixel circuit including an organic light emitting diode (OLED); a capacitor having a first terminal connected to a first node, and a second terminal connected to an anode electrode of the OLED; a switching transistor having a gate electrode connected to a scanning line, a first electrode connected to a data line, and a second electrode connected to the first node; and a driving transistor having a first gate electrode connected to the first node, a first electrode connected to a first power supply, a second electrode connected to the anode electrode of the OLED, and a second gate electrode connected to a common voltage line. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148938 | DISPLAYED CONTENTS SECURING SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND DISPLAYED CONTENTS VIEWING DEVICE - A system and method for securing contents displayed on a display device, and a device for viewing displayed content are provided. The system may include a first device and a communication module. The communication module may be adapted to communicatively connect the first device to the display device. The first device may be adapted to control, via the communication module, the display device to alternately display a first content and a second content. The second content may contain interference information. The device for viewing displayed content may be adapted to alternately let light through and shut off light. With the device for viewing displayed content, the first content displayed is viewable by an intended viewer while the second content displayed is un-viewable by the intended viewer. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148939 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY CAPABLE OF ADJUSTING CONTRAST AND METHOD THEREOF - A method for adjusting a contrast of an electrophoretic display (EPD) includes: displaying a full white image and detecting the light intensity of the full white image; displaying a full black image and detecting the light intensity of the full black image; computing the ratio of the detected light intensity of the full white image and the detected light intensity of the full black image to obtain a contrast; comparing the contrast with a predetermined contrast value or range; and adjusting the contrast to an adjusted contrast matching the predetermined contrast or falling within a predetermined contrast range if the contrast of the second display area does not match the predetermined contrast or fall within the predetermined contrast range. A related display device and EPD are also provided. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148940 | DRIVING METHOD FOR LOCAL DIMMING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A driving method for local dimming of a LCD device includes dividing a frame into a plurality of blocks corresponding to a plurality of dimming blocks of a backlight unit, calculating an average value of each color in a block by analyzing image data of the block and determining, for the block, a local dimming value of each color corresponding to the average value of the color, detecting a maximum value among the average values of respective colors in the block determining a luminance local dimming value corresponding to the maximum value in the block, driving a plurality of LEDs corresponding to the block in the backlight unit on a color basis according to the local dimming value of each color in the block, or a color basis using the same luminance local dimming value according to whether the block is a chromatic color area or an achromatic color area. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148941 | DRIVING METHOD FOR LOCAL DIMMING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A driving method for local dimming of a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) device and an apparatus using the same are disclosed. The driving method includes determining a dimming value of each of a plurality of local dimming blocks into which a backlight unit is divided to be driven on a block basis by analyzing input image data on a block basis, detecting a high gray area concentrated with high gray levels from each local dimming block based on the analysis of the input image data, and generating position information about the high gray area according to a distance between the high gray area in the block and an adjacent block, and compensating the dimming value of each of the plurality of local dimming blocks by spatial filtering using a spatial filter having a different filter size or different filter coefficients for local dimming blocks according to the position information about the high gray area in the local dimming block. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148942 | Display data correction by numerical operation suitable for display panel driver - A display data correction apparatus is provided with: a control circuit responsive to an input gray-level value for initially providing first to N-th control points (N≧3) defined in a coordinate system in which a first coordinate axis is associated with the input gray-level value and a second coordinate axis is associated with an output gray-level value to be calculated for the input gray-level value; and a processing circuit obtaining an output gray-level value by repeating an update operation in which the first to N-th control points are updated. The degree (N−1) Bezier curve is used as an approximated curve of the gamma curve. The output gray-level value is finally obtained as the coordinate value of a specific point in the degree (N−1) Bezier curve along the second coordinate axis, where the specific point has the coordinate value closest to the input gray-level value along the first coordinate axis. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148943 | METHOD FOR DRIVING THREE-DIMENSIONAL (3D) DISPLAY AND 3D DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for driving a three dimensional (3D) display and a 3D display apparatus using the same are provided. The 3D display apparatus includes a storage unit which stores a received image; and a controller which compares a previous frame of the received image with a current frame of the received image, and determines whether or not to input an image of the current frame to a liquid crystal panel based on whether the previous frame is identical to the current frame. Therefore, a method for driving a 3D display which does not cause characteristics of a liquid crystal to be deteriorated and a 3D display apparatus using the same are provided. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148944 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a light emitting functional layer disposed between a first and second substrates; a first pixel which emits light to the second substrate and has a first pixel electrode disposed between the light emitting functional layer and the first substrate, a second electrode disposed between the light emitting functional layer and the second substrate, and a first reflecting layer disposed between the first pixel electrode and the first substrate; a second pixel which emits light to the first substrate side and has a second pixel electrode disposed between the light emitting functional layer and the first substrate, a second electrode disposed between the light emitting functional layer and the second substrate, and a second reflecting layer disposed between the second electrode and the second substrate; and a driving element which drives the first and second pixel electrodes is disposed above first substrate. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148945 | D/A CONVERTER CIRCUIT AND ITS VOLTAGE SUPPLY CONTROL METHOD - A DAC includes a DAC unit that selects one of a plurality of selection voltages according to an input digital signal, and outputs the selected selection voltage as an analog signal, a first power-supply voltage terminal through which a first power-supply voltage is supplied to a first terminal of a transistor constituting the DAC unit upon power-up of the DAC unit, and a voltage supply control unit that detects a potential difference between the first power-supply voltage and a second voltage used to generate the selection voltages, outputs a voltage corresponding to the first power-supply voltage to a second terminal of the transistor constituting the DAC unit when the potential difference is larger than a predetermined value, and outputs a voltage corresponding to the second voltage to the second terminal of the transistor constituting the DAC unit when the potential difference is smaller than the predetermined value. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148946 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - The image display apparatus includes first lines connecting electron-emitting devices which each include a pair of electrodes and an electron-emitting portion located between the electrodes, second lines having a resistance greater than that of the first lines, an insulating layer covering the second lines, and a resistive film which is connected to the first lines, which covers the insulating layer, and which has a surface resistivity of 10 | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148947 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - A display device includes a gray scale value counting module, a ratio generating module, a first sub-frame function module, a second sub-frame function module, and a display panel. The gray scale value counting module is configured for generating a gray scale value counting signal according to image data of each frame. The ratio generating module is configured for generating a ratio value signal according to the gray scale value counting signal. The first and second sub-frame function module are configured for generating first sub-frame image data and second sub-frame image data according to the ratio value signal and the image data respectively. The display panel is configured for displaying a first sub-frame image and a second sub-frame image according to the first and second sub-frame image data. A method for driving a display device is also provided. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148948 | CIRCUITS FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY APPARATUS - A method of operating a display including loading image data to pixels in multiple rows of pixels in an array of pixels during a data loading phase, actuating the pixels in the multiple rows during an update phase, and illuminating at least one lamp during an lamp illumination phase to illuminate the actuated pixels to form an image on the display, in which each of the loading, actuating and illuminating phases partially overlap in time. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148949 | DISPLAY PANEL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display panel device includes: a luminescence element; a capacitor; a driver that passes a drain current through the luminescence element; a data line that supplies a signal voltage to the capacitor; a switch that switchably interconnects the data line and the capacitor; and a controller. The controller is configured to: apply a predetermined bias voltage to a second capacitor electrode to prevent a flow of the drain current; turn ON the switch to supply the signal voltage to a first capacitor electrode; apply a reverse bias voltage to the second capacitor electrode to flow a discharge current between a source of the driver and the second capacitor electrode; and turn OFF the switch, after a lapse of a predetermined period of time since the discharge current is caused to flow, to stop the supply of the signal voltage to the first capacitor electrode. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148950 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING BACKLIGHT OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A backlight driving apparatus of a liquid crystal display (LCD) apparatus including a master trans and a slave trans for supplying a current to a plurality of lamps, and a master driver and a slave driver for driving the lamps, includes an operated condition unit that converts an AC voltage generated in accordance with a phase difference between a master AC voltage and a slave AC voltage fed back from the master trans and the slave trans, respectively, into an analog DC voltage; a protect controller that determines an error is generated during an operation of the lamps using the analog DC voltage and outputs an operating error signal when an error is generated; and a lamp driving controller that stops driving the master driver and the slave driver in response to the operating error signal. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148951 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD AND PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS - A plasma display panel driving method is provided in which one field of an image signal includes a plurality of sub fields each having an initialization period, an address period and a sustain period, one field period includes an all-cell initialization sub field in which an initializing discharge is generated by applying an initialization voltage to all the discharge cells to display the image in the initialization period, the initialization voltage can be varied, and the initialization voltage when an image satisfying predetermined conditions is displayed is set to be lower than an initialization voltage when an image satisfying no predetermined conditions is displayed. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148952 | COLOR IMAGING SYSTEM - A color imaging system includes a sensor assembly having a plurality of sensor pixels for sensing incident light. The sensor pixels generate photocurrents in response to sensing the incident light. An image processor receives the photocurrents and computes a plurality of photocurrent values. A display processor receives the photocurrent values and calculates a plurality of power values. A display driver receives the power values and generates a plurality of power signals. The color imaging system further includes a display device having a plurality of light emitting devices, each being powered by one of the power signals for emitting light. At least one of the light emitting devices is a deep-violet light emitting device for only emitting light having a peak emission wavelength in the range of 400 to 405.87 nm and having a full width at half maximum (FWHM) value of no greater than 1 nm. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110148953 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING - A display driver having a first mode where a number of colors to be displayed is smaller than a predetermined number and a second mode where a number of colors to be displayed is equal to or larger than the predetermined number. A generation circuit generates gray scale voltages having a plurality of levels for positive polarity and negative polarity. In the first mode, the generation circuit decreases a current flowing into an internal circuit which generates a gray scale voltage of an intermediate level other than two gray scale voltages of a lowest and a highest level, in comparison to a current flowing in the second mode. In the first mode, the selection circuit selects a gray scale voltage in accordance with the display data, from the two gray scale voltages of the lowest and the highest level gray scale voltage which are generated from the generation circuit. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110157237 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING FRAME BRIGHTNESS - A method for adjusting frame brightness is provided. First, an image data in YUV format is received. Next, a dimming curve is determined according to an overall average pixel level value of the image data and a number distribution of pixel level values. Then, the image data is divided into a plurality of blocks, and a block average pixel level value of pixels in each of the blocks is calculated. Thereafter, the block average pixel level values are substituted into the dimming curve to obtain a plurality of block brightness values. Afterward, the image data is outputted and backlight sources corresponding to each of the blocks are driven to provide the block brightness values to each of the blocks for displaying a frame. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157238 | BACKLIGHT MODULE AND METHOD OF DETERMINING DRIVING CURRENT THEREOF - A method of determining driving currents of a backlight module includes: disposing the backlight module onto a base; defining a plurality of areas from a top area to a bottom are of the backlight module; and reducing the driving current of the area that is situated further from the base. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157239 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SAVING INPUT CONTENT - A method of saving input content on an electronic device is disclosed. A setting module sets M bits grayscale per sampled pixel, M is a whole number. A creating module creates a file to store input content. An obtaining module obtains data of the input content. A storing module stores the data in the file and stores M bits grayscale per sampled pixel. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157240 | Liquid Crystal Display and Method for Compensating Color Temperature - Disclosed is a liquid crystal display device and a method for compensating the color temperature of the liquid crystal display device. The timing controller according to the present disclosure, modulates the digital video data input from the host computer, compensates the shifted color temperature caused during the data modulation, and then sends the modulated and compensated digital video data to the data driving circuit. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157241 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR INITIALIZING FIELD PROGRAMMABLE GATE ARRAY - The present disclosure relates to a liquid crystal display device including a field programmable gate array (or “FPGA”) and a method for initializing the FPGA in stable. The present disclosure suggests a liquid crystal display device comprising: a liquid crystal display panel including a plurality of data lines and a plurality of gate lines crossing each other; a backlight unit configured to radiate backlight to the liquid crystal display panel; a backlight driving circuit configured to turn on and off light sources of the backlight unit according to a backlight dimming data; a data driving circuit configured to convert digital video data into positive and negative data voltages and to supply the positive and the negative data voltages to the plurality of data line; a gate driving circuit configured to supply a gate pulse to the plurality of gate line sequentially; a field programmable gate array configured to set circuit configurations of a built-in gate array logic part according to a gate array connection data downloaded from a non-volatile memory in order to modulated an input video data and to generate the backlight dimming data; and a timing controller configured to control operating timings of the data driving circuit and the gate driving circuit. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157242 | DISPLAY DEVICE INCORPORATING BACKLIGHT PLATE COMPOSED OF EDGE-LIT LIGHT GUIDES AND METHOD OF UNIFYING LIGHT EMISSION FROM SAME - The invention relates to a display device incorporating a backlight plate composed of edge-lit light guides and a method of unifying the light emission from the display device. The display device has a backlight plate composed of light guides adjacent to one another for guiding light from light sources, a liquid crystal panel disposed at a light exit side of the backlight plate and including cells with adjustable transmissivities, a memory device that stores data regarding light emission intensity distributions of the light guides, and a control device for computing compensation data and controlling the transmissivities of the cells. The light emission of the backlight is unified using the local-area dimming control technique by computing the light emission intensity distributions of the light guides and by obtaining the adjusted image signals for adjusting the transmissivities of the cells. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157243 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method for driving a display panel thereof are provided. The display apparatus comprises a display panel and a gate driver. The display panel comprises two gate lines, two source lines, a pixel and two transistors. The pixel is electrically coupled to the two gate lines and the two source lines through the two transistors respectively. The gate driver is for providing a first pulse to one of the gate lines according to a predetermined frequency and providing a second pulse to another one according to the predetermined frequency. An enabling period of the second pulse is behind an enabling period of the first pulse, and a predetermined time interval is existed between a rising edge of the second pulse and a rising edge of the first pulse. The predetermined time interval is longer than a time length of the enabling period of the first pulse. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157244 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - There are provided a light source ( | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157245 | APPARATUS, METHODS, AND SYSTEMS FOR MULTI-PRIMARY DISPLAY OR PROJECTION - An apparatus, methods, and systems for multi-color projection or display for video or lighting applications. One aspect of the present invention comprises an algorithm for utilizing at least four primary light sources to represent a projected pixel color. The algorithm and associated system can be applied to both a natively monochromatic light source or traditional light sources filtered for their colored components. The algorithm can be used for either color sequential or parallel modes of operation. The algorithm takes input pixel data represented in a universal color coordinate system, performs a color transform, and disperses the results among parallel display devices or sequentially to a single device such that each pixel is presented by the combination of four or more primaries. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157246 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A backlight unit, a method for driving the same, and a liquid crystal display device using the same are disclosed, in which a feedback voltage received in a controller to adjust a driving voltage to be supplied to a light-emitting diode string is smaller than a difference between the driving voltage and a string voltage, the backlight unit comprising a driving-voltage supplier; an LED string for receiving a driving voltage from the driving-voltage supplier, and generating a voltage drop corresponding to a string voltage; a feedback voltage generator for generating a first feedback voltage whose value is smaller than a difference between the driving voltage and the string voltage; and a controller for supplying a control signal to control the driving-voltage supplier based on the first feedback voltage. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157247 | Display Apparatus and Control Circuit of the Same - An image display device using the area control method for eliminating irregularities as seen from the side and also capable of lowering power consumption. The degree of flatness indicating the image flatness of an image in each image area is calculated, and in areas that are flat the light source luminance is set high in order to lessen irregularities as seen from the side; and in areas that are not flat the irregularities are difficult to perceive as seen from the side so an effect that cuts power consumption is obtained without having to correct the light source luminance. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157248 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is an image display device and its driving method, which facilitates to improve partial luminance in an image-display area by a local dimming method to partially control a backlight unit according to a display image, and simultaneously to reduce power consumption. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157249 | REFERENCE VOLTAGE GENERATING CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR GENERATING GAMMA REFERENCE VOLTAGE - A reference voltage generating circuit includes a voltage divider, color signal selectors, voltage selectors, voltage drivers and an output driver. The voltage divider outputs first to N-th divided voltages using first and second reference voltages. Each color signal selector generates a divided voltage selection signal for one of RGB color signals. Each voltage selector selects and outputs one of the first to N-th divided voltages output from the voltage divider as a tap voltage for one of the RGB color signals based on the divided voltage selection signal generated by the corresponding color signal selector. Each voltage driver retains the tap voltage output from the corresponding voltage selector and outputs the retained voltage for one of the RGB color signals. The output driver finally outputs gamma reference voltages for one of the RGB color signals using the retained tap voltages output from the voltage drivers. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157250 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A display device is provided, in which an emission period may be adjusted into multiple types with reduction in cost being achieved. The display device includes: a plurality of pixels, each pixel including a plurality of individual-color sub-pixels, each sub-pixel including an individual-color light emitting element and an emission control transistor; and emission control lines connected to the pixels. The individual-color sub-pixel includes one of a first individual-color sub-pixel including an emission control transistor of a first conductive type, and a second individual-color sub-pixel including an emission control transistor of a second conductive type different from the first conductive type. One emission control line is connected in common with at least one of each of the first and second individual-color sub-pixels. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157251 | INTERFACE CIRCUIT, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A method of reducing power consumption caused by leakage current in an interface circuit between modules that are driven by different power sources is disclosed. The interface circuit includes an output driver that operates by a first power supply voltage in a first mode and does not operate in a second mode in which the first power supply voltage is prevented from being applied, an input buffer that is operated by a second power supply voltage in the first and second modes, and a transmission line that connects an output terminal of the output driver to an input terminal of the input buffer. The interface circuit further includes a current leakage prevention circuit that prevents, in the second mode, a current leakage in the input buffer between a second power supply voltage source that supplies the second power supply voltage and a ground voltage source. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157252 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - An object is to provide a liquid crystal display device which can recognize image display even when the liquid crystal display device is used in a dim environment. In one pixel, a pixel electrode including both of a region where incident light through a liquid crystal layer is reflected and a transmissive region is provided, and image display can be performed in both modes: the reflective mode where external light is used as an illumination light source; and the transmissive mode where the backlight is used as an illumination light source. When there is external light with insufficient brightness, that is, in a dim environment, the backlight emits weak light and an image is displayed in the reflective mode, whereby image display can be performed. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157253 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An object is to provide a liquid crystal display device in which image display can be recognized even in an environment where light is dim around the liquid crystal display device. Another object is to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of image display in both modes of a reflective mode in which external light is used as a light source and a transmissive mode in which a backlight is used. One pixel is provided with a pixel electrode having both of a region where light incident through a liquid crystal layer is reflected and a region having a light-transmitting property, so that image display can be performed in both modes of a reflective mode in which external light is used as a light source and a transmissive mode in which a backlight is used. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157254 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - It is an object to provide a liquid crystal display device which can recognize image display even in the dim surrounding environment of the liquid crystal display device. It is another object to provide a liquid crystal display device which can perform image display in both modes: a reflective mode in which external light is used as an illumination light source; and a transmissive mode in which a backlight is used. A plurality pairs of a pixel in which incident light through a liquid crystal layer is reflected and a light-transmitting pixel are provided; therefore, display image can be performed in both modes: the reflective mode in which external light is used as an illumination light source; and the transmissive mode in which a backlight is used. Further, each reflective pixel and light-transmitting pixel may be connected to an independent signal driver circuit. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157255 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MODULATING BACKLIGHT - A backlight modulation system includes a light source module, an image mapping unit, a histogram analysis unit, a backlight dimming unit, and an image reconstruction unit. An active display area of a panel is divided into multiple illumination areas. The image mapping unit performs an RGB-to-YUV transformation to acquire an original brightness factor for each pixel. The histogram analysis unit sums up the amount of pixels reaching a preset ratio in each illumination area to acquire reference brightness for each illumination area. The backlight dimming unit calculates out a dimming ratio and a reset brightness model according to the reference brightness. The image reconstruction unit resets original brightness factor of each pixel into an output brightness factor according to the reset brightness model, and outputs an image for an illumination area according to the output brightness factor and input image data. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157256 | IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM - To display an image on an electronic paper display properly, even when image data is transmitted continuously from a host of the existing LCD display system, for example. A sampling section inputs a single image data by each prescribed period from a plurality of pieces of continuously transmitted image data corresponding to one screen of the electronic paper display. A difference detecting section detects a difference amount showing a difference between previous image data and latter image data of two pieces of consecutive image data inputted by the sampling section, and determines to perform screen update by using the latter image data when the difference value is equal to or larger than a threshold value. A driving section generates a driving signal of the latter image data and outputs the signal to the electronic paper display, when the screen update is determined by the difference detecting section. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157257 | BACKLIGHTING ARRAY SUPPORTING ADAPTABLE PARALLAX BARRIER - Display systems are described that include an adaptable parallax barrier that filters light passed by a display panel in a manner that allows for the simultaneous viewing of two-dimensional images, three-dimensional images and multi-view three-dimensional content in different display regions. The display system also includes a backlight panel comprising an array of light sources that may be individually controlled to vary the backlighting luminosity provided to the display panel on a region-by-region basis. Since each of the display regions may be perceived as having a different number of pixels per unit area depending upon the type of content being presented, the backlight array enables the brightness of each region to be controlled such that a viewer perceives roughly uniform brightness across all regions. Alternative regional brightness control schemes are also described. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110157258 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - A stable address discharge is caused to enhance the image display quality. For this purpose, a plasma display panel, a scan electrode driving circuit, and a partial light-emitting rate detecting circuit are provided. The scan electrode driving circuit performs an address operation by applying a scan pulse to scan electrodes in address periods. The partial light-emitting rate detecting circuit divides the display area of the plasma display panel into a plurality of regions, and detects a rate of the number of discharge cells to be lit with respect to the number of all the discharge cells in each region, as a partial light-emitting rate, in each subfield. In a predetermined subfield where the number of sustain pulses is smaller than the number of sustain pulses in the immediately preceding subfield, the scan electrode driving circuit changes the order of applying the scan pulse to the scan electrodes, according to the partial light-emitting rates in the immediately preceding subfield. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110164067 | CIRCUITS FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY APPARATUS - The invention relates to methods and apparatus for forming images on a display utilizing a control matrix to control the movement of MEMS-based light modulators. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110164068 | REORDERING DISPLAY LINE UPDATES - An apparatus and method for driving a display. The order in which lines of a display are updated is changed in order to take advantage of potential similarities between updated data for the lines. The lines are grouped according to one or more common characteristics and one or more of the groups are updated sequentially. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110164069 | LED BACKLIGHT SYSTEM - A method and system for modifying the pulse width modulation frequency for controlling the backlit illumination intensity of a liquid crystal display. The modified pulse width modulation frequency may be selected to reduce distortion in the display while allowing for a wide range of dimming settings for the display. A pulse width modulation signal may be also be phase shifted such that a string of light sources may be sequentially activated to generate a effective frequency greater than that of the frequency of the pulse width modulation signal. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110164070 | DISPLAY MODULE - A display module is disclosed, which comprises at least one light source movable along a predetermined path and a controller adapted to modulate the intensity of light emitted by the at least one light source as it moves along the predetermined path so as to cause a desired image to be visible by virtue of persistence of vision. The display module further comprises a drive system for causing the at least one light source to move along the predetermined path and a coupling system adapted to ensure the drive system causes the at least one light source to move, in use, along the predetermined path in synchrony with the light sources on one or more adjacent display modules. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110164071 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, ORGANIC ELECTRO-LUMINESCENT DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A pixel circuit includes a light emitting device, an N-type driving transistor for outputting a driving current according to a voltage applied to the gate electrode, a first capacitor coupled to a gate electrode of the driving transistor, a second capacitor including a first terminal coupled to the gate electrode of the driving transistor and a second terminal coupled to the first electrode of the light emitting device, and second through sixth N-type transistors. An initialization period is reduced for a driving operation and the threshold voltage compensation time of a driving transistor is controlled. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110164072 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device includes: first and second substrates between which a liquid crystal forming material is sandwiched and which are disposed to be opposite to each other; a pair of electrodes including one and the other electrodes; a control means for controlling a voltage applied between the electrodes; and a temperature detector. The control means applies a voltage, by which a change of light transmittance occurs based on an induction and disappearance phenomenon of a nematic phase in the liquid crystal forming material, between the electrodes when a temperature of the liquid crystal forming material is in an isotropic phase temperature range, and the control means applies a voltage, by which a change of light transmittance occurs based on a change of orientation of directors of the liquid crystal forming material, between the electrodes when the temperature of the liquid crystal forming material is in a nematic phase temperature range. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110164073 | METHOD OF DRIVING A DISPLAY AND A DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A method of driving a display and a display using the same are provided. The display is driven in accordance with one of a plurality of backlight unit (BLU) driving modes for a BLU which provides a display panel with backlight. As a result, an image quality is improved based on respective areas of the display panel. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110164074 | Electronic Display Apparatus, Installation Pertaining to Automation Technology, and Method for Operating an Electronic Display Apparatus - An electronic display apparatus comprising a control device and an electronic display panel that can be turned off by the control device. In order to support an energy-saving state in which information can continue to be displayed at least to a certain extent, an electrochromic display is additionally provided that is switchable into different display states by the control device. The invention furthermore relates to an installation appertaining to automation technology, and to a method for operating an electronic display apparatus. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110169869 | ELECTRO-PHORETIC DISPLAY AND ILLUMINATION ADJUSTING METHOD THEREOF - An electro-phoretic display and a brightness adjusting method thereof are provided. The method for adjusting a brightness includes steps of: providing a pixel having a first area displaying a white color and a plurality of first particles corresponding to the first area; obtaining an environmental brightness; and controlling only locations of the plurality of first particles in response to the environmental brightness so as to adjust the brightness. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169870 | Method and Device for Cancelling Deviation Voltage of a Source Driver of a Liquid Crystal Display - A method for cancelling the deviation voltage of a source driver of a LCD is disclosed. The method includes measuring an effective load resistor and an effective load capacitor of a panel of the LCD against the source driver, computing a lowest valid frequency of the chopper circuit according to the effective load resistor and the effective load capacitor, and adjusting the switching frequency of the chopper circuit according to the lowest valid frequency to filter out high frequency components of signals outputted by the source driver via the panel, so as to cancel the deviation voltage. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169871 | Image display device and method of driving image display device - An image display device includes: a display panel including gate lines extending in a horizontal direction, source lines extending in a vertical direction to intersect gate lines, and sub-pixel electrodes arranged in intersections of the gate lines and the source lines; and a drive control section performing a drive control of the display panel using first or second drive mode. In the first drive mode, the drive control section performs display drive such that two sub-pixel electrodes are driven based on different gray scale values and that a combination of adjacent two sub-pixel electrodes is treated as a single pixel, the sub-pixel electrodes being arranged along a gate line and arranged on two respective source lines. In the second drive mode, the drive control section performs display drive such that N sub-pixel electrodes consecutively arranged along a source line are treated as a unit pixel to be driven. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169872 | Display apparatus and display driving method - A display apparatus includes: a pixel array in which pixel circuits each having a light emitting device, a drive transistor, and a retention capacity are arranged in a matrix; a signal selector supplying a video signal voltages to signal lines arranged in columns on the pixel array; a drive control scanner providing power supply pulses to power supply control lines arranged in rows on the pixel array and applying drive voltages to the transistors; and a write scanner providing scan pulses to writing control lines arranged in rows on the pixel array and executing input of the video signal voltages to the pixel circuits. A threshold correction of setting a gate-source voltage of the transistor to a threshold voltage of the transistor and an input of the video signal voltage from the signal line to between the gate and the source of the transistor are controlled by the scan pulse of the row of the pixel circuit and the scan pulse of the previous row of the pixel circuit. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169873 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - There is provided a liquid crystal display, including: a backlight having a plurality of light sources; a liquid crystal panel configured to display a video picture in a plurality of illumination regions corresponding to the light sources; an intensity value calculator calculating representative intensity values of the illumination regions based on an input video signal; a weight calculator performing a smoothing process on the representative intensity values by using first weights and to calculate second weights of the illumination regions having values which become larger as smoothed values of the representative intensity values becomes smaller than the representative intensity values; an intensity value corrector correcting the representative intensity values of the illumination regions based on the second weights and performe a smoothing process on corrected intensity values by using the first weights to obtain light source intensity values of the light sources. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169874 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus is disclosed. The display apparatus includes: a plurality of scan signal lines and a plurality of data signal lines that cross each other; a plurality of pixels formed at each crossing of the scan signal lines and the data signal lines, wherein each of the pixels includes sub-pixels that display red color, green color, blue color and white color in response to a scan signal from the scan signal lines and a data signal from the data signal lines, wherein the sub-pixels are arranged in a 2×2 matrix; a scan signal driving circuit including a plurality of stages that supplies the scan signal to the scan signal lines; and a data signal driving circuit that supplies the data signal to the data signal lines, wherein the scan signal driving circuit, the pixels, the scan signal lines and the data signal lines are formed on a same substrate. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169875 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVE METHOD THEREFOR - A plasma display panel and a drive method therefor, which can enhance a representation capability when displaying a dark image. The plasma display panel includes fluorophor layers containing magnesium oxide. The drive method includes a reset step to initialize all the pixel cells into states of one of a light-up mode and a light-off mode, and an address step in which the pixel cells are caused to perform address discharges selectively in accordance with pixel data, which are successively executed in each of a head subfield and a second subfield within a one-field display period. In reset step, a voltage that sets row electrodes on one side, in the row electrode pairs as an anode and sets the column electrodes set as a cathode is applied between the row electrodes on the one side and the column electrodes. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169876 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVE METHOD THEREFOR - A plasma display panel and a drive method therefor, which can enhance a representation capability when displaying a dark image. The plasma display panel includes fluorophor layers containing magnesium oxide. The drive method includes a reset step to initialize all the pixel cells into states of one of a light-up mode and a light-off mode, and an address step in which the pixel cells are caused to perform address discharges selectively in accordance with pixel data, which are successively executed in each of a head subfield and a second subfield within a one-field display period. In reset step, a voltage that sets row electrodes on one side, in the row electrode pairs as an anode and sets the column electrodes set as a cathode is applied between the row electrodes on the one side and the column electrodes. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169877 | LIGHT QUANTITY CONTROL DEVICE, BACKLIGHT UNIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed is a liquid crystal unit (UT) comprising a first light transparent substrate (PB | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169878 | DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display system is provided including forming a display array, connecting a control block to the display array, configuring a communication protocol between the display array and the control block, and operating the display array with the communication protocol. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169879 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVER FOR REDUCING HEAT GENERATION THEREIN - A display panel drive circuit is provided with a first display output terminal to be connected with a data line of a display panel, first and second output stages, and a control circuit. The first output stage is directly connected with the first display output terminal and configured to output a data signal with the positive polarity with respect to a standard voltage level. The second output stage is also directly connected with the first display output terminal and configured to output a data signal with the negative polarity with respect to the standard voltage level. The control circuit controls the first and second output stages so that one of the first and second output stages is selectively activated while the other of the first and second output stages is deactivated. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169880 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device ( | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110169881 | System and Methods for Applying Adaptive Gamma in Image Processing for High Brightness and High Dynamic Range Displays - Systems and methods of image processing are provided for a display having a light source modulation layer and a display modulation layer. A section of a perceptual curve, such as a DICOM curve, is extracted for each frame of image data, based on a profile of expected luminance on the display modulation layer from light emitted by the light source modulation layer. The section of the perceptual curve may be used to determine a desired-total response curve which maps display modulation layer input control values to corresponding output luminance values. The desired-total response curve and a display modulator-specific response curve may be applied to image data to generate control values for driving the display modulation layer. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110175934 | FRONT PROJECTOR - A front projector (FP) comprises an image generating device (DP) which generates an image in accordance with an input display signal (IDS). A projection lens (PL) projects the image to obtain a projected image (PL) on an projection area (IPA). At least one light source (LS | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175935 | CONTROL OF LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODE BACKLIGHT ILLUMINATION THROUGH FRAME INSERTION - System(s) and method(s) are provided to regulate backlighting in a light emitting diode (LED)-based display through a sequence of alternate pulse-width-modulation (PWM) frame or sub-frame insertions. Alternate PWM frames or sub-frames can be black or non-black. A plurality of pixels in the display is partitioned into at least one zone including one or more rows of pixels; the at least one zone determines sub-frame period based on refresh frequency of the display. A sequence of alternate PWM sub-frames includes at least one alternate sub-frame and at least one normal sub-frame. Alternate PWM frames or alternate PWM sub-frames include a phase delay during which a backlight unit is turned off, and a PWM sequence in which the backlight unit is turned on with a finite duty cycle for the remainder of the PWM frame or sub-frame. A sequence of alternate PWM sub-frames can be configured internally or externally. Internal configuration can be synchronous with a reference signal whereas external configuration relies on external reference signal. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175936 | ANGULAR DEPENDENT PIXELS FOR TRICK VIEW - A display device having a display panel for displaying an image by spatial light modulation includes a plurality of pixel groups, each pixel group including a first pixel having a first type of luminance against viewing angle response, and a second pixel having a second type of luminance against viewing angle response, wherein the first and second luminance against viewing angle responses are different from one another. The display device further includes a controller operatively coupled to each of the plurality of pixel groups, wherein the controller is configured to drive each of the plurality of pixel groups such that on average the plurality of pixel groups simultaneously provide a predetermined on-axis luminance and an predetermined off-axis luminance for a region of the image corresponding to each pixel group. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175937 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATION CIRCUIT - A gamma voltage generation circuit is provided. The gamma voltage generation circuit includes a plurality of resistor strings, a plurality of second resistors and a plurality of switches. Each of the resistor strings has a plurality of first resistors connected in series. Each of ends of the first resistors provides a gamma reference voltage. Each of second resistors is connected in series with the resistor strings. Each of the switches is coupled to a corresponding one of the resistor strings, selects and outputs one of the gamma reference voltages provided by the ends of the first resistors of the corresponding one of the resistor strings according to a control signal. Therefore, levels of the gamma voltages can synchronously displaced, so that the effects presented by pixels with different common voltage levels are similar or equal. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175938 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A backlight unit and a display apparatus are provided. The display apparatus includes a driving unit which applies a driving current using a duty cycle controlling to the light emitting unit; and a controller which controls a first driving current to be applied to the light emitting unit in a section of a plurality of frame sections, and a second driving current to be applied to the light emitting unit in another section of the plurality of frame sections. Therefore, luminance representation of backlight in a low grayscale region can be improved. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175939 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The invention provides a display device including a display medium, the display medium including a pair of substrates positioned so as to have a space therebetween, at least one of the substrates having translucency; a pair of electrodes respectively being positioned on the pair of substrates, the electrode positioned on the substrate having translucency having translucency; a dispersion medium positioned between the pair of electrodes; and first particles and second particles being dispersed in the dispersion medium and having different colors and different charge polarities, the first particles and the second particles electrophoretically moving independently from each other when a first voltage potential difference is applied between the pair of electrodes, and the first particles and the second particles electrophoretically moving while forming a positively or negatively charged flocculation when a second voltage potential difference that is smaller than the first voltage potential difference is applied between the pair of electrodes. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175940 | PROJECTION DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE ADJUSTMENT METHOD - A projection display apparatus includes: an imager configured to modulate light emitted from a light source; a projection unit configured to project light coming from the imager on a projection plane; a detection unit configured to detect a projection frame provided on the projection plane; and an imager controller configured to control the imager so that a position of an image projected on the projection plane is moved in a projectable range within which the projection unit is able to project an image. The imager controller controls the imager so that the image projected on the projection plane fits within the projection frame. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175941 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In an image signal writing period, a first image signal is supplied to a first liquid crystal element and a first capacitor from a signal line. In a backlight lighting period, display is performed in a light-transmitting pixel portion in response to the first image signal. In a black grayscale signal writing period, a signal for black display is supplied to a second liquid crystal element and a second capacitor from the signal line in the reflective pixel portion. In a still image signal writing period, a second image signal is supplied to the first liquid crystal element, the first capacitor, the second liquid crystal element, and the second capacitor from the signal line. In a still image signal holding period, display is performed in the reflective pixel portion in response to the second image signal. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175942 | Gamma Reference Voltage Output Circuit of Source Driver - A gamma reference voltage output circuit of a source driver includes a reference voltage generation unit configured to divide power supply voltages by using resistors which are connected in series, and generate a plurality of gamma reference voltages; a gamma buffer unit having a plurality of gamma buffers which selectively output, through internal switching operations, gamma reference voltages needed by a plurality of gamma voltage generation units; and the plurality of gamma voltage generation units configured to divide the gamma reference voltages which are inputted from the gamma buffer unit, by using resistors which are connected in series, in conformity with a required mode and output divided gamma voltages. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175943 | Gamma Voltage Output Circuit of Source Driver - A gamma voltage output circuit of a source driver includes a reference voltage generation unit configured to generate upper and lower reference voltages; and upper and lower gamma buffers configured to stabilize and output the reference voltages. The lower gamma buffers include a first gamma buffer having a first operational amplifier which operates as a rail amplifier in a region between a positive power supply voltage and a ground voltage to receive a first lower reference voltage of a positive voltage region and output a first gamma voltage of the positive voltage region, and the upper gamma buffers include a second gamma buffer having a second operational amplifier which operates as a rail amplifier in a region between the ground voltage and a negative power supply voltage to receive a first upper reference voltage of a negative voltage region and output a second gamma voltage of the negative voltage region. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175944 | CONTROL SYSTEM FOR MAINTAINING COLOR OF A DISPLAY DEVICE - A control system is used for maintaining color of a display device, wherein the color is g formed by brightness of a first, second and a third color elements. The first, second and the third color elements have a first brightness, second brightness and a third brightness respectively and a luminance ratio of the first brightness, second brightness and the third brightness. The control system comprises a light-detecting member, a processing unit and a light source driver. The light-detecting member is used for detecting brightness of the first, second and the third color elements. The processing unit is used for calculating a first attenuation brightness of the first color element, second attenuation brightness of the second color element and a third attenuation brightness of the third color element. The light source driver is used for adjusting brightness of the first, second and the third color elements when the first attenuation brightness reaches a first compensated brightness of the first color element, the processing unit controls the light source driver to respectively adjust the first, second and the third brightness into a first, second and the third default brightness based on the first default brightness and the luminance ratio of the first brightness, second brightness and the third brightness, wherein, the difference of brightness between the first brightness and the first default brightness is the first compensated brightness. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175945 | DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - The driving system and methods of the present invention enable interruption of updating images. The system and methods not only have the advantage that they can prevent overdriving of an electrophoretic display, but they also allow updating images in the highest speed possible. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175946 | Transflective liquid crystal display device and method of fabricating the same - A transflective liquid crystal display device. A first substrate having viewing and peripheral areas is provided. The viewing area comprises transmissive and reflective regions. A backlight device is disposed under the first substrate, used to provide a backlight passing through the transmissive region. A power management controller connects the backlight device to control an intensity of the backlight. At least one photodetector is formed on the first substrate in the peripheral area, wherein the photodetector detects an intensity of ambient light above the first substrate, and then provides a corresponding signal to the power management controller to control the intensity of the backlight. According to the invention, the intensity of the backlight automatically becomes greater when the intensity of the ambient light becomes lower, and the intensity of the backlight automatically becomes lower when the intensity of the ambient light becomes greater. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175947 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING IMAGE STITCH-IN PHENOMENON - A method for improving image stitch-in phenomenon is disclosed. The method includes the following steps. First, at least a first gray-scale line is inserted into the position of a corresponding number of scan line(s) in a frame. Then, at least a second gray-scale line is inserted into the position of a corresponding number of scan line(s) in the next frame. By inserting gray-scale line(s) into different positions sequentially, the image stitch-in phenomenon will not appear when changing a picture that has been displayed for a long time. The present invention can also improve the stitch-in phenomenon happening in an electronic photo frame and a liquid crystal display as well. Thus, the present invention is able to match the demand of human vision and improves the quality of visual display. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175948 | ORNAMENTAL DISPLAY - An ornamental display device having an interferometric modulator for displaying an ornamental image. The ornamental device may also have a signal receiver configured to receive an external signal. The ornamental device may further have a processor configured to control an image on the display based on the external signal. The external signal is emitted from a controller configured to control a plurality of ornamental devices to display coordinated images. The ornamental device may have a patterned diffuser formed on a transparent substrate to provide an ornamental image or information. The ornamental device may be a piece of jewelry or an article that may be worn. The image displayed may have an iridescent appearance. A controller may also be used to control images displayed on multiple ornamental device to provide coordinated images based on externals received or pre-programmed images. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175949 | Power Management For Modulated Backlights - Power levels of a backlight are adjusted in a number of ways and based on a number of criteria. The adjustments result in a lower power consumption and, in some cases, may enhance audience attention to important objects in a scene. The adjustments comprise, for example, a combination of ramping down power (lowering final display brightness) in concert with corresponding compensatory LCD adjustments (increasing final display brightness). The adjustments may also include, for example, system dimming after ramp down/LCD adjustments are exhausted, or the shifting of an LDR2HDR curve. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175950 | ILLUMINATING APPARATUS AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS PROVIDED WITH THE SAME - Provided is an illuminating apparatus wherein luminosity deterioration of illuminating light can be suppressed. An illuminating apparatus ( | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175951 | ILLUMINATING APPARATUS AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE PROVIDED THEREWITH - Provided is an illuminating apparatus wherein a time for correcting the color of illuminating light can be shortened. The illuminating apparatus ( | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110175952 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING SAME - An illumination device is provided that can reduce decreases in brightness of illumination light. The illumination device ( | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110181624 | Interactive Publication and Associated Method of Displaying Community-Based Content Therewith - The present disclosure relates generally to an interactive publication with a flexible cover browser and an associated tangible publication each with associated content, and more specifically, to a detachable browser-cover with a flexible computer screen, a proximity sensor, and power cells for enhancing a tangible publication such as a magazine by displaying associated content using a method of displaying community-based content. The disclosure also includes power-saving modes of operation of the detachable browser-cover, management of information within the memory of the device or uploaded from the Internet, and the associated technology. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110181625 | BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A backlight assembly includes; a plurality of light source strings which receive a driving voltage to generate a light, a driving circuit including a channel terminal commonly connected to output terminals of the plurality of light source strings and which receives a feedback voltage through the channel terminal to control the driving voltage according to the feedback voltage, and a current detection circuit connected to the output terminals of the plurality of light source strings to receive currents from the plurality of light source strings and which turns off the driving circuit when at least one of the received currents is larger than a predetermined reference current. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110181626 | Display device and display driving method - Disclosed herein is a display device including a pixel array configured to include pixel circuits arranged in a matrix having a light emitting element, driving transistor, sampling transistor, and hold capacitor. The display device further includes a signal selector, driving control scanner, and writing scanner. The signal selector alternately carries out supply of a video signal voltage in order from a beginning line to an end line in a unit and supply of a video signal voltage in order from an end line to a beginning line in a unit. The writing scanner outputs the pulse to the writing control lines in such a way that input of a video signal voltage in order from a beginning line to an end line in a unit and input of a video signal voltage in order from an end line to a beginning line in a unit are alternately carried out. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110181627 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING LUMINANCE OF A LIGHT SOURCE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method of controlling a luminance of a light source is presented. The method entails generating red, green, blue and white data using red, green and blue data, applying a color weight according to contribution to luminance by each of the red, green, blue and white data to generate pixel luminance data, setting a luminance level of the light source based on the pixel luminance data, determining local information on a pure color block in a frame image by using the pixel luminance data, and adjusting the luminance level of the light source based on the local information on the pure color block. A display device that utilizes such method is also presented. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110181628 | POWER-SAVING AND CONTEXT-SHOWING DISPLAY INFORMATION CONVERTING SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDING APPARATUS - A context-showing and power-saving display information converting system and a corresponding apparatus are provided for lowering the power consumption of displaying images on a pixel self-emissive display device. The display information converting system includes a context-showing module and a power-saving conversion module. The context-showing module receives display information that describes the content of an image, wherein the display information includes one or more elements, and each element corresponds to a plurality of pixels displayed by a display device. In addition, the context-showing module determines a relevance of the one or more elements according to the viewing interest of the user. The power-saving conversion module converts the display information in unit of the one or more elements according to the relevance and provides the converted display information to the display device. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110181629 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING THE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A display device includes: a display section including scan lines, power lines, signal lines, and pixels, each having a light emitting element and a pixel circuit which has a first transistor controlling a current in the light emitting element, and a second transistor writing a voltage on the signal line to the first transistor; and a driver section driving the pixels. Each power line is provided for each unit of pixel rows. The driver section sequentially applies a first pulse signal for inactivating the light emitting element to each of the scan lines in a pixel row unit, and applies one or more second pulse signals for activating the second transistor to at least a scan line corresponding to a pixel row to be inactivated first in the pixel row unit while a non-gray-scale signal is applied to each signal line. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110181630 | Active Matrix Displays - This invention relates to active matrix OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode) displays, in particular to display panels with integrated negative capacitance circuits and to active capacitance compensation. We describe an active matrix OLED display comprising a glass panel bearing a plurality of lines of OLED pixels, each with an associated active matrix driver circuit having a programming connection for programming a brightness of the associated OLED, programming connections of a line of pixels being connected to a programming line of said display, and wherein said active matrix OLED display further comprises a plurality of capacitors on said glass panel, each having a first plate connected to an end of a respective said programming line and having a second plate for connecting to a negative capacitor circuit to compensate for a capacitance of said programming line. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110181631 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A pixel is divided into m (m is an integer of m≧2) sub-pixels, and an area ratio of an s-th (s is an integer of 1 to m) sub-pixel is to be 2 | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110187752 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A backlight control apparatus is for controlling the luminance of a backlight panel. The backlight control apparatus includes an image analyzer and a mode switch, wherein the image analyzer receives a present frame information and a previous frame information, and compares the received frame information with each other and obtains a variation between the present frame information and the previous frame information. The mode switch receives the variation and sets a displaying mode for adjusting the luminance of the backlight panel according to the variation. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187753 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CHARGING OF BATTERY - According to one embodiment, an information processing apparatus includes a first battery, a second battery whose capacity is smaller than capacity of the first battery, a solar battery, a charging circuit, an illumination sensor and a controller. The charging circuit is configured to charge the second battery with power output from the solar battery. The controller is configured to control the charging circuit in accordance with a sensing result of the illumination sensor. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187754 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THREREOF - An organic light emitting display and a method of driving the display are disclosed. The display uses an automatic current limit driving method. The method includes comparing current and previous frames of data to select a peak brightness ratio for displaying the current frame. If the difference between the frames is greater than a threshold, the peak brightness ratio of the previous frame is used for the current frame. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187755 | Single-Chip Display-Driving Circuit, Display Device and Display System Having the Same - Display devices include a display driving circuit, which is configured to generate a source driving signal and a gate driving signal in response to image data and horizontal and vertical sync signals. This display driving circuit includes a resolution-type generator, a timing controller, a source driving circuit and a gate driving circuit. The resolution-type generator is configured to generate a resolution-type signal in response to a resolution selecting code and the timing controller is configured to generate first image data, a source driver control signal and a gate driver control signal in response to the resolution-type signal, the image data and the horizontal and vertical sync signals. The source driving circuit is configured to generate the source driving signal in response to grayscale voltages, the first image data and the source driver control signal. The gate driving circuit is configured to generate the gate driving signal in response to the gate driver control signal. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187756 | DRIVE CONTROL APPARATUS AND DRIVE CONTROL METHOD FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY UNIT, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Provided is a drive control apparatus for an electrophoretic display unit which performs drive control on the electrophoretic display unit. If a writing request of a new display image to be displayed on the electrophoretic display unit is detected, before a voltage of a pixel electrode for each pixel, and a common electrode is controlled to have a voltage corresponding to the new display image, a display change preprocessing portion controls the pixel electrode and the common electrode for the pixel displaying the black color to have an equal potential. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187757 | SOURCE DRIVING APPARATUS FOR DISPLAY - A source driving apparatus of a display is disclosed. The source driving apparatus includes a digital-to-analog converter, a selecting signal generator and a voltage selector. The digital-to-analog converter receives a first part display signal of a display signal and a plurality of gamma voltages and selects a first selecting gamma voltage and a second selecting gamma voltage within the gamma voltages according to the first part display signal. The selecting signal generator receives a second part display signal of the display signal expect the first part display signal and a plurality of pulse-width-modulation (PWM) signals. The selecting signal generator selects one of the PWM signals to generate a selecting signal according to the second part display signal. The voltage selector outputs the first selecting gamma voltage or the second selecting gamma voltage according to a pulse width of the selecting signal. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187758 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In a liquid crystal display device capable of displaying a moving image and a still image, a reduction in contrast due to light scattering in a reflective pixel portion or the like is suppressed and consumed power is reduced. As a driving method of a transflective liquid crystal display device including a plurality of pixels each including a plurality of light-transmitting pixel portions and a reflective pixel portion, an image signal for color display is supplied to the plurality of light-transmitting pixel portions and a signal for black display is supplied to the reflective pixel portion in a moving-image display period, and an image signal of black-and-white grayscale is supplied to the plurality of light-transmitting pixel portions and the reflective pixel portion in a still-image display period. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187759 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A liquid crystal device includes: a scanning line selecting circuit that selects a plurality of scanning lines in a predetermined order in each of a positive-polarity field and a negative-polarity field; a data line driving circuit that supplies a voltage corresponding to a gray scale of a pixel positioned on a one scanning line to the data line corresponding to the pixel as the data signal; a detection circuit that detects brightness of the pixel positioned on the one scanning line; and a control circuit that controls period lengths of the positive-polarity and negative-polarity fields based on a detection result of the detection circuit such that a difference between brightness of the pixel when the pixel maintains a voltage of the positive polarity and brightness of the pixel when the pixel maintains a voltage of the negative polarity is gradually changed in a predetermined range. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187760 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A backlight control apparatus for controlling luminance of a backlight panel includes an image information memory and a detection and automatic switching circuit. The image information memory is for storing the image information. The detection and automatic switching circuit is for detecting the updated frequency of the updated image information and then sets a displaying mode for adjusting the luminance of the backlight panel according to the updated frequency. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187761 | Display Device - To compensate for a change of light emission intensity caused by deterioration of alight emitting element, provided is a display device including a drive element (T | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187762 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A semiconductor device of the invention includes a data line, a power source line, a first scan line, a second scan line, a first transistor, a second transistor, a memory circuit, a third transistor, and a light-emitting element. A gate of the first transistor is connected to the data line, and a first terminal thereof is connected to the power source line; a gate of the second transistor is connected to the first scan line, and a first terminal thereof is connected to a second terminal of the first transistor; the memory circuit is connected to a second terminal of the second transistor and the second scan line; a first terminal of the third transistor is connected to the light-emitting element; and the memory circuit holds a first potential inputted from the power source line or a second potential inputted from the second scan line, and applies the potential to a gate of the third transistor to control emission/non-emission of the light-emitting element. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110187763 | DISPLAY AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A display includes: an image data storage unit that stores image data; a display image data generation unit that synthesizes the image data with data of a noise pattern image with no correlation to the image data, and generates display image data; and a display unit that displays an image based on the display image data generated by the display image generation unit, and maintains a display without power supply. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110193884 | Set Color Level According To Origin - In one embodiment a system includes a source. The source can include a source port to transmit video data from the source. The source port can also receive origin data from a display device. The source can include a controller to compare an origin of the display device to an origin in the source and set the color levels for the video data based on the origin. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193885 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - Disclosed herein is an organic light emitting display. The organic light emitting display is configured to include: a first transistor that receives a data signal from a data line in response to a scan signal from a scan signal line; a first capacitor that is charged with voltage corresponding to the data signal; a driving transistor that controls driving current supplied from a first power supply by corresponding to a voltage value charged in the first capacitor; a second transistor that connects or blocks the driving current transmitted through the driving transistor in response to an emission control signal from an emission control line; an organic light emitting diode that is connected between the second transistor and a second power supply and generates light corresponding to the driving current supplied from the driving transistor; and a reverse bias voltage applying module that reverses the polarity of the voltage supplied to the driving transistor simultaneously with applying reverse bias voltage to the organic light emitting diode in response to a reverse bias applying signal. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193886 | Organic light emitting display and method of driving the same - An organic light emitting display includes pixels positioned at intersections between data lines and scan lines, a data change unit receiving first data of i (i is a natural number) bits to generate second data of j (j is a natural number equal to or larger than i) bits so that a desired gamma value is realized, a gamma voltage unit for generating gray scale voltages corresponding to l (l is a natural number larger than i) bits, and a data driver for selecting one of the gray scale voltages as a data signal to correspond to the second data and for supplying the data signal to the data line. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193887 | TRANSFORMER, CIRCUIT BOARD HAVING THE TRANSFORMER, AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE CIRCUIT BOARD - A transformer including; a bobbin, a coil wound to the bobbin, a core inserted within the bobbin and a soldering pin disposed connected to the bobbin, wherein the soldering pin has at least one first hole. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193888 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image characteristic judgement circuit analyzes input image data and obtains first brightness data indicating brightness of a backlight within a single vertical period and image characteristic data corresponding to the first brightness data. In at least one embodiment, an image data conversion circuit performs conversion to the input image data according to the image characteristic data and outputs the image data after the conversion to a liquid crystal panel. A period-by-period brightness calculation circuit obtains, based on the first brightness data, second brightness data indicating brightness of the backlight within each of a plurality of periods into which the single vertical period is divided. A brightness setting circuit | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193889 | Backlight unit, liquid crystal display device, data generating method, data generating program and recording medium - Provided are a backlight unit and a liquid crystal display device including the backlight unit mounted therein. In at least one embodiment of the backlight unit, a process control section performs correction processing to a light source red image signal of a red LED chip, by using an LUT, based on the relationship between the light source red image signal and luminance of the red LED chip. Furthermore, correction processing is performed by using an LUT, based on a light source green image signal of a green LED chip different from the red LED chip. The light source red image signal becomes a new light source red image signal. In the backlight unit, luminance nonuniformity and chromaticity nonuniformity due to the fact that one LED chip is affected by instantaneous heat generated by other LED chip are reduced. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193890 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed are a backlight unit and a display device. The backlight unit includes alight emitting module including a plurality of light emitting devices; a controller for controlling an operation of the light emitting module; a light guide plate disposed at one side of the light emitting module; and an optical member disposed on or under the light guide plate. The light emitting module includes a first light emitting device and a second light emitting device. Light linearity of the first light emitting device is superior to light linearity of the second light emitting device, and a light orientation angle of the first light emitting device is smaller than a light orientation angle of the second light emitting device. The controller selectively drives the first and second light emitting devices. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193891 | Three-Dimensional Image Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - A three dimensional image display device includes a display panel and shutter glasses. White image data is displayed during a white image data input period which is disposed before an input period of left eye image data or an input period of right eye image data. As a result, the luminance of a three dimensional image display device may be increased. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193892 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method to reduce power consumption, and to simplify the process of manufacturing the display device by configuring a driver made of PMOS transistors, is disclosed. The display device includes a display unit and a light emission driver. The display unit includes scan lines for transmitting scan signals, data lines for transmitting data signals, light emitting signal lines for transmitting light emitting signals, and pixels coupled to the scan lines, data lines, and light emitting signal lines. The light emission driver is for receiving a partial driving selection signal for selecting one of a normal driving mode or a partial driving mode, an area selection signal for dividing the display unit into a display area and a non-display area, a synchronization signal generated in synchronization with a vertical synchronization signal, and first and second light emitting clock signals, for outputting the light emitting signals. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193893 | PROJECTOR FOR ACHIEVING A WIDE VARIETY OF GRADATION AND COLOR REPRESENTATION, PROJECTION SYSTEM, PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A projector, includes: an illumination device that radiates plural colors of light in a time-sharing manner; a reflective optical modulator that forms, based on input image information, an optical image for each of the plural colors of light radiated from the illumination device in a time-sharing manner; a projection optical device that projects the optical images of the plural colors of light formed by the reflective optical modulator; and a controller that controls the illumination device and the reflective optical modulator, the controller including: an image information analyzer that analyzes the input image information; and an illumination time controller that dynamically changes and controls illumination time of the plural colors of light by the illumination device based on an analysis result by the image information analyzer. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193894 | Pulse Width Modulation Algorithm - In display systems employing spatial light modulators, the OFF-state light from OFF-state pixels of the spatial light modulator can be captured and directed back to the pixels of the spatial light modulator so as to recycle the OFF-state light in the display system. Bitplanes derived from the desired image to be produced are calibrated to include the recycled off-state light to properly produce the desired image using the display system. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193895 | High Dynamic Range Display with Rear Modulator Control - Embodiments of the invention relate generally to computer-based image processing, and more particularly, to systems, computer-readable mediums, methods, and apparatuses to operate a rear modulator in a high dynamic range display to, among other things, characterize input images into pixel characteristics which may be data-reduced representations of a group of pixels corresponding to the input image, and to relate a modulation value intensity image to a weighted combination of the pixel characteristics. The modulation value intensity image may be used to derive a rear modulator drive signal, which, turn, may be configured to control one or more modulating elements to generate a low resolution image of the input image at the rear modulator. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110193896 | Backlight Simulation at Reduced Resolutions to Determine Spatial Modulation of Light for High Dynamic Range Images - Embodiments of the invention relate generally to generating images with an enhanced range of brightness levels, and more particularly, to facilitating high dynamic range imaging by adjusting pixel data and/or using predicted values of luminance, for example, at different resolutions. In at least one embodiment, a method generates an image with an enhanced range of brightness levels. The method can include accessing a model of backlight that includes data representing values of luminance for a number of first samples. The method also can include inverting the values of luminance, as well as upsampling inverted values of luminance to determine upsampled values of luminance. Further, the method can include scaling pixel data for a number of second samples by the upsampled values of luminance to control a modulator to generate an image. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110199395 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATION OF NON-UNIFORMITIES IN LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE DISPLAYS - A system and method for operating a display at a constant luminance even as some of the pixels in the display are degraded over time. Each pixel in the display is configured to emit light when a voltage is supplied to the pixel's driving circuit, which causes a current to flow through a light emitting element. Degraded pixels are compensated by supplying their respective driving circuits with greater voltages. The display data is scaled by a compression factor less than one to reserve some voltage levels for compensating degraded pixels. As pixels become more degraded, and require additional compensation, the compression factor is decreased to reserve additional voltage levels for use in compensation. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110199396 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE FOR SELF-LUMINESCENCE DISPLAY - A method of displaying an image for a self-luminescence display includes determining loads by channels of an input image frame, estimating a display brightness of the input image frame using a relationship between the loads predetermined by channels and a change of the display brightness, correcting a luminance value of the image frame to correspond to the estimated brightness, and displaying the luminance-corrected image frame. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110199397 | LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL DRIVING METHOD, AND SOURCE DRIVER AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - Provided are a method of driving a liquid crystal panel which prevents unintended digital image data from being displayed on a liquid crystal panel when power is provided or interrupted, and a source driver and a liquid crystal display apparatus. The source driver includes output buffers; output pads; and a switching unit which is disposed between the output buffers and the output pads and controls an electrical connection state of the output pads. If a level up or a level down of a power voltage occurs, the switching unit prevents output signals of the output buffers from being transmitted to the liquid crystal panel via corresponding output pads and performs at least one of a charge sharing operation for connecting the output pads to each other and a discharging operation for providing a discharge path from the output pads to a ground terminal, in a preset period. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110199398 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus of the present invention includes: a display panel; a storage unit that stores a plurality of correction values which are used for correction processing for decreasing brightness variation; a correction unit; and a control unit, wherein the control unit divides the display panel into a plurality of sub-areas, calculates, for each sub-area, a select block gradation value, and executes, for each sub-area, a control to read correction values, which are used for calculating a correction value corresponding to the select block gradation value, out of the plurality of correction values, using the correction unit, and the correction unit calculates, for each sub-area, a correction value corresponding to the select block gradation value using the read correction values, and converts gradation values of video signals in the sub-area using the calculated correction value. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110199399 | Liquid crystal display device - In a liquid crystal display device performing multi-picture element driving, gate OFF timing of a switching element connected between each sub picture element and a signal line is matched with phase timing when all the subsidiary capacity wires are at the same potential. This prevents the occurrence of uneven luminance appearing in a lateral streak. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110199400 | SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL, DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING MODULE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Gradation wiring lines of positive polarity included in a (m)th group of wiring lines of positive polarity and gradation wiring lines of positive polarity included in a (m+1)th group of wiring lines of positive polarity are alternately provided. Gradation wiring lines of negative polarity included in a (m′)th group of wiring lines of negative polarity and gradation wiring lines of negative polarity included in a (m′+1)th group of wiring lines of negative polarity are alternately provided. First −(n) th resistance dividing circuits of positive polarity include (m)th resistance dividing circuits of positive polarity provided between the gradation wiring lines of positive polarity or on one end side of a direction where the gradation wiring lines of positive polarity extend and connected to the (m)th group of wiring lines of positive polarity, and (m+1)th resistance dividing circuits of positive polarity provided between the gradation wiring lines of positive polarity or on the other end side of the direction where the gradation wiring lines of positive polarity extend and connected to the (m+1)th group of wiring lines of positive polarity. First −(n′)th resistance dividing circuits of negative polarity include (m′)th resistance dividing circuits of negative polarity provided between the gradation wiring lines of negative polarity or on one end side of a direction where the gradation wiring lines of negative polarity extend and connected to the (m′)th group of wiring lines of negative polarity, and (m′+1)th resistance dividing circuits of negative polarity provided between the gradation wiring lines of negative polarity or on the other end side of the direction where the gradation wiring lines of negative polarity extend and connected to the (m′+1)th group of wiring lines of negative polarity. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110199401 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110199402 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEMS, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICES, AND OPTICAL SHUTTERS - An image display system includes display element | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110205249 | DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR FABRICATING THE SAME - A repair step of repairing a pixel resulting in a defective bright spot so as to display the pixel in black is included. In the repair step, a drain portion of a TFT of the pixel resulting in the defective bright spot is shorted to a corresponding gate line, and in the pixel resulting in the defective bright spot, a semiconductor layer portion of the TFT is cut to allow electrical isolation between a corresponding source line and the corresponding gate line. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205250 | Organic Light Emitting Display and Driving Method Thereof - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display comprises: an OLED; a driving transistor for supplying driving current to the OLED; a data line for transmitting a corresponding data signal to the driving transistor; a first transistor having a first electrode connected to one electrode of the OLED and a second electrode connected to the data line; and a second transistor having a first electrode connected to the data line and a second electrode connected a gate electrode of the driving transistor, wherein the first transistor, the second transistor, and the driving transistor are turned on, a first current and a second current are respectively sunk in a path of driving current from the driving transistor to the OLED through the data line, and a threshold voltage and mobility of the driving transistor are calculated by receiving a first voltage and a second voltage applied to the gate electrode of the driving transistor corresponding to sinking of the first current and the second current through the second transistor and the data line, and the data signal transmitted to the data line is compensated. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205251 | PASSIVE EYEWEAR STEREOSCOPIC VIEWING SYSTEM WITH FREQUENCY SELECTIVE EMITTER - An electronic display device includes a frequency selective light source configured to generate light having a first spectral range of visible light and a second spectral range of visible light. The second spectral range of visible light is distinct from the first spectral range of visible light. The device has a plurality of sequentially updatable picture elements, and at least one of the picture elements is optically aligned with the frequency selective light source such that the light generated by the frequency selective light source provides illumination to the picture element. The device further includes a display device controller coupled to the frequency selective light source, which is configured to select, in response to an update of at least one of the picture elements, one of the first spectral range of visible light and the second spectral range of visible light, to be provided by the frequency selective light source. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205252 | Display device, driving method of display device, and driving method of display element - Disclosed herein is a driving method of a display device. The display device includes display elements arranged in a form of a two-dimensional matrix and each have a driving circuit and a light emitting section. The driving circuit includes a driving transistor having a gate electrode and source/drain regions and a capacitance section, and a current flowing through the light emitting section via the source/drain regions of the driving transistor. The driving method includes the step of performing a first writing process, a second writing process, and then setting the gate electrode of the driving transistor in a floating state. A current corresponding to a value of a voltage retained in the capacitance section for retaining a voltage of the gate electrode of the driving transistor with respect to a source region of the driving transistor flows through the light emitting section, so that the light emitting section emits light. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205253 | Method and Device for the True-to-Original Representation of Colors on Screens - The invention relates to a method and a device for screen calibration for the true-to-original reproduction of surface colors, the spectral reflection distribution of which is known, wherein by setting parameters the screen can be influenced using software and an electronic controller in each partial region of the screen. The invention is characterized in that an observer adapts the reproduced color impression of the screen to the color impression of an original in each partial region of the screen, wherein the original is compared to the screen colors immediately thereafter on the screen surface and the screen parameters are varied until the color impressions of the original and of the screen appear identical to the observer on the respectively viewed partial screen, viewed from a predefined observer angle, and the settings performed are stored in a screen profile. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205254 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - To suppress deterioration of quality of a still image displayed with a reduced refresh rate. A liquid crystal display device includes a display portion that is controlled by a driver circuit and includes normally white mode (or normally black mode) liquid crystals, and a timing controller for controlling the driver circuit. The timing controller is supplied with an image signal for displaying a moving image and an image signal for displaying a still image. The absolute value of a voltage applied to the liquid crystals in order to express black (or white) in an image corresponding to the image signal for displaying the still image is larger than that of a voltage applied to the liquid crystals in order to express black (or white) in an image corresponding to the image signal for displaying the moving image. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205255 | Organic electroluminescence display device and method for driving the same - In an organic electroluminescence display device ( | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205256 | Display device - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a display device includes a backlight unit that is divided into a plurality of blocks and is driven by the divided blocks, and includes at least one optical assembly, a display panel positioned over the backlight unit, a controller that outputs local dimming values corresponding to brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit, in accordance with an image displayed in the display panel, and a BLU driver that controls brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit using the local dimming values. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205257 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A semiconductor device includes: an LCD controller configured to output a plurality of image signals in parallel; a plurality of signal lines respectively corresponding to the plurality of image signals to be outputted in parallel; a plurality of terminal portions respectively connected to the plurality of signal lines; and delay circuits configured to delay a plurality of image signals, which are divided into a plurality of groups to the extent that the sum of each value of a current flowing through each signal line does not exceed a predetermined current value and outputted from a plurality of terminal portions, by a predetermined delay time from each other among the plurality of groups. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205258 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, LUMINANCE CONTROL METHOD, LUMINANCE CONTROL PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An LED controller ( | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205259 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING DISPLAY MODES - A field sequential display includes at least two lamps which output different colors and a controller. The controller is configured for receiving information from a host device in which the field sequential display is incorporated, selecting, based on the received information, a display mode from a plurality of preset display modes, and outputting signals indicating brightness levels with which to illuminate the at least two lamps based on the selected display mode. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110210988 | Liquid crystal display device - In a liquid crystal display device, both of the brightness characteristic and the chromaticity characteristic are set to optimum values. In the liquid crystal display device which includes a liquid crystal display panel, a data driver, a scanning driver and a display control circuit, the display control circuit includes a first circuit which generates insertion display data which differs from the image display data and inserts the display data into the data driver, and a second circuit which sets a first time at which the scanning signal for displaying the display data and a second time at which the scanning signal for displaying the insertion display data are outputted. The first circuit generates display data of one chromatic color and, at the same time, sets gradations of chromatic color for every frame period. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110210989 | System and Method for Optical Frequency Conversion - A system and method for optical frequency conversion having asymmetric output include a coherent light apparatus. The coherent light apparatus includes a coherent light source that produces a first coherent light, a frequency converter optically coupled to the coherent light source, and a coupling optic optically coupled between the coherent light source and the frequency converter. The frequency converter converts the first coherent light to a second coherent light at a second frequency and includes an asymmetric frequency converter (AFC) that nonlinearly converts the first coherent light to the second coherent light with the frequency conversion being more efficient in a first direction than in a second direction. A resonant cavity formed about the AFC circulates the first coherent light and transmits the second coherent light propagating in the first direction. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110210990 | LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY, DISPLAY PANEL, AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A light emitting display including data lines for transmitting data voltages, scan lines for selecting select signals, and pixel circuits. The pixel circuit is coupled to a data line and a scan line. The pixel circuit includes a transistor including first, second, and third electrodes, wherein the third electrode outputs a current corresponding to a voltage between the first and second electrodes. A light emitting element coupled to the third electrode emits light corresponding to the current outputted by the third electrode. A first switch transmits a data voltage in response to a select signal from the scan line. A voltage compensator receives the data voltage transmitted by the first switch and a second power supply voltage and applies a compensated data voltage based on the data voltage, a first power supply voltage and the second power supply voltage to the first electrode of the transistor. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110210991 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD - Display luminance is uniformized and the brightness is enhanced. A plasma display device has image signal processing circuit including loading correction part. The loading correction part has: number of lit cells calculator for calculating the number of discharge cells to be lit in each display electrode pair, in each subfield; load value calculator for calculating a load value of each discharge cell, according to the calculation result in number of lit cells calculator; correction gain calculator for calculating a correction gain of each discharge cell, according to the position of the discharge cell and the calculation result in load value calculator, such that the correction gain is smaller in the central portion than in the peripheral portion on the plasma display panel's image display surface; and corrector for subtracting the multiplication result of the output from correction gain calculator and an input image signal, from the input image signal. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110210992 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD - The image display quality is improved by uniforming the display luminance. For that purpose, the plasma display device has a plasma display panel, and image signal processing circuit. Image signal processing circuit includes loading correcting section. Section includes number-of-lit-cells calculating section for calculating the number of discharge cells to be lit for each display electrode pair in each subfield, load value calculating section for calculating the load value of each discharge cell based on the calculation result by number-of-lit-cells calculating section, correction gain calculating section for calculating the correction gain of each discharge cell based on the calculation result by load value calculating section and the positions of the discharge cells, and correcting section for subtracting, from an input image signal, the result derived by multiplying the input image signal by the output from correction gain calculating section. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110216096 | DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a display device includes a presentation unit, a setting unit and a control unit. The presentation unit is configured to produce a light flux including image information and to presenting the light flux to an eye of a human viewer. The setting unit is configured to receive luminance information to set a luminance of the light flux to be a first luminance, the first luminance being set by the human viewer. The control unit is configured to control the presentation unit to change the luminance of the light flux, the control unit controlling the presentation unit to make the luminance of the light flux to be a second luminance lower than the first luminance based on the luminance information received by the setting unit. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216097 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display device capable of reducing power consumption within a range in which an image quality is not lowered, and a method of driving the OLED display device. The OLED display device includes: an image analyzer for obtaining an emission ratio and a saturation of an input source image, the emission ratio indicating light-emitted degrees of pixels constituting the input source image; an emission ratio adjuster for adjusting the emission ratio according to the saturation; a brightness adjuster for adjusting the brightness of the input source image according to the adjusted emission ratio; a data driver for establishing a data voltage of a data signal corresponding to the input source image based on the adjusted original brightness; and a pixel unit including an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), the pixel unit being configured to establish a driving current according to the data voltage. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216098 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to a display device and a driving method thereof. A display device according to exemplary embodiments of the present invention includes: a signal controller to process an input image signal and an input control signal to control output of a digital image signal; a gray voltage generator to generate a gray reference voltage; and a data driver to generate gray voltages based on the gray reference voltage from the gray voltage generator, to receive the digital image signal, and to output a portion selected from the generated gray voltages as a data voltage, wherein the gray reference voltage includes a first gray reference voltage for the input image signal and a second gray reference voltage for an insertion gray, and the gray voltage generator generates one of the first gray reference voltage or the second gray reference voltage according to the selection signal included in the control signal to be provided to the data driver. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216099 | DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROLLER - A driving method of an electrophoretic display device, which has a plurality of pixels where an electrophoretic layer is interposed between a first electrode and a second electrode, including supplying a first voltage pulse with one polarity of the first polarity and the second polarity to the first pixel in a first display state; supplying a second voltage pulse with the other polarity of the first polarity and the second polarity to the first pixel; supplying a third voltage pulse, which has the same polarity as the polarity of the first voltage pulse and has a duration different from a duration of the first voltage pulse, to a second pixel which is in the first display state; and supplying the second voltage pulse to the second pixel. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216100 | DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROLLER - A driving method of an electrophoretic display device, where a first display state and a second display state are respectively selected as a display state of one pixel by applying a voltage with a positive polarity or a negative polarity, and a halftone between the first display state and the second display state is selected according to a total duration of the negative polarity voltage applied to a pixel in the first display state, including setting a display state of the one pixel to the first display state; applying a compensating voltage pulse with the positive polarity to the one pixel; and applying a first driving voltage pulse with the negative polarity to the one pixel; wherein, the applying of the compensating voltage pulse is executed between the setting of the display state and the applying of the first driving voltage pulse. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216101 | DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROLLER - A driving method of an electrophoretic display device, which has a plurality of pixels where an electrophoretic layer is interposed between a first electrode and a second electrode, including supplying a first voltage pulse with one polarity of a first polarity or a second polarity to a first pixel in a third display state between a first display state and a second display state, supplying a second voltage pulse with the other polarity of the first polarity or the second polarity to the first pixel, supplying a third voltage pulse, which has the same polarity as the polarity of the first voltage pulse and has a duration different from a duration of the first voltage pulse, to a second pixel which is in the third display state, and supplying the second voltage pulse to the second pixel. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216102 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for reducing power consumption in an electronic device that supports an Active Matrix Organic Light Emitting Diode (AMOLED) are provided. In the method, a color value to be displayed is determined for each pixel of a screen. A brightness value of a color value corresponding to a color section set in advance among color values of respective pixels are changed. After the brightness values are changed, a screen display is performed by spontaneously emitting light depending on the color value of each pixel. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216103 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a liquid crystal display device using line inversion driving for inverting the polarity of gray scale voltage every N lines. The display device includes: drain lines extending in a first direction and arranged in parallel in a second direction; gate lines extending in the second direction and arranged in parallel in the first direction; a pixel electrode formed in a pixel area; and a common electrode disposed opposite to the pixel electrode. An image signal after polarity inversion is input to the pixels adjacent to each other in the first direction in every N-th line. A first pixel electrode is provided in pixels at least in one line to which the image signal immediately after polarity inversion is input. A second pixel electrode is provided in the other pixels. The area of the first pixel electrode is larger than the second pixel electrode to prevent display quality degradation. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216104 | DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - The driving system and methods of the present invention enable interruption of updating images. The system and methods have the advantage that they not only can speed up the updating process when more than one command is received consecutively in a short period of time, but also can provide a more smooth transition visually during the updating process. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216105 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE HAVING WAVELENGTH CONVERSION AND SEPARATION MEANS, AND PROJECTOR - A light source device includes a light source unit emitting light of a first wavelength and a wavelength converting element converting light of the first wavelength into light of a second wavelength. An external mirror transmits light of the second wavelength toward an emission destination and reflects light of the first wavelength to resonate between the light source unit and the external mirror. A wavelength separating section transmits light converted from the first wavelength to the second wavelength while traveling from the external mirror to the light source unit and reflects light of the first wavelength in order to separate the different wavelength light. A turnback section reflects light of the second wavelength separated by the wavelength separating section toward the emission destination. In addition, the wavelength separating section reflects light of the first wavelength from the light source unit to travel toward the wavelength converting element. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216106 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - In a display device including: a display space provided on a display surface side; and a conductive liquid sealed inside the display space so as to be operable, which is constituted so as to be able to change a display color on the display surface side according to an application of an electric field to the conductive liquid, a power source portion, a first driving circuit that is connected to the power source portion, and allows the conductive liquid to flow into an inside of the display space according to a voltage applied by the power source portion, and a second driving circuit that is connected to the power source portion, and allows the conductive liquid to flow out of the inside of the display space according to a voltage applied by the power source portion are provided. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216107 | VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A video display apparatus displays videos corresponding to a plurality of directions of observation respectively and includes a display device. A control unit controls a scan timing so that a sum of a video scanning period from an upper end to a lower end of the display device concerning one video input into the display device and a response period in the lower end of the display device is smaller than a field period of the video. The control unit allows an illumination system to emit light between the end of the response period of the lower end and the start of scanning of the next video in the upper end of the display device. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216108 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD - Display luminance is uniformized to enhance image display quality. A sustain pulse generating circuit generates sustain pulses by selecting any one of a plurality of driving patterns, according to an all-cell light-emitting rate and a partial light-emitting rate. A loading correction part of the image signal processing circuit includes: number of lit cells calculator for calculating the number of discharge cells to be lit in each display electrode pair, in each subfield; load value calculator for calculating a load value of each discharge cell, according to the calculation result in number of lit cells calculator; correction gain calculator for calculating a correction gain of each discharge cell, according the calculation result in load value calculator, the driving pattern selected, and the position of the discharge cell; and corrector for correcting an input image signal, according to the output from correction gain calculator. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110216109 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A multiple primary color display device which suppresses the reduction in the display quality when an input signal corresponding to green in an sRGB color space is input from outside is provided. A display device according to the present invention has a pixel defined by a plurality of sub pixels. The plurality of sub pixels include at least a red sub pixel for displaying red, a green sub pixel for displaying green, a blue sub pixel for displaying blue, and a yellow sub pixel for displaying yellow. When an input signal corresponding to green in the sRGB color space is input from outside, the display device according to the present invention provides display using the yellow sub pixel in addition to the green sub pixel. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110221784 | TEST DEVICE FOR DISPLAY PANEL AND METHOD OF TESTING THE SAME - A test device for a display panel and a method of testing the same are provided. The test device for a display panel includes a luminance measurement unit that measures a luminance value of a display panel including a plurality of pixels, and a controller that determines a voltage value of a data signal corresponding to a target luminance value, receives a measured luminance value of a pixel to which the data signal is supplied from the luminance measurement unit from among the plurality of pixels, compares the measured luminance value and the target luminance value, and outputs a control signal that changes a first power source voltage value supplied from a power source voltage supply unit to the pixel until the measured luminance value does not coincide with the target luminance value. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221785 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided are a backlight unit and a display apparatus including the backlight unit. The backlight unit includes light sources, light guide plates, and a bottom cover. The light sources emit light in a first direction. The light guide plates have first sides spaced a predetermined distance in the first direction from each other and facing each other. The light guide plates at least partially overlap each other. The light emitted from the light source is incident in the first direction to the first side and emitted in a second direction crossing the first direction. The bottom cover receives the light source and the light guide plate and includes a side border facing a second side of the light guide plate spaced apart from the first side of the light guide plate by an extension length of the light guide plate in the first direction. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221786 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - A liquid crystal display device of at least one embodiment of the present invention includes a TN-mode liquid crystal display panel which is constituted by pixels of three colors (red, green, and blue) and a color filter. A thickness of a liquid crystal layer (cell thickness) is determined on a basis of a retardation value of green light or red light, which has a larger wavelength than blue having shortest wavelength among the three colors. A display data switching circuit carries out gradation conversion of shifting input gradation values to lower gradation values with respect to image data supplied to pixels of blue. Thus, grayscale inversion is prevented. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention produces an effect of improving transmittance of pixels of colors having wavelengths other than the wavelength of blue. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221787 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a display panel, the display panel comprising a plurality of color pixels, each of the color pixels comprising a cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the method including; generating a plurality of color sub-data from color data using a spatial division grayscale algorithm and converting the color sub-data into a data voltages to be provided to the color pixels | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221788 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND PICTURE DISPLAY SYSTEM - A liquid crystal display includes: a light source section including light emission subsections; a liquid crystal display panel modulating, based on an input picture signal, light emitted from each light emission subsection to display pictures through switching of picture streams from one to another in order; and a display control section including a divisional-drive processing section generating a light emission pattern signal for the light emission subsections and a divisional-drive picture signal based on the input picture signal. The display control section performs a light emission drive on the light emission subsection with use of the light emission pattern signal and performs a display drive on the liquid crystal display panel with use of the divisional-drive picture signal. The divisional-drive processing section determines a logical-OR picture of the picture streams, and generates the light emission pattern signal and the divisional-drive picture signal with use of the logical-OR picture. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221789 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - A light emitting device includes a pixel circuit and a data line provided between a first substrate and a second substrate opposed to each other. The pixel circuit includes a first circuit and a second circuit, the first circuit includes a first light emitting element and a first driving transistor connected in series to each other, and a first switching element provided between a gate of the first transistor and the data line, and outgoing light of the first light emitting element is output from the first substrate side. The second circuit includes a second light emitting element and a second driving transistor connected in series to each other, and a first switching element provided between a gate of the second driving transistor and the data line, and outgoing light of the second light emitting element is output from the second substrate side. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221790 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a liquid crystal display device comprising a liquid crystal display panel, a backlight having at least one light-emitting diode, and an LED drive circuit for driving the at least one light-emitting diode. The LED drive circuit includes a constant voltage circuit for controlling a voltage outputted from an output terminal in such a manner that a voltage inputted to a feedback terminal becomes a constant voltage, and means for driving the at least one light-emitting diode connected to the output terminal of the constant voltage circuit by a constant current. The LED drive circuit has at least one diode provided in a feedback path lying between the output terminal of the constant voltage circuit and the feedback terminal. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221791 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes pixel circuits, a power supply line, and a data line for supplying a data signal to the pixel circuits. The pixel circuits each include a light emitting element, a drive transistor for controlling light emission of the light emitting element, a storage capacitor provided between the data line and a gate electrode of the drive transistor, a both-end connection switch for connecting both ends of the storage capacitor to each other, and a current interruption switch for interrupting a path of a current flowing from the power supply line through the both-end connection switch. Before the data signal is supplied to each of the pixel circuits, the both-end connection switch connects the both ends of the storage capacitor to each other, and the current interruption switch is disconnected. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221792 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE - A liquid crystal device includes: a pixel for outputting a specified color light, which is provided with liquid crystals and an electrode for driving the liquid crystals and outputs light of the specified color; a pixel for controlling luminance and color purity, which outputs a control light for controlling the luminance and the color purity of the output light of the specified color; and a driving unit driving the pixel for outputting a specified color light, and the pixel for controlling luminance and color purity based on brightness information that indicates the brightness of an external environmental light. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221793 | ADJUSTABLE DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS IN AN AUGMENTED REALITY EYEPIECE - This disclosure concerns an interactive head-mounted eyepiece with an integrated processor for handling content for display and an integrated image source for introducing the content to an optical assembly through which the user views a surrounding environment and the displayed content. The optical assembly includes an electrochromic layer that provides a display characteristic adjustment that is dependent on displayed content requirements and surrounding environmental conditions. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221794 | Electrophoresis display device and driving method thereof - Provided are an electrophoresis display device and a driving method thereof. The electrophoresis display device includes a display unit and a frame buffer-free display controller. The frame buffer-free display controller is configured to generate a plurality of derived frames in real-time based on a frame and a plurality of reference values displayed by the display unit. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221795 | BACKLIGHT CONTROLLER FOR DRIVING LIGHT SOURCES - A backlight controller for driving multiple light emitting diode (LED) strings includes feedback circuitry, phase array circuitry, and encoder circuitry. The feedback circuitry generates multiple feedback signals indicative of currents flowing through the LED strings respectively. The encoder circuitry generates a code signal indicative of a total number of operative LED strings among the multiple LED strings based on the feedback signals. The phase array circuitry generates multiple saw tooth signals according to the code signal. A phase shift amount between two adjacent signals of the saw tooth signals is determined by the total number of the operative LED strings. The phase array circuitry compares each of the saw tooth signals with a dimming control signal to generate multiple phase shift signals so as to respectively control the operative LED strings. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221796 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND COLOR DISPLAY METHOD - The color display device includes a colored light generation unit for repetitively generating a plurality of colored lights in a time sequence with a predetermined frequency, and an image generation unit for processing said plurality of colored lights, so as to generate an image corresponding to each of the plurality of colored lights generated in a time sequence. The said predetermined frequency is 180 Hz or more. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110221797 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Pixel circuits | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110227953 | Gray Scale Data Bit Allocation Processing Method Within a Light-Emitting Diode Driving Integrated Circuit Device - The present invention provides a gray scale data bit allocation processing method within a light-emitting diode driving integrated circuit device, and includes the following steps: 1. Dividing original gray scale data into high-bit data and low-bit data within a light-emitting diode driving integrated circuit device; 2. Converting the low-bit data into multi-bit stack data having fewer bits; 3. Adding the high-bit data to the stack data to form display data; 4. Converting each of the original gray scale data into multiple display data having less quantity of data; 5. Displaying a picture using the display data with a higher refresh rate. Accordingly, the present invention is provided with the effectiveness to use less quantity of data to achieve more gray, as well as improving the picture refresh rate of the high-bit portions. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227954 | DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The driving method of the plasma display device has a plurality of combination sets for display that includes a different number of combinations. The signal levels of a red image signal, a green image signal, and a blue image signal are compared with each other. For an image signal of a color that has a low signal level, a combination set for display is used where the number of combinations is smaller than that in the combination set for display used for an image signal of a color that has a high signal level. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227955 | KICKBACK COMPENSATION TECHNIQUES - A technique for reducing the kickback voltage error between two or more common voltage signal lines in a display device is provided. The kickback voltage error may be caused by driving a first and second common voltage at different levels. In one embodiment, a common voltage offset may be applied to the second common voltage such that the magnitude of the voltage kickback error is approximately equalized at the maximum and minimum pixel voltages for pixels coupled to the second common voltage. A data voltage offset, which may be determined based upon gray level data, may be applied to the data voltage supplied to the pixels coupled to the second common voltage. The foregoing technique may compensate for the kickback voltage error between the first and second common voltage lines, thereby reducing visual artifacts and improving color accuracy of the display. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227956 | PIXEL AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device is capable of securing sufficient compensation period such that a threshold voltage of a driving transistor may be compensated. A pixel includes: an organic light emitting diode; a second transistor for controlling an amount of current supplied from a first power source to the organic light emitting diode; a first capacitor having a first terminal coupled to a gate electrode of the second transistor; a first transistor coupled between a second terminal of the first capacitor and a data line, and being configured to turn on when a scan signal is supplied to a scan line; and a third transistor coupled between a gate electrode and a second electrode of the second transistor and having a turning-on period that is not overlapped with that of the first transistor. The third transistor is configured to turn on for a longer time than the first transistor. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227957 | Method of Dimming Backlight Assembly - A plurality of gray-scale values is extracted from image signals corresponding to a dimming area to calculate a mean value of the gray-scale values, and at least one of a variance, a standard deviation, a kurtosis, a skewness, a central moment, and an image moment is calculated using the mean value. Then, a representative gray-scale value corresponding to the dimming area is determined using the calculated values, and a dimming function for the light sources included in the dimming area is determined based on the representative gray-scale value. Then, the light sources included in the dimming area are driven based on the dimming function. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227958 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF COMPENSATING FOR DARK SPOTS THEREOF - A flat panel display apparatus capable of preventing a reduction in yield due to dark spots thereof, and a method of compensating for the dark spots are disclosed. The apparatus includes: a display unit including a plurality of pixels, each pixel including a subpixel of a first color, a subpixel of a second color and a subpixel of third color, where the first color, the second color and the third color are different from each other; an image signal input unit; a dark spot detection unit configured to detect a color and location of a dark spot subpixel that comprises a dark spot; a neighboring subpixel detection unit configured to identify location of one or more neighboring same color subpixels that are adjacent to the dark spot subpixel and having the same color as the dark spot subpixel; a luminance detection unit configured to detect a luminance of the one or more neighboring same color subpixels; and a control unit configured to coordinate increasing the luminance of all or a subset of the one or more neighboring same color subpixels. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227959 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DATA DRIVING DEVICE - According to the embodiments, a data driving circuit of a liquid crystal display includes a plurality of data lines respectively connected to the liquid crystal cells, a plurality of gradation voltage supplying units which are connected to the respective data lines to supply the respective gradation voltages to the plurality of liquid crystal cells, and a plurality of charge sharing units short at least the adjacent gradation voltage supplying units, at a position posterior to the respective gradation voltage supplying units and prior to the data lines to which the respective gradation voltage supplying units are connected, when a gradation value of a gradation signal is in a predetermined range. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227960 | FIELD EMISSION TYPE SURFACE LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS EMPLOYING THE SAME - A field emission type surface light source device and an image display apparatus employing the same. The field emission type surface light source device includes a first substrate and a second substrate that are disposed to face each other; a sealing member that seals the first substrate and the second substrate; first electrodes and second electrodes that are disposed on the first substrate such that the first electrodes cross the second electrodes in an insulated state; electron emitters that are electrically connected to one of the first electrodes and the second electrodes; a phosphor layer that is disposed on one surface of the second substrate; a third electrode that is disposed on one surface of the phosphor layer; and a first terminal and a second terminal that are electrically connected the first electrodes and the second electrodes, respectively, and are disposed on a same side of the first substrate outside of a region sealed by the sealing member. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227961 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device performing a frame rate control a display timing control signal corresponding to an image data, includes: a brightness distribution generating unit that generates a brightness distribution on the basis of the image data; an image type determining unit that determines a type of an image on the basis of the brightness distribution; and a frame rate control unit that performs frame rate control corresponding to the determined image type. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227962 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display apparatus includes: an acceptance unit that accepts a first input image and a second input image; a light control unit that outputs a display image; a plurality of light sources that irradiate the light control unit; a light emitting amount computation unit that computes a first light emitting amount based on a luminance of the first input image and computes a tentative light emitting amount based on a luminance of the second input image, on a basis of a comparison result between the first light emitting amount and the tentative light emitting amount, imposes a limit on a change range from the first light emitting amount to a second light emitting amount, and decide the second light emitting amount; and a light source control unit that controls each of the plurality of light sources based on the second light emitting amount. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227963 | System for Displaying Images - A system for displaying images employing a pixel structure. The pixel structure includes a first sub-pixel, a second sub-pixel, a third sub-pixel, and a filling layer. Particularly, each sub-pixel includes a color filter layer, and an electroluminescent element corresponding to the color filter layer. The transmittances of the color filter layers of the first sub-pixel, the second sub-pixel, and third sub-pixel, for a radiance level used for curing the filling layer, are determined according to the following equation: transmittance of the color filter layer of the first sub-pixel>transmittance of the color filter layer of the second sub-pixel>transmittance of the color filter layer of the third sub-pixel. Further, the distance between the first and second sub-pixels is greater than that between the first and third sub-pixels. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227964 | LIFETIME UNIFORMITY PARAMETER EXTRACTION METHODS - A system and method for deriving a sequence of OLED non-uniformity test patterns. A pattern generator generates a full sequence of display patterns according to a transform function, such as a discrete cosine transformation or wavelet transformation. A driver drives a display with each of the sequence of patterns. A sensor senses a property of the display, such as a total current for the display, for each of the sequence of patterns. An extraction unit derives a pixel non-uniformity model using the sensed properties and an inverse of the transform function. Patterns that contribute less than a threshold amount to the non-uniformity model can be identified and deleted to derive a sparse sequence of patterns, which can be stored in a memory. The sparse sequence of patterns can be used to test the display and extract a set of pixel non-uniformity values. The pixel non-uniformity values can be used to generate a correction signal for the display. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227965 | MULTIPLE PRIMARY COLOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND SIGNAL CONVERSION CIRCUIT - The viewing angle characteristics of a multiprimary liquid crystal display device in which a plurality of red subpixels are provided in each pixel are improved. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227966 | DISPLAY DEVICE, BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTMENT DEVICE, METHOD OF ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a display device including a setting condition acquisition unit for obtaining various conditions for adjusting a gain of a video-signal, a current-brightness table calculation unit that calculates a table representing a relationship between an average brightness and a gain of a video-signal, and that calculates the table capable of setting a peak-brightness and power consumption of the video-signal independently, based on the various conditions acquired by the setting condition acquisition unit, a video-average brightness conversion block that calculates average-brightness of the video-signal input for each frame, a current-brightness control table that calculates a gain of the video-signal from the table based on the average-brightness calculated above, a video gain block that adjusts the video-signal using the gain calculated above, and a display panel that includes a plurality of pixels that emit light in response to a video-signal and displays a video based on the video-signal adjusted above. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227967 | DISPLAY DEVICE, CONTROLLING METHOD FOR THE DISPLAY DEVICE AND STANDING APPARATUS - In order to the number where the display devices are used and to improve the convenience of use, there is provided a display device comprising: a display part emitting an image; and a standing apparatus supporting the display part, wherein a surface light source is provided in the standing apparatus. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110227968 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a light control unit that changes the light transmittance or the reflectance with respect to each pixel; a plurality of light sources that irradiates light to the light control unit; a light-emission distribution calculating unit that calculates a light emission distribution when the light sources illuminate with respective set light emission intensities based on light-emission pattern data of the respective light sources that are preliminarily stored; a brightness comparing unit that compares the brightness in the light emission distribution calculated by the light-emission distribution calculating unit and the brightness of an image of a display object; and an adjustment-amount determining unit that determines an adjustment amount of the light emission intensity of each light source based on a comparison result by the brightness comparing unit. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110234642 | METHOD FOR INCREASING BACKLIGHT BRIGHTNESS RESOLUTION AND METHOD FOR MODULATING BACKLIGHT BRIGHTNESS - An exemplary method for increasing backlight brightness resolution is adapted for a non-emissive display device which uses a multi-bit brightness modulation data to modulate a backlight brightness thereof. The method includes the steps of: increasing a provision amount of the multi-bit brightness modulation data in a single frame period of the non-emissive display device; and multiplying a frequency of a brightness modulation signal generated according to the multi-bit brightness modulation data, wherein a multiple of the frequency multiplying is associated with the provision amount of the multi-bit brightness modulation data in the single frame period. The present invention also provides a method for modulating backlight brightness, adapted for a non-emissive display device. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234643 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display apparatus and method of controlling the same are disclosed, the display apparatus including: a display unit; an image processor configured to process an image and display the processed image on the display unit; and a controller configured to control the image processor to adjust a brightness of an inattentive area of the image displayed on the display unit depending on whether a user is able to recognize a corresponding brightness change, determined based on image information, such that the controller controls the image processor to adjust the brightness of the inattentive area if the controller determines, based on the image information, that the user is not able to recognize the corresponding brightness change. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234644 | DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE SIGNAL CORRECTION SYSTEM, AND IMAGE SIGNAL CORRECTION METHOD - A display device includes a display unit and a controller, the controller generating and transmitting a scan signal and an image data signal to a scan driver and a data driver, respectively. The controller includes a memory unit storing a look-up table of basic correction amounts for a test image data signal according a comparison result of comparing a measured value of an image of the display unit displaying the test image data signal with a target value of the test image data signal, and a data controller storing data for a modulation coefficient for applying the look-up table to the supplied image data signal, calculating a full correction amount corresponding to the supplied image data signal using the modulation coefficient and the basic correction amount of the look-up table, and outputting a corrected image data signal by correcting the supplied image data signal by the full correction amount. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234645 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, PICTURE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image display apparatus includes: a panel ( | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234646 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THEREOF - A flat panel display device and a method of manufacturing the same are disclosed. The flat panel display device includes: a pixel unit including a plurality of scan lines, a plurality of data lines intersecting with the plurality of scan lines, and a plurality of pixels connected to the plurality of the scan lines and the plurality of the data lines, the plurality of pixels comprising red, green, blue and white pixels, a data driver outputting a data signal to the data lines, and a scan driver outputting a scan signal to the scan lines, where a storage capacitor of the blue pixel is formed in a lower portion of the white pixel. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234647 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes a plurality solid-state light sources, a modulator configured to modulate light from a plurality of solid-state light sources, and an image display device configured to generate from a frame of image data, a plurality of subframes each further divided into subfields, and to display the plurality of subframes. The modulator turns off light output from all the solid-state light sources for the duration of one or more of the plurality of subframes, whereby it is possible to reduce motion blur arising from a hold-type display device, in which after-images remain on the retina of a person's eyes when viewing moving objects. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234648 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a display device including: a control portion; a display panel including one or more pixel circuits and an image signal line connected to the pixel circuits; and an image signal line driving circuit. The control portion includes a difference acquiring circuit for acquiring difference data between a value of a gray-level potential, which is to be applied to one of the pixel circuits from the image signal line, and a value of a precharge potential based on the gray-level potential. The image signal line driving circuit calculates the precharge potential based on the value of the gray-level potential and the difference data, and supplies the image signal line with the precharge potential and the gray-level potential in sequence. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234649 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device which includes one image signal line which is connected to a plurality of pixels, a scanning line drive part which outputs an ON voltage to the respective pixels in a predetermined order, and a data line drive part which outputs image signal voltages. The data line drive part outputs a gray level signal voltage corresponding to a gray level value of the pixel as an image signal voltage in a first period, and outputs a correction gray level signal voltage different from the gray level signal voltage as an image signal voltage in a second period which precedes the first period. The liquid crystal display device further includes a control part which generates the correction gray level signal voltage based on the gray level value of the pixel and one or plurarity of gray level values of pixels which precede the pixel in order. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234650 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus includes: a light source that outputs light; a light modulation device that has plural pixels arranged in a matrix and modulates the light from the light source; a projection system that projects the light modulated by the light modulation device onto a projection surface; a pixel image shift unit that can shift positions of images of the pixels of the light modulation device projected on the projection surface; and a control unit that controls the light modulation device and the pixel image shift unit, wherein the control unit can switch whether the pixel image shift unit temporally shifts the positions of the images of the pixels or not. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234651 | SCREEN SWITCHING METHOD AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A screen switching method for an electronic apparatus includes an e-Paper and a display having a backlight module. The e-Paper and the display are used to show an image signal. The screen switching method includes determining whether a brightness value at which the backlight module is set exceeds a threshold value, controlling the display to show the image signal if the brightness value of the backlight module exceeds the threshold value, and controlling the e-Paper to show the image signal if the brightness value of the backlight module does not exceed the threshold value. An electronic apparatus implementing the screen switching method is also disclosed. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234652 | CHARGE PUMP, A METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND A DISPLAY DRIVING SYSTEM COMPRISING THE CHARGE PUMP - Disclosed is a charge pump and a method of controlling the charge pump. The charge pump including a charge pumping unit to boost a first voltage in response to a clock signal, the first voltage being boosted to a second voltage having a voltage level higher than the first voltage by a middle voltage, the middle voltage being generated in response to a first control signal, the first control signal being enabled during a time period in which the clock signal and a second control signal are disabled. The charge pumping unit boosts the second voltage to a third voltage, the third voltage being a voltage level higher than an input voltage by the first voltage, the input voltage being generated in response to the second control signal. The charge pump includes a first transfer unit to output the third voltage in response to the second control signal. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234653 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A source driver is supplied with a mode switch signal specifying an applied inversion driving method from among horizontal one-dot inversion driving, first horizontal n-dot inversion driving in which a number of outputs does not disturb regularity of a polarity pattern of data signals, and second horizontal n-dot inversion driving in which a number of outputs disturbs regularity of a polarity pattern of data signals. The source driver supplies data signals to data lines. The polarity pattern of the data signals depends on a polarity signal and the applied inversion driving method specified by the mode switch signal. The source driver supplies the polarity signal to a next source driver in the case of the horizontal one-dot inversion driving or the first horizontal n-dot inversion driving, and supplies the polarity signal whose polarity is inverted to the next source driver in the case of the second horizontal n-dot inversion driving. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110234654 | PICTURE QUALITY CONTROL METHOD AND IMAGE DISPLAY USING SAME - A definition control method and an image display device using the same are provided. The definition control method includes displaying a first pattern and a second pattern, inputting a control value, and changing a display state of the first pattern according to the input control value, wherein a display state of the second pattern is not changed by the control value. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110242139 | DISPLAY DRIVER - The display driver achieves the balance between the image quality and power-cutting ratio by controlling the backlight dimming ratio to keep the image quality after backlight dimming constant. The display driver uses e.g. MSE (Mean Square Error) as an index of image quality. The reference gradation control unit controls the data decompression and backlight dimming ratios, thereby to keep the image quality after backlight dimming constant. Assuming display data decompression, and backlight dimming, the error calculating unit calculates a decrease of luminance for an input displayed image as MSE based on the decompression and dimming ratios of a preceding frame, in advance. In the case of MSE over a predetermined value, the decompression unit and light-adjustment control unit decrease the decompression and dimming ratios to below those of the preceding frame, respectively. In the case of MSE below the value, the ratios are lowered to below those of the preceding frame. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242140 | METHOD OF DRIVING COLUMN INVERSION DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - In a method of driving a display panel, a gate signal is outputted to the display panel based on a first control signal. A gamma-corrected analog voltage is generated. A pre-charge compensating analog voltage is generated. A data voltage waveform is generated to include the generated gamma-corrected analog voltage and the generated pre-charge compensating analog voltage during one horizontal period of the display panel. The display panel has a pixel structure in which a data line is alternately connected to first and second subpixel columns adjacent to each other. The pre-charge compensating voltage has a level different from that of the gamma-corrected analog voltage where the latter represents a grayscale level represented by a received digital data signal. According to the method, display defects due to a difference of pre-charging levels used during plural horizontal periods may be decreased so that display quality of the display panel may be improved. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242141 | OPTICAL SHEET LAMINATE BODY, ILLUMINATION UNIT, AND DISPLAY UNIT - An optical sheet laminate body includes: a first optical sheet having a top surface and a bottom surface, of which at least the top surface has asperities including projections and depressions; and a second optical sheet having a top surface and a bottom surface. Summits of the projections on the top surface of the first optical sheet are directly bonded, in a whole region facing the bottom surface of the second optical sheet, to the bottom surface of the second optical sheet without any intermediate material in between. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242142 | MULTIPLE DISPLAY CHROMINANCE AND LUMINANCE METHOD AND APPARATUS - An apparatus includes a chrominance and luminance module. The chrominance and luminance module obtains display characteristics of each of a plurality of displays. The chrominance and luminance module selectively adjusts, on a per display basis, chrominance and luminance for each of the displays based on the display characteristics. In one example, the displays collectively display a single large surface. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242143 | Signal processing apparatus, display apparatus, electronic apparatus, signal processing method and program - Disclosed herein is a signal processing apparatus, including: a luminance degradation information production section adapted to produce luminance degradation information regarding degradation of a luminance in accordance with a temperature condition upon emission; a luminance degradation value calculation section adapted to calculate a luminance degradation value regarding degradation of the luminance for each pixel circuit; and a correction section adapted to correct the gradation value of an image signal to be inputted to the pixel circuit based on the luminance degradation value. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242144 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE - A display apparatus for displaying an image determines whether or not an image to be displayed on a screen is a specific image including a mark. In the case where the display apparatus determines the image to be the specific image, the display apparatus controls a backlight so as to illuminate the screen so that areas other than an area including a mark on the specific image are illuminated with less brightness than the brightness of the area including the mark. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242145 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER, AND DATA LINE DRIVE METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is provided with a plurality of differential amplifiers associated with a plurality of data lines within a display panel. Each of the plurality of differential amplifiers includes: an output stage circuit including a first transistor having a source connected to the positive power supply and a second transistor having a source connected to the negative power supply, an output terminal connected to drains of the first and second transistors; and a bias control circuit provided between the adder circuit and the output stage circuit to achieve bias control of gates of the first and second transistors. During the switching period, the output stage circuit provides short-circuiting between the gate and source of each of the first and second transistors, and the bias control circuit cuts off a current path between the gates of the first and second transistors during the switching period. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242146 | LIGHTING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A lighting device includes: a light guide plate; a light source; and a light modulation element disposed on a surface of or in the inside of the light guide plate, and adhered to the light guide plate. The light modulation element has a pair of transparent substrates, a first electrode provided on a surface of one of the transparent substrates, a second electrode provided on a surface of the other of the transparent substrates, and a light modulation layer, provided in a gap between the transparent substrates, exhibiting a light-scattering property or a light-transmitting property concerning light from the light source depending on intensity of an electric field. One or both of the first and second electrodes include partial electrodes. First partial electrodes of the partial electrodes are adjacent to second partial electrodes of the partial electrodes, and have irregular shapes on edges adjacent to the second partial electrodes. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242147 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, CONTROL CIRCUIT OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes a control unit that controls a display unit having a plurality of pixels. The control unit performs a differential driving operation of performing an operation of erasing a first image component which is a part of a display image in a first display state and an operation of displaying a second image component which is a part of a display image in a second display state by selectively driving the pixels having different gray scales in the first display state and the second display state when the display unit is changed from the first display state to the second display state. The operation of erasing the first image component includes an extended erasing operation of driving a first pixel group which includes the pixels constituting the first image component and the pixels being adjacent to the first image component and surrounding the first image component. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242148 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - In a display device of the present invention, a total fluctuation calculation portion ( | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242149 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device ( | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110249033 | METHOD OF DRIVING BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A backlight assembly outputs scan signals having a scanning frequency synchronized with a frame frequency to sequentially drive light emitting blocks providing a light to a display panel. A dimming step of each light emitting block corresponds to one of a plurality of dimming steps in response to local dimming data. A dimming clock having a value obtained by dividing a value obtained by multiplying the scanning frequency and the number is dimming steps by a duty ratio of each scan signal is generated. The dimming step of each light emitting block is counted using the dimming clock, and the counted values are combined with the scan signals to generate dimming signals having a dimming duty ratio corresponding to the dimming step of the light emitting blocks. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249034 | Luminance Control Apparatus and Luminance Control Method - According to one embodiment, a light source luminance control apparatus includes a generator and a luminance controller. A light source block formed of one or more light sources corresponds to a divided display area. An image display area formed of a plurality of divided display areas corresponds to a plurality of light source blocks. The generator is configured to generate a first luminance control signal to perform whole control of luminances of the light sources corresponding to the image display area, in accordance with an image signal. The generator is configured to generate a second luminance control signal to perform divided control of luminance of each light source for each of the light source blocks, in accordance with the image signal. The luminance controller is configured to control the luminances of the light sources, based on the first and the second luminance control signals. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249035 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - A liquid crystal display device includes an image signal processing section configured to control a liquid crystal panel and a backlight unit in a liquid crystal display device based on an image signal and detect that an image displayed on the liquid crystal panel is changed to a whole-area black display image based on the image signal. The liquid crystal display device further includes a backlight unit control section that generates a dimming signal Sdv in response to detection by the image signal processing section and supplies the dimming signal sdv to the backlight unit. The dimming signal Sdv lowers luminescence brightness Lca of the backlight unit to be substantially zero in a gradual manner. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249036 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - Provided are a backlight unit and a display apparatus including the same. The display apparatus includes a display panel, a light emitting unit including a plurality of channels, each channel including light emitting diodes configured to irradiate light to the display panel, and a plurality of switches configured to enable current paths of the channels in response to switching signals, and a driver circuit configured to successively enable the switching signals corresponding to the respective channels, compare the duty ratio of the switching signals with 1/channel number, and selectively control the phases of the switching signals based on the comparison result. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249037 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - In a liquid crystal display device, image signals are concurrently supplied to pixels provided in a plurality of rows among pixels arranged in matrix in a pixel portion where input of image signals is controlled by transistors including amorphous semiconductors or microcrystalline semiconductors in channel formation regions. Thus, the frequency of input of image signals to each pixel can be increased without changing the response speed of the transistors or the like included in the liquid crystal display device. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249038 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device by which a color moving image displayed with a field sequential system and a monochrome still image are switched and displayed. In a moving-image mode, a driving control circuit controls the backlight portion to emit light corresponding to any one of a plurality of colors of the first light source, and controls the display panel by writing of the image signal in the display panel for each of the plurality of colors within a predetermined period. In a still-image mode, the driving control circuit controls the backlight portion to keep the second light source emitting light, and controls the display panel to hold the image signal written thereto, for a predetermined period. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249039 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - In a liquid-crystal display device including an edge-light-scheme-employed backlight device, it is implemented to reduce its power consumption while maintaining its excellent picture-quality. The present invention is applied to the backlight device with a plurality of edge-light-scheme backlight cells in a matrix-like manner including a LED light-source, and a light-guiding plate for emitting light. The intensity of light from a backlight cell positioned at a screen's peripheral portion is so controlled as to be made lower than the intensity of light from a backlight cell at a central portion. The light intensity of a backlight cell having a LED light-source adjacent to a first edge portion of the illumination surface of the backlight device is so controlled as to be made higher than the light intensity of a backlight cell adjacent to a second edge portion opposed to the first edge portion. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249040 | COLOR SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - A color signal processing apparatus which performs a linear matrix transformation includes: an approximate coefficient storage unit that stores approximate coefficients of approximate expressions, which approximate values of the matrix coefficients, respectively, and in which a value of a first color among three primary colors of RGB is made a variable, a matrix coefficient calculation unit that calculates 3×3 matrix coefficients according to an input RGB signal by substituting a value of the first color in the input RGB signal for the approximate expressions given by the approximate coefficients readout from the approximate coefficient storage unit; and a conversion unit that performs color conversion by multiplying the input RGB signal by the matrix coefficients calculated by the matrix coefficient calculation unit, and outputs color-converted RGB signal. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249041 | METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A method of driving an electrophoretic display device includes changing the gradation level of image data on the basis of correction data corresponding to the gradation level, converting image data with the changed gradation level to a dithering pattern, in which the first color and the second color are combined, corresponding to the changed gradation level for each predetermined region of image data, and driving the electrophoretic particles of the first color and the electrophoretic particles of the second color on the basis of image data converted to the dithering pattern for the plurality of pixels in the display section. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249042 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND RECORDING MEDIUM WITH CONTROL PROGRAM RECORDED THEREIN - In a terminal device, when an opening angle of two display section housings is detected by an opening angle detecting section | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249043 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electrophoretic display device is provided with a first substrate, a second substrate, an electrophoretic layer which is arranged between the first substrate and the second substrate and has at least a dispersion medium and particles mixed in the dispersion medium, a first electrode which is formed in an island shape on the electrophoretic layer side of the first substrate for each pixel, and a second electrode which is formed on the electrophoretic layer side of the second substrate with an area wider than the first electrode, where gradation is controlled using an area of the particles which are visually recognized when the electrophoretic layer is viewed from the second electrode side. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249044 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, an image display device includes a display panel including a pixel circuit, the pixel circuit including a light-emitting element, a driver element, and a capacitor element. The image display device further includes a charge supply line for supplying electrical charge to the light-emitting element of the pixel circuit; and a drive control unit which supplies second electrical charge from the charge supply line to the light-emitting element after first electrical charge accumulated in the light-emitting element is supplied to the capacitor element, further supplies the second electrical charge to the capacitor element and accumulates the first charge and the second charge in the capacitor element, and applies a voltage greater than or equal to the threshold voltage to a control terminal of the driver element, within one flume after the light-emitting element emits light until the light-emitting element emits light next. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249045 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY USING BIPOLAR COLUMN DRIVERS - A driver apparatus for an electroluminescent display comprising a plurality of rows to be scanned and a plurality of columns which intersect the rows to form a plurality of pixels, comprises addressable row drivers, each row driver applying an output voltage to its associated row when addressed. The value of the output voltage is approximately equal to the numerical average of the threshold voltage for the electroluminescent display and the voltage required to provide the maximum desired pixel luminance for the electroluminescent display. Bipolar column drivers each supply an output voltage to its associated column. The output voltage is either positive or negative depending on the desired luminance of the pixels. The range of both positive and negative column output voltages is from zero volts to about one half of the difference between the threshold voltage and the voltage to provide the desired maximum pixel luminance for the electroluminescent display. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110254867 | ADAPTIVE COLOR-TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - An adaptive color-temperature calibration system and method are disclosed. A chrominance generation unit generates a chrominance criterion according to an input pixel. A matrix generation unit generates a calibration matrix according to the chrominance criterion and a basis matrix. A color calibration unit then performs color-temperature calibration on the input pixel according to the generated calibration matrix, thereby generating an output pixel. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254868 | Field emission lamp - A field emission lamp is disclosed, which comprises: a substrate, a plurality of first field emission units, a plurality of second field emission units, and a driving control unit. The plurality of first field emission units and the plurality of second field emission units are located on the substrate. Besides, the first phosphor layer of the plurality of first field emission units has a first color temperature. The second phosphor layer of the plurality of second field emission units has a second color temperature, wherein the first color temperature is higher than the second color temperature. Moreover, the driving control unit drives and controls the plurality of first field emission units and the plurality of second field emission units based on a predetermined driving mode, for modulating the light emission mode of the field emission lamp and the color temperature of the mixed light emitted from the field emission lamp. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254869 | ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAY DEVICE - An electronic paper (E-paper) display device includes a first substrate comprising at least one side wall having a high reflectance film coated thereon, an E-paper layer, and a second substrate. A light source installed beside and facing the at least one sidewall of the first substrate, the light source being configured for illuminating the E-paper layer with some of the light from the light source directly illuminating the E-paper layer and some of the light from the light source illuminating the E-paper layer via the reflection of the high reflectance film. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254870 | CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROJECTOR - A contrast enhancement system for a projector includes a detection module detecting a gray level of a standby projection image, a determination module comparing the gray level to a predetermined gray level, a control module directing the projector to work in an economic mode when the gray level is higher than the predetermined gray level, or directing the projector to work in a standard mode conversely, a modulation module increasing a gain of the non-white waveform of light from the projector to make the projector project a full dark image when the projector is working in the economic mode, a calculation module calculating a first contrast value of the full light image, a second contrast value of the full dark image, and a total contrast according to the first and second contrast values, and an execution module controlling the projector to project projection images according to the total contrast. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254871 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes a plurality of pixels, each of said plurality of pixels includes a driving transistor and a light emitting diode, a compensator to receive first and second pixel currents generated by the plurality of pixels according to first and second data voltages respectively applied to the plurality of pixels, the compensator to calculate an image data compensation amount to compensate for variations in characteristics of the driving transistor of each of said plurality of pixels and a data selector to transmit the first and second data voltages to the plurality of pixels and to transmit the first and second pixel currents to the compensator, the compensator to measure the first and second pixel currents generated as a result of the first and second data voltages corresponding to different gray scale levels and to calculate an actual threshold voltage and mobility of the driving transistor of each of the pixels, the compensator including a measurement resistor, the compensator to control a resistance value of the measurement resistor, the measurement resistor to convert the first pixel current corresponding to the first data voltage into a first measured voltage and the second pixel current corresponding to the second data voltage into a second measured voltage. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254872 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - A liquid crystal display device includes a backlight unit that illuminates a rear surface of a liquid crystal panel and a backlight control section. In at least one embodiment, the backlight unit includes one end that receives a first dimming signal and another end that receives a second dimming signal. The backlight unit includes a fluorescent tube two ends of which are driven. The backlight control section generates the first dimming signal and the second dimming signal and supplies the first dimming signal and the second dimming signal to the fluorescent tube to control luminescence brightness of the backlight unit. The backlight unit control section stops supply of one of the first dimming signal and the second dimming signal to the fluorescent tube in response to detection that an image on the liquid crystal panel is a black display image. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254873 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes: a light source section including light-emission subsections controlled separately from one another; a liquid crystal display panel modulating, based on an input picture signal, light emitted from each light-emission subsection to display pictures; and a display control section including a partitioning-drive processing section which generates a light-emission pattern signal representing a two-dimensional pattern formed from lighting light-emission subsections and a partitioning-drive picture signal based on the input picture signal, the display control section performing a light-emission drive on each light-emission subsection based on the light-emission pattern signal and performing a display-drive on the liquid crystal display panel based on the partitioning-drive picture signal. The partitioning-drive processing section determines, based on the input picture signal, a barycentric position in a partitioned picture corresponding to each light-emission subsection, and generates the light-emission pattern signal and the partitioning-drive picture signal based on the barycentric position. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254874 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PROCESSING IMAGE - An image processing apparatus performing display control based on image data corresponding to each of pixels forming a display image includes an image data correcting section correcting the image data of each pixel based on information corresponding to an operating current of each pixel and a display control section compensating for the steps of gradation lost by image data correction by adjusting the lighting time of each pixel. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254875 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A controlling method of a display device includes the following steps. First, a time reference value, a plurality of preset period criteria and a plurality of operation mode data are stored in a memory unit, wherein each preset period criterion relates to each operation mode datum. Then, utilize a time controller to read the time reference value and a plurality of preset period criteria, compare the time reference value and a plurality of preset period criteria to determine the preset period criterion corresponding to the time reference value, and select the operation mode datum corresponding to the preset period criterion. Following that, utilize a micro-controller to set a plurality of setting values of the display device according to the operation mode datum selected by the time controller. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254876 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A display control device of this invention controls a plurality of display devices included in a multi display system, including: a status obtaining section for obtaining, from the plurality of display devices, luminance setting values of the respective plurality of display devices, the luminance setting values defining luminance levels of the respective plurality of display devices; and a luminance control section for (i) determining a standard luminance setting value according to the luminance setting values obtained from the plurality of display devices and (ii) changing each of the luminance setting values of the respective display devices to the standard luminance setting value. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254877 | DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DEVICE WITH SUSTAINABLE POWER GENERATION - A display system and device includes energy generating elements operable to generate and store energy sufficient power the display device. The display device or devices are formed on flexible and preferable translucent sheaths to allow for mounting of the devices on virtually any surface. A control device is connected to several devices to provide instructions to operate light emitting elements in the devices to provide a desired image. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254878 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an image processing apparatus includes a panel luminance controller, a calculation module and a conversion module. The panel luminance controller is configured to control panel luminance of a self-emission type device based on intensity of ambient light. The calculation module is configured to calculate a gradation conversion function based on a characteristic amount of an input image and the panel luminance, the gradation conversion function having been provided to correct appearance of the input image. The conversion module is configured to apply the gradation conversion function to the input image, to generate an output image. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254879 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A liquid crystal device ( | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254880 | SIGNAL LINE DRIVER CIRCUIT, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Variation occurs in transistor characteristics. The present invention relates to a signal line driver circuit comprising a plurality of current source circuits respectively corresponding to a plurality of wirings, characterized in that: the plurality of current source circuits each comprise capacitor means and supply means; and the plurality of current source circuits each convert a supplied current into a voltage in accordance with a video signal, and supply a current corresponding to the converted voltage. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254881 | System and Method for Dynamically Altering a Color Gamut - System and method for dynamically altering a color gamut used in projection display systems. An embodiment comprises determining a dim color from colors used in representing an image, adjusting the dim color to increase an available display time for a non-dim color used to represent the image, adjusting the non-dim color using the available display time, and generating a color sequence based on the adjusted dim color and the adjusted non-dim color. The pixel intensities of a dim color are increased, permitting a shortening of the display time of the dim color. The newly freed display time can be reallocated to all colors to increase the amount of light used to display the image, thereby increasing image brightness or altering color point. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110254882 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device with reduced power consumption has pixels coupled with data lines and arranged in a matrix, a signal controller processing input image signals and outputting output image signals, and a data driver applying data voltages, corresponding to output image signals, to the data lines. When all the input image signals have either a first or second value, the output image signals have the first value. The signal controller generates a polarity signal for determining data voltage polarity, and when all the input image signals have either a first or second value, data voltages corresponding to the input image signals have a polarity equivalent to a polarity of previously applied data voltages. The signal controller generates a control signal for controlling the data driver's clock synchronization circuit, and the control signal halts the clock synchronization circuit when an operating frequency is lower than a predetermined value. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110261084 | DAC ARCHITECTURE FOR LCD SOURCE DRIVER - A two-stage digital-to-analog converter for outputting an analog voltage in response to a M-bit digital input code includes a two-bit serial charge redistribution digital-to-analog converter having a high reference voltage input node for receiving a high reference voltage and a low reference voltage input node for receiving a low reference voltage, and a voltage selector. The voltage selector sets the high reference voltage and low reference voltage to selected levels depending on at least a portion of the M-bit digital input code. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261085 | TWO-STAGE DAC ACHITECTURE FOR LCD SOURCE DRIVER UTILIZING ONE-BIT PIPE DAC - A two-stage digital-to-analog converter for outputting an analog voltage in response to a M-bit digital input code includes a one-bit serial charge redistribution digital-to-analog converter having a high reference voltage input node for receiving a high reference voltage and a low reference voltage input node for receiving a low reference voltage, and a voltage selector. The voltage selector sets the high reference voltage and low reference voltage to selected levels depending on at least a portion of the M-bit digital input code. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261086 | TWO-STAGE DAC ARCHITECTURE FOR LCD SOURCE DRIVER UTILIZING ONE-BIT SERIAL CHARGE REDISTRIBUTION DAC - A two-stage digital-to-analog converter for outputting an analog voltage in response to a M-bit digital input code includes a one-bit serial charge redistribution digital-to-analog converter having a high reference voltage input node for receiving a high reference voltage and a low reference voltage input node for receiving a low reference voltage. A voltage selector sets the high reference voltage and low reference voltage to selected levels depending on at least a portion of the M-bit digital input code. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261087 | DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS CONTROL METHOD - A display brightness control method includes the steps of comparing a display-setting value, which is input by user operation, with a setting value, which is set in advance to a display, if a changed setting value is present, reflecting the changed setting value to the display, determining whether or not the display-setting value is present, if the display-setting value is present, reflecting the changed display-setting value to the display, and after the changed display-setting value is reflected, standing by until a subsequent display-setting value is input. In addition, the screen output areas of the display divided into the used area and the unused area, so that the used area remains original and the unused area is controlled to have the minimized level of brightness or be powered off. It is possible to prevent the visibility from being lowered by the display and protect the vision of the user. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261088 | DIGITAL CONTROL OF ANALOG DISPLAY ELEMENTS - This disclosure provides methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, for controlling analog display elements. In one aspect, a control scheme can be used for controlling analog display elements, including interferometric modulators. This control scheme can be used to drive the analog display elements to a plurality of discrete different states, and can be referred to as “digital” control of the display element state. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261089 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus that displays an image includes a display that has a screen displaying an image used for navigation by a car navigation system, the image having a first area having an own-vehicle position mark and a second area having a selection mark for receiving an operation intended for implementing a prescribed function, a backlight that has a plurality of light sources lighting the screen, and a controller that controls the backlight so as to light an area excluding both the first area and the second area on the image with a brightness lower than a brightness of the first area. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261090 | INSULATING GLASS PANE - The present invention concerns an insulating glass pane comprising a first and a second pane of glass, the first and second panes are arranged in mutually plane-parallel spaced relationship by means of spacers, an insulating space is formed between the first and second panes and gas-tightly sealed off, a plurality of mutually spaced light strips each having a plurality of mutually spaced light emitting elements are arranged in the insulating space and each of the light strips includes a torsionally stiff carrier passing through the insulating space parallel to the first and second panes. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261091 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A display device includes: a data storage unit that stores image data; a display image data generation unit that generates display image data by adding a noise pattern, of which a polarity is in accordance with a gray level value of each pixel of the image data, to the image data; and a display unit that displays an image based on the display image data generated by the display image generation unit. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261092 | Liquid Crystal Display Device With Influences Of Offset Voltages Reduced - A semiconductor integrated circuit includes a first register which latches display data, a second register which latches the display data of the first register in accordance with a first clock, a gray scale voltage generator which outputs a plurality of gray scale voltages, a decoder which selects a gray scale voltage in accordance with the display data of the second register from the plurality of gray scale voltages, and an amplifier including a first transistor, and a second transistor. A first terminal of the first transistor and a first terminal of the second transistor are connected to a first voltage line, and the gray scale voltage outputted from the decoder is supplied to one of input terminals of the first transistor and the second transistor in accordance with a control signal. A phase of the control signal is reversed at intervals of two frame periods. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110267375 | LOAD-AWARE COMPENSATION IN LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODE BACKLIGHT ILLUMINATION SYSTEMS - System(s) and method(s) are provided for power management in an electronic display via compensation of a power source of a light-emitting-diode (LED) backlighting system. A compensation feedback loop includes a load-aware controller that receives the load condition from a dimming controller and supplies a control signal to the power source. An efficiency regulator functionally connected the backlight circuitry closes the compensation feedback loop and provides an input signal to the load-aware controller. The dimming controller implements phase-shifted pulse-modulation dimming, which based on duty cycle can establish a dimming equilibrium with two load conditions. The load aware controller includes a set of compensation blocks arranged in parallel, with a single compensation block connected to the input signal and that provides the control signal. A selector component in the load aware controller determines a compensation block to be connected to the compensation feedback loop based on the received load condition. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267376 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device includes: pixels connected to corresponding scanning lines and corresponding data lines; a scanning driver for supplying scanning signals to the scanning lines; a data driver for supplying data signals to the data lines; and a data processor for generating a luminance look-up table corresponding to a likelihood of burn-in for the pixels, for generating output data from input data corresponding to the look-up table, and for supplying the output data to the data driver. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267377 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY, AND AN APPARATUS AND A METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A method of driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) that operates by receiving power from a battery includes generating a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal for adjusting brightness of a backlight unit of the LCD; detecting a battery voltage of the battery; and adjusting the PWM signal according to the detected battery voltage. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267378 | Method for driving plasma display panel - A method for driving a plasma display panel is provided in which wasteful power consumption is reduced and light emission efficiency is improved when the number of cells to be lighted is relatively small. The method includes classifying a display ratio into plural group ranges, selecting a suitable display pulse waveform for each group range, detecting the display ratio of an object to be displayed in a real display, and plural types of display pulses having different waveforms are used differently in accordance with the result of the detection. The display ratio means a ratio of the number of cells to be lighted to the number of cells of the screen. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267379 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD - An initial light control value calculation section calculates the backlight's initial light control value K0 according to brightness of an inputted image signal for each area. A black area measurement section measures a black area S by obtaining ratio of the number of pixels satisfying Y≦Y0 (Y: brightness signal level, Y0: black level threshold) in the screen. A minimum light control value output section determines a minimum light control value Kmin based on comparison between the measured black area S and a black area threshold S | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267380 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus that displays an image implements a correction to reduce a luminance of the image. Next, the display apparatus determines an amount of light of a backlight including a plurality of light sources lighting a screen, based on the reduced luminance of the image. Then, the display apparatus controls the backlight to conform to the amount of light determined based on the reduced luminance. Thus, the amount of light of the backlight is reduced. As a result, the display apparatus can reduce current consumption. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267381 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE - An object is to provide a display device that achieves low power consumption and an improved quality of moving and still images. A display device comprises: a display panel provided with a plurality of pixels each including sub-pixels with color filters of red, green, and blue, and a sub-pixel for controlling a transmission of white light; a backlight area including light sources of red, green, blue, and white; an image switch circuit that switches the display panel between a moving image mode and a still image mode; and a display control circuit that controls in the moving image mode a luminance of the light sources of red, green, and blue included in the backlight area, and controls in the still image mode a luminance of a light source of white included in the backlight area. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267382 | DUAL SOURCE BACKLIGHT UNIT FOR USE WITH A DISPLAY, A DISPLAY SYSTEM AND METHOD - A display system, method and backlight unit for use with a display. The backlight unit includes a first light source and a second light source, wherein the first light source and the second light source are controllable independently of each other. The sum of light produced by the light sources illuminates the display to achieve illumination brightness capability of a higher intensity capable single light source. Changes in spectral characteristics and/or brightness characteristics due to aging or the like may be compensated. The first light source may provide a base line illumination level for the display and the second light source may be modulated to dynamically increase contrast and/or contrast ratio characteristics of the image being shown on the display to a viewer. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267383 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An object of at least one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device and a driving method thereof, in which a contour of an image is clearly recognized during movie display even in a case where a backlight is turned on and off so as to change intervals at which the backlight turns on. In at least one embodiment, the liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal panel and the backlight that irradiates the liquid crystal panel with light, one frame period including a turn-on period during which the backlight turns on and a turn-off period during which the backlight turns off, luminance being changed by changing turn-on intervals of the backlight, the turn-on intervals of the backlight being changed by changing lengths of the turn-on period and the turn-off period. The liquid crystal display device further includes an OS process circuit for controlling a drive voltage to be applied to the liquid crystal panel by setting an amplitude of the drive voltage to be applied to the liquid crystal panel during a gray scale transition. The OS process circuit sets the amplitude of the drive voltage to be applied to the liquid crystal panel during the gray scale transition so as to be greater as the turn-on period of the backlight is longer under a condition where gray scales that have not been subjected to a gray scale transition is equal to gray scales that have been subjected to the gray scale transition in a case where the turn-on period of the backlight varies. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267384 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, DATA GENERATION METHOD, DATA GENERATION PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Under control of a main microcomputer, an LED controller generates two frame-type LED control signals corresponding to two frame image signals arranged in time series in accordance with a panel processing color video signal. Furthermore, the LED controller generates from two frame-type LED control signals, a frame-type LED signal corresponding to an interpolation frame image signal temporally between the two frame image signals. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267385 | Universal Back Light Unit Control - Display backlight units are controlled with a signal. A message has an address header specifying one of an array of backlight units, and instructions for individually controlling each of the backlight units, particularized accordingly. The message is routed from a controller to a first controllable backlight unit of the display, which controllably responds to its corresponding particularized instructions. The message is sequentially routed in order from each backlight unit to the next in a chained ring configuration. Data from the backlight units is similarly routed back to the controller. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110273480 | STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A stereoscopic image display and a method for driving the same are disclosed. The stereoscopic image display includes a display panel that displays a two-dimensional (2D) image data in a 2D mode and display a three-dimensional (3D) image data in a 3D mode, a backlight unit providing light to the display panel, a backlight controller that reduces a duty ratio of the backlight unit in a 3D mode lower than a duty ratio set in the 2D mode, and increases a forward current supplied to light sources of the backlight unit in the 3D mode greater than a forward current set in the 2D mode, and a light source driver driving the light sources of the backlight unit. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110273481 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - The plasma display device has a sustain pulse generating circuit for generating sustain pulses in a sustain period. The sustain pulse generating circuit generates at least two kinds of sustain pulses of different rising gradients in the sustain period, generates a predetermined number of sustain pulse whose rising gradient becomes steeper to the latter half in at least one-side |
